P ^^ms^ L.'i

FARRIER'S

New Guide.

Containing, Firfl,

The Anatomy of a House 5 being an exacl and

compendious Defcription of all his Parts ; with their

Adions and Ufes : Illuflrated with Figures

curioufly Engrav'd on Copper -Plates.

Secondly,

An Account of all the D i s .f a s e s Incident to

Horses, with their Signs ^ Caufes, and Method of Cure %

wherein many Defeats in the Farrier's Praflicc

are now carefiilly fupply'd, their Errors exposed

and amended, and the Art greatly im-

prov'd and advanced, according to

the lateft Difcoveries.

THE

Whole interfpers'd with many curious and ufeful Ob-
fervations concerning Feeding and Exercise, ^c.

The Ninth Edition correded.

By IF. G I B S 0 N.

L O N D O N:

Printed for T. Longman, at the Ship in PaUr*
Nofier-Roiv^ M dcc xxxviii.

THE

PREFACE.

S the general Ufe and Service of
Horles has rendered them more
worth the Notice and Regard of
Mankind, than any other of the
Brute Creatures , fo there has in
moft Ages of the World, been a
more than ordinary Care taken,
not only to model and fie them for their refpec-
tive Services, but alfo of their Breed and Prefer-
vation : And we find Horfes were of fo great Ac-
count with the Ancients, that even Arillotle^ Xeno-
fhon^ Plifiy,3.nd others of greateft Genius among them,
havebeftow'd fome of their Labours that Way, being
fenfible how much a good and ferviceable Breed of
Horfes conduced to the Benefit of the Community,
both in Peace and War : Neither have the Moderns
been lefs induftrious in all thefe Matters, but have
made many excellent Improvements in Horfeman/hip :
For about the Time that Painting, Sculpture, and
other Arts were reviv'd in Italy^ the Art of Riding,
and of perfecting Horfes for the Wars, and in all
ufefui and genteel Exercifes, was then alfo cultivated,
and afterwards improv'd by Frenchmen^ who went to
Ro7ne and Naples on Purpofe to be inflrudted therein.
Tho' the Perfedion to which that Art is now arri-
ved, is by all the ableil Mailers throughout Europe^
juftly afcribed to the noble Duke oi Newcaftle^ who
A 2 was

The -T REFJCE.

was not only himfelf an excellent Horfeman, but the
beft Jugde that ever wrote upon the Subje(5t.

But all this while it does not appear that there has
been any Provifion made for the Cure of the Infirmi-
ties and Accidents to which that noble and generous
Creature is expofed, fuitable to what his Services
really deferve -, for albeit the fame Perfons who were
thefirfllmproversof Horfemanfhip, were no lefs ftu-
dious of their Difeafes, and were alfo the firft of all
the Moderns, who fecm to have writ profefTedly of
them *, yet it mull be owned their Writings are more
like Syftems of old AJlrokgy^ than as if they had been
compofed for the Cure of Horfes : Neither can this
be thought very flrange, if it be confidered, that
thefe Authors had no other Means of arriving at their
Skilly but by adding from Books of Phyfick and Sur-
gery, what they judg'd neceflary to perfect the
common and received Practice of Farriers, which in
thofe Times was of a very mafculine Kind, and had
been handed down through many ignorant Ages,
without any other Regulation, than what had ob-
tain'd by Rote and. Cuftom.

Now it is very eafy to conceive, how thofe who
are uninflruded in the Principles of any particular
Art, may be milled in what tliey copy and borrow
from it ; for as they are not Judges themfelves, they
will neither be apt to make choice of the beft Au-
thors ; nor can it be fuppofed, if they did, that they
fhould mend the Matter very much, in a Science fo
much complicated as that of Phyfick, ^c. and which
by the Ignorance of thofe and the preceeding Times,
wasitfelf embarrafsM with many idle and whimfical
Dreams, not to be met with, or at leaft depended on
by ancient Writers, and which have been abfolutely
rejected fince the modern Difcoveries have clearec}
the Way to true Knowledge.

And that this was the Cafe of thefe Gentlemen who
firft put Pen to Paper on the Difeafes of Horfes, is
evident from their unjudicious Colledions, for in them

we

The PREFACE.

we have all the Refufe of phyfical Authors; and mofl:
Books that are at this Day extant upon the Subject,
have been form'd upon the Writings of thofe Perfons ;
fo that the Cure of Horfes feems to be but very litde
underftood, notwithftanding all the Care and Pains
that has been taken to perfed: it.

Solleyfell was fo fenfible of this, and of the bad
Cufloms which had obtained among the Farriers of
France in his time, that it put him upon a more dili-
gent Search into the Bufinefs, by confulting the beft
Authors of Phyfick and Surgery, as himfelf takes no-
tice, whereby he has indeed not only deliver'd a more
fafe and regular Pradlice, than any that went before
him, but has alfo introduc'd Methods altogether new,
with a great Variety of Medicines, which before had
never taken Place in the Difeafes of Horfes : But
yet, for all this, he was himfelf in fedled with many
of the Errors of his Predeceflbrs : for he is fo fcrupu-
lous as to Times and Seafons, and fo much ty'd up
to Cuftom, that it even renders his Methods very im-
pradlicable in many Circumftances, and as he was not
rightly acquainted with iht Am??ialO economy^ he has
accounted for many of the Difeafes, not from the
true Mechanifm of the Body of a Horfe, but in a
fpeculative and abftraded Way ; which is fo far
from leading any one into the Nature and Caufe of
Difeafes, that it muft rather bewilder his Pupils, and
bring them farther into the dark.

Nor are thefe the only things wherein that Author
is blameable : but if we examine into his Method
of Cure, it is fo im.perfedl and perplex'd in many
Places, by frequent Digreflions, that a Man muft be
well acquainted with the Subjecft, or at more than
ordinary Pains to reap any great Advantage from it:
And as to his Medicines, tho' many of them are, no
doubt, extraordinary good, and very well adapted to
their feveral Intentions ; yet it is very plain, he has
inferted a Number of others, with long and tedious
A 3 En.^

The T R E FJCE.

Encomiums on their Virtues and Excellencies, which
upon the ftri(fleft Examination, has proceeded more
from a fond Opinion he has had of them, than from
any real Virtues in them : Bcfides, that many of
them are focoftly, that in the Procefs of fome re-
gular Cures, they muil exceed the Price of any or-
dinary Horfe.

Neither has he been able to obviate the Objeflions
which we find have been made to himfclf, for inferr-
ing fuch vaft Numbers of Remedies ; for what he al-
ledo-es concerning the Variety of Conftitutions, is ve^
ry Httle to the Purpofe, fuch a Medicine of the fame
Intention Dced only be made ftronger or weaker in
the principal Ingredients; or if any Alteration be
.necefTary, that ought to depend upon a Change or
Complication of Symptoms •, all which fliould be
clearly explain'd by thofe who deliver Inftitutions of
Cure. And as for hisChymical Procefles, we look
upon many of them as unnccellary Implements, which
only help to fill up hisBook, and fhew more of Pomp
and Oftentation than any real Ufe ; efpecially fince
there are but few of them which vary much from
the common recciv'd Forms ; and if it was other-
wife, they could not cafily be comply 'd with by any
who are unacquainted with the Chymifl's Art, or
unprovided with the Inflruments that are proper to
make them.

But if Solleyfelly who is dcfervedly reputed the heft
Author, was even faulty in thefe Refpeds, notwith-
ilanding all the Pains he had taken ; What can we
hope from thofc of lefs Learning and Ability, who
have only deliver'd things at fecond-hand ? Of thefe,
all Nations have produced fufHcienc Store, whofe
precepts have been as much, if not more, followed
than original Authors ; but none have been fo much
abus'd that way as ourfelves -, for altho' we have had
the Reputation of improving many Arts beyond what
.oihsrshavc dene:, and tho' that oiHorkmanrnip was

even

The T RE F AC E.

even brought to its greateft Perfedion, by the noble
Perfon whom we have already taken Notice of ; yet
we have hardly one who has treated of the Difeafes of
Horfes in any tolerable Way. Blundevil^ who was
the firfl of any great Repute amongft us, is now al-
mod quite forgot. As for Markham and Be Grey^
with others of later Date, they were only Copie'rs
from him, as himfelf was alfo a Copier and Tranf-
lator from the Italians ; and what thefe Authors have
with fo much AlTurance taken from the common
Rote^ and added as their own, is, generally fpeaking,
the moft Infignificant of any thing they have deli-
vered ; fo that it is no Wonder, if the Pracflice of
thofe be very abfurd, who tie themfelves up to their
Rules.

The Want of proper Helps is certainly a very great
Difadvantage, not only to the Farriers^ but to all
thofe who are interelled in Horfes ; for tho' they may
pradife with Certainty enough in fome Operations,
and in many common Accidents that require only
outward Applications, yet they mull needs be at a
great Lofs in moft Difeafes, where the Mafs of Blood
is afFedled •, and therefore, we find in all fuch Cafes,
their main Recourfe is to Bleeding and Purging ; and
whether that be proper or not, they neither know
themfelves, nor can their Books inform them : And
when a Horfe gives Signs of inward Sicknefs, theBook
(which is chiefly made up of a Parcel of infignificant
Receipts) furnifhes them with a Cordial Drink, com-
pos'd of fome Spices, or a few Herbs to be boil'd in
Ale or White- wine; and if one Drench or two does
not make a Cure, they are at a great Lofs what to
do next : Having no other Notion of Medicines, but
as if they work'd by a Sort of Magick.

That this is the common and ordinary Way of
Pradice among Horfes, every one knows. We can-
not however but own, there are many Gentlemen,
and alfo fome of the ableft Farriers ^ who have noc
A 4 con-^

The PREFACE,

confined themfelves fo much to Cuftom, but have
fallen upon better Methods than thofe generally pre-
fcrib*d ; and we find feveral very good Remedies
handed from one to another, which are not to be met
with in Books ; but yet, as moft are unacquainted
with the Requifites neceflary for the right Ad mini -
flration of thefe Remedies, they often prove as Wea-
pons in unskilful Hands, which may either do Good
or Hurt, as they happen to be right or wrong ap-
ply'd ; and if there be fome who know how to ap-
ply them better than others, yet while their Me-
thods are not communicated to the Publick, and
thereby rendered of general Ufe, the Art can be but
little advanced.

From all which Reafons, and the frequent Com-
plaints of thofe who are the greateil Sufferers by
the Deficiency of this Art, we have been induced
to propofe this our New Guide j wherein we have
not only delivered an Account of all the Difeafes
incident to Horfes, with the Method of Cure, but
alfo the Anatofny of a Horfe \ the Knowledge of
which being as neceflary to Farriers, as that of the
Human Body to Phyfician^ and Surgeons ; and we
are in Hopes it will meet with the more ready Re-
ception, becaufe the Attempts that have been made
of this Kind already by Sig. Ruini^ and Mr. Snap
]ate Farrier to King Charles 11. have both been in
fome Meafare rendered fruitlefs \ the firft having
writ in a Language unknown to us, and at a Time
when this Art was in a Manner in its Infancy ;
and the other having never pub]i(h*d any thing pro-
fefiedly of Difeafes (tho' he fully intended it) but
only his Volume of Anatomy, which, befides that
it is very rarely to be met v^ith, is alfo fo large,
and incumbred with fo many things foreign to the
Purpofe, as makes it, in a great Meafure, unprofi^
table to thofe for whom it was principally intended.

And

The PREFACE.

And therefore, that we might avoid thefe Incon-
veniencies, we have in our Anatomical Part wholly
ftudied the Benefit of fuch as are unacquainted with
the Subjed, having defcrib'd all the Parts of a Horfe,
with their feverai Ufes, in as fhort and concife a Man-
ner as poflible, and at the fame time omitted nothing
that is abfolutely material *, and we have not only
redlified feverai Miftakes in Mr. Snape^ but have
added many Things from the modern Difcoveries,
which are not to be met with in that Author, and
which are very neceflary to the Knowledge of Dif-
eafes. Neither need we make any Apology for the
hard Appellations of fome of the Mufdes, other than
what Mr, Snape has already done, viz. That whereas
moft of them have the fame Ufe with thofe of the
human Body, he therefore thought it prudent to re-
tain the fanie Names, believing it would be too af-
fumiing in him to impofe others.

The Figures of the feverai Parts, are by all own'd
fo ncceflary, that we need not fay any thing to recom-
mend them, they being conftant Helps, not only to
thofe who are Strangers to the Subjecft, but alfo to
fuch as are acquainted therewith *, and tho' we are
in this refpedt chiefly indebted to the Induflry of
Mr. Snape^ as he was to Ruini^ for many of them,
yet we doubt not of Approbation in the Choice we
have m.ade, as v/e have not any that arc ufelefs, buc
fuch as are of mod Importance.

As to our Treatife of Di/eafes^ it is partly the
Refult of fome Obfervations that were made while
I attended the Army, and partly of fome that have
been made fince ; during which time, we have care-
fully taken notice of all thofe things, both in Books
and in Pradlice, that were the chief Hindrances to
the Advancement of the Farrier's Art ; and what
Steps we have taken to put it upon a better Foot-
ing, will be judged reafonable by fuch as have pe-
ruf€dMr..S//.^^^'sBook, efpecially thofe fhort Digref--

fions,

rhe "PREFACE,

fions, where he has accounted for fome Difeafes that
were the lead known by Farriers. The fame Method
Mr. Snape has obferv'd in thefe few, we have carefully
followed throughout the whole, which although it
may feem fomewhat difficult at firft View, to thofe
who are unacquainted with the Animal Oeconomy ;
yet as all is founded upon the Make, Frame, and
Difpofition of a Horfe's Body, and is therefore
plainly demonftrabie to Senfe, it will in the End
be found more eafy than the ufual Methods, that
have been only built upon Figment and Fancy.

But, that the Reader may the more readily over-
come thofe Difficulties, we have endeavour'd to de-
scribe all the Difeafes in a Way that is the moft fa-
miliar and intelligible, having ranked thofe together
that have the neareft Dependence upon each other :
and in fuch a Manner, that the underftanding of
one, may lead him infenfibly into the Knowledge of
another : A Method not hitherto obferved, or right-
ly underftood, by any of our Authors. We have
likewife been more than ordinarily careful, in diftin-
guifhing, with refped to Signs and Caufes, and in
providing for the feveral Accidents that may happen,
than which nothing conduces more to the Cure and
Prefervation of Brute Creatures, who are incapable of
declaring their Infirmities ; and becaufe many of the
Difeafes of Horfes have a near Affinity with thofe of
the human Body, and as the comparing the one with
rhe other muft needs tend very much to the Advance-
ment of this Art, we have therefore taken Notice of
that in many Particulars, fo far as the Mechanifm
of a Horfe may occafion the fime Symptoms and
Accidents-, and wherever they differ, we have endea-
voured to put it in as clear a Light as poffible, and
have accordingly accommodated tjic Method of Cure.

And as the right Adminiftration of proper Reme-
dies is of no lefs Importance, we have taken particular
Care in that relbcdlj having not only, in all Caf-s,

in-

The "P R E F A C E.

inferted fuch as are known to be of moft Efficacy,
but alfo laid down the Precautions neceflary in all
their feveral Intentions ; and herein we have itudied
both the Eafe and Profit of the Pracfkitioner, by free-
ing him of thofe long and tedious Compofitions,
wherewith moft Books fo much abound, and which
are chiefly made up of a Number of ufelefs and
infignificant Ingredients : But thcfe Things I have
confidered in aTreatife apart, concerning the Me-
dicines proper for Horfes, which is a Supplement
to this, and has met with the Approbation of the
beft Judges.

As to the Defetls and Errors we have already ta-
ken Notice of in the common and ordinary Prac-
tice *, as alfo thofe committed by the Abufe of
Tents, the Application of greafy Drefllngs, and
many other Things too tedious to be inferted here,
we hope, we need make no Apology for fo doing,
fince it will appear to any one who fhall perufe the
following Treatife, that our Meaning in this was
not to find Fault ; but in order to their Am.end-
ment. For where-ever we have obferved any thing
in the received Method, or in any Author, fup-
ported by Experience, and agreeable to the Princi-
ples of Art, we have been fo far from rejecting it,
that we have rather recommended it to the World
by fuch Explanations, as we judged neceflary to
render it more intelligible and ufcfui.

All that I think neceflary to perfed this Subjcd:,
will be contained in a Treatife which will be fliort-
ly publidied, containing the Order and Oeconomy
that is neceflary in the Diet and Exercife of Horfes.

CON^

CONTENTS.

The Anatomy of a HORSE.

WmM& H E Inirodumon, Page i .

^P T ^ Chap. I . Of the Paris which inveft and cO'

^^^^^^^^^^-^ Sea. I. Of the Hair ^ Scarf skiny Hide^ and

fiefhy Panmclcy ib.

Secfl. 2. Of the Fat and common Membrane of the

Mufcles. 5

CHAP. 11.

Of the Lower Belly. 6

Se6^. r. Of its proper Invefliture and Tegument Sy ib.

Seft. 2. Of the Caul, y

Se£V. 3. Of the Gullet, Stomach, Guts and Mefentery, 8

Se6t. 4. Of the Splee7i, Pancreas and Liver ^ with the

Porus Biliarius, or Gall-pipe, 1 2

Se6^. 5. Oj the Kidneys, Ureters, and Bladder, 14

Sedt. 6. Of the Parts of Generation in a Horfe and

Marcy 15

CHAP. III.

Of the Middle Venter or Cheft, 22

Se6t. I . Of its proper containing Parts, ib.

Se6l 2. Of the Heart and Pericardium, Csfr. 25

Sedt. 3. Of the IFind-pipe and Lungs, 27

Sed:. 4. Of the Larynx and Pharynx, 3 1

CHAP. IV.

Of the Upper Cavity or Head, '^'^

Se(5l. I. Of its proper containing Parts, ib.

S^di. 2. Of the Brain and Cerebellum, with the Me-
dulla Oblongata, and Pith of the Back, ^^
Sed. 3. O/"/^^ Rife and Progrcfs of the Nerves, 40
Seel. 4. 0/ the Eyes and their fever al Parts, 43
Sed. 5. Of the Ears, 45
SsL^, 6. 0} ^/v Ay^ and MoiitL 47

CHAR

CONTENTS.

C H A P. V.

Of the Mufcles, Page 52

Sed. I. Of the Mufcles of the Eye-lid and Eye, ibid,
Sedt . 2 . Of the Mufcles of the Nofe, Lips and Cheeks^ 54
Scd. 3. Of the Mufcles of the lower JaWy §6

Sedl. 4. Of the Mufcles of the Ear, sy

Secft. 5« Of the Mufcles of the Tongue and Os Hyoides,
with thofe of the Larynx, Uvula, and Throaty 58
Sedt. 6. Of the Mufcles of the Head and Neck^ 61
Sed. 7. Of the Mufcles of the Breaff, 6^

Sed. 8. Of the Mufcles of the Back and Loins ^ with
thofe of the Fundament and Bladder, 64

Sed. 9. Of the Mufcles of the Shoulder-blade and Shoul-
der, with thofe which move the Fore-leg and Foot, 66
Sed. 10. Of the Mufcles of the Thigh y and thofe which
move the Hind- leg and Foot, 71

CHAP. VI.

Of the Bones, Page 81

Sed. r. Of the Bones which frame and compofe the

Skull, with its Suture, ib.

Sed. 2. Of the Jaw-hones and Teeth, together with

/^^ Os Hyoides, or Bone of the Tongue, 83

Sed. 3. Of the Vertebras of the Neck, 87

S^6^, 4. Of the Vertebras of the Back and Loins, as al-

fo of the Breaff-hone, Collar-bone, and Ribs, 2'^

Se5l. 5. Of the Blade-bone, the Shoulder -bone, and the

Bones of the Fore leg and Foot, 90

Sed. 6. Of the Croupe and Rump-bones, ib.

Sed. 7. Of the Ofla Innominata, divided into the

Hip, Haunch, and Share-bones, 93

Sed. 8. Of the Bones of the Thighs, Hinder-legs, and

Feet, gS

The Appendix concerning the Blood- vefTcls, and Cir-
culation of the Blood, ^C. ICO

THE

CONTENTS.

The Far R I E r's New Guide.

CI HA p. I. Of the Bifeafes of Horfes in general^
i and the Caiifes thereof^ Page i .

Chap. 2. Of the Signs of Sicknefs in Horfes^ 6

Chap. 3 Of the Method of Cure ^ 8

Chap. 4. Difcovering fome Errors in the Methods ufu-
ally taken to fr event Bifeafes in Horfes^ with the
proper efl Means to prejerve Health, 1 1

Chap. 5 . So?ne general Rules to he ohferved in Bleed-
ing and Purging, 1 6
Chap. 6. Of the Fevers of Horfes in general^ 21
Chap. 7. Of a fimple continued Fever ^ 28
Chap. 8. Of a putrid Fever, 35
Chap. 9. Of peflilential Fevers, 39
Chap. 10. Of a hectick Fever, 42
Chap. II* Of Intermitting Fevers, 44
Chap. 12. Of Surfeits, 49
Chap. 13. Of the Bifeafes of the Heady 53
Chap. 14. Of the Hcad-ach, 54
Chap. 15. Of the St avers or Staggers, ^^
Chap. 16. Of a Paify, 61
Chap. 17. Of the Falling Evil, and Convulfons, 6^
Chap. 18. Of the Lethargy, or Sleeping Evil, 64
Chap. 19. Of the Frenzy and Madnefs in a Horfe, 6^
Chap. 20. Of the Bi/eafes of the Eyes, 66
Chap. 2 1 . Of a IVound or Blow on the Eye, &c. 6y
Chap. 22. Of Rheums and Inflammations in the Eyes,'jo
Chap. 23. Of Lunatlck, or Moon-Eyes, 73
Chap. 24. Of Films, Wehs, and other Bifeafes of the
Eyes of Horfes, cmfmg Bimnefs, orLofsofSight, 80
Chap. 25. Of a Cold and Moifoufiding, 85
Chap. 26. Of Cheflfoundring, go
Chap. 27. Ofpurfivc, broken- winded^ and confuinptive
Cafes^ , 92

Chap,

CONTENTS.

Chzp.2S. Of the Glanders and Mourning of the Cbine,^^
Chap. 29. Of the Strangles^ 108

Chap. 30. Of the falfe or hafiard Stra7tgles, 1 14
Chap. 31.0/ the Fives ^ 1 1 5

Chap. 32. Of the Anticor, 118

Chap. 33. Of the Bifeafes of the Stomachy and firfi of

the Lofs ofApfetite^ and of a depraved Appetite^ 122
Chap. 34-. Of the hungry Evil^ 126

Chap. 3^. Of the Difeafes of the GutSy and firfl of the

Cholick, 1 2 7

Chap. 36, Of the dry Gripes ^ and Adflri^ion of the

Bowel Sy 128

Chap. 37. Of the Lax or Scouring^ 135

Chap. 3S. Of the bloody Flux^ 140

Chap. 3^. Of PFormSy Eots^ and Trunehions, 142
Chap. 40. Of Pain in the Bowels caufed by fudden

Accident Sy 146

Chap. \\'0f the Yellows^ or Jaundice^ 148

Chap. 42 .OftheBifeafes of the Reins and Kidney SyScc, 152
Chap. 43. Of the Painpifs or Strangury ^ ib.

Chap. 44. Of a Flux of Urine ^ and ftaling of Bloody 154
Chap. 45. Of the Colt-evil ^ fhe deling of the Seed, and

mattering of the Tard, 156

Chap. 46. Of the Bropjy^ 157

Chap. 47. Of a Horfe that is Hide-bound^ 159

Chap. 48. Of the Farcin^ 162

Chap. 49. Of the Mange, 183

Chap. 50. OfTu?norSy Impojlhumes, and Abfceffes, 186
Chap. 51. Of JVoundsy 193

Chap. 52. Of Gun-fhot Wounds, and Burns, 203
Chap, [j^3. Of a Gangrene and Mortification, 205
Chap. 54. Of the biting of venomous Beafts, 207

Chap. S5*0f "^^^ ^^^^ ^^^

Chap, ^6, OF Cauterizing a?2d giving the Fire, 212

Chap. 57. Of Ro welling, 215

Chap. 58. Of gelding and curtailing of Horfe s, 216

Chap. 59. Of the Lampas^ 217

Chap. 60. Of the Barbs, 2 1 8

Chap. 61, Of the lick, ib.

Chap,

CONTENTS.
Chap. 62. Ofmives Teeth, Page 218 |

Chap. 63. Of Gigs^ Bladders^ and other Bifeafes of "

the Mouthy ib.

Chap. 64. Of the Poll-evil, 219

Chap. 6^, Of Hurts and Bruifes in thefFithers^Scc, 220
Chap. 66. Of a Navel-gall, &c. 221 J

Chap. 6"/. Of a Shoulder-wrench, Shoulder-fight, and

Shoulder-plate, 222

Chap. 68. Ofafway\IBack,andStrainsoftbeHips,224
Chap. 69. Of Bones broken and out of Joint, 226
Chap. 70. Of Hurts in the Stifle, 12 j

Chap. 71. O//^^ Bone-fpavin, 22S

Ch:ip» y 2, Of the String-halt, 229

Chap. 73. Of the Blood-fpavin, 230

Chap. 74. Cy Mallenders and Sellenders^ ib.

Chap. 75. O/' Hough-bony, 231

Chap. 76. 0/ /i?^ Cttr^, ib.

Chap. 77. Of a Jar don, 232

Chap. 78. Of Splents and Oflets, &c. 233

Chap, j^. Of a Ring-bone, 236

Chap. 80. Of Wind-galls, 237

Chap. 81. O/^ Sinew- fprain, &c. 238

Chap. 82. Of the Greafe falling into the Legs, 239
Chap. 83.0/ the Mufcles or kiFd Heels, 244

Chap. 84. Of the Pains or watry Sores on the Legs

and P aft ems, 245

Chap. B^. Of Warts, Scratches, Rats- tails, and other

Excrefcences on the Legs and P aft ems, 246

Chap. 36. Of a gutter- bone, 248

Chap. By. Of Foundering in the Feet, 249

Chap. SS. Of Surbating, &c. 251

Chap. 89. Of Retraits and Pricks in the Footy ib.
Chap. 90. Of the Running Frufh, 253

Chap. 91. Of the Crown-fcab, 254

Chap. 92. Of Figs, ib.

Chap. ^'^. Of Hoofs brittle, or too foft^ 255

Chap. 94. Of narrow Heels, 2^6

Chap. ^S' 0/ a falfe garter, 2^7

Chap. g6. Of cafting th^ Hoof^ 2^Q

T H E

^ ^ ^^ ^ S^- v-^

*vj -# tj? "^ *# tjJ oL'>3c> '*' 1i? "^ "^ * 4«'

THE

ANATOMY

O F A

HORSE.

The Introdudiion.

H E Bodies of all ^adrupeds^ as well as
Me72y are cetnpofed of different Parts, which
me adapted to their feveral Fun^ions : Somi
are fo lid, as the Bones and Cartilages ; others
are foft, as the Glands and Mufeular Flejh^
and feme are of a middle Nature, as the Ligaments of the
Joints, and Tendons of the Mufcles, But whether their
particular Stru^iire be loofe or folid, or bet-ween both, it
is very certain that all are made up of fmall Fibres or
Threads. This is fo plainly ohfei-vable in the f oft Parts^
that it needs no manner of Proof-, fince every one muft have
taken notice, in tearing Flejh afunder, that it is composed
cf little Parcels or Bundles^ and thefe Parcels may again
be divided into others which are lefs, and afterixards int&
ftngle Threads, which are infinitely [mailer than a Hair :
Nature has alfo obferv'd the fame Oeconomy in the Struc"
tare of the hard Parts ; for when Ttv cut a Bone acrofs, all
the Poruli, or little Holes, which form the Interflices of its
Fibres, are, in mofl Parts of it, plainly perceivable ; ani
if it he cut lengthways^ their Dire^ion and Courfe is m
lefs manifefl.

But of all the different Suhjfances whereof an Animal
Body is compofed, that which Anatomifs call a Mem-
brane, is^ next to a Fibre, the mofl fmpU in its Stuc^

5 The Introduction.^

ture^ it being a thin expanded Subjiance^ whieh has
Length and Breadth, without much Thicknefs ; fo that it
feems only to be made up of Jingle Threads y laid kngthways
and acrofs, like a fine Web. We find feme of them pretty
thick ^ efpe daily towards their Origin ; but others much thin-
tier than the Film of an Egg : The whole Body is ixrap'd up
in one of thefe, and every particular Part has a membranous
Cover, mchich preferves it from the Injuries it would be ^x-
pos^d to from thoje Farts which lie next it, Sotne Farts are
involv din double Membranes, as the Brain, and Pith of the
Back, i^c, which are very foft and delicate ^ and could ?iot
be eafily preferved by afingle one.

But befides their Office of covering and defending all Farts
of the Body, feme of thetn ferve as Bags or Cafes for
Food and Excremefjts ; others are form'd into Conduits, for
the Blood and arwnal Juices, But fome of thefe being part-
ly mufcular, and partly membranous, they may be properly
faid to be of a mix'd Nature, as are mojl of the MufeleSy
and many other Subjlances throughout the Body,

The Mufcles are made up of flej})y and tendinous Fibres ;
ivhich Kind of Structure is necejfary to their Action, they
being the Injiruments of Motion, Almoji all Mifcles are
flejhy and foft in the Middle, and for that Reafonare capable
6f being contracted and dilated ; for if they were otherwifey
it would be impojjible for any Creature to move : Whereas
by the Figure they are of, ive find them ready to anfwer
every Inclination of the Mind, ivithout Fain or Stijfnefs,
The Mufcles are of different Figures, fome flat, as thofe on
the Rim of the Belly ; others more round, as thofe of the
' Thighs and Legs ; fo7ne of which, towards their Infer t ions ^
terminate in a firong, nervous, fi7ienxy Subjiance^ called a
Tendon.

A Ligament is more compact and firm than a Tendon ^
but not altogether fo hard as a Cartilage, It is that
Subjlance which ties the Joints together ; whereof jofne are
rou'-id, as thofe which 'we ohferve faftened to the Head of a
Boney and the In fide of its Socket ; ethers are fiat, and co-
ver the Joints like p inany Fieces of Leather nail*d on, to
keep the two Bones from falling afunder^ and to prefer ve an
Uniformity in their Motion,

A Cartilage, or Griftle, which we obferve more or lefe
at the Ends of rnoft Bones, is harder and lefs pliable than
the Ligaments : Thefe being of a fmooth Surface, and
moderately thick ^ are a Defence to the E?ids of the Bones,

which

The Introduction.' j

which are tnore hard and brittle \ and if they were not thus
fortified^ might therefore be ivorn and abraded by their
Motion.

The Bones are of the mofl hard and compa6i Subflance of
the 'uohole Body ; they are without Senfey as are alfo the
Ligaments and Cartilages^ otherwife they would be unfit to
anfwer their particular Functions ; but^ nothwithfanding
their Infenjibility ^ if any of them happen to be difeafedy they
may caufe Pain, and create a great deal of Trouble,

As the Bones are^ of all the Parts 'vchich compofe an
munal Body^ the moft folidy the Glands, or Kernels, are
reckoned among the joftefi ; being curious 'Bundles ofVeffelSy
ijchich are infinitely finally and laid clofely together y in many
Circumvolutions and Turnings : From fome of thefe are Je-
parated Excrement Sy and fro?n others JuiceSy which have
their peculiar UJeSy as will beftjeivn hereafter.

The Veins, and Arteries, Nerves, and Lymphatick Vejfels^
are the Conduits and PipeSy through which all the liquid
Juices of the Body do pafs, The Arteries are Fe/ftls which
carry the Blood from the Heart to the ExtremitieSy and the
Veins are the Channels which carry back that Portion of it
which is ?nore than fufficient for the Nourijhment cf the
particular 'Members. The Nerves are of a compa^ Sub'
fiance y like fo many tough Cords y cf a white Colour y and
different SizeSy fome being pretty large , others infinitely
fmally and tho' they feem tobefolid and imperforate y that
is to fayy without any vifible Bore or Cavity in themy yet
it is very certain they carry the anim.al Spirits from the
Srain into all Parts of the Body ; and are the Infiruments
which communicate ail Sen/ations to the Imagination, The
Lymphatick Veffels are of a more thin Texture y and carr^
a clear tranfparent Liquor y which is alfo fubfervient to the
Fun^ions of Nature.

Infmty all the Parts of the Bodyy whether thofe that
are hardy or thofe ivhich are denominated foft PartSy are
nourifhed by Bloody and their peculiar Juices produced cf
Blood: Neither is it improbable y that the tvhole animal
Frame is compofed of the fever al Modifications of Veins y Ar*
terieSy NerveSy and Lymphatick Veffels.

Thefe Things being premifedy for the Benefit of fuch as
are Strangers to the Study of Anatomy ; J fhall now pro-
ceed to handle the Sub}e5l particular l^y and take evgry Part
as it lies in its proper Order.

B s CHAP,

i^- The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. I.

CHAP. I.

Of the Parts which inveft and cover the whok
Body.

§. I. Of the Hair^ Scarfskifiy Hide^ and Flejhy Panicle,

The Hair. T ^ ^efcribing the Parts of a Horfe, the

firft Thing that prefents to our View, is
the Hair^ which may not improperly be called the upper-
molt Cover of the whole Body. It will be very little to our
purpofe to fpend time about its Produdion, or how it
comes to be of fo many different Colours; I fhall therefore
proceed to obferve, that the Hair is both an Ornament and
a Defence to all Animals. That which we call his Coat,
IS not only agreeable to the Ey« in a plump young Horfe,
but a Defence from the Injuries of Cold and Heat, and the
Accidents to which he would be often expos'd, in his feed-
mg among Shru.bs and Bufhes; and that which grows
out to fome length on the Footlock, is a no lefs Defence
to that prominent Part, when he travels on ftony Ways, or
in frofty Weather, when the Roads are crufted, which
otherwife would be very much expos'd to Wounds and
Bruifes. As for the Main, Tail, and Foretop, they add
greatly to the Beauty of a Horfe, and are a fuitable De-
corement to a Creature of fo much Fire and Mettle.
The Cuticula, "^^^^ ^^^ ^^^7 Tegument, or Cover, is

or Scar/skiti, the Scarfskin^ and is that which rifes fo
eafily into a Blifter, by being pinch'd or
fcalded ; it is not endued with any tender Senfation, but
•will bear the Touch without Pain ; it is produced from
the Hide, which it involves and covers on all Parts, and
has from thence its Nourifhment. Its Ufe is not only to
cover the true Skin, and defend it from thofe painful
Senfations to which it would be expos'd, as wc daily ob-
ferve, when it is fretted off; but as it refembles a curious
Net- work, and is full of little Holes or Pores, it is there-
by fuited to give way to the excrementitious Matter which
continually exhales from the Body.
The Hide ^^^ "^^^ cf)mmon Covering is ih^Skin^

' (properly fo called) or Hide, which lies im-

mediately under the other. It is nourifh'd with Veins, Ar-

teries.

Chap. I. The Anatomy of a HOKSE. j

teries, ^c, and is alfo porous for the Paflage of Sweat, or
other penpirable Matter, which is feparated from a vaft
number of little Glands, which lie on the Infide of it ;
and as the Scarfskin is a Defence to the Hide, fo the Hide
is a Defence to thofe other Parts which lie under it.

Underneath the Skin is plac'd the flefhy
Pannicle, which is mufcular, and helps to ^^^'P/^y P^»'
draw the Skin into Wrinkles, by which *^
means a Horfe throws off the Duft, Flies, or other Things
that hurt him. It is alfo ncurifh'd with its proper Veins
and Arteries, ^c, and befides its peculiar Ufes, it ferves, in
concert with the S"kin, to defend the Body from external
Injuries, viz. by keeping it warm in Winter, and prevent-
ing a too great Exhalation of the Spirits in hot Weather.

§. II. Of the Fat and common Membrane of the Mufcks,

Befides thefe Teguments abovemention'd, , (j-j^^ p^^
there is the Fat^ and common Membrane
of the Mufcles. The Fat which lies between the flefliy
Pannicle and the faid Membrane, is dillinguifh'd from
that which covers the Caul, by its oilinefs, and is faid to
be generated of the more unclious Particles of the Blood,
working thro* the Veflels, and detained there by the clofe-
nefs of the faid Pannicle. It is not one continu'd Covering
in Hories, as in Bullocks, and fome other Animals, but
chiefly fills up the Interlaces of the Mufcles externally,
and is not only a Defence, as the other Teguments are,
but ferves to make a Horfe look plump, fmooth, and
beautiful. How far it is capable of being again converteci
into Nourifhment, I (hall not offer here to determine.

As to the Membrane of the Mufcles, en
,.,.,. nriii "-^^ common

which is the mnermoft of all the common Membrane of
Teguments, it is faid to take its Origin ^j^g Mufcles.
from the Back; and fpreading itfelf all
over the Body, is knit to their proper Coats by a great
number of fmall Fibres, yet not fo clofely as to hinder
their A6lion : It is in a Horfe confiderably thick, and
ferves to ftrengthen and confirm all the Mufcles in their
proper Situation, and to be a Capfuhiy or Cafe, to defend
them from Injuries.

B B CHAP,

6 The Anatomy of a HORSE, Chap. IL

CHAP. II.

Of the Lower Belly,
§ I. Of its proper Inveffiture and Teguments,

B

Y the Lower Belly is to be underftood all that Cavity
v/hich is below the Midriff, and is encompafled by the
Short-rihs, the Point of the Bread- bone,Loins,Hanch-bones
and Share- bones, and is fill'd with Guts and other Entrails.

The proper Teguments of the Lower Belly, are the
Mufcles, and the Membrane which lies under them, call'd
the Feritonaum,

The Mufcles are of different Shapes and
Five Pair of Figures, according to their feveral Ufes.

Mufcles belong ^j^^^^ ^^ ^^^ j^^^^ g^^l^ ^^^ ^w\^tA into

to^theio'wer ^^^ p^.^ . ^j^^ uppermoll are called the
^ •^' oblique defcendlng Mufcles, and derive their

Orifyin from the Sides of the Breaft- bone, the Points of
fome of the lowermoft Ribs, where they refemble the
Teeth. of_^ Saw ; from the Tips of the Crofs-procefles of
"^ the Joinings of the Rack- bone in the Loins,

^ht oblique and run Hoping downwards into the white
defending? air. Line, which is only a tendinous Subflance,
form'd by the Endings of fuch of thofe Muf-
cles as meet and are determined in it ; and reaches from
the Point of the Sword- like Griftle of the Breaft-bone, as
low as the Share-bone, dividing the lower Belly in the
middle. Thefe two Mufcles have their Infertion from
below the Navel downwards, to the End of that Line.

The next are the oblique afcending Pair ;
the oblique ^^^ j-jf-g fj-^j^ the upper part of the Haunch-
afcending Pair. ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ Proceil'es of the Verte-
bra of the Loins, and Os facrum ; and taking a contrary
Courfe to thofe above defcrib'd, they are inferted partly
on the Ends of the fhort Ribs, and partly on the white
Line, from the Point of the Breafl-bone down to the Na-
vel. Their A6lion is different from the former ; for as
thofe draw the lower Part of the Belly fideways, towards
the Breaft, from whence they arife, fo thefe draw down
the Cheft fomewhat aflant towards the Loins.
V^t freight The third Pair are cilled the Re5li, or

/'^/r. ftreight Mufcles, ; becaufe their Fibres.run in

Chap.il The Anatomy of a UOKS^. 7

a ftreio-ht Line from their Origin, at the Sides of the above-
mentiSn'd Griftlc, and the Ends of the Balhrd Ribs to
the Share-bone, where they are inferted. There are in
thefe feveral tendinous Interftices, which are theCaule
why fome Anatomifts have divided them^ into divers
Mufcles. They fhorten the Belly, by drawing the Brealt
and Share-bone towards each other. . ^; „ -j.

The fourth Pair are called the Pyramid "Th^, Pyrarmdal
^j/, fromtheRefemblance they bear toa t'air.
Pyramid, being broad at bottom, and growing gradually
narrower towards the Top. They feem to be derived from
the Ilreight Mufcles, and are aflifting to them m contrac-
ting; the Belly. ^ . rrr rr r r

The lail arethe Tranfuerfe or Crofs Ue Tranfverfi
Mufcles, which have their Origin from the ^^^'*-
lowermoit Ballard Ribs on each Side, from the tranfverfe
Procelles of the Joints, or Vertebras of the Loins and
Haunch-bones, from whence, running acrofs the Belly,
Ihey are inferted in the White Line.

Befides that thefe Mufcles are a Cover and Support to
the lower Belly, they have not only their particular Of-
fices, butaa in Concert with each other, and give their
mutual Affiftance in compreffing the Guts, to the Lxpul-
fion of their Excrements. ^ ^, -d v

Underneath the Mufcles lies the Perito- "Th^ Peri.o.
neutn, which is the next proper Tegument nxum.
of the Guts. Is is a double Membrane, of an oval i* 1-
sure, and is thought to derive its Origin from that
which involves the Pith of the Loins ; its Infide is very
fmooth, and lined with a fort of Mucus, which proceeds
from the Guts, over which it is fpread. From this Mem-
brane all the lower parts of the Belly are furnifhed either
with their common, or proper Membranes. It has Liga-
ments, whereby it helps to bind all the Guts in their proper
Situation, that no violent Motion may difplay them ; it
alfo afFords a ftronger Ligament to the Liver, and is a
great Support to a vaft Number of fmall Veflels, whic^
would either be broke, or twifted in fo long a Courle,
were they not preferved within its Duplicature.

§ 11. Of the Caul

The Caul feems to be a proper Invelop- ^^'^ CauL
mem or Cover to the Guts, being in moil .

B 4 Anim,us

8 The Anatomy of a HOKSE. Chap. II.

Animals fpread all over them : tho' in a Horfe it is often
ften to he forward in Wrinkles, which may be occafion'd
by his violent Labour. It is in figure like a ."urfe-Net be-
wg double, arid open at top, but knit together towards the
bottom : It adheres to the lower Part of the Stomach, and
likewife to the Spleen, and hollow Side of the Liver Bv
Its underf.de it is faften'd to that Part of the Gut hhl
wh,c., Iks under the Stomach lengthways, and hkewife to
the Sweetbread, and beginning of the fmall Guts.
/// U/f. , ^5 *e Caul has plenty of Fat, it not on-

ly ferves to keep the bottom of the Sto-
mach, atid moil of the Guts moift, but alfo to cheri/h
them with us Warmth : And befides this, it has likewife
'/™Ufe, i«z. to fuftain 3 vaft Number of Branches
of VelTels which pafs between its Membranes to the Sto-
mach, Spleen, and Guts, &c.

§.III. O/t&e Gullet, Stomach, Guts, and m/entery.
Vie Gul/et. , Tho' all the Gulkt be not contain'd in

t« ,1,. Q^ ^r^ ^Tt' ^^"^' y" ^^ 'f '' ^" Appendage
to the Stomach, and the Funnel thro' which every thine
pafles mto ,t; a Defcription of it cannot be fo proper any
where elfe, as m this Place. ^ ^

It is hollow and round, beginning at the Root of the

JnXh ^ -^ '^^^T^ °^ the Windpipe, under which
It pafleth, turning a little to the Right, to give way to the

\h^'xtult-f''T- r''"'"8 '° "'^^Left, it paflis
i^ leftSde " ' '" '"^° ^^^ ^^omv^di towards

.n ^^l^""?*^' of three Coats, or Cafes ; the outermoil feems
to come from Xh^Phnra, &c. the middlemoit is mufcuk
and thick, confift,Dg of two Ranks of flefhy Fibres, af-
cendmg and defccndiiig obliquely crofs one another ■ The
wnermoft is membranous, with ftreight Fibres only; its
Vems communicate with thofe on the Brealt and Neck.
/// refcls. f ^° =i"o "s Arteries. At its beginning it

„,r,„ , IVT -A '"? '"■^'= *^'''"* °f Kernels, which fe-
Faiiage of the Llood, fcrV. Where it is inferted into the
Stomach, It IS compofed of a pretty thick Subftance made
X .v"^""''^*"'y *^*^'=^' ^''^^^^y itcontraarand
Stomach at pleaiure. This is call'd the left, or upper

Orifice

Chap. II. The Anatomy (?/^HORSE. 9

Orifice of the Stomach ; and tl^t whereby it difcharges
itfelf into the Duodenum^ its right or lower Orifice.

The Stomach is round, and fomewhat (j^jyg stomiuh
long, refembling a Bagpipe, but more capa-
cious on the left Side than the right ; its Magnitude is,
generally fpeaking, more cr lefs, according to the Size of
the Horfe. It is alio compofed of three Cafes, the outer-
molt of which feems to rife from the Feritondsum ; the
fecond is mufcular and flefliy ; and the laft a Continua-
don of the innermoll Coat of the Gullet.

It has Arteries from the Cctliacal Branch j^^ ^^^^
of the Aorta^ and Veins from the SpJenick^ -"^

and the Gajiricks^ a Vein common to its left Side and
the Caul, and one common to the Caul and the right Side
from the Mejentericks', and laftly, the Pyloria^ which
comes from the Porta,

It has Branches from the Recurrent j ^
Nerves, which being exceeding numerous, ^ ^"^
are the Occafions of its being fo very fufceptible of Han-
ger, and ail other Senfations.

The Ufe of the Stomach is to concod j jj.
and digeft the Aliment, fo as to render it fit ^ •^'^*
for Nourifhment; and this is performed chiefly by its
mufcular Motion, which is manifeft from its Strudure,
and the Power it has of contrading itfeif into thofc Riigcs^
which we difcover in it when it is empty.

After the Stomach come the Guts^ which, cj-j ^
according to Mr. Snape's Computation, are
in number fix, to wit, the fmall Gut, the Cacum or blind
Gut, the three Colons^ and the ftreight Gut.-

The /mail Gut (which in a Man is divid- ^, ^ ,, ^ ^
ed into three, to wit, the Duodenum, Jeju- ^^' J"""^^ ^«'-
num^ and //i^«, from its feveral Circumvolutions) is in a
Horfe reckon'd to be about 26 Yards in length; and is in
all its Turnings fallen'd to the Mefentery. The Stomach
empties its Aliment into this Gut, v/hich is furnifh'd with
an infinite number of milky Veflels, call'd La^eah^ that
receive the finer Portion of the Aliment, which being con-
vey'd by thefe little Conduits acrofs the Mefentery^ to one
common Receptacle, afcend upwards along the Spine,
thro* a pretty large Chanel, which is call'd the Thoraick
tDu5f \ and from thence into the Veins, and is incorporated
with the Blood. The coarfer Part of the Food, by a peri-
Italtick, or vermicular Motion, which is coiTimon to ^11

lo The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. IL

tfie Guts, falls downwards, and is diTchargM in Excrement
There are in this Gut, befides the Vellbis it has in com-
mon with the relt, two Duds which open into it; the one
from the Liver, and the other from the Sweetbread ; each
of which fends in a Juice, that contributes to the Refine-
ment of the Aliment, ^r.

The next h the Blind Gut, which has
Jfe C^cum or but one PalTage for the Excrements, fo that
mina ^ut. , they are forced lo return back the fame way

they went in.
ne Thm The three Colons (which in Men are but

^.oions. one continued Gut) are next the blind Gut ;

they are divided into three Guts by two
narrow Necks of about half a Yard in Length. This Gut
IS drawn up into many Purfes or Cells by two Ligaments
one of which runs along the upper fide, and another alona
the under fide ; which with the Affiftance of a Valve at
its beginning, hinder the Excrements, either from returnin^^
back into the fmall Guts, or falling too foon downwards""
before the Chyle or milky Subftancc is fufficiently prcpar'd
and fent off into its proper Veflels. The Cacum feems alfo
to be inllead of a Valve, to hinder the Aliment or Chyle
from falling too foon downwards into the Colon ; for if
U was not in fome meafure obltruded, and detained in its
Paflage through thefe large Conduits, the Body could ne-
ver be fufficiently fupplied with Nourifhment. The lirft
of thefe Colons is about a Yard and half in Length ; the
fecond about a Yard ; and that which joins to the Return
qr ftreight Gut, near fix Yards long.
7heStrehht . ^"^^ ^tr eight Gut, which goes ftreight-
Gut> downwards to the Fundament, is not above

♦T, ^. r . ^^^^ ^ ^^^^ ^" Length ; its Coats are thicker
than thofe above defcribed, its middlemoft being very
«elhy and mufcular : At its Extremity there is a Sphin-
cter, which dilates itfelf for the Evacuation of the Ex-
crements, and keeps it contraded, or fhut up, at all other
i imes.

There is on the Infide of the whole Guts, a Mucus, or
liimy iV^tter, which preferves them from being hurt, either
bj the Hardnefs of the Excrements, or the Pungency of
any Iharp corrofive Humours ; for they being, as moll
other membranous Subftances, full of Branches of Nerves,
would be in perpetual Pain, had no.t Nature taken a fpecial
Care of them. ' ^

The

Chap. II. The Anatomy of a HORSE, ii

The Mefentery, which in the next place, 'The Mefentery.
comes properly to be defcribed, Js fo called ^

from its Situation in the middle of the Guts. Its Rife is
from the third Rack- bone of the Loins, and is compoled
of three Mem.branes, the middlemoft being very full of
Kernels or Glands, which, when they happen to be over
much dilated, obftrua the Pallage of the Chyle, which
runs acrofs its Membranes ; and the Body being thereby
depriv'd of its Nourifhment, becomes lean and emaciate,
and at length falls into irrecoverable Difeafes. ^

At its Rile it is gathered together in a vaft maay Plaits
or Folds, which being open on that part of it to which the
Guts adhere, makes them lie in thofe Circumvolutions
and Turnings, in which we always obfervethem: And
this feems abfolutely neceflary, becaufe if they were not
tied in fuch a manner, but let loofe, the Excrements wou d
either pafs too quickly through them, or el fe be wholly
obftruaed, by reafon they would be apt to twift and en-
tangle one with another.

In a Horfe, the Mefentery is ufually above a quarter of
a Yard in Breadth ; and befides, in the milky Veflels, which
are fuftained by it, it has abundance of Lymphaticks,
which fcrve to dilute the Chyle. Its Veins
are Branches of the Porta ; and its Arte- lis Vejfeh.
ries the Meferaick or Mefenter'ick : As to its
Ufe, it is fufficlently demonftrable from what has been
already faid concerning it, and the Guts.

TABLE I. reprefents the Guts, as they appear after
the Caul is taken away.

AAAA. ^heweih the Gut Colon, "X^'ith all its Circutn-
volutions and Folds, with the finall Necks, -xhich divide
it into three Parts ; as alfo the Space which it takes up
in the lower Belly.

B. The Csecum or Blind Gut.

C. The Reaum or Streight Gut, _ ^ ,

D. Part of the Diaphragm, or Midriff,

E. The Tard.

F. The Glans or Nut,

G. The Fundament with its SphinHsr,

§iv^

1 2 The Anatomy of a HOKSE, Chap. IL

§ . IV. Of the Spleen^ Pancreas, and Liver ^ with the
Porus Biliarius, or Gall-pipe,

Ihe Spleen. *^^^ Spleen, or Milt, is a foft, fpungy

Subftance of a black livid Complexion, a
triangular Shape, but fomewhat longifh, fituated on the
left Side, oppofite to the Liver ; it adheres both to the Mid-
riff and Stomach : It is covered with a Membrane from
the Peritonccum, which, becaufe of its foft fpungy Sub-
fiance, is confiderably thick. It Veins are a Branch of the
Porta : Its Arteries fpring from the left deliack Branch,
and its Nerves from the left Intercoftal. It has alfo Lym-
phatick Veflels, which glide along the Caul to the Recep-
tacle of the Chyle. There is no Part of the Body v/herein
Anatomifts have differed more, than concerning theUfe of
theSpleen : To pafs by a great many various Opinions about
it, it has been thought to give an Afperity and Sourifh-
nefs to the Blood which comes into it -, and as that Blood
is conveyed from thence to the Liver, it was believ'd to be
in order to ingender, or to keep up a moderate Ferment in
it; but becaufe feveral Animals have liv*d after it has
been cut out, and been more brisk than when they had it,
it is not therefore improbable, but it has fome other Ufe
not yet known; efpecially lince the modern Difcoveries
allow of no fuch Ferment. It is however certain, that it
ferves to cherifli and fupport the left Side of the Stomach,
as the Liver does the right, to further Digeflion.
g^, n The Sweetbread or Pancreas, fo czlkd

head ' becaufe it is altogether flefhy, is fituated un-
der the back Part of the Stomach, and lies
crofs the Belly. It is a white and foft glandular Subftance,
Itoied plentifully with fmgle Kernels over its Surface, which
Its Veffels ^^^ fomewhat prominent, and of a reddifh

■^* Colour. It has its Cover alfo from the Pe-

ritonaum. Its Arteries fpring from the Caeliacal, and its
Nerves from thelntercoftals ; its refluent Blood is fent into
the Liver, as that of the Spleen : Befides, it has a PafTage
into the fiiH Gut a little below the Stomach, which is call'd
the Pancreatick 'JDu5i. The Liquor which that Duel dif-
charp;es, is believed, in conjundion with the Gall, to fweeten
the Chyle, to free it from all manner of Impurities. This
Liquor feems chiefly to be derived from the little Glands
which are on iis outfide, there being a great maiiy little

Pipes^

Chap. II. The Anatomy (?/ /« H O R S E. 13

Pipes detach'd from them, thro' all Parts of it, to the
abovementioned Dud. As for the further j^^ ^^
Ufes of the Sweetbread, I IMI only take
Notice, that as it lies>acrofs under the lower Part of the
Stomach, it not only contributes to its Warmth, but may
help to keep it fomewhat elevated -, by which means its
mufcular Action is not hindred, as it might probably
be when full, if its Weight was not fupported.

The Antients belicv'd the Liver to be the <^^ r .^, ^
chief Inftrument of Sanguification ; neither
Gould they be much blamed for this Opinion, it being
agreeable to the firft Difcoveries made in Anatomy.

Its Subftance is fielhy, fomewhat refembling congealed
Blood : It is fituated on the upper Part of the lower Belly,
on the right Side, under the fhort Ribs. The Liver of a
Horfe has four Lobes, which grafp the Stomach, and keep
it warm. It is tied by three Ligaments ; the chief of which
is called its Su/penfory, and is a Produflion of the Pm-
tonaum ; it is very fljong and nervous, arifing from the
Midriff towards its right Side, and is inferted in the thick-
eft Part thereof, where its uppermoft Cover, expanding it-
felf, forms the proper Tegument of the Liver ; another Li-
gament fixed to the Point of the Breaft-bone, in conjundion
with the firft, keeps it fufpended in fuch manner, that it
can neither fall downwards nor fideways. The Umbilical
Vein, by which the Fostus is nourifh*d, becomes its third
Ligament, which is very neceflary in a Horfe, becaufe it
preferves the Liver, in galloping or leaping, from falling
forwards, and bearing too hard upon the Midriff.

Its Veins are the principal Branches of j y ^j
the Cava^ or hollow Vein, whofe other ^ W^ ^'
Branches receive all the Blood which is brought in by the
Porta^ forming the hollow Vein abovemention*d, by a
Combination of all their Roots into one great Trunk.
The Porta (fo called from its Ofiice) is form'd from the
Branches which have been already obferv'd to come from
the Spleen, Sweetbread, and Guts, ^c. Its Arteries are
from the Cceliac^ and its Nerves from the Intercoftals, l^c.
Its lymphatick Veflels take the fame Courfe, as thofe of
the Spleen and Pancreas.

Though a Horfe has no Gall Blad- The Porus Bi-
der^ yet he wants not fufficient ftore of harius or
Gall, which is feparated by its proper ^ all Bladder.
VelTels, and convey'd diredtly into the firft Gut, about

tea

14 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. II.

ten or twelve Inches below the undermofl Orifice of the
Stomach. This Liquor is feparated from the Blood, which
is imported to the Liver from the Spleen, ^V. and ferves,
in Conjundion with the Pancreatick Juice, for the Pur-
pofes abovementioned.

The Liver is of great Ufe, as It is a conflant
Its life. Receptacle for all the Blood which is return'd from
the Spleen, Pancreas, and Guts ; where it, no
Doubt, undergoes fuch Changes and Alterations, by the
Separation of the Gall, as are necellary, before it goes into
the Heart, to fit it for a frefh Progrefs into all Parts of the
Body. It is moreover exceeding healthful to the Stomach,
as it not only cheriflieth it by its Warmth, but alfo keeps
it fteady, and preferves it from any counter Adion, that
might mar its mufcular Motion, and hinder Digeftion.

§. V. Of the Kidneys^ Ureters^ and Bladder »

The Kidneys. The Kidneys are feated in the Loins, be-

hind the Stomach and Guts ; the flight un-
der the Liver, and the Left under the Spleen. They are
feldom alike : In a Horfe, that on the right Side is fome-
•what triangular ; and the other is much broader below
than at Top, not uhlike the Figure of an Egg.
Their Veffels, *^^^y are nourifhed by their own proper

* Veflels, which are called the Emulgents ;
the Artery fpringing diredly from the Aorta^ and the
Vein having as near a Communication with the Cava :
Their Nerves fpring from the fame Branch of the Inter^
cojlal that goes to the Stomach, and that is the Reafon
why the leait Diforder in the Kinneys, Ureters, or Bladder,
caufes fuch fudden Sicknefs.

The Subflance of the Kidneys is chiefly glandular^ hav-
ing on the outfide a vail Number of little Kernels, which
feparate the Stale from the Blood, and from them proceed
an equal Number of little Pipes or Conduits, which run
from the Circumference towards the Center, like the Spokes
of a Wheel : By thefe the Urine is conveyed into other
Glands, which are called the Carunculcs papillares, from
the Refemblance they bear to Teats, which, in a Horfe,
are as big as fmall Field Beans ; and when it has undergone
a further Change in thefe Glands, it is emptied into a Ca-
vity called the Pelvis^ or Bafon, which is in the Center of
each Kidney. This being a membranous Subftance, is no

other

Chap. II. The Anatomy of a Horfe. i$

other than an Expanfion of the Ureters, which are two
Canulas, or Pipes, from which the Urine pall'es from their
reipedlive Kidneys to the Bladder.

The Ureters keep not a ftreight Courfe The Ureters,
from the Kidneys, but in form of the Letter
/ they enter into the Back and lower Part of the Bladder,
where pafling about an Inch between its Membranes, to
prevent the Return of the Urine back the fame Way, they
• are inferted near its Sphindter, or Neck.

The "Bladder is feated in the lower part of "the Bladder,
the Belly, within that Circumference which
is made by the Loins, Hip-bones, and Share-bone. It is
of an irregular Shape, fomewhat refembling a Pear, com-
pofed, as the Stomach and Guts, of a treble Coat or Skin,
the outermoft from the Peritonaum^ the middlemoft muf-
cular, the innermoft very thin, and of an exquifite Senfe ;
having Nerves both from the Intercoftals, and the Verte-
bras of the Loins. Its Veins and Arteries are Branches of
the Hypogaftricks, The Bladder is perforated^ or bored,
not only where the Ureters enter into it, but alfo in its
Neck, to give Paflage to the Urine which runs along the Ure-
thra or Pifs-pipe, in order to its Difcharge out of the Body :
Its Neck is compos'd of mufcular and flefhy Fibres, which
form a Sphinder Mufcle, fuch as has been defcrib*d belong-
ing to the Fundament, which opens and fhuts at Pleafure.

As for the Capfula Atrahiliares^ which
fome Perfons have cairdDeputy-kidneys,be- ^'^^ ^^F^"^^
becaufe they are fituated near the true Kid- orDmr^^
neys, and fomewhat refemble them, I fhall ^Kidnl^^^'
not fpend the Reader's Time about 'em,fmce
Anatomifts have not as yet clearly determined their Ufe.

§.V1. Of the Parts of Generation in a Horfe and Mare.

The Tard being the moft external of all The Tard,
the Parts adminiftring to Generation, I
fhall therefore begin with it. Its outer Cover, or Sheath,
is nothing elfe but a Produdtion of the Scarfskin, Hide, and
flefhy Pannicle, which are tied by an Appendage called
the Franum^ or Bridle, which runs along the under Side,
in a narrow Slip, almoll to the Root of the Yard ; fo
that the Sheath folds back in feveral Wrinkles, and
gives full Liberty to the Yard, as often as it is extended
and drawn.

The

1 6 The Anatomy 0/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. II.

//. Suhjiance. ,}^'^^, '««™^' Subftance of the Yard con-
nils or two nervous Bodies, which, as in
Man, make up the greateft Part of its Bulk. Thefe two
Bodies are very fpungy and open in a Horfe, and when
dried, are extremely light ; but in a Bullock, and fome
other Animals, they are more compa6t and folid. They
2re compofed of a vaft many Branches of Veins, Arteries^
and Nerves, which are variouily interwoven one with an-
other. On the underfide, between thefe two cavernous
Bodies, runs the Urethra^ or Pifs-pipe, from the Sphinder
of the Bladder, to the Etxremity of the Glans or Nut,
which alfords a Pallage both for the Urine and Seed.

The Glans is an Appendage to the Yard ; it is of a
round Figure, but very thin, in proportion to what it is in
Man ; it is not fo cavenous as the Yard, but of a quicker
Senfe, being the chief Seat of Pleafure in Copulation.
Its Mufcles T\\t Yard has two Mufcles on each Side

towards its Root: The firft Pair fpring
from the external Proofs or Knob of the Hip-bone, and
held the Yard in Eredion ; the other two rife from the
Fundament, and are called the Dilaters^ becaufe they
ferve to open and widen it for the freer Pallage of the Seed
Its Veffeh. ^^^ Urine. Its Veins and Arteries fpring

* from the Hypogajiricks^ and its Nerves from

the lower Vertebral.

^he Stones, '^^^^ ^° ^^^ Y^lxA^ the tejies^ or Stones,

properly take place, becaufe in them the
Seed is prepared : They are two glandular Bodies of an
oval figure, fituated under the Root of the Yard, hanging
in a Scrotum^ or Bag ; which is no other than a Produc-
tion or Continuation of the Sheath above defcribed. The
Stones have each a Branch from the Aorta^ or great Ar-
tery, which brings the Blood direftly from thence, not
only for their Nourishment, but for Seed.
*Their VefTels Their Veins are Branches of the Cava^

' fome of which open into the great Trunk
thereof, very near the Emulgents, but not in the Emulgents,
as in Men. Thefe are called the Preeparatoria^ or prepar-
ing Veflels, from which the upperlide of the Stones are cu-
rioufly clafped and twined, like the Tendrils of Vines ; and
growing narrower, and unitir^ more together as they ad-
vance towards the Belly, they are denominated by feveral
Names, as the Pyramidal Body, and Plesus PanipiniformiSy
&c. On the backfide of each Stone there is a longilh Bo-

Chap. II. The Anatomy ^/^ HORSE. 17

dy fomewhat white and round, called the Paraftata ot
Epididima: ; from eacli of thefe runs a pretty large Vefiel,
■which empties itfelf into the Seed-bladder, fituated on eacli
iidiQ the Root of the Yard, and on the infide of the Share ;
thefe are called the Dtferentia^ or the Vefleis which carry
back the Seed : Both the Defer entia and the Blood- vellels,
above defcibed, are inclofed in a Capjuia or Sheath, which
is a Produdion of the Perltonceum^ proceeding from the
lower Belly on each Side, which not only ferves for this
ufe, but forms the outermoft Cover of the Stones, and
is that which Anatomifts call the Tunua Vaginalis.

Each Stone h^.^Cremafier or fufpen- c^^.i, Mufdes.
fory Miifcle, to araw them up m time of
Copulation, which ariling from the Ligament of the Share-
bone, expands itfelf all round the infide of the Tunica
Vaginalis ; and, according to Mr. Snape^ forms their fe-
cond Coat. Befides thefe, the Stones have an innermolt
Coat or Cover, which is thick and nervous, and not only
contributes to their Warmth, but is a great Defence to their
true Subftance, which confifts of a very fine Clue of Vef-
it\ made up of Veins, Arteries, and Nerves, and form'd
out of thofe above defcrib'd 5 fo that the Liquor palTing
thro* fo many Circumvolutions and Turnings, in Veflels
which are infinitely fmall, it is thereby fo often ftrained
and refined, till it becomes fit to enter into the Parajlata ;
where probably undergoing fome further degrees of Re-
finement, it is compleatly form'd into Seed.

There are feveral glandular Bodies fitu- ^he Proftrates.
ated at the Root of the Yard^ immediately
before the Seed-bladders, and are therefore called Pr^rj/<?;^
Thefe feparate a clear flimy Matter, which being forced
out in lime of Copulation, no doubt preferves the Urinary
Paflage from the Pungency of the more fpirituous Parts of
the Seed ; and may at other times, in conjunction with the
Mucus which is in that Pailage, defend it from the Heat and
Sharpnefs of Urine, Sand, or other gritty Matter fent into
it from the Bladder.

Having given this (bort Account of the Genitals of a
Horfe, we come in the next Place to thofe of a Mare*
v/hich differ from the other, not only as they are all con-
tained within the Cavity of the. ^z\Vj^ but iikewife as to
their Figure and Ufe,

A Mare has two Tefics or Stones, as well ^he Parti of a
as the Horfe, which Y\& backwards on each M>!re,

tS The Jmtomy of a UOKSE. Chap. 11.

Side under the Loins ; and thefe are nourifhed with Arte-
ries which fpring from the Jorta^ and are more in num-
ber than thofe of a Horfe. The abovementioned Author
mentions but one Vein from the Cava -, which is contrary
to his own Figure of a Mare's Genitals, where there are
^h 0<f * feveral ; but this he ktms to have borrow-

^ ^" ■ ed from the Anatomy of a Woman, hav-
ing probably never examined thofe Parts of a Mare v/ith
thatlnduftry the Author has done, from whom he has
taken this Figure.

^, . , The Stones of a Mare are not as thofe

differ%om^ ^^ ^^^ Horfe, oval and round, but flat like
the Stones of ^ Garden-bean : They have their common
a Horje. and proper Teguments, and in their inner

Subftance feveral Ovaria or Egg-beds,
which are Receptacles for the Male-Seed.
T^e WomB Somewhat forward, and below thefe O-

^ ° ' varia, is feated the Womb or Matrix, be-
tween the Neck df the Bladder and the ftreight Gut,
"where it is firmly tied in its Place by two Pair ©f Liga-
ments J it is differently fhaped from that of a Woman, be-
Its H -m and ^^^ divided by its Cornua or Horns, whofe
luhes. hollow round Infertion fecms to compofe

ks Fundus or Bottom. Out of thefe Horns
arife the Tuha or Trumpets, fo called by Fallopius, At
their Exit they are very fmall, but in their Progrefs^ grow
wider and fomewhat contorted. Towards their Extre-
mity they are again contraded into a fmall Orifice or
Mouth, with a jagged Membrane all round their Circum-
ference, not unlike the Husk of a Rofe. The Ufe of
thefe Tubes, is to convey the Seed from the Womb to tl^
Ovaria y where the Impregnation firft begins; and alfo
to afford it a Pallage back again to the fame Plaee.
Jts SubJIance. "^^^ Subftance of the Womb is flefhy,

inclofed within two Membranes, which
are nervous and fenfible : It has a great number of Blood-
veflels from the Hypcgaft ricks, which, after Conception,
inlarge it like a Sponge, and fill it with Blood, not only
that it may become a proper Bed for the Feet us to lie in,
but alfo to fupply it with fufRcient Nourifhment.
The Sheath "^^^ Vagina or Sheath, is an Appendage

to the Womb, being only a Produdtion of its
Membranes ; it is that which forms the long Paflage reach-
ing from the Pudpida or Privities. On its i^fide are feveral

Ruga

Chap. II. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 19

Rugcs and Caruncles ; the Ule of which are to llimuiate
the Horfe to a vigorous Difcharge of his Seed. Befides
thefe, there are the Nympha juft within the Lahia^ and
the Clitoris more backward, which not only ferve to the
faipe Purpofe, but to augment the Pleafures of the Mare ;
the Clitoris being a fpongy Body, anfwering to the Glands
or Extremity of the Horfe's Yard, and endued with the
fame Senfatiori. The inlide of that Pallage has a thin
Mucus from its Glands, which is not only a Defence to ir^
but like wife ferves to facilitate the Paflage of the Horfe's
Yard ; which being an extreme fenfible Part, would other-
wife be hurt by its unevennefs. About an Inch within the
Lips, on the upperfide, there is a fmall Paflage by which
the Urine is difcharged from the Bladder into the Extremi-
ty of the Sheath : And as the Bladder has its Sphinifter to
fhut up its Neck when the Urine is drained from it, fo the
NymphiZ do the fame Office in the Vagina : And when
they are contradted, or rather clofed together, from the Fif-
fure, or Chink, they are alfo of further ufe to prevent
Flies, Dirt, or any extraneous Matter from getting within it«

The Udder is another Part peculiar to the <^^^ Udder
Mare, being that from whence the Foal re-
ceives its firft Nourifhment after its Birth. Its Subllance
is partly fat, and partly glandular : By its Glands the
Milk is feparated from the Blood, which is brought into
it by the Hypogaftrick Arteries, and carried along in little
Pipes to two GlandS) which are pretty large, feared at the
Root of each Pap, where undergoing its laft Refinement^
it is difcharged firll into its proper Veficles/ and then into
the Paps which convey it to the Foal.
■^ The' the Udder of a Mare feems to be one undivided
Subllance, yet, as in all other Animals, it is truly fepa-
rated ; the Veflels of one Pap having no immediate Com-
munication with the Veilels of the other. So that if a
Mare fliould have one Side of her Udder hurt, the Foai
may dill be nourifhed by the other.

It mayj perhaps, be expelled that I fhculd put an End to
this Chapter, by giving fome Account of Conception, and
the Manner of the Foal's being nourifhed in the Womb \ and
likewife that I fhould take fome notice of the Male-Seed^
li^hich by moll modern Anatortiifts is believed to be full of
Aniinalcula^ or little moving Creatures, which, they fay,
by the help of a Microfcope, may be plainly difcerned in
that Liquor, But as thefs Things would not only be too te-
\r C 2 di0US|

20 The Anatomy ^/^ HORSE. Chap. 1L

dious, but of more Curiofity than Ufe to the Farrier, for
whofe Service this is principally intended : And as Ana-
tomifts difter among themfelves in many Circumftances
concerning them ; and moreover as it would, befides a
bare Knowledge of the Structure of the Parts, require in
the Reader a competent Skill in Natural Knowledge, to
underftand thofe Difputes fully: I (hall not therefore
detain him about them, but proceed to a Defcription of
the middle Venter or Cheft, being that which properly
comes next under Conlideration.

TABLE II. Reprefents the Stomach, and feveral other
Parts contained in the lower Belly.

Fig. r. Sheweth the Stomach taken out of the Body,.

A. The Gullet,

B. The upper Orifice of the Sto?j7ach.

CC. T'wo Nerves difperfed through the upper Part of ths
Stomach,

D. The Pylorus, or lower Orifice of the Stomach,

E. Jts Entrance into the fmall Gut.

Fi The Entrance of the Porus Biliarius, or Gall-pajfage^

into the beginning of the finall Gut,
G. The Entrance of the Pancreatick Du^ into the fame

Gut,
H. Part ofthefirfl Gut.
I. The outfide of the Stomachy ivith the Ramifications or

jB ranches of the Blocd-veffels upon it.
K.K. The^utermofl Coat of the Stotnach turned back,
L. Its middle Coat, ivith the Ramifications of the Nerves

upon it.
MMM. The Gaflrick Veffels inferted into the Bottom of

the Stomach*

Fig. 2. Sheweth the Stomach turned infide out»

A. The left Orifice, or Mouth of the Stomach,

B. The right, or loiver Orifice,

C. The Wrinkles and Folds of its mufcular Goat,

Fig. 3. Shews the hollow Side of the Liver.
A AAA. Its four Lobes.

BB. The Vena Porta, with its Egrefs out of the hollow
Side of the Liver, together with a Nerve of the fi^th
Pair creeping over it.
C. T/;^ 'I'runk of the Vena Cava, or hollow Vein.

D. Th^

TAB.n

Chap. II. The Anatomy of a HOKS^. 2t-

D. The Porus Biliarias or Gall-pajfage.
£. A Branch of the Caeliac Artery,

Fig. 4. Reprefents the Spleen, with its VefTels.

A. The concave^ or holloiv Side of the Spleen,

B. The Splenick Vein.
CCC. The Splenick Artery.

Fig. 5. Shews the Panereas, or Sweetbread, freed from its
Membrane and Part of its Subftance, the better to fhew
the Courfe of its Veflels.

AAA. The Body of the Pancreas differed,
BB. The Pancreatick Djul,

C. The Orifice of the /aid Pqffage into the firjl Gut.

D. yln Artery luhich is difperjed through its Subfiance,

E. A Fein which accompanies the faid Artery,

F. A 'Branch of the Inter cofial Nerves,

Fig, 6. Shews the Kidneys, Ureters, and Bladder, with
the Parts of Generation in a Horfe.

A. The defending Trunk of the hollow Vein,

B. The defending Trunk of the great Artery.

CC. The Ernulgefit Veins arifing out of the hollow Vein,
DD. The Emulgent Arteries fpringing from the great

Artery,
EE. The Kidneys,
FF. The Deputy-Kidneys,
GG. The Ureters.
H. The Bladder.
I. Its inftde.

K. Its Neck, where it opens into the Urethra or Pifs-pipa*
h. The cavernous "Body of the Yard.
M. The Urethra or Pifs-pipe.

NNNN. The Seed-preparing Veins commonly fo called^
00. The preparing Arteries.
PP. The Pyramidal Bodies, or Corpora Varicofa,
Qi The right Tefticle, with its innermoji Coat.
R. The left divefled of its Coats.
S. The Epididimis of the left Tefticle,
TT. The Deferent Veffels.
UU. The Seed-bladders.
XX » Tbs Proftrates.

C 3 Fig^ 7'

ii The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. HI.

Fig* 7. Shews the Womb of a Mare, with its Horns anci
Tubes, ^c,

AA. 7 he Bottom of the Womh,

BB. The Vagina or Sheath.

C. The Sheath cut open to fiew the Clitoris.

DD. The Cornua or Horns of the Womb,

EE. The Tubae or Trumpets.

FF. Their Fimbria or jagged Orificeu

Qi(^. The Ovaria or Stones of a Mare.

HH. The bread Ligaments,

I. The Bladder.

K. Its Infertion into the Sheath near its Orifice.

L. The outward Orifice of the Sheath,

Fig. 8. Reprefents one of the Ovaria or Tefticles taken off,
and cut thro* the middle, to fhew the Eggs more phiin.

CHAP. III.
Of the middle Venter ■> or Chefty

§. I. Of its proper containing Parts.

^u rh fi "R^ ^^^ Chefi., is to be underflood all that

e 'P- JJ (;^^yijy -which is, circumfcribed above

by the Collar-bones., and below by the Midriff \ before
by the Breaft-bone^ behind and on both fides by the Back-
hone and Ribs,

Jts containing Its Containing Parts are the Mufcies, the

'jParts, ' Bones, Xht Pleura and Mediajlinum.

The firft Thing that appears after the
common Teguments are removed, being the Mufcies,
I (hall therefore begin with them, and at the fame time
only take notice of the Intercoftals, leaving thp reft to
another Opportunity.

The Intercoftals compofe all the Flefh
The Intenojlal ^j^^^ ^^ obferve to fill up the Spaces be-
Mufdes. ^^^^^ ^^^ j^jjjg . ^j^gy ^j.g jj^ isfumber,

fixty-four, to wit, thirty- two on each Side; and are di-
Hinguifii'd by the External and Internal^ or the Upper-
moll and Lowermoftu
' . ^ The

Chap. III. The Anatomy ef a HORSE. 23

The External take their Rife from the lower Part of
the upper Ribs, and end in the upper Part of the lower ;
and the Internal, from the upper Part of the lower Ribs,
ending in the lower Part of the upper : By which means
they not only differ in their Origins and Infertions, but
alfo in the Courfe of their Fibres, which run directly acrols
one another in the form of the Letter X ; fo that their
A<ftion is alfo contrary: The External extending the
Cheft, by railing the Ribs, and drawing them backwards,
help to make room for the Air in Infpiration, or taking
in the Breath ; whereas the Internal contra^5l the Breall,
by drawing the Ribs downwards towards the Breall- bone,
for Expiration or Expulfion of the Air.
Next the Mufcles, on the inlide of the Ribs, I'^^e Pleura.
we obferve the Pleura. It is a double Mem-
brane, which fprings from the infide of the Spine ; and is
believ'd by fome to take its Origin from the Coats of the
Nerves. It is perforated in feveral Places for the Ingrefs
and Regrefs of the Veflels, which go from the Heart to
the Head, and the Veins which return from thence; as alfo
for fuch as go downwards to the lower Belly and Extre-
mities, and thofe which return from thence to the Heart.

Its Veins are from the Vena fine pari^
and upper Inter coll ah ; its Arteries from hi VeJ^di.
-the upper Intercojal^ and its Nerves from
between the Vertehrd; of the Back.

As the Feritonaum furnifhes proper Te- , j^^
guments for all the Vifcera in the lower '^ •^^'
Belly, fo this performs the fame Office to all the Parts
contain'd in the Cheft, which it involves on all Sides. \x.
is likewife a Defence to the Intercojlal Veflels, which runs
between its Membranes, preferving them from being grea.t-
cd and hurt by the Ribs.

The Diaphragma or Midriff, which di- ^he Diaphrag-
videe the Cheft from the lower Belly, comes ma or Midriff >
next in Order. It is a thin Subftance, but-
mufcular and flcfliy, arifmg, according to fome, from its
Circumference ; and according to others, from the flefhy
Productions, which fpring from the Vertehrcs of the
Loins. Its Middle is nervous, and its two Sides flefhy.
The Diredlion of its Fibres are from its Back and inner-
mofl: Part of nervous Body, branching out on each Side to
its Circumference towards the Ribs. It has feveral Per-
forations, or Paflages for the Nerves and large Blood-
4C4 veiTels^

24 The Anatomy of aWOKS^. Chap. III.

vefiels, which retain to and from the lower Belly j as alfo
a large one for the Gullet.

r y^/r^i^ It has Veins from the Trunk of the Cavay

•^^ ' .with fome Twigs from the Vena Adipcfa,

Its Arteries are from the Aorta: Its proper Nerves are
two, proceeding from the Spinal Marrow at the third or
fourth Joinings of the Rack- bones of the Neck, being in
their Courfe fuftain'd by the Mediajllnwn. Thefe Nerves
enter in at its Center, and difperfe themfelves thro' its
whole Subllance.

7,^ jjr Its chief Ufe is in Refpiration, and is

the principal Mufcle that afhfts in that
Adion, dilating and contrading itfelf as the Ribs are
dilated and contracted , It is alfo ufeful in afliHing tha
Perijlaltick Motion of the Guts, whereby the Chyle is
forwarded into its Vefiels, and the Excrements to a Dif-
charge. It is moreover ufeful to divide the lower Belly
from the Cheil, as has been obferved.
m. rf^-r>' ^^^ ^^^ Diaphragm divides the lower

^um ' ^'^^^>' ^^^'^ ^^'^ ^^'""^^ ^^ ^^^- Mediaftinum

divides the Chcft in the Middle. It is a
double Membrane arifing from the Pleura or Rib-coat,
where, beginning at tlie Breaft-bone, it holds a dire6t
Courfe towards the Back. Near the Back and the Breaft
this Membrane is united for a little Way ; but in the Mid-
dle it is feparated fo wide, as to contain the Heart and its
Peruardlum^ or Bag : It is like the Pleura from whence
it proceeds, very fmooth on its outfidc towards the Lungs,
but foniewhat rough tov/ards the Heart, by reafon the
Peruardium adheres to it by feveral fmall membranous
Filaments,

Its Veffeh ^^ ^^^^ Veins from tlie Phrenica^ or Mid-

r'ljf-vein, and from iho, Vena fine pari -, it
has alfo one from the Subclavian^ which is proper to it,
called the Mcdiajiuia. Its Arteries fpring from the Phre-
nica, and its Nerves are detach 'd from that Pair, which
defcend by it to the Midriff.

j^^ jjr Befides its Ufe in dividing the Breaft, it

preferves the Heart from being hurt in its
Motion by the bony Sides of the Cheft. It u further ufe-
ful to fuftain the Veilels which take their Courfe thro' it ;
and by its being knit to tl^e Midriff, preferves that Mufcle
from being drawn too much downwards by the Weight of
the Liver, whole fufpeniory Lisament is fixed to it.

CuApAllT/oeAnatopij^ofaUOKSE. 25

^11. Of the Heart and Pericardium, ^c.

The Pericardium is that Bag in which TJ^e Pericardi-
the Heart is inclofed, as in a Purfe. It riles ^^y ^ ^^^/^ ^J
from the Bafis, or upper Part of the Heart, ^"' ^^^'■^- _
from the outer Coats of the great Veffels, which fpring
originally from the Pleura. It is of a middle Subftancc,
neither very hard, fo as to hurt the Lungs, nor yet io
foft as to be itfelf eafily injured by the Pvlotion of the Heart.
It is perforated in five Places, namely ^ on the right Side,
for the afcending Trunk of the Cava^ which coming from
the Liver, enters the right Ventricle^ and by the Suh-
dav'ian Vein, which defcends by the Channel-bones into
the fame Ventricle ; and thirdly, by the Pulmonary Artery,
which goes out of the right Ventricle into the Lungs : On
its left Side it is perforated for a Pailage to the Pulmonary
Vein, which comes from the Lungs, and enters the left
A'cntricle : And, lallly, for the great Artery- that paiTes out
of the fa id Ventricle.

Its Veins are from the Phrenick and .^«x//- Its Vejfds.
liarics ; its x^rteriesare fo fmall, that they are
not very difcernable ; its Nerves come from the Parvagum*

Tlie Ufe of this Purfe or Bag, is to cover j^^ jj^^
the Heart, and be a Defence to it, to contain
a Moifture not only to keep it glib and e?Jy in its Motion,
but alfo cool. There are various Opinions concerning
this Liquor of the Pericardium^ and from whence it is de-
rived ; but I fhall not give the Reader any Trouble by re-
citing them, but haften to the Heart itfelf.

The Heart is the principal Fountain The Heart.
which fends Blood and Nourifliment into
all Parts of the Body, and is wonderfully fuited in every
Refped for that Purpofe.

It is fituated in the Midft of the Cheft, where it is en-
compaficd by the Lobes of the Lungs, having its Point in-
clining to the left Side. It is in Shape not very different
from what it is in moft other Animals, only in a Horfe it
does not grow gradually narrow towards its Point, as in
Ibme, nor {0 broad in Proportion at its Balis or Root.

Its Subllance is fiefhy and very folid, that j^^ Suhflance.
it m.ay the better endure the Perpetuity of
Motion, and expel the Blood with more Force tcf all Parts of
the Body. It is for that Purpofe compofed Cf mufcular and

iielhy

2 5 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. IIL

flefhy Fibres, which, towards the Top, take their Diredti-
on Ipirally, like the Contortion of a Snail's Shell.

It is faid to have a twofold Motion, which by Anato-
mifts is call'd ^ydole and Diaftsle ; or, in other Words,
its Contradion, when its Top is drawn towards its Bafis
or Bottom, for the Expulfion of the Blood into the Arte-
nes ; and its Dilation, when it is fiU'd with Blood from
the Veins. As often as we feel the Pulfe beat, fo often is
the Heart contrafted ; it being the Contraction or Syftok
of the Heart, which communicates that Vibration or Pul-
iation to all the Arteries.

The Heart, befides its Pericardium above-defcrib'd,
hath two Membranes, one that covers all its outfide, which
it derives from the outer Coat of the great Artery, and an-
other which lines it through all its infide, which proceeds
from the inner Coat of the faid Veflel. It is ftored with
Fat towards its Bottom, which keeps it moift and glib, as
the Water in \hQ Pericardium does the reft of its Subftance.
7*^ Ve/Teb Befides the large Vellels which empty

themfelves into it, and thofe which are
conftantly fed by it, it has a Vein and two Arteries, which
sre proper to it, and by which its Subftance is chiefly nou-
filli'd. Thefe being wove all round hke a Garland, are
therefore calFd Coronarice. It has alfo many fmall
Branches of Nerves, which fpring from the eighth Pair,
and fend foi'th other fmall Branches to the Pericardiutn.
V. ,,_, . r Within the Heart there are two Fentri-

c/es or Caverns, divided mto a rjght and
left, by a fiefhy Partition. The right of thefe Ventricles
is much the wideft, but not quite fo long as the left, nei-
ther is it of fo compad a Subftance, or of fo great Strength,
the Seplu??t, or Wall, being peculiar to the left. The
Keafcn of this difference feems to be, becaufe the right
Ventricle fends the Blood only into the Lungs by the Pul-
monary Artery, whereas the left detaches it into all Parts
of the Body. The infide of thefe Ventricles is very cu-
rioufiy made up, and interlin'd with feveral flefliy Pillars;,
jomewhat refembling the fmall Gotbick Columns. The
vJfe of which leems to be chiefly for the better Commu-
nication of the Blood and Chyle, being, in every Contrac-
tion, wrung thro' them as thro* a Sieve.
^he Valve? of The large Veilels, which we have already
tke large Vef- obferv'd to retain to the Heart, and likewife
/ds, thofe by which it is conftantly emptied, have

each

Chap. III. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 27

each of them Valves, for the better Performance of their
feveral Fundions ; to wit, the Vena Cava, which enters
into the right Vefitricle^ has three, call'd Trienfpides, from
their triangular Figure. They are plac'd at the bottom
of the Heart, where the faid Vein enters, and pointing in-
wards, a free admittance is given to the Blood, which goes
into the Heart, but none of it can return back again the
fame Way. The Vena Arterioja, or Pulmonary Artery,
which carries the Blood from the fame Ventricle to the
Lungs, has alfo three Valves, call'd Sigmoidea, from the
Rcfemblance they bear to the old Greek Sigma, thefe look
from within outwards, by w'hich Means they hinder the
Blood from returning back again into the Heart.

To the Arteria Venojd, or Pulmonary Vein, which re-
turns the Blood from the Lungs into the left Ventricle, be-
longs two Valves, called Mitrales, from the Refemblance
tliey bear to a Miter. Thefe have the fame Office as thofe
of the Cava above defcribed : And the three Valves of the
Mrta, or great Artery, called Semilwiares^ from their be-
ing fofliion'd like fo many Half- moons, have the fame
Office as thofe of the Arteria Piilmonaris.

But laftly, there belong alfo to the Heart jf j - j
two Auricle?^ or Earlets, from the Refem- ^ ^^^ "'
blance they bears to Ears, being feated like two Purfes on
each Side of its Bafis. Thefe Earlets have their DiaJloU
and Syflole, like unto the Heart, only with this difference,
that when the Heart is contraded, the Earlets are dilated ;
and when the Heart is dilated, the Earlets are contracted ;
the Reafon is, becaufe they receive the Blood from the
Cava and Pulmonary Veins, fo that as they empty them-
felves into the Heart, it forthwith becomes dilated ; and
when the Heart is contrafted, they muft of Confequenc£
be filled, the Courfe of the venal Blood being, at that
Interval, intercepted.

The Ufe of the Auricles is to meafure ^^eir U/e.
out the Blood in certain Proportions, before
it enters the Heart, iell, rulhing in with too great an Impe-
tuofuy, it might not only caufe the Valves to be violated,
but occafion a Suffocation in the Heart itfelf whereby the
vital Faculty might be quite deftroy'd.

§. III. Of the Windpipe and Lungs,
The Lungs are the chief Inftruments of i:he Lungs,
breathing, they fill up the gre^teft P^rt of the

Cavitf

2S The Jnafomy of a HOKSE. Chap.IIL

Cavity of the Cheft, being divided into two Lobes, one
of which lies on the right Side of the MediaJ^inumy and
the other on the left.

They are compofed of the various Ramifications, or
Branchings of the Veins, Arteries, and Nerves, together
-with the Windpide, the Extremities of whofe Branches
are very finely wove together, fo as to form an infinite
number o{\\.Vi\Q'VefuleSy or Air-bladders^ refembling fmall
Grapes when they are extended, but not very perceiveablc
at any other time. When an Animal fucks in the Air,
thefe Httle Vejicula; or Bladders, are then dilated and full ;
and when the Air is emitted, as in Expiration, they be-
come empty,

The Wmdp'ipe, ^^^ JViftdpipSy whofe Branches make up
a great part of the Subllance of the Lungs,
is that great Chanel, which beginning at the Root of the
Tongue, defcends down the Throat, and, as foon as it
reaches the Lungs, divides itfelf into two large Branches,
one to each Lobe. Thefe fend off a great many Branches,
which detach an infinite number of other Branches that
reach into all Parts, and whofe Extremities open into the
Veficula^ or Bladders above defcribed. This Pipe is
called the Trachea^ or 'Jjperia Artevia^ from its rough-
nef^, which Name it obtains from the Throtle to the
tungs ; but thefe Branches which it fends ofT into each
Lobe, are term'd its Bronchia.

It is compofed of a double Membrane, which inclofes its
Circular Rings^ the innermoft of which being mufcular,
made up of llreight and oblique Fibres, it thereby con-
traifts and dilates itfelf in the A6tion of Breathing. Thofe
Rings do not quite encompafs the Trachea^ or Afpsra
j'h'teria^ but leave a fourth Part of the Circle wanting,
left they fhould hurt the Gullet whereon it lies, and occa-
iicn Pain in fwallowing ; but after it divides itfelf into its
Bronchia, they go quite round every Branch of it, fo far
as is perceivable to the naked Eye ; and doubtlefs, hold
ihe fame form where its Branches are the moft minute
and iinall. Thefe Rings, being in a great meafure, carti-
laginuus, indue the whole Windpipe, and all its Branches,
With a fort of Elafticity or Spring, whereby it ads in
concert v/ith its membranous and m.ufcular Parts.

The Blood- vefiels, which alfo compofe a

^r/ S^^^^ P'^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^"^^^ ^'*^^" Lungs,are partly

*^'^^ ^' a Branch from .the great Artery, but pnnci-

♦ " pally

Chap. III. The Anatomy ^/^ HORSE. 29

pally the Pulmonary Artery and Vein : Thefe Veins and
Arteries have frequent Inofculations, or Communications
one with another, by which means they become curiouily
interv/oven towards thofe Vepiculie^ or Air-bladders abo\'^-
mention'd, which kind of Structure is, by moil Anato-
mifts, beiiev'd to be, to the end that every minute Particle
of the Blood in thofe Parts may be impregnated with Air.

There are, befides thefe, abundance of Lymphaticks,
which attend on the Veins and Arteries thro' the whole
Surface of the Lungs, to receive the fuperfluous Moifture
fcparated by the Glands, which they afterwards difcharge
into the Thoraick Du^. The Lungs have alfo Nerves,
which fpring from the recurrent Branches of th€ wandring
Pair. Thefe accompany the Blood- veflels thro' their whok
Subftance, and are divided into innumerable BraiKhes.

As to the Ufe of the Lungs, it is evident „, . jj^
from what has been already faid, that they ^^^ -^^^
are the chief Organs of Refplration, being in every refpe^
fuited to receive the Air, which js the proper Element for
all Quadrupeds, as well as Man, to breathe in : And as the
Windpipe, with all its Branches, is, made up of cartilaginous
Rings, which a6t in concert with its mufcular Coat ; it
thereby becomes endu'd with a fort of Elajiicity or Spring,
by which it is extended as often as the Air is drawn in, and
in Expiration becomes again contradted. This fort of Me-
chanifm is plainly vifible in the Windpipe of any Animal,
which being drawn out to its full Length, immediately
gathers itfelf up as foon as the Force whereby it was ftretch-
€d is remov'd. The Elevation and Deprellion of the Chell
is in like manner occafion'd by the Extention and Contrac-
tion of the Lungs ; and as its Adtion is thus fubfervient to
them in Refpiration, it feems alfo to be chiefly derived from
them -y fo that the Air may be properly term'd the princi-
pal, tho' not the immediate Caufe of that Adion alfo.

Now as we are fure the Air is the immediate and princi-
pal Caufe of that Refpiration, it w^ould be to little purpofe
to fpend Time about the various Opinions concerning that
Motion of the Lungs, to wit, whether it be Natural or
Animal, as the Philofophers term it ; or whether, according
to fome, it be partly Natural and partly Animal : I fbill
only therefore obferve, that altho' it is fomewhat in our
Power to regulate that A6lion, by drawing in more or lefs
Air at pleafure, yet we are very well fatisfied no Creature
can imprifon it in the Lungs, or keep it out two Minutes,

with-

30 The Anatomy of d HORSE. Chap. III.

without a manifeft Violence to Nature ; fo that it feems
to be chiefly natural, there being nothing in it voluntary,
further than that we can, in Ibme nieafure, help ourfel'/es
in Accidents which may happen to thole Parts, which
cannot but occafion Pain as often as the Lungs and Cheft
are extended or deprelVd, if we fhoiild let them have their
full Liberty.

But befides the Ufe of the Lungs in Refpiration, by the
Air which they perpetually draw iii, they invigorate the
Blood, and render it more fit for the feveral Fundlions of
Life. And this will appear reafonable, when we confider
that the whole Mafs of Blood takes its Courfe through the
Lungs, before it is detach'd into any other Part of the
Body ; fo that during its Progrefs there, it is not only
purged from many of its thinner Impurities, which vilibly
fly off from the Mouth and Nofe in breathing, but alfo
from its groller Parts, which by Expedoration are dif-
charged through the Pipes of the Afperia Arter'ia, And
as the Blood-veiieis accompany the Windpipe in all its
Branches, the Blood itfelf is not only thought to be there-
by cooled, but at its return is believed to give a mode-
rate Temperament to the Heart, which, no doubt, mull
be very much heated by the Perpetuity of its Motion.
Ihe Thymus. , "^'''"S *j,s given a (hort Account of
^ the Heart and Psricardtu?n^ as alfo of the

Lungs and Windpipe, together with tlieir feveral Ufes, I
fhall, before I leave this middle Cavity, take fome Notice
of that large Kernel called the Thymus. It is fo called
from the Refemblance it bears to a Leaf of Thyme in its
fhape, and is lituated acrofs the uppermolt Part oi xhz
Breaft, along the 'Collar-bones, covering them on the
Infide.

J jj. Its Ufe is to p'event the two large

•^^' Branches of the /cr^^f and Cuva from be-

ing hurt by the fharp Edges of tliefe Bones in their Paf-
fage over them. And as it fcrves to this Purpofe chiefly
(there being no Veiiels or excretory Ducts vifible in its
Subftance) it is therefore much larger in Foals than in
grown Horfes, as it is indeed proportionally in all other
young Animals ; becaufe the older any Creature grows,
the Coats of the Blood-vefTels become the more nervous
and flrong, and therefore not in fuch danger of being
abraded.

§.IV.

Chap. III. The Anatomy of a HORSE, n

§. IV. Of the Larynx, 5;;^ Pharynx, iv'ith theTonfih^ Szc,

Tho* thefe do not properly belong to theCheft, yet as I
have already treated of the Gullet and Windpipe, to which
the Larynx and Pharynx are united ; and as the on^ has
Communication with the lower Venter^ and the other with
the Cheft, I have therefore chofe to take Notice of tlofm
imder this Bivifion, leaving thofe Parts by whiph they are
circumfcribed, to be confidcred with theBoaes and Mufcles.

The Larynx is compofed of five Cartila- ^. ^
ges or Griftles; the iirft of which is call'd ^''' ^-^"^"^^^
Scutiformis^ becaufe it refembleth a Shield : The next is
call'd Annularis^ from its likenefs to the Ring which the
Turks wear when they go a iliooting: The third and
fourth, becaufe they are joined together under one common
Tegument, and refemble an Ewer, are therefore termed
Cui tales ; thefe two form the Glottis or little Tongue:
The fifth is named the Epiglottis^ becaufe it is placed
above the Glottis. The Subftance of this is foft, and m
ihapc like an Ivy-leaf, and ferves as Valves to hinder any
thing from falling into the Windpipe,

T'hefe Cartilages are mov'd by feveral ^^^ j^^
Pair of Mufcles, and ferve principally to
frame and modulate the Voice in all Creatures, and arc
therefore the Initruments of neighing in Horfes«

The Larynx has two Pair of Glands or Kernels belong-
ing to it ; one Pair is placed on its upper Part, and at the
Sides of the Uvula, and are called the Ton^ cj^y fonfils
fils ; and by fome, in human Bodies, the
Almonds of the Ears. Thefe feparate a great deal of
the Slaver which comes from a Horfe's Mouth, and ferve
to moiften not only the Larynx, to which they chiefly
belong, but alfo the Gullet, by which means every thing
pafTes down it the more eafily.

The other Pair are plac'd at the lower End of the
Larynx, one on each Side of the dentiform, or Shield-like
"Grillle ; thefe in Horfes are very large, and are fwelKd
when a Horfe has the Glanders.

The Top of the Gullet, or Pharyny:, The Pharynx,
which is fo call'd from its Office, becaufe it
carries and conveys Food from the Mouth towards the
Stomach ; is fomewhat more fiefhy than the reft of the
Gullet^ being alfo feared in tb^ uppsr Part of the Threat

3 s The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. III.

behind the Larynx, It has feveral Mufcles whereby it
ads, but thefe fhall be alfo treated of hereafter.

TABLE III. Shewing all the Parts of the middle
Cavity, or Cheil:.

Fig, I . Reprefents thofe Parts in fitu.

A A. The outiuard Teguments laid hack. . ^

B. The Breajl-hone^ and feme part of the Ribs alfo laM
back,, to Jhew the Parts contained in the f aid Cavity,

C. The great Kernel called Thymus.

D. The Heart.

EE. The right and left Lohes of the Lungs,

F. T'/^^ Mediaftinum.

G. Part of the Midriff.

Fig, 2. Shews the Vena Cava, and right Ventricle of the
Heart diflefled.

A. The Orifice of the Coronary Vein,

B. The treble-pointed Valves.

CCC. The Fibres^ which fajlen the Ends of the Valves to

the Subftance of the Heart.
DD. The Sides of the Ventricle,

Fig. 3. Shews the left Ventricle alfo opened length way.^>
to fhew its Valves.

A. The Pulmonary Vein coming from the Zttngs.
BB. The Valves called Mitrales.

Fig. 4. Shews the Lungs divefted of their Parenchyma^ or
flefhy Subftance,

A. The Larynx.

B. The Windpipe,

CCCC, &c. Its various 'Branches.
DDDDD, &c. The innumerable little Bladders at the
Extremities of thefe Branches,

CHAP.

JAJ^ .HI.

J^a^,j:

Fta.i .

Chap. IV. The Anatomy of a HORSE." 3 i

CHAP. IV.

Of the Upper Cavity^ or Head,

§ I. Of its proper contain'mg Parts,

A S the Parts already defcribM have always qigti j
•^^ been elleem'd the Seat of the Vital
faculty, fo the Head is accounted that of the Animal, it
being the Origin from whence all Senfations are deriv'd.

The proper containins Parts of the Head r ^, ^
are recKon'd to be thefe five ; namely, the tainmg Parts.
Mufdes, the Pericranium^ the Perio/teum^
the Skull, and the Me?iinges, or Membranes contain'd vv'iihin
it : Leaving the Mufcles and the Skull to be treated of in
their proper Places, I fhall begin with the Pericranium.

It is a very thin Membrane fpread over the whole Skull,
adhering every where to the Periojlevm, excepting where
the Temporal Mufcles come between them. There are
a great number of flender Fibres, v/hich pafs from it thro'
the Sutiira or Seams of the Skull to the iDura Mater^ or
uttermofl Membrane of the Brain \ which Fibres ferve to
ftay that Membrane in its Place, fo as to hinder the Brain
from being hurt by the hardnefs and unevennefs of the
Skull in violent ConcufTions of the Mufcles of the Head.

The * Periofteutn, to which the Pericra?nu?n adheres,
isaSubilance of the fame Nature and Ufe, only that it
is fomewhat thinner. It is endued with an exquilite
Senfe, from whence fometimes arifes an exceffive Pain
when the Bones are wounded, they being themfelves alto-
gether infenfible.

Thefe two Membranes have Arteries from the Card-
iids, and Veins from the external Jugulars, and are
chiefly of ufe to cover and defend the Skull from out-
ward Injuries, which otherwife would be expofed and laid
bare by every flight Accident.

Immedia^tely under the Skull we obferve Dura Mater,
the t)ura Mater, io cali'd from its Tex-
ture, which is very firm ; and likewife, as it has been ge-
nerally believ'd to give Origin to molt Membranes through-

D out

* The Perioileum is belie-ved by modern Anatomijii to ts crJy ««
'j^xp^njion cf the 'Jf^a/^^^/; of the Mufcles of the Head,

34 The Anatomy of anOKS^E, Chap. IV-

out the Body. It is the uppermoli: Membrane peculiar to
the Brain, which it involves and covers on all Parts, and
is fo well faften'd to the inter?ial Procejfes of the Skull,
that it cannot eafily be removed ; and befides the Com-
munication which has been obferved to be between it and
the Pericranium^ it is tied to the Membrane underneath
it, to wit, the Pia Mater ^ and to the Brain itfelf by the
Blood- veflels, which penetrate the Skull, and are inferted
in it, and pafs through it.

7he Falx '^^^^ Membrane is double, as the Peri^

tonesum and Pleura^ and fends forth a
Production, which in Man refembles a Sickle, and is there-
fore called the Faixy it being broad towards the hind-
part of the Head, and narrow and (harp towards the
Nofe, and curved at Top. Tho' it be of a Shape fomc-
what different in a Horfe, yet Anatomifts have given it
the fame Name. This divides the upper Part, or Corti-
eal Subftance of the Brain, diredlly in the Middle, into a
right and left Side. Within its Duplicature are feveral
Cavities call'd the Sinus's of the 2)ura Mater ; the long-
eft of which runs lengthways from before to the Noll,
where it is divided into fome Branches', whereof two de-
fcend downwards to the Bottom of the Occiput^ and a
third to the Glandula Pinealis, Thefe are fuppofed to be
Cifterns that contain the fuperabounding Blood, which is
emptied into them by the Arteries, and fuck'd up again at
leifure by the Vein^.

^/^^ Pia Mater. '^^^ ^'^^ Mater ^ which immediately
involves the Brain, and adheres to it in all
its Convolutions and Folds, is a very thin Membrane, but
cf exquifite Senfe ; for which Reafon feveral Anatomifts
have been of Opinion, that all the Nerves which arife
from the Head, derive their Coats from it, and not from
the Medullar Part itfelf. It is furnifh'd with an infinite
Number oi Arteries^ which fpring from the Carotids and
Cervical Arteries^ and Veins from the Jugulars ; all which
are very fmail^ but finely interwoven one with another.
^eUfe of thefe Thefe two Membranes are not onJy of
Membranes, ^^^ ^^ cover and involve the Brain, in order
to preferve it, and to keep its loofe Sub-
ftance together, but alfo to fuftain the Veflels that enter
into it. And moreover, they are further vifeful, as they
make up the two inncrmoft Coats, which fhealh the Pith
of the Back,

§11.

Chap, IV. The Jnatom of a KOKSE, 35

§ II. Of the 'Brain and Cerebellum, whh the Medulla
Oblongata, and Pith of the "Back,

The Brain of a Horfe is much lefs in the B a
Proportion than the Brain of a Man ; but is
compofed of a Medullary Subftance, and has moft or all the
lame Parts which are difcoverable in a human Head.

It is divided into three Parts, vl%. the Cerebrum^ Cere*
helluTu^ or Brainier, and the Medulla oblongata.

The Cerebrum contains all that Subitance which lies
uppermofl in the Head, and which is divided into two
Halves by the Falx above defcribed : Its Outlide is of an
a{hy Colour, and formed into feveral Convolutions and
Windings, but not with any vifible Regularity, as the Cer
rebellum \ its Inlide is white, and therefore called the Corpm
(alio (urn.

The Cerebellum is divided from the Ce- ^-^^ ^^ , .
rebrum by a Prodiadlion of the Pia Mater ^ ^^^ ^^ Brain-
which alfo affords a particular Cover to ali /^/^ '
its Folds, which keeps them feparate and
apart from each other. This is made up of four Parts,
whereof two are lateral, one on each Side j the other two
are in the Middle, Handing before and behind ; they are
fomewhat orbicular, and are called the Proceffui Vermicu-
lar es^ from the Refemblance they bear to the Worms in
rotten Timber.

The Medulla Oblongata^ is the Begin- ^r , , , .,
ning of the Spinal Marrow 5 it is of an uni- oblon" t '
form, white, and compad Subftance, hard- "^^ **

er than the Brain or Cerebellum. It arifes from fix Roots,
two ofwhichfpringfrom that Part of the Brain, which is
called the Corpora flriata ; the other four arife lower,
and more backward, from thofe Protuberances which are
term'd the Nates and Tefles, It is round, being in length
about two Inches within the Head, before it pailes out at
the Noll^ whence it is continued along the Chme down-
wards to the Fundament, and through ail that Paflage is
term'd the Spinal Marrow or Pith of the Back. This
has, befides the Pia Mater and Dura Mater., another
Membrane, which forms its outermoit or third Coat, and
is faid to arife from a Itrong Ligament which binds toge-
ther the fore- part of the Rack- Bones.

But before I proceed to the Ufe of the Brain, it will not

be amifs to take a \'iew of its Parts fomewhat njore nar*

D 2 rgwl^Tg

S6 The Jnatomy of a UOKSE, Chap. IV.

rowly, that the Learner may be the more fully inllrudted
in the Knowledge of that, which in all Animal Bodies is
fo abfolutely neceilary and eilential to Life and Motion.
In order to which, I fliall follow the ufaal Method of Dif-
fedlion, beginning with its Underfide, having already taken
a general Survey of the v^hole._

The lirft thing, which is the moft obfer-
^h Rete Mira- ^.^i^j^ ^j^ ^i^^^ f^^g^ jg ^j^g ^^^^ ?jiirabile fpread

^ * all over the Bottom of the Brain, and is a

curious Net- work of Blood-velTels form'd out of the fmall
Twigs which fpring from the largeft Branches of the Caro-
tid and Cervical Arteries, having palled through the Skull
hy proper Holes in the Bones of the Temples. Thefe Vef-
fels are the more adapted and fitted to the Nourifhment of
the Brain, as they are thus interwoven one with another, by
■which Means the Blood takes a much longer Stay than if
they obferv'd a more ftreight and equal Diredion.
-, p. J , The GlanduJa Pituitaria is the next

Pituitark thing obfervable : Towards the Bottom of

the Brain it is inclofed within the Mem-
branes, and feated in a fmall Cavity in the Os cuneiforme^ or
Wedge-like Bone, appointed by Nature for that Purpofe,

It has a Conduit called the Infundibulum^ox
^e Infundi- Funnel, which conveys the Excrements of

tomifls have believed there was a Pallage from it to the
Nofe : But later Enquiries have difcover'd two fmall Duds
which it fends off to the Jugular Veins ; fo that fome are
of Opinion, it is again mixed with the Blood. This Fun-
nel, or hifundihuliim^ is faid to take its Rife from the fore-
part of the third Ventricle, into which this Moilture feems
to be firil feparated, and is only conveyed by it to the
Gland above- mentioned, where it probably undergoes ano-
ther Degree of Refinement, that it may be the better adap-
ted to the Purpofes of Nature.

Anatomifts have, it feems, been very much puzzled to
find proper Refemblances for leveral Parts of the Brain, hav-
ing diftinguifli'd fome of them by the Name
and r'ftes of AW.", or Buttocks, and others by that of

e es. Tefles^ or Stones. Thefe come next under
our Confideration ; they are four orbicular or round Promi-
nences, which jet out from the Medulla oblongata, or Be-
ginning of the Spinal Marrow 5 the two firlt, to wit, the
Buttocks, being the largeft, and the two Stones, which are
lelTer, being only Appendfiges tg them, The

Chap. IV. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 3 7

The Corpora Striata^ fo call'd from their ^-^^ Corpora
being llreak'd or chamfer'd,are only the Ends Striata,
of the two Thighs, which proceed from the
Buttocks ; by thefe the A4eduUa oblongata adheres to the
Brain, as has been oblerved ; and by the Nates and Tejies
above defcribed, it adheres to the Cerebellum or Brainlct.

Between the Buttocks is placed that noted cj-f^^ Glandula
Gland, caird the Glandula piuealis^ and has pincaliV
been thought by fome Philofophers to be the
Seat of the Soul, tho' modern Anatomifts have fo far de^
graded it, as to make it only the Penis or Yard of the Brain,
both on Account of its Situation, and probably as its Teems
to be of no other ufe but to feparate a liule clear Lympha
from the Arterial Blood.

Between the Buttocks, and near this little ^^^ p^^^^
Gland, there is a fmall Chink, to which
fome have grv^en the Name of Anus^ or A.rfe, others have
called it the Vulva : whether it has obtained this Appellation
in Derifion of the other, is not material.

As for the Ventricles of the Brain, which by ^^^ ventricles '
fome have been reckon'd four, by fome three,
and by others but one ; I fhall not trouble the Reader about
the Number, but only take Notice, that they are fituated
in the middle of the Bram, reaching forv/ards towards the
Nofe, and downwards towards its Bottom, in Shape of a
Half-moon. The ufe of thefe Ventricles is, according to
the lateft Enquiries in Anatomy, to ferve as a Receptacle
for that Portion of the Serii?n which is feparated from the
glandulous Skin that invelts them, and from the Glandula
pituitaria^ and is thought to be again imbibed by the Veins,
and by them conduced afrefh into the Mafs of Blood. They
are likewife thought of ufe to give a free PafTage to the
Blood in thofe Channels call'd the Plexus cboroideSj that run
along their Sides, which probably might be too much com-
prefsM by the great V/eight of the Brain, had not Nature
found out that free and eafy Situation for them.

Befides thofe Parts already defcribed, ^^^ Fornix
there are to be found in the Brain the For-
nix^ the Septum lucidum^ and the Corpus calkfum,.

We have already taken Notice of the Ccrpiis calkfum^
as being the inner Subltance of the Braia, which is diilin-
guifli'd from the cortical Part that involves it by its White?
nefs, ^c. The Septum lucidiim is only that Partition which
divides the Ventricles j and the Fornix: is a kind of Vaults
f D 3 or

38 The Anatomy of aWOKSV.. Chap.1V.

or Arch which rifes between the Brain and the Medulla Ob-
longata y and ierves to bear up the upper Part of the Brain,
that it may not prefs too hard upon the fubjacent Parts.
iTf rrr r.j Now as to its Adion and Ufe, it is very

Hhe Ufe of the . , r) • r i r»i •»

Brain certain, the Bram, according to the Phiio-

fophcrs Terms, is the chief Seat of the Ani-
mal Faculty^ as the Heart is the Fountain of the Vital.
The Animal Spirits being prepared out of \v^ Parenchyma^
or marrowy Subllance, and from thence conveyed into the
Nerves, which communicate Senfe and Motion to all Parts
of the Body.

Thefe Spirits are firft of all form'd out of

*''*' ^' terial Blood, which is conftantly fent by the

Heart to the Brain, where there are innumerable Twigs dif-
perfed, not only through its cortical or greyifh Subllance,
but alfo through its white and medullary Subftance ; fome
of which Twigs fpring from the P/^.v«; Choroides -^Vi^
Reie Mirahile above defcribed, and others from the Ca-
rotids l\\tmk\\'ts immediately. The fuperfluous Serum
is feparated by the Glands ; and that Portion of the Blood
which is not changed to animal Spirits, is taken up by the
Veins, and returned back again from whence it came. As
foon as thefe Spirits are elaborated, or rather, as foon as
the Blood has undergone fo many different Mortifications
and Changes in the capillary or hair-like Veflels of the
Brain, as to r(^nder its Particles fine enough to pafs through
the inner medullar Subllance, they then enter thofe Fibres
which compofe it, and feem to be no other than a large
Bundle of TubuU or little Pipes, which (if the Comparifon
may beufed) fomewhat obferve the fame Oeconomy with
hole of the Kidnies, which pafs from the external glandu-
lar Parts to the Caruncula Papiilare, Thefe little Particles,
or rather Spirits, are conveyed by the aforefaid Tubuli to the
upper Proceffes of the Medulla Oblongata^ to wit, the Cor-
pra Striata^ Nates^ and Te/Jes, ^c. and are there emptied
into the Nerves, whofe inner Subllance is white and iibrous,
like the Medulla from whence they fpring.

fTieir Ufe ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^'^^^ Account of the Formation

•"'" /.* of the animal Spirits, the next Thing that

occurs, is in what Manner they become the Inftruments of
Senfe and Motion. In order to give the Reader a general
Idea of this, which is as much as can be done in fo fmall a
!Tr(?itifejit will be necellary in the iirll Place,to confider the

Subllance

Chap. IV. The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. 39

Subftance of a Nerve, which is very folid and compacfl,
proceeding by a Sort of Gradation from that of the Brain ;
for as the Corpus Callofum^ or inner Subftance of the Brain,
is more firm than the Cortical Part, fo a Nerve is even at its
Origin fome Degrees beyond that in Solidity ; by w^hich
Means it is the more adapted to its peculiar Fundions. But
befides the Solidity and Compadnefs of the Nerves, their
Tenfenefs is alfo a great Means of their A6lion j for as the
Blood-veilels, which have no orher Senfe but what is bor-
rowed from them, and as their Office is only to carry vital
Spirits for the common Nourifhment of the Body ; as thefe
are therefore branched off in many Circumvolutions and
Turnings, and are formM irregularly in fuch Meanders as
we obferve in Brooks and Rivulets : And as fome Branches
are ient upwards, and others downwards, as is neceilary, in
order to their feveral Fun»5lions ; fo the Nerves, on the other
Hand, as they take their Origin from the Head and Spine,
are detach'd from thence into all Parts of the Body in fuch
manner, as they may be every where braced as Itreight as
the Strings or Cords of an Inftrument ; by which Means
they have a free and uninterrupted Undulation, and as in
all their Branchings, they are little or no ways contorted,
but for the moft Part form compleat and perfect Angles,
the faid Undulation is communicated as entirely to their
Origin, as if their Courfe was diredlly ftreight from it.

And therefore as the Nerves are of a very compad and
folid Form, and can be braced and extended in fuch Man-
ner as has been obferved, and confequently endued with
Elafticity, they muft eafily and fuddenly communicate
all Senfations to the Imagination, there being no Part of
the Body which does not participate of fome little Fibrillin
or Threads detached from them j or, according to fome,
there being no Part of the Body, which is not more or lefs
adapted to rec(;ive the nervous Juice ; by which Means a
clofe and intimate Correfpondence is k^t up with the
Nerves ; fo that whenever an animal Body is touched on
any Part, it is prefently fenfible of that Touch, by virtue
of the Communication which they keep between the Head
and all Parts of the Body.

Now as to Motion, to which the Nerves are equally
fuhfervient, that (I think) is termed Voluntary ifi a Man,
and spontaneous in a brute Creature, as the one is faid to
2<fl by the Determination of the Will^ and the other by In^
flin^\ but this is pot material, fmce both are faid to be pro-
D 4 <3uce4

40 The Jnatomy of a UOKSE. Chap. IV.

duced by the Determination of the Animal Spirits ; for
when any Creature goes to move, the Spirits are thought
to be detached in a more than ordinary Quantity into
thofe Parts which are to be put in motion. And as the
Arterial Blood always accompanies the Spirits, and is
equally determined with them, the Mufcles are thereby
fiird or emptied, according as the Will or Inilindt directs^
as we {hall fee more fully hereafter.

But before I leave this Subject, it may perhaps be expect-
ed that I fhould give fome Account of the Nature of ihofe
Spirits which are faid to Row in the Nerves, and are rec-
kon'd the principal Caufe cf Adion in them.. To fatisfy
thofe who have a Curiofity that way, I fhali only in brief
take Notice, that thefe are thought by fome to be of a vifcous
and clammy Nature, though compofed o^ very keen Parti-
cles: And this fort of Compolition they rhink is agreeable
to that Elafacity and Springinefs, which 13 obferveable in the
Nerves. Others have denied any fuch thing as a Juice to
be in the Nerves ; becaufe v/hen a Nerve is cut afunder,
there is no viiible Bore or Cavity in it; neither are there
any Pofuii or little Interftices perceivable in it. But it is
very certain, according to the common and unalterable
Laws of Nature, whereby all Bodies are made up of Parts,
and thefe alfo made up of other Parts, they mxuft therefore
have Interftices, though they be imperceptible ; and that
Juice which flows in them, whether between thofe hiter-
fiices only, or any other way, tho' it be alfo imperceptible,
yet it is that v»'hich we not improperly denominate the
Animal Spirits. Though we can fiiy but very little more
than this, that it is the molt fubtle of all the Juices which
are to be met with in an Animal Body, and therefore the
beft fuited to the Services for which it is appointed.

§. III. Of the Rife and Progrefs of the Nerves,

Befides the Nerves, which arife from the Vertebra of
the Neck, Back, and Loins, there are nine Pair which take
their Origin immediately within the Skull.
o'i„ r a T, ■ The firfl are thofe which go to the Nofe,

'Jhe nrft Pair , ^ r n , 1 A^r ^ -wt

b^'Nert'es. ^"" ^^^ therefore called the Otjaofory Nerves,

■^ ' and by fome the Mamillary Prccefj'es, be-

caufe they are round at their end like a Pap : llicy rife
from the Shanks of the Medulla Oblongata^ betwixt the
Corpora Striata and the Chambers of the Optick Nerves^

from

Chap. IV. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 41

fi-om thence running along the Bottom of the Bram ; after
increafing and growing broader, they arc divided into a
great many Twigs, which receive outer Coats from the
Dura Mater, having only before a fingle Integument from
tlie Pia Mdter. Many of thefe Twigs pafs through the
Holes of the Sieve-like Bone to theNofe, where they help
to compofe the Organs of Smelling.

The fecond Pair are the Optic, or feeing ^hfecondPair,
Nerves; thefe rife a httle behind the former^
out of the Medulla Oblongata: At their Rife they are
fomewhat foft, being cover'd only with the Pia Mater ;
but as foon as they reach the Dura Mater, they become
cloathed by it, as the Olfa^ory Nerves above defcribed.
This outermoft Coat conllitutes the Sclerotica, or horny
Tegument of the Eye ; and from the Pia Mater proceeds
the next Coat of the Eye call'd the Uvea, from its Re-
femblance to a Grape in Colour : And laftly, the mar-
jowy Subftance forms the Retina, or Net-like, w^hich by
fome is call'd its third Coat,

The third Pair are call'd the Eye- "The third Pair,
movers : Thefe arife from the Bottom of
the l^edulla Oblongata : At the Rife they are united, which
is the Reafon why fome believe, when one Eye is carried
towards any Objed:, the other is alfo direded towards the
lame. As the Optic Nerves pafs thro' the firfl Hole of
the Wedge-like Bone, thefe pafs through the fecond, until
they come to the Mufcles of the Eye, where they are dif-
perfed ; by their aduating the Mufcles, the feveral Motions
of the Eye are performed.

The fourth, or Pathctick Pair : Thefe The fourth Pair.
take their Rife different from all the reft,
viz. from the Top of the 'Medulla Oblongata, behind the
Kates and Te/ies, and pafiing along the Side of iht Medulla,
are afterwards hid in the Dura Mater, until they reach the
Hole thro' which the laft Pair do pafs, which they accom-
pany, until they are inferted in the Tr^^Z'/^jr Mufcles of the
Eyes ; thefe are called by Dr. Willis the Pathethick Nerves^,
which move the Eyes in all PalTions and AfFedlions.

The fifth Pair take their Beginning in a ^^^^ r^^^ p^^y
Horfe a litile below the former, tho' in a hu- ^
man Subje^ft they feem to arife from the Cerebellum. Thefe
are made up of a Bundle of Fibres gather'd together, fo
. that they look to be a Number of Nerves fpringing from
pne common Origin, which fend out Branches into all Paris

of

42 Thi Anatomy of a HOKSV.. Chap.1V.

of the Head, viz. to the Eyes, the Palate of the Mouth, the
Nofc, but chiefly to the lower Jaw. The Temporal Muf-
cles, and Mufcles of the Face, and fome Branches which go
downwards, inoculating with the fixth Pair, conftitute the
Root or the iirft Trunk of the IntercoJlalPair, It is owing
to the feveral Branches and Inoculations of the Nerves
following, that there is fo great a Sympathy and Confent
among all thofe Parts where they take their Progrefs.
(j-r ^ J p^-^ The fixth Pair inoculate with the fifth,
ejix J tr. ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ palled fmgle through the

lame Hole of the Skull, and been hid fome time under the
tDura Mater ; after which they fend back fome Branches,
which conftitute the Beginning of the Intercojlal Nerves.
Each of thefe are divided, near the Orbit of the Eye, into
two, one being fpent on that Mufcle of the Eye which
draws it outwards ; the other on that which is only proper
to Brutes, called ihtfeventh Mujcle,

The feventh Pair are the Auditory Nerves.
Ihefe'uentb -pj^^fg -^^ ^ Ywimm Head take their Rife from
• under the Annular Proceiles of the Cerebel-

lum^ but in a Horfe from the Sides of the oblong Marrow.
They have two Proceiles, one of which is fomewhat (oh^
and is carried thro* the Hole of the Os petrofum into the
Cells of the Ears, which it cloaths with a very fine Mem-
brane, and by which the Sounds are conveyed into the
common Senfory ; the other is faid to conduce chiefly to
Motion, fending forth feveral Slips to the Tongue, Lips,
Mouth, and Nofe, aduating the outer Organs of the
Voice ; others taking their Courfe to the Mufcles of the
Forehead, and Eyelids, and fome to the Mufcles of the Ears,
aililling a Horfe in moving his Eyes and Ears, upon hearing
or ieeing any thing that is aftonifhing to him.
The Eizhth ^^^ eighth Pair is generally termed the

Fair, ^^^ vagum^ or wandring Pair, becaufe they

inoculate and keep up a Communicatioa
%vith the Branches of many other Nerves, and are diftri-
buted, not only to the Head, but alfo into many other Parts
of the Body, particularly to the Heart, the Lungs, and Sto-
mach, as alfo to all ihtViJcera in the lower Belly.

The nlnfh Fair ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^' reckon'd by Dr. Willis the
ninth and laft, which arife out of the Skull,
but by fome, to be only Branches of the fifth and fixti:^
Pair, becaufe they take their Origin from fome of their
recurring Branches, lliis Pair has alfo feveral Inoculations,

and

Chap. IV. The Anato?ny of aWOlkS^. 43

and are formM with other Branches in feveral Plexus's , as
thofe laft dcfcribed, but not fo numerous. They take their
Courle chiefly to the Mefentery and Loins, ending towards
the f'undament in feveral Imall Twigs.

Having defcribed the Nerves which take <^^^ l^erv^s
their Origin within the Skull, we proceed in ^j^hich arife
the next Place to thofe which derive their ^rsUhout the
Beginning from between the Joinings of the ^kull.
Neckj Back, and Loins, which fliall, in a
Manner, be but jull named; they being in Number thirty-
feven, v/hcreof feven arife from the Neck, feven teen from
the Back, and thirteen from the Loins and Os Sacrum,

Thofe of the Neck are all of them difperfed, partly oa
the Mufcles of the Face, partly on the Mufcles of the Neck
itfelf, and partly on thofe of the Shoulders and Fore-legs;
only it is to be remarked, that a Twig from each Nerve
of the fifth Pair, being joined with the like Twigs of the
fourth and fixth, compofe that remarkable Nerve, which
goes to the Midriff, called the Nervus phrenicus.

The firll two Pair, which arife from between the Ver--
tehrae of the Back, communicate with the lowermoft of the
Neck, fending forth fome Twigs to the Neck and Shoul-
ders : The fecond, as alfo all that follow, fend each of them
a Twig to the Intercolfal Nerve, or Nerve of the ninth
Pair, their other Branches being chiefly fpent on the Inter-
cofldl Mufcles, and Mufcles of the Back ; with fome fmall
Slips towards thofe of the lower Belly.

As thefe are chiefly diiperfed among the Mufcles of the
Back, and the Litercoftal, and the Mufcles of the lower
Belly, fo thofe of the Loins, and thofe alfo which fpring
from the Os Sacrurn^ are diiperfed into the Mufcles of the
Loins, Hips, and hinder Legs, only that the anterior^ or fore-
branches of the lirfl Pair of the Loins, are fpent on the flefhy
Part of the Midriff, and the Mufcle Pfoas^ and the pofterior
Branches on the Mufcle called the Longijffimus Dorfi,

The Yard of a Horfe, and the Womb of a Mare, are
alfo furniflied from tlie anterior Branches of the Loins, and
the Stones from the a?iterior Branches of the Os Sacrum^
fent oli' to them from the fore-part of the Thigh.

§ IV. Of the Eyes, and their feveral Parts.
Every one knows that the Eyes are the Organs ^e Eyes,
or Inftruments of feeing the Ideas of all outward
Objects being conveyed by ihem to the common Senfory.

They

'44 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. IV.

They are of a convex, globular Figure, inclofed within
their proper Lids ; which is an Orbil or Socket made for
that Purpofe out of the Bone.
*The Eve-lids, The Eye- lids, of which I fliall firll take

. -^ * Notice, ferve as a Safeguard to preferve them
from Dull, and other external Injuries. They are com-
pofed o^ the Skin, flefhy Pannicle, and Mufcles, which are
all wrought into an exquifite Finenefs : The inner Mem-
brane, which is very fmooth, that the Eye may move the
more eafily under it, is a Produdion of the Pencramum ;
the Extremities or Edges are hard and giiftly, partly to
help their Adion, and partly ihaf they may meet clofe to-
gether. As to the Fat which lies among the Mufcles, it is
of the fame ufe as in moil other Parts, to keep the Eye
moift, and eafy in its Motion.

Voe Humours and The Eye itfelf is compofed of three

Panicles of the Eye, Humoiirs^ and four T?/?z;V/(?.«.

*Ihe Adnata. '^^^ ^'^ ^^^^^ Tumcks is call'd Adnata ;

it arifes from the Pencramum^ and is fpread
aril over the White of the Eye ; by which Means it keeps
\X film in its Orbit or Socket : It is of exquifite Senfe, and
is very full of Blood- veilels, which are perceivable at ail
times^ but efpecially when the Eye is any ways hurt.
^j Q>^ . • The next, which is the firft of its proper

Coats, is called the Sclerotica^ from its
Hardnefs : It arifes from the Dura Mater^ being opaque on
its hind-part, but clear and tranfparent, like Horn, on its
fore- part ; from whence it obtains another Name, and
IS called the Cornea.

fbe Choroidcs ^^^ ^^'^'^' ^^^^'^ Choroides^ from its Re-
femblance to the Chorion^ which inwraps
the Foetus in the Womb. This arifes from the Pia Mater ^
2s it alfo forms the innermofi: Coat of the Optick Nerve.
It is black on its Infide, and open on its fore-part the whole
Breadth of the Pupilla. The fore- part of this Coat is
alfo djftinguifhed from its back- part by the Name of Vvea^
from its relembling the Colour of a Grape. To this
belongs the Ligamentmn Ciliare., becaufe it conlilb of fleH-
der Filaments, like the Hair of the Eye-lids. The ufe of
thefe Filaments is to widen and conltringe the Crylfalline
Humour, by contra6ting or opening the Perforation of the

fj^, p . The innermofi; or fourth Timick is an Ex-?

. <v Kenna. ^^^.^^^^-^ of the Subllance of the Opticm^xwo^

and

Chap. VI. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 45

and is call'd the Retina^ becaufe it encompalleth the glafly
Humour like a Net. By a Combination of the Rays of
Light on the fine Filament of this Coat, and the Refiedion
which is caufed by the Opaquenefs of the Sclerotica, and the
Blacknefs of the Infide of the Uvea, all external Images are
conveyed diftind to the Imagination ; whereas if the Rays
were not thus colleded on the Retina , there would be no
fuch Thing as diftin6l Vifion.

The Humours of the Eye, which come next to be con-
fider'd, are in Number three.

The cutermoft is called the aqueous, or ^ke aqueous
watery Humour, being thin and fluid, like Humour,
Water j it fills up the Space between the Cornea and Cry-
ftalline Humour in the forepart of the Eye.

The Cryfialline is the next, fo called fT/^^ Chriftal-
from its Brightnefs, being clear and tranfpa- hne Humour.
rent, like Cryital ; it is inclofed in the vitreous or glafly
Humour ; it is look'd upon to be the chief Inftrument
whereby the Fays of Light are collected upon the filamen-
tous Expanfiun of the Retina,

The iaft is called the glajfy Humour : It 57'^ vitreous
is not fo folid as the Cryftalline, but exceeds Humour.
both it and the watery Humour in Quantity ;' it is partly
convex, excepting that Cavity where it receives and fur-
rounds the Cryftalline. It is not fo bright as the Cryftal-
line, but yet tranfparent, that the vifible Species, received
into the Cryftalline Humour, might not be reflected on be-
fore they reach the Retina^ but Ihould be tranfmitted to it
pure and unmix'd.

§ V. Of the Ears.

The Ear is divided into the External and ^^^ ^^^
Internal ; the External is that Part which a
Horfe moves backward and forward at Pleafure, and is fo
well known, that there needs but little to be faid about it.
Its Ufe is partly for Ornament, and partly to gather all
Sounds, and tranfmitthem to the Internal.

The Internal Ear confifts of feveral Parts, I^^ Parts,
which are very curious, and are feated m the
Cavity of the Os petrofum.

The firft of thefe is the Drurn, with its tj-jy^j)..^
Cord and Mufcles. The Drum is a very thin
and tranfparent Membrane, being an Expanfion of the foft-
er Procefsof the Auditoiy Nerve i it is very dry, that it

may

46 The Jnatomj^ of a nOKSE. Chap. IV,

may the better contribute to Hearing ; and ftrong, that it
may the better endure loud Sounds^ or any other external
Injuries ; for if once this be broke, or any way relax'd, a
Deafnefs mult unavoidably enfue.

T/:>e Concha Within this Membrane there is a Cavity

nvith the fmall ^^^^^^ the Concha^ wherein are four little
Bones c(fntained Bones, which are bound together by a fmall
in it. Ligament proceeding from the Cord of the

Drum : The firft is called the Hammer,
which lies upon the fecond, called the Anvil. The third
is named the Stapes^ or Stirrop ; but in a Horfe it is trian-
gular, like the Gr£'j?i Letter A. Upon the upper Part of
ihe Stirrop, the longelt Fo-ot of the Anvil ftands. The
fourth is called Orbicular^ it is of a round Shape, and tied
-with a flender Ligament to the Side of the Stirrop, where
it is faftened to the Anvil.

^, , jj^ Thefe Bones are a Defence to the Drum,

-^^' and preferve it from being torn, or beat

inwards by the violent Vibrations of the outward Air in
loud Sounds, and are thus aiTiiting to the Senfe of Hear-
ing : When the external Air beats upon the Drum, it is
driven againft the Hammer, which ftrikes upon tlie Anvil,
as the Anvil beats againft the Stirrop ; and as this Force is
more or lefs exerted, fo the Stirrop opens the oval Win-
dow more or lefs, and proportionably the Sound appears
louder or lower.

^ p , The Cavities within the Os peirofunt are

ive ^onciia. .^ Number three : The tirft, wherein thefe
four little Bones are fituated, is called the Concha^ from its
refembliiig the Shell of a Tabor. When the Membrane is
ftruckupon by any outward Sound, the Eccho is made in
this Cavity, as in a common Drum.

There are in this Cavity divers Inftruments, whereof
fome arc for Puliation, as the four little Bones above-men-
tion'd ; fome are for conducting the Air into the other Ca-
vities, fuch are the two fmall Perforations, called the Win-
dows ; and a third fort are thofe by which the pituitous
Matter, collected within this Cavity, is difcharged towards
the Palate and Nofe.

V:e oval Win- '^^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^'^^^^ ^^^'° Perforations, being
^^nfj^ the uppermolt and laigelt, is from its Figure

nam'd the oval JThidoiv^ which is kept (hut
next the Concha^ by the Bafts of the Stirrop, as often as
the Sound cea fes. The other, which is rounds is always

open.

Chap. IV- The Anatomy of a HOKSV.. 47

open, having no Covering, and is divided by the Cs fqua-^
mojum into two Pipes ; one of v.'hich tends to the Coihua^
the other into the Labyrinth.

The Labyrinth^ which is the fecond Ca- a-i. r i • .l
vity, by Its feveral Turnings and Wind-
ings, w^hich are fomewhat circular, modulates the St)und3
in fuch Manner as they may be leifurely communicated to
te Auditory Nerve, which is difperfed thro' the Mem-
brane that inverts this Cavity. There is, befides the two
Windows which open into this Cavity, one Perforation
which opens out of it into the inner Cavity calPd the Co-
chlea, into which the Air palles, after it has been agita-
ted in this Cavity and the Concha, Befides thcfe, there ars
four other fmall Holes for the Ingrefs of the nervous Fibres
that are inferted on the Membrane, which cloaths it.

The Cochlea, which is the third and in- <j-j^^ Cochlea •
nermoft Cavity, is fo caird from theRefem-
hlarrce it hath to a Snail's Shell, efpecially in its fpiral
Windings ; Jt is far lefs than either of the former, but in-
vefted, as the others are, with a thin Membrane, into which
alfo the ilender Fibres of the Auditory Nerve do enter.
This Cavity is fiU'd with the internal inbred Air, as well as
the former, by which the Eccho is made to (the Impulfeof
the internal Air upon the Tympanum : And the Auditory
Nerve being expanded upon the Membrane, which lines all
thofe Cavities, it is fuddenly affected therewith, whereby it
comes to be communicated to the Original of the Nerves,
where all Sounds are diftinguifh'd,

§ VI. Of the Nofe and Mouth,

As the Ear is made up of Parts, whereof '^he Nofe.
fomc are External, and fome Internal ; fo
the Nofe is alfo compofed of the like Parts.

The external Parts of the Nofe are made up of Skin,
Mufcles, Bones, Cartilages, and Veflels of all Sorts.

The Skin is extremely thin, and without , „
Fat, and adheres fo faft to the Mufcles and '^
grifly Part, that it can hardly be feparated from them.

The Bones, which make up its Cavities^ are fome of
them common to it and the Forehead, and fome of them
proper to the N-ofe only. The Griftles are in Number Eve,
\-vhich fhall be treated of hereafter with the Bones.

The

48 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. IV.

1 V fTI '^^^ Vellels of the Nofe are Veins from

W^ ^' ^^g Jugulars, Arteries from the Carotids,

and Nerves from the third Pair, befides the Olfactory
Nerves v/hich are proper to it.

It is IhiM on its infide with a fine Membrane, which
taketh its Rife from the Dura Mater, There are on the
back-fide of this Membrane abundance of little Kernels,
which feparate a great Part of the Moifture which comes
from the Nofe. It has alfo another Membrane, call'd its
Mufcular Membrane^ which is faid to contract and draw
together the Noftrils.

T/ O C ■ ^" ^^^ upper Part of the Nofe is feated

brTforme."" the Os Cribrifor??ie^ or Sieve-like Bone,
which is perforated in many Places, that the
fmall Twigs, which fpring from the Mamillary Procefles,
may have a free Paflage thro' it into the Infide of the
Nofe, ferving there to be the immediate Organs of Smelling.

As the Ear is form'd in fuch manner as to colled and ga-
ther together all Sounds into its Cavity, fo the Nofe is like-
wife adapted to gather into it all Smells ; which Senfation
is perform'd in this manner : The Effluvia^ which fiy ofF
from all odoriferous Bodies, being carried in the circumam-
bient Air, are communicated to all Creatures as foon as they
draw in their Breath at the Noftrils ; but more to a Horfe
than to many others, by reafon he fucks in moft of his
Breath that way. As foon as thefe Effluvia^ or odoriferous
Particles are got within the Nofe, thofe little Branches of
the Olfadory Nerves, which are fpread all over its infide,
are immediately afteded therewith, and immediately com-
municate that Senfation, whether it be grateful or unplea*
fant, to the common Senfory, where it is diftinguifh'd.
, jj^ Thus the Nofe is not only ufeful, as it

-^^' helps all Creatures to dillinguirti that which

is proper for their Food, from that which may be huiifui
to them, as it is the chief Inftrument of that Inftind ; but
it is alfo ufeful to difcharge a great deal of Excrements
from the Blood.

<r; M ih ^^ ^°"^^ "o^v ^^ ^^^ Mouth, which is the

if:e mouw. j^^ ^^.^^ ^^ ^^ confider'd under this Di-

vifion ; and is generally divided into that which is call'd
External, and that which is term'd Internal.

The Lips '^^^^ ^^P^ ^^^ ^^^ external or outward

Parts, which are alfo divided into the upper

and under : Thefe are compofed of a foft, fungous Sub-

Itance,

Chap; V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 49

ftance, as alfo fome proper Mufcles cover'd on their put-
fide with Skin and Hair, but on the infide with a Mem-
brane common to the Mouth and Stomach.

The Ufes of the Lips are to gather in Hay or Oats, or
other Food, and to retain it while it is chewing ; they like-
wife ferve to keep the Gums and Teeth from external In-
juries.

The Parts of the Mouth are fome of them The Internal
flefhy and fome of them bony : The flefhy P^^^^ of the
Parts are the Lips iaft defcrib'd ; as alfo ^^^^h,
the Mufcles of the Cheeks and lower Jaw. The bony are
the upper and lower Jaw, together \\ ith the Teeth.

All thefe Parts, excepting the Tecth^ are cover'd or
lin'd wnth a pretty thick Membrane, which in the Palate
is rugged and knotty, by reafon there are a great number
of Glands lie under it, out of which Part of the Slaver is
feparated into the Mouth *

The Parts contair^'d within the. Mouth, are the Teeth,
the Oi Hyoidesy or Bone of the Tongue ; befides which,
there are the Gums, the Palate, the Uvula ^ the Kernels call'd
the Ahnonds of the Ears^ the Tongue and its Mufcles.

The Gums are compofed of a flefhy err p
Subftance deftitute of Motion, that fo the
Teeth might the better be faften'd in their Sockets.

The Palate^ fo call'd from its being <ru p i
fenc'd or pal'd in w^ith Teeth, forms the ^ ^ ^^^'
upper Part of the Mouth. It extends from the hiick
Part of the Mouth to the fore-Teeth, but is not fo
hollow in a Horfe as in human Subjefts ; it is compofed
of eighteen Bars, and confifts of Bones and peculiar glan-
dulous Flefh, which are cover*d with a thick Coat, which
is full of Perforations or little Holes, that afford a Paflage
to the Slaver^ which is feparated from the Glands above-
mention'd.

The Uvula is a red fungous Kernel) The Uvula,
fomewhat longifli, feated at the back-'part
of the Palate, where the internal Paflage of the Nofe opens
into the Mouth, hanging downward, v/ith a fmall but
bluntifli End over the Chink of the Larynx.

The Ufe of the Uvula^ is to moderate the Coldnefs of
the Air before it pafles into the Lungs, and to hinder any
thing from falling into the Windpipe : In a Horfe it is oi
ether ufe, as it hinders the VV^ater from going into the Nofe
when he drinks. When this is much reiax'd. it prevents
E ^ th«

50 rhe Anatomy of a H OS.SE, Chap. IV.

ihe Food from pafling into the Gullet, and makes it apt
to return back into the Nofe.

^, ^ ^^ In defcribing the Tongue^ I need fay no-

^' ' thing as to its Figure, it being fufficiently
known to every one. It is cover 'd with two Membranes,
the outward cloathing only its upper Part, being alfo very
porous. The inward Membrane covers the whole Tongue,
and is thin and foft, having many Protuberances branching
out of it, which are inferted into the Pores and Holes of the
outward Coat.

It is of a llefliy Subftance, having VelTels of all Sorts, to
wit, Veins from an inward Braftch of the external Jugu-
lars, Arteries from the Carotids, and Nerves from the iifth
and eighth Pair.

Inhere are alfo belonging to the Tongue feveral Mufcles,
by which all its Motions are performed -, but of them here-
after. Thefe Mufcles are interlarded with a confiderabl<?
deal of Fat, which, no doubt, lerve fomewhat to facilitate
their A6tion.

The Ufe of the Tongue is not only for Tafte, but alfo
to ferve as an Inftrument to turn every thing taken in at the
Mouth, that it may be the more expeditioully chewed, and
afterwards to thruft it backwards towards the Stomach.

Underneath the Root of the Tongue there is a pretty
large Kernel, from whence two Pipes, called the Salival
Dti^s^ do fpring ; one from the Fore, and another fjom
the Hind-part ; thefe two are fooji united into one, which
runs towards the Chin. But Dr. Wharton has obferved,
that in a Horfe there are other pretty remarkable Glands
that Hand on each iide this Du6t, and difcharge themfelves
into it. This Pipe ends in other Imall Glands towards the
Franum or Bridle of the Tongue, which difcharge fome
Part of that Slaver which keeps the Mouth continually
moid. Befides this Du6l, there are two others of the fame
ufe, which arife out of the Kernels under the Ear, called
the Parotides^ and run on the Outlide of the Jaw-bone to
the Middle of the Cheek, where they open into the
Mouth.

The Ufe of the Slaver is the fime with the Saliva or
Spittle in Men, and ferves continually to moilten the
Mouth, and all tlie folid part of the Food, whilft it is in
chewing, and being fwallowcd down with the Aliment, it
fc believed by fome Anali^miits to contribute to Digeftion.

TAB. IV.

Chap. IV. The Ayiatomy <?/ ^ H O R S E . 51

TAB. IV. Fig. I. Shews the Brain in fttu^ when the
upp^r Part of the Skull is taken off,

A. The Subjlance of the 'Brain covered with the PiaMaterj
only the Dura Mater being removed.

BB. The Cerebellum, or After-brain,
GC. The Procellus Vermiformes, or Worm -like Proceffes,
"D. A Portion of the Medulla Oblongata.
E. The Dura Mater, fo far as it contains the Medulla Ob*
longata, cut a/under^ and turned back.

Fig. 2, E.eprefents the Under- fide of the Brain and Spinal
Marrow, with the Origin of the Nerves.

A A. The Eyes, ;

BB. The Optick Nerves,

CC. The fnoving Nerves of the Eyes,

DD. The Pathetick Nerves.

EEEE. &c. The other Nerves arifing ixithin the Skull
from the Spinal Marrow .

FFF. TIj€ Bottom of the Brain,

GG. 27v Medulla Oblongata, or Beginning of the Spinal
Marrow.

H. The Spinal Marfoiv cut off,
,1111. The Bars of the Palate of the Mouth.

QQ^ The Cavity that goes from the Palate to the Nofe^

RRRR. The Teeth.

SS. The Dara Mater turn'd back,
' T. 2"he Glandula Pituitaria,

Fig. 3. Shews the Bones of the Ear, ^V.

A A. The Infide of the Os Temporis, or Temple-bone.

B. Th^ Os Spongiofum, or Spungy bone.

C. The Hole thro' which the Auditory Nerve doespafs.

D. The greater Winding of the Cochlea.

EEE. The three bony half Circles that form the Labyrinth^
' F. The Malleus, or Plammer.
G. The Incus, or Anvil.
H. The Stapes, or Stirrop.
I. The external Mufcle of the Eaj\
K. The Internal Mujcle,

E 2 Fig. 4.

'52 the Anatomy of a YiOlk&E. Chap. V.

Fig. 4. Reprefents the Eye taken out of the Head.
iK.The Optick Nerve cut off,
B. The Origin of the Mujcles,
CC. Their feveral Ter?riiriations into the Coats of the Eye,

D. The common Coat of the Eye^ called the Adnata, or Ccm-
junftiva.

E. The Cornea, or homey Coat.

r. The Pupilla, or Apple of the Eye. ^

C H A P. V.

Of the Mufcks.

§ I. Of the Mhfcles cfthe Eye-lids and Eye.

Three Pair of HP H E Eyelids have three pair of Muf-
Mufcles belonging A ^,|gg^ ^^^ p^jj. ^q ^^^^ ihtmy and two
to the Eye-hds. ^o {hut them.

That which openeth the Eyelids is called
Recfus or Aperiens^ from its Office. It fpringeth with a
llender, but fleftiy Beginning, from the fame Place as the
Elevator oi the Eye doth, to wit, at the Hole through which
the Optick Nerve palTes into the Orbit, and holds the fame
Courfe with it, till at laft parting from it with a pretty broad
but thin Tendon, it is inferted into tlie Griftlc at the E(jge
of the upper Eyelid, where it ferves to open the Eyelid by
lifting it up.

The other tv/o Mufcles of the Eyelids are call'd Shutters^
and oihcrmk /emicircular, becaufe each of them runs the
Length of the Eyelid ; they are feated between the Mem-
hrana carnoja^ and the inner fmooth Skin that lines the Eye-
lids. That which draweth down the upper Lid, is larger
than the Mufcle which moveih the lower Lid to (hut it.

The frontal Mufcles are alfo thought to contribute fome-
thing to the Motion of the Eyelids, as they arife from the
Skull, near the coronal Suture, and are inferted in the Eye-
brow.s ; for by their Adion tliey contradt the Skin of the
Forehead, by which Means the upper Eyelid is fomctimes
drawn a little upward.

Vye Eyes ha-je ^^^ ^V^^ ^^^^ ^^^'^" P^'"^ ^^ Mufcles, of
Secjen pair of ^'^^ich four are ftreight, two oblique or flant-
Mufcles belong- ing? and the other pair circular, or round.
ing i9 them. The ftreight ferve to move the Eyes up-
wards

Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. s 5

wards and downwards, the oblique move them obliquely,
and the circular Pair keep the Eyes fufpended in their Place.
They all arife from the fame Origin, to witj from the
Membrane that invefts the Orbit of the Eye, near the Hole
thro' which the Optkk Nerve doth pafs, into the faid Orbit,
touching one another at their Beginning, but immediately
feparating into flefliy round Bodies, from which they again
degenerate towards their Termination into a thin membra-
nous Subftance, which is inferted into the horny Coat of
the Eye, encompafling it as far as it is white.

Thefe Mufcles have their feveral Appellations from their
feveral Anions. The firft of the ftreight Mufcles, from
its Office of pulling up the Eye, is called Jttollens, and in
Man fometimes Siiperbus ; as the fecond is call'd DeprimenSy
or Humilis, The third is call'd Adducens^ becaufe is pulleth
the Eye towards the Nofe : And the fourth Abducens, or
Indfgnatorius^ from its Office of drawing the Eye to the
outer Corner ; which Turn or Afpedl of the Eye betokens
Anger or Scorn.

When thefe Mufcles a6l feparately, they have thefe four
feveral Motions ; but when they all co-operate or work to-
gether, they have but one tonick Motion, which is princi-
pally to keep the Eye fteady and lix'd ; but in Beafts that
have the fufpending Mufcle, that Adlion is performed
chiefly, if not altogether by it.

The next are the two oblique Mufcles, which alio are
term'd the Circumagentes^ from their rolling the Eye about,
and are diftinguifhed by the Names of Major and Minor j
they being longer than the other, though fomewhat flen-
derer j the longer arifes from the fame Origin with thoie
above defcribed, and endeth in a fmall round Tendon,whica
palleth through the tranfverfe Griftle call'd Troclea^ into
the inner Corner of the Eye. This roUeth the E}e inwards,
as the other (which rifes from the Chink in the lower Pare
of the Orbit, and has the fame Inferdon with the Major)
rolls it towards its outward Corner.

The feventh, or round Mufcle, is called the Sufpenfo^
rius^ or fepti?nus Srutorum,, being peculiar to Brutes only.
It is (hort and flefhy, encompaifing the Optick Nerve,
and is inferted in the hinder Part of the Cornea, This
Mufcle is not only afliilful in the Tonick Motion of the
Eye, but is alfo ufeful to keep the Eye fufpended, left by
looking continually towards the Ground, \i fliould har)g
too much outward.

E 3 §n-

54 The Jnatomy of aWO'^S'E. Chap. V.

§ II. Of the Miifcles of the Nofe^ Lips^ and Cheeks,

^he Nofe, The Nofe is moved hy four pair of Muf-

Four Pair of ^les, two pair called the adducent or clofing
Mufcles. Mufclcs, and two pair term'd the abducent

br widening Mufcles.
t'- a T> • The firft pair of the abducent arife from

rir/t Fair. . ^ i i^ r n.

the upper Jaw-bone, near the iirlt proper

pair of the Lips, and are inferred parfiy into the lower Part

of the Wings, or griftly Circumference of the Nollrils, and

partly into the upper part of the upper Lip.

c ; T>^- The fecond pair take thefr Griffin near

Secom Pair. ^. t- •,'^ ■, n n r, ■

the Lye, with an acute and nefliy Begin-
ning, and end on the Wings, as the other pair, but more
expanded. The Ufe of thefe two pair of Mufcies, is to
draw the grillly Circumference of the Nollrils upwards, and
lb to widen and open them.

^hird and ^^^ Other two pair, or adducent Mufcles,

fourth Pair, "SixMt^ the one from the Root of the Griille,

which afcending crofs-ways to the Ridge or
"Top of the Nofe, are there inferred. The other are hid
in the Cavity of the Noftrils under the inner Coat that
cloalhs them, and at their Infertion are fpread on the griftly
Circumference.

The firft pair of thefe Mufcles being contraiPied, deprefs
the Alcd or Grillles of the Nofe ; and the latter pair draw
jhem inwardsj and fo oXoit the Noftrils ; to which Motion
the orbicular or round Mufcle of the upper Lip is alfo affif-
tant ; for by its drawing it downwards, it doth at the fame
lime contract the Noftrils.

^he Lips '^'^ ^''^ •'"''P^'' belong feveral pair of Muf-

cles, feme of which are proper to th^m alone,
and others are common both to them and the Cheeks,
^w tair "^ ^-"^ ^^^ common Mufcle is called the

\ommc7i. ^ladratus., or four-fquare Mufcle : It arifes

from one of the Vertebra of the Neck, and
fome part of it from the Shoulder-blade, the Collar-bone,
and Breaft-bone ; from all which it afcends obliquely to the
Chin, Lips, and Root of the Nofe, which part it draws
flanting downvv'-ards.

-The fecond is the 'Buccinator ; this fprings from almoll
the whole Length of the upper Jaw bone, at the Root of
.the Gums j it is fcatcd under the upper part of the former,

and

Chap, V. The Anatomy <?/^^HORSE. $$

;and is fpread over the whole Dimsnfion of the Cheek.
Befides its ufe in contra6ting the Cheek in Horfes and
other brute Creatures, it greatly affifts the Adion of chew-
ing, by turning the Meat which falls between the Teeth
and the Cheek, over again to be ground and broken.

The Mu Teles which are proper to the Lips j-y^^ p^i^ ^,.^.
only, are accounted by Anatomifts five Pair, per, and an odd
and one ^ngle Mufcle. The firft is called one.
Par attollens^ or Lifters up of the Lip. v'.nn •.
This Pair fpring from the upper Jaw, where ^
it forms the Hollow of the Cheek, and are inferted in the
tipper Lip near the Nofe. When both thefe Mufcles acl
together, they draw the upper Lip diredly upwards ; but
if only one ads, then is but one Side drawn upward ob-
liquely. The A6tion of thefe Mufcles is very perceiveable
when a Stone- horfe fmells a Mare, or when any other
Horfe fmells at Dung, or any other Thing that fends up
pungent Effluvia into the Noftrils.

The fecond Pair are the abducent ^ or Second Pair.
Drawers of the Lip on one Side : They arife
from the Cavity that is under the Os Jugale^ from whence
they take their Courfe on each Side to the middle of the
upper Lip, where they are inferted with a ftrong round
Tendon ; thefe jointly move the Lip upwards and out-
wards, as the former ; and when they act feparately, they
afilft the former, by helping to draw the Lip fideways.

This third Pair is called by Riolanes^ Zu- cri >^ p^-
gomaticum^ or Jugale^ from their Rife,
which is outwardly from the Procefs of the Bone of that
Name. Thefe reach to the Sides of the upper Lip, and
are inferted near the Corner of the Mouth. Their Ufes is
to draw the Lip fideways upwards.

The fourth Pair is called Deprhnem^ from Tourth Pair.
their Office of drawing the upper Lip down-
wards. They arife flefliy and broad from the lowermofl
Part of the lower Mandible^ from whence each marches ob-
liquely unto the under Lip, and are inferted into it about its
middle. This Pair afiill in the fame Action with the firft
of the common Mufcles, called the Detrahens quadratus^

The fifth Pair, or oblique Detrahens^ from r-/>; p •
theirOffice of drawing the lowerLip oblique- ^

ly downwards and upwards : They take their Beginning
from the Sides of the lower Jaw, from whence they afcend
upwards, and are e^ch inferted into the Corners of the low-
er Lip £ 4 Ths

56 The Anatomy of a HOKSE. Chap. V.

The Orbicula. The odd Mufcle, or Orbicularis, fo cal-

ris, or odd Jed becaufe it goes round both Lips, and
Mufcle, fometimes Conftringem, as it ferves like a

Sphinder, to purfe up or contract the
Mouth, makes up the greateft Part of the Lips^ and has
all the other Mufcles inferted into it.

§. III. Of the Mufcles of the lower Jaw,

Ti've Fair be- The upper Jaw, being immoveable, hath

longing to the no Pvlufcles, but the lower Jaw, having di-

lo'u:erJa^M. vers Adlions, is moved by five Pair.
•r. n -D • 'i'lie fii'ft are called i\\QTe?Jiporal Mufcle Sy

lirft Pair. . ^ , / . i , r,^ i

•' becaufe they are feated on the 1 em pies.

They fpring on each Side from the Bones of the Forehead,
the Sinciput, the Temples, and Os Cuue forme, or Wedge-
like Bone, and defcend under the Os Jugale, between the
Periofeum and Pericraniuni, to the acute Procefs of the
lower Jaw, into which they are inferted : Thefe Mufcles
pull up the lower Jaw, and fliut the Mouth.
Second Pair '"^^'^ I'econd Pair arife from the Styloid

Procefs of the Temporal Bone, flefhy and
round towards their Origiuvbut lofe their flefliy Subftance,
and degenerate into a nervous and round Tendon, as they
approach the Flexure of the lower Jav/- bone; and then
becoming flefliy again, are inferted into the inner Side of
the lower Jaw, towards its middle or fore part; thefe be-
ing affifted by the ^ladrati above defcribed, pull down
the Jaw, and fo open the Mouth.

Third Pair '^'^-"^ ^^""^^^ ^^^^^" ^^^ c-^Wt^ the Mafjeters,

being very alliftant in the Office of chew-
ing, by moving the Jaw to the right and left Side ; each
of thefe hath two Beginnings, one from the Suture where
the fourth and liril Bone of the upper Jaw are joined ; and
the oiher from the Os Jugale, and are largely inferted into
the outfides of the lower Jaw : Thefe, by reafon of the
diverfity of their Fibres, move the Jaws divers ways.
Fcurih Pair ^^^^ fourth Pair are called Pterygoideum

externum : Thefe have a double Beginning,
as the former, fpringmg partly from the upper and ouriide of
the Wing-like Procefs ot the Os Cuneiforme, or Wedge- like
Bone, and partly from the rough and (liarp Line of the faid
Bone, from whence defcenduig downwards, ihey are in-
:eried in tiie iniide of the Litem 1 Part of the lower Jaw;

Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 57

by which Means they move forwards, ftretching the Teeth
of the lower Jaw further out than thofe of the upper.
The lail Pair are calPd Ptery^oideum In- pjM^p^^^
ternim : Thefe arife from the Cavity of the -^ '
Wedge- like Bone, and are inferted in the inner and hinder
Paft of the lower Jaw. Their Ufe is to draw it backwards,
contrary to the former, and alfo affift the Temporal Muf-
cle in drawing it upwards.

§. IV. Of the Mufcles of the Earu

The Mufcles of the Ears in Brutes, efpeci- ^ke Mufcks of
ally Horfes, Afies^ Oxen and other Animals ^^<f E^r^-
that have large Ears, differ much in Magnitude from thofe
in Man, they being indued with little or no Capacity of
Motion ; but that is made up in Man by the eafy Motion
of the Head, by which Means he can readily turn himfdf
to the hearing of all Sounds ; whereas Four-footed Beafts,
wanting that Agility, need to have their Ears always move-
able, to receive the Sounds every way, and likewifc to drive
off Flies, and other Infers that are troublefome to them,
which Men can do with their Hands.

Now the outward Ear has foiir MufcIeSj The mifward
v/nich are confiderabiy larger in brute Crea- Ear four Muf-
tures than in Man ; and the inward Ear has "'^^•
two, which are proportionable in both.

The firil is called the attolem Jurem^ ^i^fi-
the Lifter up of the Ear : It arifes at the
Outfide of the Frontal Mufcle, from whence being carried
over the Temporal Mufcle, it is inferted in the upper Pari:
of the Ear, moving it upward and forward.

The fecond is called detrahens Aureniy S-econd.
or the Puller- back of the Ear: This arifes
from the Mammillary Procefles, and is infected into the
Root of the Griltle of the Ear.

The third, or adducens Aurem^ by which l^hird.
the Ear is drawn forwards and fomewhat
downwards, is implanted into the lower Side of the Root
of the Ear, and is only Part of the Mufculus quadratus^
before fpoken of.

The fourth, or ahducem Aure?n^ becaufa Fourth,
it draws the Ear backward, takes its Begin-
ning at the Occiput^ or back Part of the Head, who nee it
is carried tranverfely to the hinder Part of the Eye, into
which it is inferted. This Mufcle is affiiling to the fecond.

Tlrp

5 8 The Anatomy of a UOKS^, Chap. V.

*rhe inner Ear, The firft of the two Mufcles of the inner
'^'^^- Ear, called Externus Tympani Auris^ or

the external Mufcles of the Drum of the Ear, becaufe it
moves that Membrane upwards, arifes from the upper
Part of the Pallage of the Ear, and becoming narrower,
it grows into a very fine and fmall Tendon, which runs
along the outfide of the Drum, and is inferted into its
Center over the Hammer, which, along with the Drum,
it draweth upwards and outwards.

The Internus^ or inner Mufcles, takes its Rife from the
bottom of the VVedge-like Bone, where it joins to the Pro-
ceffiis Petrofiis ; it lies within the Cavity of that Bone,
and at its middle is divided into two very fmall Tendons,
whereof one is inferted into the upper Procefs of the Ham-
iiier, and the other into the Neck of it. The Ufe of this
Mufcle alone is to draw the Head of the Hammer oblique-
ly forwards, and alfo to bring it fomewhat inwards -, but
when they ad both together, they move the Tympanum
with its fmall Bones upwards and downwards. This
Adion is performed as often as an Anirpal attentively
^liltens to any approaching Noife.

§. V. Of the Mufcles of the Tongue^ and Os Hyoides,
with thofe of the Larynx, Uvula, and Throat.

^he Tongue^ The Tongue has five Pair of Mufcles

fve Pair of proper to itfelf, befides thofe that are com-
Mufcles. j^Qj^ J.Q ^ ^j^^ ^j^g Q^ Hyoides.

The firlt Pair are called the GenioglQJjum^ becaufe they
arife from the Chin in Men, and are inferted in the
Tongue. In a Horfe they arile from the Ruggednefs on
the middle of the lower Jaw ; in the inner and lower Part
of it they have feveral fuch Infcriptions ^s thofe on the
iireight Mufcles of the Paunch, and are inferted into the
low^-er Side of the middle of the Tongue. Their Ufe is ta
move the Tongue forwards ; which Adion is frequently
performed by Horfes when they gather their Meat.

The fecond Pair, called Tpfilogkfjiwi^ becaufe they arife
from the bottom of the Os Hyoides: They are inferted in
the middle of the Tongue, and in their Adion are contra-
ry to the former, by drawing it backwards.

The Myloglojfum^ or third Pair, arife from the inner
Part of the lower Jaw, at the Roots of the fanheft grind-
ing Teeth, and are inferted into th^ Ligament which ties

the

Chap. V. The Anatomy ^/<^ HORSE. 59

the Tongue to the Jaws. When thefe adl together, they
draw the Tongue downwards, but when they a6l feparate-
Jy, they draw it obliquely to one Side.

The fourth Pair, called Ceratogloffiimy becaufe they arife
from the Horns of the Os Hyoidcs^ from which reaching
to the Sides of the Tongue, they are there inferred. Their
AvStion is much the fame with that of th^ third Pair.

The lail Pair are call'd StylogioJJhri^ becaufe theyarile
from the Styloiihs^ or Pen-like Procefs of the Temple-
bones : They are inferted into the Sides of the Tongue
about its Middle. When thefe acf fingly, they draw the
Tongue to one Side ; but when conjundtly^ they pull it
upwards and inwards.

The Fork-like Bone of the Tongue, call'd rourPair com-
the Os Hyoldesy hath four Pair of^Mufcles, ^^°n to the Os
which are common to it and the Tongue. Hyoides an.l

The firll Pair is call'd Stcrnohyoideum, ^'"^''''
tiecaufe they fpring from the Infide of the upper part of the
'SternoJi^ or Breaft-bone, and taking their Courfe clofe by
the Wind>pipe, are inferted into the Root of the Os Hyoides^
which they move downward and backward.

The Geniohyoidemn is onpofite to the former, arifingfrom
the Infide of the fore- part to the lower Jaw, and is inferted
into the middle Part of the Bone Hyoides^ which draws ic
ftreight upwards and a little forwards.

The third Pair, called the Car achy oideum^ arifeout of the
Proceffiii CaracGides^ at the upper End of the Shoulder-
blade, and run obliquely upwards under the firft Pair of
Mufcles of the Head, and are at length inferted mto the
Horns of the Hyoides. Their Ufe is to pull that Bone ob^
liquely downwards.

The fourth and lail Pair, called xh^Styloceratohyoidemrr^
arife from the Styloid Procefs, and alfo end in the Horns of
the Os Hyoides ; they move that Bone obliquely upwards.

As the Mufcles of the Cheeks and Tongue ferve to tol5
the Meat to and again in the Mouth, and thofe of the lower.
-Jaw help to grind it ; fo thefe Mufcles, which are common
to the Tongue and Os Hyoides^ are principally of Ufe to
give the Tongue fuch Motions as forward it into the Gullet
when it is fuiiiciently prepared to go into the Stomach.

The Lcryny:^ or upper part of the Wind-
•pipe, has fix pair of Mufcles, and one fmgle T^^^e Mufcles of
■ one. The,firlt two Pair being common to ^'^^ Larynx.
"St, and the reft proper*

Ths

60 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. V,

The firfl of the common Pair is call'd the Sternothyrcoi^
deum^ and by fome Sronchium. or the Weafand Mufcles ;
Thefe arife from the upper and inner part of the Breaflr
bone, afcending by the fides of the Windpipe to the fhield-
like Griftle, where they are inferted. Their Ufe is to draw
down the faid Griftle, and fo widen the Chink.

The fecond Pair, call'd Hyothyreoideum^ arife from the
lower fide of the Qs Hyoides^ and are inferted into the The^
reo'id Griftle. Thefe are fiid to ftreighten the Chink of the
Larynx^ tho' fome affirm they widen it, and that the other
Pair contract it.

It t t A' r- '^^^ ^^^ ^^''* ^^ ^^ proper Mufcles of
del ^ ^^^ Larynx^ call'd Crycothyreoideu?n JntU

cum, becaufe they take their beginning from
xht Ring-fafhion'd Griftle Cricoides, and are implanted in
the Sides of the Thereoides^ which they move obliquely
downwards, thereby opening the Chink of the Laryn)/^,

The next Pair, named Crycoarytcenoldeum pojliciwi, arife
contrary to the former, from the lower and back Part of
the Ring-fafhon*d Griftle, and are inferted in the lower.
End of the Ewer- like Griftle, whereby they raife it upward
and backward, to open and widen the Larynx.

The third or lateral Pair, anfing from the Sides of the
jRing-fafhion'd Cartilage, terminate in the Sides of the
Ewer-like Griftle, opening alfo the Larynx ^ by drawing the
Griftles obliquely to one Side.

The fourth Pair are the largeft and ftrongeft of all the
proper Mufcles of the Larynx, and arife clofe one to ano-
ther from the Middle of the hollow part of the flVield-like
Griftle, filling that Cavity through its whole Length, and
are inferted into the two Sides of the Ewer-like Griftle, af-
fifting the former.

The fifth and laft, called Aryttenoides, or Claudens fe-
cundum^ takes its Rife from the hinder Line of the Ewer-
like Griftle Arytcsnoidcsy and is implanted in the Sides of
the fame. This lingle Mufcle helps to ftrengthen the
Throttle, by drawing both Sides of the Ewer- like Griftle
together.

<Ihe Fpialottis ^^^ Epighttis, ox Throat-flap, which
«o Mufcle, but covers the Chink of the Larynx^ has no
tn Creutiires Very diftindt Mufcles, but in ihofe Creatures
thatcken.^ the that chew the Cud ; and ihall therefore he
C»^. omitted in this Place.

Tl^ie

Chap. V. T/je Anatomy of a HOKS^, 6i

The Uvula is faid to have two Mufcles to Tie Uvula ^a«
hold it up, which have alfo very hard and pair, hut <v£nf
long Names bellowed on them ; but they are y^«^^.
fo inconliderable, that they are hardly worth Notice.

The Pharynx^ which is the upper Part of ^^^ Pharynx
the Gullet, has belonging to it three pair of ^^^^^ ^^^/^ *
Mufcles, and one lingle one, befides two pair
of a late Difcovery. The firft pair are cali'd the Sphens-
fharingaum^ which arife from the Appendage of the wedge-
like Bone, and are inferted into the lateral parts of the Palate
and Pharynx^ which they widen in fwallowing.

The next pair are called Cephalopharingaum^ fpringing
from that part of the Head which joins to tht iirit Verte-
Ira of the Neck, and are implanted on the Outfide of the
Pharynx^ ftreightning it by their Adion, as foon as the
Food has pafled through it, thereby alfo forcing it down
the Gullet.

The third pair, called Stylopharingaum^ arife from the
Styloid Proccfs of the Temporal Bone, and are inferted
into the Sides of the Pharinx^ which they dilate and
widen.

The fingleone, which has the Name of One^gleUuf
0</^/)%/^«j, encompafleth the upper part deJrSthinaer^
of the Gullet, forming its Sphinder, and fer-
ving for the fame Ufe as thofe of the Arms and Bladder, to
wit, to draw and purfe up the Mouth of the Gullet, as thofe
do the Extremities of the Bladder and Itreight Gut.

The laft two pair, firft difcovered by Dr. ^^^ ^^-^ ^;r
Browne^ were by him cali'd Pterygopalatini^ co<vered by Dr.
and Sphenopalatini. The ufe of the firft Browne.
pair being to deprefs the Glandula Palati,
and that of the fecond to elevate and lift it up.

§ VI. Of the Mufcles of the He^d and NecL

There are four pair of Mufcles common Four fir com-
to the Head and Neck, and eight pair pro- «?*« ^° ^^^^ ^^^^d
per to the Head only. ^"^ ^^^^'* ^'^•^

The Afj/?tf;W^aw, which modern Anato- "g^^ Py^^ fo
mifts reckon the firft proper pair, have each
a double Beginning, one from the Breaft-bone, nervous,
and the other from the Collar-bone, which is flefhy ;
from whence they afcend obliquely to the mamillary
Prgcefles of the Temporal Bone, into which cAchis inferted.

When

6z ne Jnafomj of a UOf^SE. Chap.V-

When thefe a6l together, they bend the Head forv^^ard, but
when feparately, they draw it a httle to one Side.

The Sple?iiian is reckoned the fecond' Pair, being the
firft of thofe which pull back the Head ', they arife from
the five uppermoft Vertebra of the Cheft, and the live
lowermoft of the Neck, with a nervous Beginning, afcen-
ding to the hinder part of the Head, where they are infert*'
ed. When thefe a6l together, they draw the Head back-
ward ; but when they ad fingly, they draw it a little to
one Side.

The third Pair, named Compkxum^ or Trlgemhnmi^
becaufe each of them arife with three Heads \ two from
the liril, fecond, fourth, and fifth tranfverfe Procefles of
the Cheff, and the third from the Ridge of the feventh Ver-
iebra of the Neck j all which uniting together, are inferted
in the Noll-bone.

The third Puller back of the Head, or fourth Pair,
■called Parvum Crajfum : Thefe are fituated under the for-
mer, ariling nervous from tlie tranfverfe Procelles of the
lix uppermoft Vertebras of the Neck ; but afterwards be-
coming liefhy, are carried obliquely upward, and are infert-
ed into the hindermoft Root of the Procerus rnammillaris.
When thefe ad fmgly, they incline the Head lightly back-
ward to one Side ; but when they act together, they bring
it llreight backward.

The Retlum majus and Return minus, which make Mp
the fifth and fixth Pair, are feated one under the otlfer, and
are both inferted into the Noll, alfilting the fourth Pair in
their ALlion.

The Obiiquum fuperius^ which is accounted the feventh
Pair, arife from the Middle of the tranvcrie Procelles -of
the firil Fertcbra of the Neck ; their Ufe being to nod the
Head backwards.

The lall Pair, called Ohliquiim inferiiis, take their
Oi:igih from the Spine or Ridge of the fecond Vertebra
of tlji Neck, and forming an oblique Courfe, terminate in
the tranfverfe Procelles of the iirii: Vcriebra^ being of Ufe
to move the Head femicirculaily. Now the Realbn why
there are fo many Mufcles appointed to move the Head
backwards, is becaufe of its great Bulk and Weight ; by
which Means it is of itfelf prone enough to incline for-
ward and downward, fo that it wants not only a Stay,
but requireth a greater Force to move it upward oi' back-
ward..

Tiie

Chap. V. 'The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. 6i^

The Mufcles common to the Head and llhofe common
Neck are in Number four Pair, as has been to the Head
obferved. and Neck.

The firll call'd Spmatum^ becaufe they are feated among
the Spines oilht Vertebra^ take their Rife from the Root
of the Spines of the feven uppermoft Vertebra of the Cheft,
and five lowermoft of the Neck, and are inferted into the
whole lower fide of the Spine of the fecond Vertebra of
the Neck. Their Office i,s to bend the Neck backward,
or a little obliquely.

The next Pair is call'd Tranfverjale^ becaufe they both
arife, and are mferted into the tranfverfe Procefies of the
Vertebra^ arifing from thofe of the uppermoft Vertebra:
of the Cheft ; and being inferted mto the Outfides of all
the tranfverle Procefles of the Neck- bones. Their Ufe is
the fame with the firft.

The third Pair, call'd Longum , lie hid under the Gullet,
arifing from the Body of the fifth and fixth Vertebra of the
Back, and reaching the higheft Vertebra of the Neck, into
which they are inferted Their Ufe is contrary to the firft
two Pair, bending the Neck forward when they acl toge-
ther, and when they a6t fingly, to one fide.

The laft Pair is called Triarigulare : Thefe are feated
forward on the fides of the Neck, having fome Perforations,
by which Veins, Arteries, and Nerves, pafs out, of ;he
Body mto the Fore-legs.

§ VII. Of the Mufcles of the Breafl.

Having briefly run over the Mufcles which ^^ Breajl w/.
ferve to rhove the Head and Neck, -we come ^^^^^ ^f "^ ^^-
now to thofe of the Breaft, which aduate ^^I'^f ^^-^-^
the Cheft, whereof four Pair widen and di-
late it, and two Pair contrad it.

The firft of thofe which ferve to widen Voe four Pair
the Breaft, are called Subciaviu?n, from their f^-^^f -ividen the
Situation under the Clavicle, or Collar-bone, ^reafi.
Thefe arife from under that Bone, and are implanted into
the firft Rib near the Breaft-bone, drawing the firft Rib up-
wards and outwards.

The fecond Pair, call'd ^erratum majus anticimy (from
the Refemblance their Tendons have to the Teeth of a Saw)
arife from the Infide of the Shoulder-blade and the two up-
per Ribs, and are inferted into the' lower five true Ribs, and

two

'64 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. V.

two upper fhort Ribs, fo that their Breadth takes up a great
part of the fide of the Cheft. Thefe co-operate with the
iirft Pair in widening the Cheft, as do alfo the two follow-
ing Pair, vi%. the Par [erratum pojlicum fuperius^ rifing
from the Spines of the three lower Rack-bones of the
Neck, and firft of the Back, and being inferted into the
Jnterjiices of the upper Ribs ; and the Par ferraium poflU
€Um inferius^ taking their Origin from the Spines of the ^hree
lowermoft Vertehrce of the Back, and firft of the Loins,
and having their Infertions into three or four lower Ribs,
before they run cartilaginous.

Thefe four Pair, together with the Midriff, and the wi-
dening hitercofial Mufcles, dilate the Cheft in Infpiration,
that is to fay, in drawing in the Breath ; and the two
following Pair, to wit, the Triangulare and Sacrolum.^
^j p . buj?iy with the Internal and Liter cojiahy

ihlt Tpre^tbe ^^prefs the Cheft in Expiration, or letting
Breaji, fo^^h the Breath. The triangular Pair

having their Rile from the middle Line of
the Breaft-bone on its Infide, and their Infertion into the
bony Ends of the third, fourth, fifth, and fixth true Ribs :
And the other Pair taking their Origin from the Os facrumy
and Spine of the Loins, and having their Infertion into
the lower fide of all the Ribs, about three or four Fingers
Bri^adth from the Ridge of the Back.

§ VIII. Of the Miifcle: of the Bad and Loins ^ ivlih thofe
of the Fundament and Bladder.

Tour Pair com- The Mufcles of the Back and Loins are
mon to the Back ufually reckoii'd four Pair, which aie com-
and Loins. ^^^ {q \^q^^

The firft go by the Name of Long'iJfmU from their ex-
traordinary Length, being the longeft of the whole Body,
aiid endued with moft Strength. They arife from the Os
facrum and Haunch- bone, and palling by the Ridge of
the Loins, Back, and Neck, they reach to the mammillary
Proceiles of the Temple-bones. They are almoft confoun-
ded with the Par facrolumbwn, and the Semijpinatuf.ny in
their Paflage through the Loins, but arriving towards the
Back, they again part with them, and appear to be diliinift
from them. When both a6f together, they extend the Back
and Loins, but when they a(5f fingly, th&y incline the Spine
to one fide. They are of further Uie to moft Creatures,

but

Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 55

but efpccially to Beads of Burden, being a Bar and Stay
to the whole Back.

The Par quadrat urn ^ or fecond Pair, fo called from
their Figure, being fquare when join'd together, tho' tri-
angular when feparaie. They arife broad, thick, and
flefliy from the backward and upper Cavity of the Haunch-
tone, and from the inner and upper Side of the Os Sacrum^
and are inferted into all the tranfverfe Procefles of the
Vertebra of the Loins. Their Ufe is to bend the Racks
of the Loins with a right Motion forward or downward,
but when one only ads, it draws the Loins to one Side
fomewhat downwards.

The third Pair, arifing from the Os Sacrum^ are there-
fore called Par facrum ; they fpring from that Part of
the faid Bone where the Spine is faften'd, ending in the
Spine of the loweft Vertebra of the Thorax ; but at the
fame time having in their Paflage feveral Infertions into
divers of the Spines and oblique Procefles of the Vertehrcs
of the Loins. If thefe a6l feparately, they pull the Body
a little on one Side ; but when both a<n: together, they ex-
tend that Part of the Spine to which they are faften*d.

The lall Pair, call'd Semifpinatumy arife with a nervous
Original from all the Spines or Ridges of the Os Sacrum
and Loins, and are inferted into the tran veffe Procefles of
the Loins, and fome of the lowermofl: of the Chefl:. When
all thefe Mufcles of the Back and Loins work together, the
whole Back is extended ; but if the Mufcles of that Side
alone, the Body is then inclined to that Side.

The Alius hath three Mufcles, two call'd The Anus thm
the Levators, and one nam'd its Sphin^er, Mufcles.

The Sph'm^er isfeated at the Extremity j « , . „
of the ftreight Gut, encompafllng it all ^ ^ *" ^^*
round like a Ring. It is attach'd to the lower Vertebra
of the Os Sacrum., compofed of circular Fibres, being of
ufe to contrad the Orifice of ^ that Gut, as has been ob-
ferv'd in another Place.

The two Levators^ or Lifters up of the ^^ t'vjo Leva-
Fundament, are fmall, broad, and nervous, f°^^*
arifing from the Ligament of the Hip-bones and Os Sa-
cruwy from whence, pafling by the Sides of the Gut,
they adhere to it, and are inferted into the upper Part
of the Sphinder ; a Portion of them alfo growing to the
Root of the Yard, and in Mares to the Neck gf the Ma-
trix, Their Ufe Is to aflift the Mufcles of the lower Belly

66 The Anatomy /?/ ^ H O R S E. Chap. V,

in the Expulfion of the Excrement, which they do by lift-
ing up the Fundament.

«rA 9/)/ ■ /? f '^^^ Bladder has alfo its Sphincter, which
the Bladder' ^^ compofed of circular Fibres, as that of the
Anus ; and in like Manner ferves to con-
Uringe or purfc up its Neck, that the Urine may not pafs
without a fpontaneous relaxing of that Mufcle. In Mares,
it is feated at the Hole where the Neck of the Bladder
opens into the Vagina,

Having already taken Notice of the Mufcles belonging
to the Yard, call'd its Ere5forh and DilatorU^ and the Cre-
mafler Mufcles, by which the Stones are fufpended, as alfo
thofe of the Clitoris in Mares, I (hall therefore pafs them by
in this Place, and proceed to the Shoulder-blade, ^V.

§, IX. Of the Mufcles of the Shoulder-blade and Shoulder^,

with thofe which move the Fore-leg and Foot,
the Shoulder The Shoulder-blade has four Pair of Muf-

hlade four Pair, cles, agreeable to its four feveral Motions.

The firft Pair, calfd Cucullares^ from the Refembiance
they bear to a Monk's Hood, are feated between the two
Shoulder-blades^ covering the Top of the Withers. Thefe
arife thin and flefhy from the hind Part of the Head, but as
they pafs down the Neck, have other membranous Begin- i
nings from five of its Spines, and from eight or nine of thej
uppermoft of the Cheft, and are inferted into the whole
Spine of the Shoulder-blade, as alfo into the Shoulder-
bone, and broader Part of the Collar-bone. When the up-
per Part of the Mufcle is contraded, then the Shoulder-
blade is thought to be moved fomewhat obliquely upwards,
becaufe of the oblique Diredion of its Fibres ; but when
that Part which fprings from the Withers is contracted, it is
then pulled ftreight thitherward.

The fecond Pair are call'd Levatores^ or Lifters : They
^re fituated above the Collar-bone, arifing from the tranf-
verfe Proceiles of the firft four Vertehrcs of the Neck, and
are inferted into the Fore-corner of the Shoulder-blades ;
thefe draw the Blades upwards and forwards.

The third Pair, named Serratum minus Jnticum^ lie un-
der the pedoral Mufcles, and fpring from the four upper-
moft Ribs, before they turn griftly, by four flefhy Portions^
reprefenting the Teeth of a Saw, and arc inferted into tha
Anchor-like Procefs of the Shoulder-blade : Thefe move
the Shoulder-blades forward towards the Cheft.

Thfll

Chap. V. The Anatomy ofaHOKSE. 67

The laft Pair, called Rhomboides^ are feated under the
Cuctillaresy and take their Origin from the hinder Procefles
of the three lowermoft Spines of the Rack-bones of the
Neck, and from the three uppermoft of rhe Cheft, and are
implanted into the Bafis of the Shoulder-blades, their Ufe
being to draw them fomewhat upwards and backwards.

The Shoulder has five feveral Motions ctl ol u
perform d by nine Mufcles, to wit, back- nineUufiles!
wards, downwards, and circularly.

But before I proceed to a Defcription of its Mufcles,
it will be proper to intimate, that although the Shoulder-
blades in Horfes are generally taken for part of the Shoul-
der, yet Anatomifts have always diftinguiflied between the
Shoulder-blade and Shoulder, accounting that Part only to
be the Shoulder, which is joined to the Shoulder-blade, and
reaches towards the Elbow.

The firft of its Mufcles is called Deltoides^ T E a
from its Figure refembling the Greek Letter '^^
A. It arifes flefhy from the midft of the Collar-bone to the
Top of the Shoulders, and the whole Ridge of the Shoulder-
blade, and is inferted in the middleof the Shoulder-bone.

This Mufcle not only raifes up the Shoulder, which is it^
chief and principal Ufe, but by the various Dire<5tion of
its Fibres, it afliils in other Motions, but efpecially in thac
which is circular.

The fecond Ere6lor of the Shoulder is named Suprafplna-
iusy becaufe it fills all that Cavity which is between its Spine
and upper Edge. It arifes from the Spine of the Blade, with
a long and fleftiy Beginning, and is inferted into the Neck
of the Shoulder- bone by a ftrong and broad Tendon.

The Latijfimus and Rotundus major^ are n- n -h rr ^
the two Deprefibrs of the Shoulder -, the firft ^'^'^'r'JJoyh
is fo called from its Breadth ; for with its Fellow it almoll
covers the whole Back. It arifes from the Tops of all the
Spines of the Rack-bones that are between the fixth Vertex-
Ira of the Cheft, and the middle of the Os facrum^ as alfo
from the upper part of the Haunch- bone, and is inferted
below the upper Head of the Shoulder-bone lengthways.

The fecond Deprejfor^ which is the foui-th Mufcle of •
the Shoulder, called Rotundus major^ takes its Origin
from the lower Cofla of the Shoulder-blade, and is inferted
into the upper and inner Part of the Shoulder-bone. The
Ufe of this, and the laft defcribed, is to pull the Shoulder
downward.

F 1 Jte

6S The Anatomy ^/^ HORSE. Chap. y.

^nvo pair 'which The tvvo Pair ot Mufclcs which bring
bring the Shoul the Shoulder forward, are called the one hy
derforiuards, the Name of P^^^rj//j, and the other Co-
TMoidem. The Fe5loralis is fo called from i:s Situation on
the Forefide of the Breaft. It arifes from the middle of
the Collar-bone ; its middle proceeds from the whole
Length of the Breaft. bone, and the Ends of the Qriftles of
all thofe Ribs which terminate in it ; and its lower part
fprings from the lixth, feventh, and eighth Ribs. Its In-
fertion is with a broad and finewy Tendon into the Shoul-
der-bone, a little below its Head.

The Coramdeus has its Beginning from the Procejfus
CoracoideSy from whence it reaches to the middle of the
Shoulder-bone, where it terminates. The Ufe of this and
the former is to draw the Shoulder forward.
fj,, ^ The following three Mufcles, to wit, the

baekn.vards Infrafpinatiis^ Subjcapularis^ and Rotundas

minor ^ move the Shoulder backward.
The Infra/pin at us arifes from the Bafis of the Blade be-
low its Ridge, and is inferted by a broad and fhort Tendon
into the fourth Ligament of the Shoulder- bone.

The Subfcapularis is feated between the Scapula and
Ribs, and is inferted into one of the Ligaments of the
Shoulder ; and the Rotundus miiior^ which arifes from the
lower Corner of the Scapula, is implanted into the Neck
of the Slioulder bone.

As to the circular Motion of the Shoulder, that is not
performed by any fingle Mufcle, but by feveral of thefe
alieady name(J, a6!ing fucceffively one after another, which
is eafily enough to be conceived by thofe who carefully ob-
ferve their Origins and Infertions, and the various Direc-
tions of their P'ibres. But we (hall now proceed to thofe
that move the Fore-leg and Foot.

The Fore leg is bended by two Mufcles,
/' 5 i r to wit, the Biceps, and Brachiaus iniernus,

tend the tore- Ths Biceps, fo Called from its double

Head or Beginning, arilmg partly from the
upper Brim of the Shoulder-blade, and partly from the
Anchor-like Procefs of the fame Bone. This Mufcle be-
Cometh ftrong and flefhy, and runs all along the Infide of
the Cubit-bone to the Knee, where it is inferted. Its Of-
fice is to- bend the Cubit forward and fomewhat inwards.

The fecond, or Srachiaus internus, fo called in Man,
ixom its Situation on the Infide of the Arm, and may

pro-

ki

Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 69

properly enough retain the fame Name in a Horfe.^ This
rakes its Beginning near the Iniertion of the DehoideSy af-
ter which it runs its Courfe as the former, and is inferted
into the Forefide of the Cubit-bone a httle above the Knee,
and is affifting to the former.

Two Mufcles alfo extend the Cubit, and ^^^ ^^^^^^ .^^
tliefe are feated on its hind part ; the firft is
called Longui : It takes its Origin from the lower Rib of the
Blade-bone, and defcending along the hinder Part of the
Shoulder-bone, is inlerted into the outfide of the Cubit- bone
towards the Knee. This draws the Leg backwards, and
ibmewhat outwards, and thereby ftretches it out ftreight.

The fecond is called "Brevis^ from its Shortnefs ; raifes it
from the hinder part of the Neck of the Shoulder-bone, and
holding the fame Courfe with the firft, it is inferted alfo
with it, and afTifts it in its Motion.

There are, befides thefe, two other Mufcles ^^.^ ATtdanf!
which give their Afliitance in extending the '^^ •' ^^
Cubit, to wit, the UrachidSus Externus, and Anconeus ;
but Spigelius and others have thought the one to be only
Part of the Longus^ and the other a Part of thefhort Mufcle^
and therefore have left them out.
^ Thefe are all the Mufcles that move the Fore-leg of a
Horfe, falling fomewhat (hort of the Number of thofe
which move the Arm of a Man, by Reafon a Horfe has
only one fingle Bone in that part, whereas there are two in
the Arm of a Man, to wit, the Cubit and ro/^,which ferve
to turn the Arm and Hand round ; which Kind of Motion
is not any ways neceflary for a Quadruped.

The Shank, which fomewhat anfwers ^^ q- i j th^
the Metacarp in a Man, has the fameNum- shank, ^^
ber of Mufcles with the Fore-leg, viz. two
E^tenfoYSy and two Flexors.

The firft of the Flexors^ or Benders., is called Cuhlt^ui
Internus ; it arifes from the inner Knob of the Shoulder-
bone, and is implanted into the inner and hinder Sides of
the Top of the Shank.' The fecond may be called the Cu-
bit csi interni fociusy or auxi liar ins ^ as having the fame Rile,
Progrefs, and Infertion with the other.

The Extenders of the Shank are the Cti- jy- , .

bit^iis externus and its Fellow, which take ""'" "'' '^'
their Origin from the outer Knob of the Shoulder-bone,
and are inferted into the outer and Forefide of the Head of
:he Shank,

F 3 The

io TheAftatomy <?/^HORSE. Chap. V.

The next Joint is the great Paftern, anfwering to the
firft Joint of the Finger in a Man's Hand, as the little
Paftern does to the fecond, and the Coffin- Joint to that
on which the Nail grows, all which are bended and ex-
tended as the former.

The firft Bender of thePafterns and Cof-
'The PfP^^jy fin Joint is called Sublhnis ; it fprings from

ZjoMufchs ^^^ ^"^^^ ^"^^ ^^ ^^^ Shoulder-bone, and

° -^ ' is infer ted into the Pafterns.

The fecond is named Profundus^ arifing from the up-
per Part of the Cubit-bone, and bending its Courfe down'
to the Coffin Joint, into which it isinferted.
E t ddb .'^^^y ^^^ extended by one confiderable

t^o ^ Mufcle, called Extenfor magnus. This
fprings from the outer Knob of the Shoul-
der-bone, and is inferted into the fore and outer Parts of
the Paftern and Coffin Joint.

La/ily, The Mufcle which anfwers to that called Pal-
maris in a Man ; it arifes fleOiy from the inner Knob of
the Shoulder- bone, but prefently grows into a llender Ten-
don, which defcends to the Sole of the Foot.

TABLE V, Reprefents a Horfe ftanding with his Face
towards us, that one may have a full View of all the
Mufcles that appear on his Fore-parts.

A A. Shews the Par Maftoideum.
BB. The Mufcles of the Scapula, or Shoulder-blade^
CC. The Par Trigeminum, or Complexum.
DD. The Par Triangulare, or Scalenum.
E. The Windpipe in its natural Situation.
FF. The Par longum removed from under the Gulkfo
GG. The Pair of the Nofe^ called Philtrum.
HH, The do fmg Mufcles of the No jlrils.
II. The Mufcles of the Eyelids, '\

KK. The Temporal Mufcles,

LL. The Mufcles of the Ears, ^ ^J

M. The Frontal^ or Forehead Mufcles]
N. The Cucullaris, or Monk's Hood,
O. The Deltoids of the Shoulder,
P. The Serratus Major Anticus /?>r//«/f up^
QQ, The Pe^orals.

R, The oblique defending MufcU of th^ loim SeUy.forunk
from the Serratus Major,

S. 7h$

C HAP. V. The Anatomy ^/^HORSE. 71

S. 27;-? Deltoidcs of the Thigh, fa calVd by Ur, Snape.

T. The Serratus Pofticus.

VV V. The external Intercollal Mufcles.

VXY. The three 'Buttock Mufcies, '

Z. The Vaftus Externus.

a. The Sacrolumbus.

b. The Longiffimus Dorli.

c. The Semifpinatus.

§ X. Of the Mifcles of the Thigh, and thofe ivhich movi
the hind Leg and Foot,

The Thigh of a Horfe comprehends that Part which
is between the Joint of the Huckle, or Whirle Bone, and
the Stifle.

It is moved by feveral Mufcles, the firll of yr , ^ ^^
which are call'd tlie Benders of the Thigh, ^highforxvard,
and are in Number three, viz, the Pfoas,
the Iliacus Internus, and Pe£fi7ieus,

The firft of thefe arifes flefhy from the tranverfe Pro-
cefTes of the two lowermoll Vertebra of the Cheft, and
two or three uppermoft of the Loins, from whence, de-
fcending by the Infide of the Os Ileum, it ends in a ftrong
round Tendon, which is inferted into the Forefide of the
upper Part of the lefler Head of the Thigh-bone. The
Ufe of this Mufcle is to draw the Thigh upward, and
fomeward inward.

The fecond, or Iliacus Inter nus, fpringeth with a ilen-
der flefhy Beginning from the Infide of the Haunch bone ;
and being join'd by its Tendon to the former Mufcle, is in-
ferted by a round Tendon into the lefler Head, or Rotator of
the Thigh bone. This Mufcle is alfo of Ufe to raife the
Thigh upward, tho' not fo much inward as the other.

The Fe5lineus, which is the laft of thefe three Muf-
cles, arifes broad and flefhy from the Line of the Share-
bone, near the Griflle, and is implanted with a broad
and large Tendon into the lower End of the Thigh-bone,
This draws the Thigh upward and inward, and is that
Mufcle which, in Men, helps to lay one Thigh over the
other.

This Mufcle, and all thofe that follow, excepting the
two laft, are inferted into the lower End of the Thigh-
bone, juft above the Stifle ; whereas in Men they are rnofl,
or all of them, inferted into its proper Part, either at its
F 4 Neckj

72 the Anatomy of a HOKSE. Chap. V.

Neck, b'r into one or other of the two Knobs at the lower
End of its Neck, called the great ^nd leller Trochanters,
Mr. Snape thinks the Reafon of this Difference is owing
to the Shortnefs of the Thigh-bone of a Horfe, compared
with that of a Man, whereby his Mufcles being very-
plump add bulky upon its Buttocks, it was neceflary they
(hould have fome Space to grow more flender, and become
Tendinous ; and therefore, he fays, they are extended as far
as the Stifle, which anfwers to the Knee in Man. But
this is alfo Owing to the different Adion of the Thigh of
a Horfe from that of a Man, which manifeftly requires
its Mufcles to have a lower Infertion.
Three lend it ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^"^^^ Mufcles vi^hich bend

lack-ward, ^^^ Thigh forwards, it has the fame Num-

ber to bend it backwards.

The lirfl is called Glutaus Externus^ or the moft out-
ward Buttock Mufcle ; it arifes with a fiefhy Beginning
from the Crupper, the Ridge of the Haunch-bone, and
from the Os Sacrum, and pafling over the Joint of the
Huckle-bone, it ends in a llrong and broad Tendon,
which is inferted above the Stifle into the inner Part of
the Thigh-bone. Its Ufe is to extend the Thigh, and
enable an Horfe to go backward.

The next is called the Glutaus Medius, lying in a Man
directly under the other, but in a Horfe Side by Side with
the other. It rifes from the Spine of the Haunch-bone, a
little higher than the other, and from thence defcends ob-
liquely over the Joint of the Hip, and is inferted into the
lower End of the outerlide of the Thigh-bone. Its Ufe is'
to extend the Thigh, and to draw it outward and back-
ward, as when a Horfe ftands to Stale.

The third and lalt of the Extenders is called Glutaus
Minor y or leller Buttock Mufcle ; it arifes round and
iiefhy as high as the former, and defcending obliquely ovejr
the Joint of the Hip, to the lower End of the Thigh-bone,
is inferted fomewhat towards its fore- fide. This affifts the
other in its Adtion.
- - , . , The Thigh is mov'd inwards by the Tri-

fZeMTick ''P'^ °^' ^^^or^^^ to fome, the Quadriceps,
^ -' ' from its having four Heads ; the lirft Head

rifing nervous from the upper Part of the Share- bone, and
defcending to the Infide of the lower End of the Thigh-
bone. The fecond beginning flefliy at the lower Side of the
fame Bone, and ending a little higher than the former.

The

Chap. V. The Anatomy of a HORSE. 75

The third arifing partly nervous and partly flefhy, from
the under Side of the Coxendix^ is inferted near the laft.
The fourth, having a like Origin from the top of the Cox-
endixy runs along the Infide of the Thigh, and ends in a
round Tendon ; which joining with the Tendon of the
firft Part of this Mufcle, has the fame Infertion with iu

The Thigh is aifo turn'd outwards by ^ . , .
four fmall Mufcles, called ^adrigemini, out^wZds h
all which are placed one by another, upon a^^^
the Outfide of the Articulation of the
Thigh. The firft is the Longed, and takes its Origin from
the Lower and Outer Part of the Os Sacrum ; afterwards,
pafling over the great Rotator^ it is inferted into the Out-
lide of the lower End of the Thigh-bone.

The fecond and third arife both of them from the Knob
of the 0; IJchium^ near each other, and are inferted with
the firft.

The fourth is more flefliy than the reft, arifing from the
inner Part of the Knob of the Ifchlum^ and terminating
with the former : To thefe muft be added the Deltoides
of the Thigh, which fpring from the Outfide of the Tip
of the Ileum^ with a Sharp beginning, but growing Trian-
gular, is inferted with a broad membranous Tendon into
the Outfide of the Thigh-bone ; by its Situation it feem«
to affift the Aflion of the Quadrigemm,

But lallly, the Thigh is turn'd obliquely ^ , . ...
by two Mufcles called Obturator e^, or Stop- iTtn^o,'
pers. The firft is called Obturator Inter-
nus^ and takes its Origin from the inner Circumference of
the Hole abovementioned, and is inferted into the Cavity
of the great Rotator. The Obturator Externus^ from
the external Circumference of the faid Hole, and is infert-
ed in the fame Cavity with the former.

The Leg has three feveral Motions peculiar to it, viz.
it is bended, extended, and turned obliquely Outwards ;
to perform all which Motions, there are the fame Number
of Mufcles in Horfes as in Man, only that fome of them
are different from thofe in Men, with refpe(ft to their In-
fertions.

It has firft of all five Mufcles, called Ex- The Leg if ex^
lenders^ of which the firft is named Mem- tended by fi'vc
hranofm ; and by fome the Fafcia Lata^ Mufcles.
becaufe it involves and covers almoft all the Mufcles of
uhe Thigh, This Mufcle rifes flefhv from the upper Part

of

74 The Anatomy ^/ .2 H O R. S E. Chap. V.

of the Oi lleufn^ near the great Procefs of the Thigh-bone,
and covering the whole Thigh and the Stifle, over which
it crofles, it is at laft inferted into the fore and upper Part of
the Bone of the Leg. Its Ufe is to extend the Leg diredly ;
or, according to fome, to draw it obliquely outwards.

The fecond is call'd Longus^ arifing from the upper
Part of the Appendix of the Os Ileum ; and pafTmg ob-
liquely down the Thigh, it is inferted into the Bone of
the Leg, a little below the Stifle. This JVIufcle not only
extends the Leg, but alfo helps to draw it inwards ; for
■which Reafon, fome Authors reckon it one of the Benders
of the Leg.

The third is call'd Re^us^ from its ftreight Courfe : It
takes its Beginning from the lower Brim of the Haunch-
bone, and defcends ftreight down theForefide of the Thigh,
until it reaches the Stifle, where it turns into a llrong and
broad Tendon ; and adhering to the Patella^ in its Paf-
fage Over it, it is at laft inferted into the Forelide of the
upper Part of the Shank.

The fourth is named Vajius Externus^ becaufe of its
great Bulk j it arifes from the Root of the great Trochan-
ter^ and from the Neck of the Thigh-bone, cleaving clofe
to its outfide, until it arrives at the Stifle, where, becoming
membranous and broad, and uniting with the Tendon of
the ftreight Mufcle, it is inferted into the fame Place with
it, but on its outfide.

The laft, or Vaftus Inter?ms^ rifes from the Root of
the lefl^er Trochanter^ and defcending down the Inlide of
the Thigh-bone, it unites itfelf with the former two, after
it has pafled over the Stifle, and is inferted with them into
the fame Place of the Tibia, Thefe three laft defcribed Muf-
cles, joining together at their crofling the Stifle, form one
broad and ftrong Tendon, which involves the Patella^ or
Knee-bone of the Stifle, and ties it fo firmly, that it is
almoft impoflible for it to be difplaced.
Bended hy four '^^^ Benders of the Legs are in Number
-^ ' four, viz. the Biceps , the Semi?nembranofus^
the Seminervofus^ and Gracilis,

The Biceps rifes (harp and nervous from the Appen-
dage of the Coxendixy and pafling along the Outfide of
the Thigh, is inferted into the Outfide of the Appendix
of the Tibia ^ or Leg- bone i this bends the Leg, by pul-
ling it backward.

The

Chap. V. The Anatomy ^/^HORSE* 75

The next, according to Sartholin^ (who follows the
Order in his Defcription of thoie Mufcles) is the Semi-
membranofusj which takes its Beginning from the Knob
of the Coxe?idix^ as the other, and running down the
back Part of the Thigh, is inferted into that Part of the
Leg- bone, which in Man is called the Ham.

The third is caird by the faid Author Setninervofus^ be-
ing partly nervous and partly fiefliy, as the other is partly
flefhy and partly membranous. It has the fame Origin
with the other two ; but defcending obliquely towards the
inner Part of the Thigh, it reaches to the Middle of the
Leg-bone, into whofe inner Part it is inferted.

The fourth is called Gracilis^ being flender; it arifes
with a nervous Beginning, from the middle of the Share-
bone, and defcending along the Infide of the Thigh, is
inferted near the other. When thefe Mufcles adl together^
they draw the Leg diredlly backward ; but when they
ad fingly, feme being placed more outward, and fome
more inward, they then bend the Leg either to this or that
Side.

But befides thefe, there is another called j^ , jj.
PoglitauSy which moves the Legs obliquely. / '^Z\°g^ '^"'"
This rifes broad and nervous from the
outer Head of the Thigh-bone, and going obliquely down
the Thigh, is inferted in the back Part of the upper Knob
of the Tibia,

We come now to the Mufcles which move the lower
part of the Leg and Foot ; and here it will be necellary
to take Notice, that by the lower Part of the Leg is to
be underftood, that Space which reaches from the Hock
to the great Paftern ; which, Mr. Snape fays, is anfwer-
able to the Inftep in Men, as the great Paftern, and lit-
tle Paftern anfwer to the firft and fecond Joints of the
Toes 5 and the Coifin Joint to that whereon the Nails do
grow.

The Inftep is bended by two Mufcles, to 7he Injlep hem-
"wit, the Tibiaus Amicus^ and Perc?i^us ded by the
Amicus. The firft arifes (harp and flefhy ^^f'^''-
from the upper Appendix of the Leg-bone, cleaving clofe
to it in its Defcent, and pafling under the Griftle of the
Hock, is divided into two or more Tendons that are hiferted
into the Forelide of the Inftep-bone, which, with the reft of
the Footj it moves forward and upvi^ard.

The

76 The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. V.

The fecond is called Perojueus Anticus, tlio' improperly
in a Horfe, who want? that Bone which in Man is named
Perone^ or Fibula. This takes its Origin from the upper
Appendix of the Tibia or Leg-bone, and is inferted into the
Outfide of the Inftep-bone, which with the reft of the Foot
it moves forward and fomewhat outward.

The Foot is alfo extended or drawn back-
dedhlhuT' ^^^^"^^ ^>' ^^^^^ Mufcles, the firft is called
Mufdes^." Ga/trocnemius Externus^ and is that Muf-
cle which in Man forms the Calve of the
Leg. It takes its Rife from the inner Head of the Thigh-
bone, and Part of it from the outer Head of the fame
Bone, and afterwards uniting together about the middle of
the Leg, they there turn into one llrong Tendon, which being
united with that of the following Mufcle, to wit, the Gaf-
trocnemius internus^ are both inferted into the Heel-bone.

This Mufcle lieth fomewhat under the former, arifing
from the hinder part of the upper End of the Leg-bone,
and is inferted as aforefaid.

The lail Extender of the Foot is called Plantaris, or
the Mufcle of the Soal or Tread ; it arifes flelhy, rounds
and flender, between the former two, taking its Origin
from the back part of the lower Head of the Thigh-bone,
arid in its Defcent foon becomes a flender round Tendon ;
which, joining very clofely with the Tendons of the for-
mer two, palles down to the Heel- bone, where it leaves
them, and proceeds along the back part of the Inftep-bone,
and the two Pafterns, terminating within the Foot all over
the Bottom of it, making that part of the Foot which lies
next under the Soal, and plainly appears when the Soal is
drawn out. The Tendons of thefe three Mufcles joining
together, form that great Sinew called Magna Chorda, by
Vv'hich thQ Butchers hang up their Meat.

The Foot is alfo moved fomewhat fide-
Mo^edJUf.yys ^^ ^j ^^^.^^^ ^^^ outward, by

hytn^oMuJaes. ,^^ ^ufcles.

The firft is called Tibialis Pofiicus^ having its Origin
from the upper ■ End of the Leg- bone, and its ufe being
to move the Foot obliquely inward.

The fecond, called Peronceus Poflicus^ arifes from the
upper and hinder part of the Leg- bone, by a nervous and
ftrong Beginning, and defcending with the Tendon of th«
Peronaiis Anticus, on the outfide of the Hock, continuing
its Cciurfe beyond it to the Bottom of the Foot, into which

It

Ghap. V. The Anatomy of a HOB,SE. 77

it is implanted. Tills moves tiie Foot contrary to the for-
mer, viz. obliquely outward.

Tlie Pafterns and Coffin Joint are likewife bended, and
extended by their proper Mufcles.

The Benders are in Number two, viz. the ^^^ Paflems
Flexor longus^ and the Fletor brevis. The ^e^^^^^ hy tivo.
firft arifes from the upper and hinder part of the Leg-
bone, and defcends on the inner Side of the Hoof, down
thelnftep-bone and Paflerns, into the Coffin Joint. The
fecond takes its Origin from the Infide of the Heel-bona,
a little below the Hock, and has the fame Infertion with
the former. Thefe bend the Paflerns and Coffin Joint
backward.

The Extenders are alfo two, the firft cal- Jnd extejtdtd
led Extenfor longus, and the other Ex- fy ^'^o.
ienfor brevis : The one rifing from the inner fide of the
Shank, juft under the Stifle, is inferted into the Fore and
Upper part of the Coffin Joint. The other rifing from the
Forepart of the Annular Ligament^ that binds about the
Inftep Joint, and defcending under the former, has the
fame Infertion. Thefe two extend the Paflerns and Cof-
fin Joint, by drawing them forward.

TAB. VI. Reprefents the hind Part of a Horfe, with
his Mufcles,

A A. The Cucullaris, or Monk's Hood,

B. The Edge of the Deltoides of the Thigh. ]

C, The GlutcEus minor, or leJJ'er Buttock Mufcles.
DDD. The GlutaBQS medius. ■

EE. The Glutseus majdr, or greater Buttock Mufcle.

F. The Biceps.

GO. The Seminervofus of both Legs,

HHH. The Lividus, or Fe^iinaU of both hind Legs*

I, The Semimembranofus.

K. The Orbicularis, or orbicular Miifcle of the Lips. j

L. P^r/ ^ z/)^ Longiffimus Dorfi.

M. The circular Mu/cle of the Nofe. ;

N. The Sphin^er of the Fu?idament, "

O. The Maftoides. ' -^

P. The Manforius of the Cheeks,

Qi The Triangularis.

R. The Complexus, or Trigeminus,

S. The Tranfverfalis Colli.

T. Thg

7 8 The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. ChaPc VI,

T. The Spinatus Colli-

V. The Valtus Externus.

WW. The Gallrocnemius Externus,

X. The Peronaeus Amicus.

■y. 27?^ Peronaeus Pofticus.

CHAP. VI.

Of the ' Bones.

§ I, Of the Bones which frame and compofe the SkuU^
with its Suture. ^

*rhe SkuU T* ^ -^ ^^^ ^^^ uppermofl Part of the

Head is the Skull, call'd by Anatomifts

the Cranium, from its Office of covering the Brain like a

- Helmet. It is compofed of nine Bones, three

J ^^^i^ '' ofwhich are common to it, and the upper
n?i a common, , ... , _.,_ ' ,., ^^ ^^

Jaw ; which are the Wedge-like Bone, the

Os Jugale, or the Yoke-like Bone, and the Os Cribri-
forme, or Sieve-like Bone. The other fix are proper Bones,
and make up the Skull itfelf ; and thefe are the Frontal,
or Forehead-bone, the Occipital, or Noll-bone, the two
Bones of the Sinciput, or Parietal -bones, and the Temple-
bones, within which are contained the fmall Bones of the
Ear, which with the two Orbicular- bones, make up the
Number of feventeen Bones peculiar to the Skull.
Its Sutures or The larger Bones are diftinguifli'd by fe-
Seams. ' ^^^^^ Seams called Sutures, both which- and
the Bones are of the fame Number in a
Horfe as in Men, only that they are different in Shape
^nd Figure.

Some of thefe Sutures are proper to the Skull alone,
and fome are common to it and the upper Jaw. They are
alfo diftinguifhed into thofe that are true, and thofe that
are falfe j luch as are indented one into another, being of
the firft Kind ; and fuch as are plain and linear, like two
Boards glued together, being accounted of the fecond Kind,
or only falfe Sutures.
7., *.„. 9„/,>...r The true Sutures are three in Number,

Its true outures. . , o. n i • ^ *-<

and proper to the Skull only, viz, the C/j-
Tonal, Lambdoidal, and Sagittal,

The

Chap. VL The Anatomy <?/^ HORSE. 79

The Corofiai\ fo called becaufe the Ancients were wont to
wear their Crowns or Garlands on that Part. The Suture,
as in Men, To likewife in a Horfe, runs athwart the Skull>
above the Forehead, reaching on each Side to the Temple-
bones, and joining the Forehead-bone to the Sinciput.

The fecond, La??ibdoides, becaufe of its Refemblance to
the Greek Letter A, This is feated on the hind Part of the
Head, being oppofite to the other, beginning at the Bot-
tom of the Occiput^ and defcending above the Ear fome-
what higher than in Men. It joins the Bone of the Occi-
put^ or hind and under Part of the Skull, to the Bones of
the Sinciput and Temples.

The third begins at the Middle of the Lamhdoidal Su-
ture, dividing the two Bones of the Sinciput^ and is there-
fore called the Sagittal Suture ; but in Horfes, and many
other Quadrupeds, it crofles the Coronal Suture, as in Chil-
dren, quite down to the Nofe. This Suture in a Horfe
is not fo much indent as the other two, but is in a great
Meafure ftrcight and linear.

The falfe Sutures are in Number two; Its falfe Su-
the firll palles from the Root of the Pro- t^res,
cejfus Mammillaris with a circular Duit, returning dowri
again towards the Ear, encompaiHng the Temple-bone.

The fecond runs obliquely downwards, ariling from the
Top of the former, and pafles to the Socket of the Eye^
^nd the Beginning of the firft common Suture.

Thefe Sutures, which are common to the ^hoje common
Skull, the Wedge- like Bone, and upper Jaw, ^-^ ^^^^ Skull and
are chiefly thefe three that follow, to wit, ^Pperjanv.
the Frontal^ the Wedge-like Suture^ and the Crihrofa :
The firft being that by which the Procefs of the Forehead-
bone is join'd with the firft Bone of the upper Jaw ; the
fecond that by which the Wedge-like Bone is join'd with
the firft Bone of the fame Jaw ; and the third that Suture
which is common to the Wedge-like Bone and the Septum^
or Partition of the Nofe.

The Sutures are of Ufe, not only as they 'TheirU/e.
divide the Bones which compofe the Skull,
butalfo as they afford a free Ingrefs and Egrefs for the VefTels
which fupply Life and Nourifhment to the Parts contained
within the Skull, and likewife as they give a Pallage to thofe
little Fibres, by which the Dura Mater is kept fufpended :
And further, they are of Ufe in Cafe the Skull Ihould at any
time happen to be broke, that any fuch Fracture or Fiilure

iBight

so TheAnafomy of aVLOKSV., Chap. VI.

might not run through the whole Skull, but be llop'd at the
end of the fradured Bone ; whereas if it was not for thefe
Seams, it might with one Blow be fhivered all in Pieces
like an earthen Pot. But I (hall now return to the Bones.
The Frontal or Forehead Bone, which I
^e Frontal j^^yg already taken Notice of as the firft pro-

Caa;:i:,s, &c. ^^^^^ ^^ fore-part of the Skull. It is bound-
ed on its fore-part by the Coronal and firfl common Suture,
on the Sides by the Temporal Bones, and on its infide by
the OJ/a Spongiofa^ or fpongy Bones. Between its Lamina
or Plates, there is a double Cavity, from whence there is
alfo a double PaiTage into the Noilrils, diftinguiftied by
many bony Fibres, and fmall Scales, which are encompaiTed
■with a green Membrane, and contain a foft, medullar, or
rather oily S ubftancc. Thefe are proportionably larger in
a tibrfe than in a Man, and have various Ufcs afcribed to
ihem, being thought by fome to afTift in the Office of
Smelling, by intangling the odoriferous Air ; by fome, to
promote the Shrilnefs of the Voice ; and by others, to be
a Receptacle for fome Portion of the excrementitious
Matter, which is feparated from thofe Parts.

Belides thefe Cavities, there is a Sinus or Den on eacl>
Side, called the Frontal Sinus's, composed of a double Scale ;
one making the upper Part of the Orbit of the Eye, and
the other forming the Cavity above the Eyes, on either
Side, which is not very plain, having only Infcriptions an-
fwerable to the winding Convolutions of the Brain. This
Bone has alfo two Holes, which go to the Orbit of the
Eye, whereby the firft Branch of the Nerve of the fifth
Conjugation goeth to the Mufcles of the Forehead. It has
like wife four Proceiles, two of which are feated at the
greater Corner of the Eye, and the other two at its lefl'er
Corner, helping to form the upper Part of the Orbit.
The Sinciput '^^^ Bones of the Sinciput are next to the

* Frontal, being joined to it by the Coronal
Suture, and behind to the Occipital Eont by tht Lambdci-
cat Suture, on eai:h Side, to the Temple-Bones, by the^ii-
tura Squammof<£, or fcaly Sutures^ and by one of theconv
mon Sutures to the Wedge-like Bone. They are alfo join-
ed one to the other, by the Sagittal, or Arrow-hke Suture.

Their Figure is fomewhat fquare, and though their Sub-
ftance is thinner than that of the other Bones of the Skull,
yet they are aiib mads up of two Lamincs^ excepting where

they

CkAP. VI. The Anatomy of a HORSE. %x

they are joined to the Temple- bones. They are frnooth'
on their Outlide, but inwardly uneven, having feveral Ca-
vities to which the Dura Mater adheres by the Sides of
the Sagittal Suture ; as alfo feveral long and winding In-
fcriptions, or Furrows, form'd by the Branches of the In*
UrnaX Jugulars^ in their Paflage to the Brain. Thefe
Bones have ahb feveral Perforations ; fome of which go
quite through, others piercing only the upper Table, for
the Entrance of thofe Veilels which run between its Plate?.

The Occipital^ or Noll- bone, which makes ^^^ Nollhone
the hinder and lower Part of the Head, and ^^,-^1^ -^^ parts,
middle of the Bafis of the Skull, is the
hardeftof all the Bones of the Skull, excepting the Os Pe-
trofum of the Temple-bones, being very thick at Bottom,
where the two Si?im*s of the Dura Mater are joined.
At the Sides of the great Perforation, through which the
Spinal Marrow defcends, it is fome what thin ; but that
its Thinnefs might be no Prejudice to it, it is i\rengtherr'd
by a large Prominence, which afcends from the faid
Perforation quite to its upper Part. By this Prominence
the two Protuberances of the Cerebellum are alfo dillin-
guilhed.- . _

This Bone is in a Horfe five-corner'd, and has feveral
Channels, or Sinus's, two of which, being pretty large,
receive the Protuberances or Bunchings of the Cerebellum,
or After-brain ; others receive fome of the Convolutions of
the Brain itfelf, and fome, the two SinuCs of the Dura
j[i'Iater, that they might not be compreiled or hurt for
Want of a proper Cavity to lie in.

It has alfo divers ProcefTes, four of which, being covered
with a frnooth Griltle, are received into the Sinus's of the
firft Vertebra of the Neck ; but that which goes between
the Protuberances of the Cerebellum, is the moft confider-
able. It is perforated in five Places, for the Paflage of fe-
veral Veilels, befides the large Hole through which the
Medulla goes into the Spine of the Neck.

The lalt of the proper Bones of the Skull, ^^^^ Temple-
are the Temple-bones, which are feated on ^ones, '•Mith
each fide of the Head, reaching to the Bot- thnrjxozz^^
tom of the Ears. Their Figure is on their '»''^^^""^^-
upper fides femicircular, but below they are rugged and
unequal, like a Rock ; from whence, and from their Hard-
nefs, the Temple-bone has alfo obtained the Name ot Oi
Petrofum. Thefe Bones are verv thick at their Bottom,-

G ' bul

8^ The Anatoniy of aUOKS^. Chap. VI.

but grow extremely thin upwards, lying like two Scales on
the lower Edge of the Bones of the Sinciput,

They have each of them two Sinus's^ the outermoft being
the largeil, is lined with a Griftle, and receives the longer
Procefs of the lower Jaw. The other, or inward Cavity,
is common to the Temple-bone and Noll-bone. There
are alfo four Procefles belonging to each Temple-bone, viz,
that which in Man is called the Procejjiis Styloides^ or Pen-
like Procefs, though improperly in a Horfe, it being but
fhort. The next is called the Procejfus mammillaris^ being
fomewhat fhap'd like a Nipple. The third paffing forwards
fiom the Hole of the Ear to the Protuberance of the iirft
Bone of tlie upper Jaw, and being joined to the laft, forms
the Os Jiigale^ or Yoke- bone. The fourth is the Procejfus
petrofuSy or hard and uneven part of the Temple- bone ;
this, beifig internal, jets out a pretty Way into the Infide
of the Bottom of the Skull, within which there are two Per-
forations j one to give a Pallage for an Artery, another for
the Auditory Nerve, mto the inner Cavities of the Ear, to
wit, the T'ympanum^ Lahyriiith^ and Cochlea,

This Procefs has alfo on its outfide three Perforations, or
Holes ; the firlt called the Meatus auditorius^ or Auditory
PaiTage ; the fecond is that thro' which the Jugular Vein
enters into the inner Cavities ; the third is feated between
the Mammillary and Styloid Procefl'es, ending in that Paf-
fage that goes from the Ear to the Mouth. As to the liitle
Bones that are contained in the Cavities of this Procefs, vi%,
the Incusy Malleus^ Stapes^ and Os orhiculare^ which,
with thofe already defcrib'd, make up the whole Number of
the Bones proper to the Skull, having taken notice of them
already in another Place, I lliall therefore pafs on to thofe
which are common to the Skull and upper Jaw ; and thefe
are in Number three, namely^ the Os Sphenoides^ or Wedge-
like Bone, the Sieve-like Bone, and the Toke-Uke Bone.
The Weds-e-like ^^^ Wedge-like Bone is fo called from
Bone^ ^^^ ^^'"S placed like a Wedge between the

Bones of the Skull and the upper Jaw ; it is
joined before to the Frontal Bone^ and behind to the Occi-
pitaly its Sides to part of the Petrofum above, and below
to fome of the Bones of the upper Jaw and Palate.

It has feveral Procefles, fome external, and fome internal ;
as alfo divers Cavities, two of which are common to it and
the Temple bones, and the Bones of iht Sinciput. Its Holes
are about fcven on each fide i one of which gives a Paflage

to

Chap. VI. ne Jnatom of a HOKSE, 85

to the Optid Nerve, the reft are penetrated, fome by one,
and Ibme by leveral Parts of Nerves ; others by the Carotid
Aneries and Jugular Veins; and again, others both by
Nerves and Blood- veilels.

The Os Cribriforme is the next Bone ^ke Os Cri-
common to the Head and upper Jaw, and is briforme, or
fo called from its innumerable little Holes, ^ic'vclikeBone,
which make it like a Sieve. It is fituated in the fore and
under Side of the Skull, between and a little below the
Sockets of the Eyes, and at the upper Part of the Noftrils,
and is joined by an even Line to the Forehead bone, the
fecond of the upper Jaw, and the Wedge-like Bone.

It is made of four Parts, viz, the Crijla Gallic or
Cock's Comb, to whofe (harp Appendix the Falx adheres.
The fecond Part is that which is perforated, and makes up
the greateft Portion of it. The third is only a Procefs of
its under Side, by which the Noftrils are divided : And
the fourth is called the Os Spongiofum ; its Cavities being
filled with a fpongy fort of Flefh. This Bone helps to
make up the Corner of the Orbit of the Eye, and through
its Holes gives a Paflage to the innumerable J^ibrilla of the
Auditory Nerves.

The laft is ihe Jugale or Yoke-like Bone, q„ . .
and is compofed of two Bones ; one of which ^ J "^^ •
is a Procefs of the Temple- bone, and the other a Procefs
of the firft Bone of the upper Jaw j forming the lower Sid3
of the lefler and outer Corner of the Orbit of the Eye.

§. II. Of the Jazv-bonss and Teeth^ together ivith the
Os Hyoidcs, or Bone of the Tongue,

Befides the Bones which are common to
the Skull and upper Jaw, there are twelve, ^'^'f '^^ ^f ^^

r u c- 1 \- u * proper to the

VIZ. fix on each Side, which are proper to j^pL^j^^^^ ^-^^
the upper Jaw alone, and are thofe which
frame the lower Side of the Orbit of the Eye, the Nofe,
Cheeks, and Roof of the Mouth.

The firft is called Zygomaticum^ becaufe ^^ rn ^y^

its Procefs makes up a Part of the Os Jugale : gomaticum

It compofes the lower Part of the outer nx^ithitsfeUlija^
Corner of the Eye.

The next is feated in the inner Corner of '^he fecond,
the Orbit of the Eye, and is called Lachry- Lachrj-male,
male^ becaufe it has in it a Cavity which con-
tains the Lachrymal Gland. This Bone has alfo a Perfora-*
G z tion

84- The Anatomy of a HORSE. CnkP. VI.

tfOn into the Noftrll, through which a Nerve of the fifth
Pair pafles to the inner Membrane of the Nofe.
TA n'h' d The third is feated in the inner Side of

' the Orbit of the Eye, and is continued with

the fungous Bones of the Nollrils. This Bone is joined to
four Bones, viz. to the Forehead-bone, to the Wedge- like
Bone, to the laft defcribed, and the next following, and
is not diftinguiflied by any peculiar Name.

, , The fourth is called the Os Mala^ or

Os MaL * Check- bone. This Bone compofes the great-

eft Part of the Cheek, as alfo of the Palate j
and moreover contains all the upper Teeth in its lefler Ca-
Terns. It is much the largeft of all the Bones of the upper
Jaw, and is circumfcribed with divers Sutures, being joined
above to the Frontal-bone on the Side next the Nofe, below
to the Wedge-like Bone, and the Bone of the Palate of the
Mouth, before to the Lachrymal Bone, and one of thofe
Bones that make the upper Part of the Nofe, as alio to the
Cheek-bone on the other Side. It has alfo three Perfora-
tions, two of which are under the Orbit of the Eye, for the
PalTage of two Branches of the Nerves that are beftowed
on the Face ; and the third, for the Pallage of a Vein and
Artery, which go the Noftrils. This Bone has likewife a
great Den or Cavern on each Side, in that prominent Part
which ftands out under the Orbit of the Eye, and on each
Side of the Nofe ; when there happens to be Matter pent
up in this Cavity, it occafions mtoUerable Pain, by reafon of
a very fine and fenfible Membrane, which lines its Infide.

The fifth Bone of the upper Jaw, with its
The fifth, n.vhich Companion, makes up the bony Prominence

makes the Pro- ^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ j^ j^ 1^^^.^ ^^^ ^^U^^ ^^^ j^

mnence of the perforated in feveral Places, for the Pallage
'^^' of Nerves and Blood Veflels. It is joined

above to the internal Procefs of the Frontal Bone : Its
Sides adhere to the firft and fourth Bone of this Jaw, in the
Middle to its Companion, and underneath to the Griftles
that make the lower Part of the Nofe.

The laft is that Bone which with its Com-
rhelaji, m,iih pj^^ion, frames the Roof of the Mouth : It is

^ramTtlTZof ^^^^^' ^^'"' ^"^ ^^^'^' ^"^ Somewhat rough
cf7he Mouth. ^^^ uneven at that End where it refembles a
Semi-circle. It is joined behind to the Wing^
like Procelles of the Wedge-like Bone; and on the Inlide tO»
the Partition of the Noftrils. It is alfo joijied to the Cheek-
bone,

Chap. VI. The Anatomy of a HORSE. %$

bone, and to its back Part. It has likewife two Perfora-
tions, one on either lide, which have Communication with
the two Holes of the Wedge-like Bone.

The lower Jaw, which makes the lower part T^f^e lo'werjaivt
of the Capacity of the Mouth, comes next ivith its Parts.
to be treated of. This differs from the former, in that it
is moveable, whereas the other is not. At both Ends of \K.
there are two Procelles, the foremoft of whicji running up-
wards, and from a broad Balis growing fharp, ends in a
Cone or Point. It is this Point that receives the Tendon of
the Temporal Mufcle ; from whence it is, that a Luxation
of the lower Jaw is very dangerous, if not fpeedily reduced.

The other, which is the backward Procefs, is called Arti^
cularis^ having a Neck and a longifli Head covered with a
Griftle, by which it is received and articulated into the Sinus
of the Os petrofu?n ^'2iX\<\ it isflrongly knit thereto by a mem-
branous Ligament. It hath, at the Sides of thofe ProceiTes,
fmall fhallow Cavities, for the Lodgment of its Mufcles.
Towards its back Part it hath a Cavity within it, which con-
tains a marrowy Juice for itsNourifliment. It has alfo four
perforations or Holes, whereof two are at the Roots of the
Procelles, by which a Vein and Artery, as alfo a Branch of
the fifth Pair of Nerves do pafs to the Teeth. The other
two are in its Fore-part, giving Way to two Twigs of the
faid Branch, which go out to the lower Lip.

But the lower and upper Jaw have Sockets for the Teeth
to (land in, which by Reafon of their Depth, have been
called Jlveoli : When any of the Teeth fall out, as the
Foal Teeth^ &c. thefe Pits foon become obliterated, and the
Jaw grows fmooth.

The Teeth are of a Subftance harder than ^^^ ^^^^
any of the other Bones, which is abfolutely
necellary, confidering their Office is to break and cut all
the Aliment. That Part of them which ftands out abovp
the Gums, is fmooth and free from any Covering, but all
within the Sockets of the Jaws is more rough, and covered
with a thin Membrane of exquifite Senfe. Thofe which
are called Grinders^ have a manifeft Cavity within them,
but the Fore- teeth and Dog-teeth have but very obfcure
ones. By the frnall Holes which are difcernable in the
Roots of the Teeth, is conveyed into thefe Cavities a capil-
lary Branch of an Artery from the Carotidsy a fmall Vein
from ihtjugularsy and a Twig of a Nerve from the fifth
fair, which being expanded through the thin Membrane
G 3 that

86 The Anatomy <?/^ HORSE. Chap. VL

that inveds the faid Cavity, is partly the Occafion of that
exquilite Pain which is felt in theTooth-ach. Thei'e Vef^
fels before-mention'd, namely, the Vein, Artery, and
Nerve, are inclofed in one common Capjula^ or Sheath,
"when they enter the Jaw, and running along a proper
Channel under the Roots of the Teeth, iend off to each of
them, in their Pafiage, thofe Imall Tv/.gs aforesaid.

Though the Teeth of Horfes are differently fituated from
thofe in Men, and are alfo more numerous, yet as to their
Offices, they admit of the fame Divifion, and are of three
Kinds J namely, the Incifores^ Canini^ and Jfolares.
fj-, T- Y -es ^^^ Irici fores ^ Cutters or Shredders, are

thofe we call the Foreteeth, being feated in
the Fore- part of the Jaw. They are broad and fharp-edg-
ed, the better to crop and bite off the Grafs : They are in
Number twelve, fix on each Jaw. Thefe have but one
Root or Fang.
a-j^ P . . The next are the Canini^ or Dog-teeth,

which in Horfes are called the Tujhes ; and
are of Ufe to break whatever is too hard for the Foi-e- teeth
to cut or fhear afunder. Thefe have alfo but one Fa^g,
and are feldom to be found in Mares.
cTi yi \ Thofe of the third Rank are the double

7'eeth, and are named Molarcs or Grinders,
becaufe they grind the Food like a Milftone : They are in
Number twenty-four, twelve on each Jaw ; their Seat is
jn the inner Part of the Mouth, being invironed on their
Outfide by the Cheeks, to prevent the Food falling out of
the Mouth while it is grinding. Thefe have feveral Af-
perities on their upper Part, by which Means they are ren-
der'd more fit for their peculiar Ufe.
cri r 1 7- ? The two foremoft of thefe Teeth, which
HcK/e IS ^kno^K-n ^^"^ "^^^^ ^^^ Tuflies, are thole by which a
th^ Jpe of a Horfe may be known to be under feven Years

old, having till then feveral thin Shells, or
Scales growing round the outlide of the Top of them, forming
a hollow in the Middle. And it is to be obferved, that the
nearer a Horfe comes to that Age, the more thofe Edges are
worn down, till at laft they become even with the reft ; fo
that the Age of a Horfe is no more to be known by that Sign.
The feveral Periods of a Horfe's Age, while only a Colt,
are alfo diltinguilliable by the Fore- teeth ; but thefe Things
being fufhciently known by every one who has been ufed
among Horfes, I fhall therefore proceed to the Bone of the
Toi]8;ue. That

Chap. VI. The Anatomy ^/^HORSE. 87

That Bone is called Hyoides, from lis The Os Hyoi-
Shape, being like the Greek Letter v {Tpfi^ ^es, or Bone of
Ion). It is Tea ted at the Root of the Tongue, '^^ tongue.
being the Foundation or Supporter of it. It is made up of
three Bones, the middlemoft being gibbous outwards, but
inwards fomew hat hollow ; The other two are called its
Corjtuo^ or Horns, and are all tied to the adjacent Parts by a
Subftance which is partly nervous, and partly flefhy.

This little Bone is of great Ufe ; all the Mufcles that
move the Tongue bemg either inferted into it, or taking
their Origin from it. It alfo gives Rife to fome of thofe
Mufcles that move ihtLaryfix^ or Throttle, and is a reft-
ing Place to the Epiglottis^ or Throat-flap, when it is
lifted up in Breathing.

§ III. 0/tbeVenthrx of the Ned.

The Neck is made up o^ kvtn Vertebra^ The Vertebrse
or Rack-bones, reckoning from the Head <f the Neck.
downwards, that next the Head being the iirft ; they have
each of them a large Cavity, to give Way to the Spinal
Marrow : And befides this large Hole, which they have
in common with all the other Vertebra., they have each
two fmall Perforations in their tranfverfe ProcelTes, through
which the cervical Veins and Arteries do pafs to the Head ;
and between their Joinings there is a third found, partly out
of the lower fide of the upper Vertebra^ and partly out of the
upper fide of each lower Vertebra^ by which the Nerves pafs
outward from the fpinal Marrow.

The fitft of thefe Bones, in a human l^hefirft is cal-
Skeleton, is called Atlas, becaufe the Head ^^^^^e Atlas,
is articulated to it, and, as it were, fupported by it ; and
may therefore retain the fame Name in a Horfe. Its Body
is flender, but more folid than the Tips of its ProcefTes,
which are porous and open ; inflead of its hinder Spine or
Procefs, it has only a femicircular Prominence jetting out,
left the larger ftreight pair of Mufcles, w^hich pafs over it,
(hould be hurt in bending the Head forwards ; but it has all
its other Procefl'es in common with the reft. On the Forefide
of its great i^7rjw^;; inwards, it has a fmall Socket fomewhat
femicircular, and lin'd with a Cartilage, to receive the Tooth-
like Procefs of the fecond Vertebra.

The fecond Vertebra is, becaufe of this The/econdDen-^
Procefsj called Dentata j it is an Appendix, tata.

G 4 which

8S The Anatomy of a HOKSZ. Chap. VI.

-which fprings from between its two dcfcending Procefles,
long and round, its Head refembling the upper part of the
Dog-tooth in Man, or the Tu(h in a Horfe. It is alfo co-
vered with a Cartilage on that part which is received into
the forefaid Sijius of the firft Vertebra ; upon it the Head
turns round, as upon a Hinge. The Bafis of this Tooth-
like Appendage is encompalled with a Ligament that knits
iit to the Occiput, This and the following Vertebra have
Spines, or hinder Procefles, each of which are divided into
two, for the better Connexion of the Ligaments and Muf-
cles to them ; and are, in every Refpedt, like the fecond,
fave only that their lateral Proceiles are larger, and divided
as welHs the hinder.

§. IV. Of the Vertebrae of the Back and Loins, as alfo of
the Breafl-bojie, Collar- bones, and Ribs,

P^o/e of the The Back is made up of fcventeen Verte^

Back and Lotns. Ira, or Rack- bones, which are Ibmewhat
different, both in their Bodies and Proceiles,
from thofe of the Neck, the laft being longer and more flat
on their Infide, that the Gullet might relt more fecurely on
them ; and as for their Proceiles, though they are equal in
Number, viz, two tending obliquely upwards, and two
tending obliquely downwards, two tranlVerfe, or lateral
ones, and one acute hinder one, called the Spine ; yet thofe
which are now to be defcribed, have their Spines, or hinder
Procefles fingle, and not divided, and their lateral ones more
fhort and blunt ; and inftead of the Holes which are in
thofe of the Neck, have only a (hallow Cavity, into which
the Ribs are articulated.

Neither are the Bodies of thefe Vertebra of fuch a firm
and folid Make as thofe of the Neck, though they are more
bulky ; befides that they are full of fmail Perforations, for
the Admiffion of Blood- veffels to the Spinal Marrow, and
have each two Holes at their Joinings, for the Egrefs of the
Nerves which proceed from thence.

They have alfo on each fide a Si^ms, or Cavity, for the
Inarticulation of the Head of the Rib, which Sinush are
wanting in thofe of the Neck, having no Communication
with any other but among themfelves.

The tranfverfe Proceries of two or three of the lowefl
of thefe Rack- bones grow gradually fliorter, and their
Spines more blqntand even, declining not fo mucii down-
wards

Chap. VI. The Anatomy of a HORSE. Sp

wards as thofe more forwards. As for the great Perfora-
lion in their Middle, it is proportionable to their Size, and
the iVIarrow contained within it.

The Vejtebra of the Loins, v;hich compofe the third
Part of the Spine, come next to be confidered. They are
in Number fcven, and are bigger than any of the forego-
ing ; iheir hind Proceiies, or Spines, grow fhorter, but
are broader and thicker than thofe of the Back, fome-
what bending upwards, as moft of the other decline down-
wards ; hut as to their internal Proceiies, they exceed thofe
of the Back in Length : They are joined one to another by
a clammy Griftle, as alfo the uppermoft of them to the
lall: of the Back, and the loweft to the firll of the Os fa-
crum^ by the fame Kind of Articulation. Thefe have aifo
feveral Perforations for the Ingrefs and Egrefs of Nerves
and Blood- vcliels, as alfo a large Cavity in each for the
fpinal Marrow.

Directly oppofite to the upper Vertebra ^, <,^
r .u -D ! • r . J »i c> T> rL V/b^ sternum or

of the Back, is feated the Sternu?n or Breaft- Breafl-bone

bone, which is very different in a Horfc from

what it is in Man, being, in all human Skeletons, flat

in its Outfide, and pretty ftreight; whereas in our prefent

Subjedtj it is not only fomewhat arched, but in its Middle

is prominent and fharp^ like the Keel of a Ship, being alfo

hollow on its Infide. This Bone in Foals, as in Children,

feems to be made up of divers Cartilages, which in Time

become fo united, as to leave no Marks of their ever having

been divided.

In its upper Part it is {)ointcd and fharp, whereas its lower
Part is fomewhat blunt and obtufe, terminating in a Griftle,
called the Cartilago Efififormis, or Sword-like Griftle.
Its Ufe is to ferve as a Safeguard to the Breaft, as alfo for
the Articulation of the Collar-bones ; and the nine upper-
moft Ribs having on each fide nine little Sims'Sy or Cavi^
tts^ for that Purpofe.

The Collar-bones, which are the firft that IT/^^ Clavicular,
are united to the Breaft-bone, are in Number o^ Collar-hones,
.two, one on each fide; they 2l\q cdWtd Clavicul^e, either
becaufe ihey refemble the ancient Keys, which were in (hape
like an Italian /, or becaufe they lock up and clofe the
Cheft : Their Heads are fpongy and open, but their Mid-
dle lomewhat thin and flat, and fomewhat more folid ; by
one End they are joined to the Top of the Breaft-bone,
and by the other to the ftrft Rack-bone of the Back, d^S-

ieiing

90 The Anatomy ^/ ^ H O R S E. Chap, VI.

fering from thofe in Man, which are joined with the
Shoulder. They help to fupport the Shoulder-blades, and
keep them from iliding forward upon the Breaft-bone and
Shoulder-bones, which, upon a Fradure, or Diilocation
of thefe Bones, frequently happens.
fj., „., Next the Collar-bones are feated the

Ribs. They are in all thirty four, viz. fe-
venteen on each fide. Their Subftance is partly bony, and
partly cartilaginous. The nine uppermoft are called the
true Ribs, becaufe each, with its Fellow, makes a Kind of
Circle, being joined together by the Mediation of the Rack-
bones of the Back behind, and the Breaft-bone before ;
each Rib has two Knobs, one of which is received into the
Sinus of the Body of the Vertebra, and the lefler Knob
into that of the tranfverfe Procels ; they are in like manner
joined to the Breaft-bone, their Cartilages ending in little
Heads, which are received into its fmooth Sinus's.

The eight lowermoft are call'd the Bajhird-ribs, becaufe
they don't circumfcribe the Body, as the uppermoft do,
by their twofold Articulation into the Rack-bone, and
Breaft-bone. They are of a more foft and pliable Sub^
Hance than the true Ribs, and the nearer they advance to-
wards the Loins, they grow fhorter, leaving an open Space i
for the Stomach and Guts, which might have ealily been i
hurt by them, as often as diftended with Meat and Water.

They are all rough and uneven on their Outlide, efpecial-
]y towards the Back, that the Ligaments, by which they
are tied to the Rack-bones, might take the firmer Hold;
but on their Inlide they are fmooth, and covered with the
Pleura, left they fhould hurt the Lungs, and the other
Parts that bear againft them. They are alfo narrow and
thick towards the Back, but broader and Hatter towards
the Breaft, and are furrowed on the lower Part of their
Infide, in which fome Blood-vellels and a Nerve are con-
duced. They are a Defence to the Bowels within the
Breaft, and like wife to thofe in the lower Belly.

§ V. Of the S lade- bone, the Shoulder-bone y and the Boms
of the Fore leg and Foot,

cri T>r J L The Blade- bone, or Shoulder-blade, is

feated like a I arget upon the bide of the

true Ribs, reaching from the Vertebra of the Back almoft'

to the Collar-bone. On its Lilide it is fome what concave

Chap. VI. The Anatomy ^/ /^ HORSE. 91

^ncfhollow, but arched on its Outfide ; it is joined to no
Bone but by its lower End, where it has a Cap that receives
the round Head of the Shoulder- bone : It is however knit
to feveral Parts by the Mufcles which are inferted into it, or
take their Orig;in trom it. It has three Procelies, the firft is
that Part which forms its Neck ; the fecond is extended
dong the Middle of its Outlide, and is called its Spine. The
third is towards its lower and Inlide, and from the Refem-
Dlance it has to an Anchor, is called Afichoroides^ or its An-
:hor-like Procefs.

It has al fo about its Neck five Appendages, three of which
ifFord an Original to fome Mufcles, and from the other two
irife the Ligaments by which the Head of the Shoulder-
Done is tied into its Cup. Round its Brim there is a thick
Griftle, which not only makes its Cavity the deeper, that
:he Head of the Shoulder-bone, which is joined into it,
[hould not fo eafily flip out, but alfo facilitates its Motion.

The Shoulder-bone has two Heads, the <^y^^ q^ Huj^g,
jppermoft inferted into the Cup of the j.]^ oj. shouUev'
Blade- bone, and the lowermoft joined to bone.
the upper Part of the Cubit or Leg-bone.

The uppermoft Head is large and orbicular, cover'd with
,1 Griftle, and is, at firft, only an Appendix to the Cubit ;
3ut in time becomes a Procefs of the Bone itfelf ; on the
•Outfide of this orbicular Head there are two lefler Promi-
nences, into which two Ligaments are inferted ; and on its
Infide there is a Cavity, out of which arifes the ftrong Liga-
ment that ties it into the Cup of the Blade.

The lower Head of this Bjone^, which in a human Body
is articulated with two Bones, viz, the Radius and Ulna^
is in a Horfe only united to one ; yet it is fo firmly cou-
pled to that one, that it cannot be eafily difplaced ; for
there being three Procefies, and two Sinus' s^ between it
and the Cubit, they both receive, and are received of each
other : And befides thefe Procefies, which ferve to its
Articulation, there is on pach Side one, from whence arife
the Mufcles which lie on both Sides of the Leg. About
its Middle there is a Perforation, by which the Blood- vef-
fels have Recourfe to and from the Marrow contained
within its large Bore, and are thofe by which it is nou-
riftied.

' The next Bone, call'd the Cubit^ or Leg- The Cubit, or
5one, reaches from the Elbow to the Shank. Leg-bone,
This Bone has on its hinder and upper Part a notable

Pro-

ll

9i The Anatomy cf a HORSE. Chap. V!.

Procefs, long and round, which enters the larger Cavity
of the lower Head of the Shoulder-bone, and makes that
bunching out which is ufually called the Elbow ; this Prc-
cefs is fomewhat rough and uneven, partly that the Liga-
ments that encompafs the Joint might be the more flrongly
knit to it, and partly for the Origination and Infertion of
the Mufcles which ferve to move thofe Parts ; for which
Caufe the Bone is rough at the Root of this Procefs, as
alfo the whole Circumference of the Sinus^ into which it
is infer ted.

The feven fmoll Between this and the Shank- bone, there
Bones ft ate d be- ^^^ Ranges of little Bones, one above ano»
inx:een the Leg- ther, three in the firll Range, and four in
bone amtShank, the fecond, all which are very firmly join'd
together, lliefe differ one from another
in their Magnitude, Forms, and Situation, and are faid
to be firll cartilaginous, bm that in Procefs of Time they
grow hard and bony. Their Subllance is fpongy, as are all
thofe which at firft are only cartilaginous ; of which Kind
are the Appendages of Bones, the Rreaft-bone, and the like.
They are covered with a Ligament, which is partly mem-
branous, and partly cartilaginous, whereby they are fo com-
padled, that without dividing the laid Ligament, it is hard
10 diftinguifli them one from another, but at firll View they
may be all taken for one Bone.

On their outer Surface they are fomewhat bunching, but
on their In fide they are hollow. The firft that is placed on
the Infide of the upper Rank, is fomewhat longifh, and
curved inwards, articulated with the Cubit-bone, and be-
low with the fecond of the lower Rank, touching both
the third and fourth of the fame Rank, and joined to the
fecond of its ovrn Rank. The fecond has a Cavity on its
upper Part, which receives an Appendix of the Cubit-
bone. Tlie third is joined above, by a plain Surface, to
the il^id Cubit- bone, and with the fecond is joined under-
neath toths fourth Bone of the low^er Rank. The fourth
Bone, or firft of the lower Rank, is round and fmooth, and
is ;o:ned above to the Outfide of (he lower Part of the firft
Bone, and below to the Shank -bone. The fifth has on its
upp^r Part a large ^inm^ into which the firft Bone of the
upper Rank is articulated, and another below for Recep-
tion of Part of the Head of the Shank-bone. The fixth is
join'd with a plain Superficies on each fide, to the feventh,
and the foregoing above to the fecond, ^nd below to tihe

Sl^iank-

CriAP. VI. The Anfitomy of a HORSE. 9}

Shank-bone. The feventh is joined on its upper End to
the third of the upper Rank, and below to the Head of
the Shank- bone, and on its Infide to the foregoing, to witj
the fixth.

Thefe Bones are of Ufe, not only to fii- Thar Ufe^
cilitate the Motion of the Knee, but alfo
to ftrengthen it ; for by their convex Outfide, the Joint cati
never be extended too far the contrary Way, and the Num-
ber of the lower Rank exceeding; that of the upper Rank,
(as the upper End of the Shank- bone is broader than the
lower End of the Cubit) and as the Bones themfelves arc
fomewhat different in their Size from each other, like a
Piece of good Mafon-work, they cannot eafily be pull'd
^funder ; whereas if the Bones of both Ranks were of
one Size and Number, and their Seams and JuntTtures to
run ftreighr through, it would be impofTible but every the
leafl fahe Step muft diforder them in fuch Manner, as to
I occafion an irrecoverable Lamenefs. As to their Motion,
; although by this Sort of Articulation they feem as if they
were incapable of any fmgly ; yet it is very certain, the
; whole have a fmall Tendericy inward as often as the Shank
.] is bended, though that be fcarceiy difcernable, and by vir-
tue of the cartilaginous Ligament, which covers all thofe
I little Bones, and ties them together, they cover themfelves
1 as with a Spring ; fo that the Motion of that Joint muft
I be more eafy and quick, thati it could poffibly be by any
' other Kind of Articulation.

But it would oblige me to go beyond the Limits of this
fnort Abridgment, if I fliould explain the Mechanifm of
the Bones ; I fhall therefore proceed to the o-l or r
Shank- bone, which comes next in Order, ^^^^
and that which reaches from the Knee to the
great Paltern, and anfwers to the Back of the Hand in Man.
' As that confifts of five Bones, the Shank bone of a Horfe
; is rtiade up of three, having one much larger and longer
than either of the other. It is joined by its upper Part to
the iowermoft Range of the fmall Bones, and oelow to the
upper End of the great Paftern, by a reciprocal Articulation,"
having two round Heads, and three fmall Cavities, where-
by thefe two Bones both receive, and are received into each
other, at the lower End of the Shoulder- bone and the up*
per End of the Cubit.

To each Side of this Bone is faflened a Splint, in Shape
like a Bodkin, being thick and round at the upper End,

but

94 The Anatomy <?/ ^ H O R S E. Chap, VL

but fmall and pointed at the lower ; between thefe do run
the Tendons oi the Mufcles that move the Foot.

^hepreatPa- ^^^ "^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ Paftern. This

a^^^ Bone is gibbous and crooked on its upper

Part, where it is articulated with the Shank-
bone ; it has three fmall ProceileSi which are received intd
the Cavities of the faid Shank-bone ; and two Cavjties,
which alfo receive its two Procefles, and has alfo twoi
fmall triangular Bones faftened to its back Part, whereon
I the Footlock Hair does grow ; thefe two Bones are a Stay-
to that Joint, which Articulation, being like a Hinge^
would be apt to ftrain the Ligaments every Time a Horfe
ihould ftumble.

ij^ /V//f Pa- '^^^ ^^^^^^ Paftern is not much unlike the
figy„^ other, only that it differs in its Length ; its

upper End is articulated with the great Pa-
Hern, and its lower End confifts of two Heads, as that of
the great Paftern, which are received into the Coffin-bone,
in the fame Manner as itfelf receives the lower End of the
great Paftern.

a-h n ff, I The Coffin-bone, which is the Io\vermoil

^^ ' of all the Bones of the Leg, is fo called from
its Hollownefs. It is fomewhat femilunary, or half-moon
fafhion'd, thick upwards, where its Cavities receive the low-
er End of the little Paftern ; but thin and broad at its Bot-
tom towards its Edges, for its more firm fixing upon the
Ground. Its Subftance is open and porous, having innume-
rable little Holes through its Sides, for the Pallage of the V'ef-
fels ; as alfo many fmall Sinus's^ wherein are inferted the
Tendons of the Mufcles that move the lower Part of th&
Leg and Foot.

§. VI. Of the Croupe, and Rump-Bone.
<n n <: '^^'^ Croupe^ or the Bone which lies un-

crum cr ^^^ ^^^ Crupper, otherwile called the 0(

Croupe. Sacrurriy is feated at the lower End of the

Back, and adheres to the lad Vertebra of
the Loins above, and below to the firft of the Bones of the
Du^^ or Rump : It is much the broadell of all the Bones
of the Back, of a Figure fomewhat triangular, growing,
from a broad Beginning, narrow towards the firft Bone of
the Tail ; it is hollow on its Infide, but uneven outwards^
becaufe of the Mufcles of the Back, and its Ligaments
cleaving to it. It has hardly any oblique Proceftea but on

its

jChap. VI. The Anatomy of a HOKSE. 95

its firfl Vertebra^ and its other ProceiTes are either very
fmall, or very obfcure. On each Side, towards its Edges,
there are certain Sinus's to which the Haunch-bones adhere
by an intervening Cartilage. It has fix Fertebrd.-^ its Spines
grow gradually lefs the nearer they approach the Rump, as
the/z^r^^^r^themfelves do alfo. The Spinal Marrow has
like wife a Pailage in it, as in the other Vertebra ^ out of
which there are feveral lefler Perforations for the Egrefs gf
the Nerves.

, The Rump-bones are in number eighteen. The Rump, or
and arejoin'd toeach other by an interven- ^^'^•
ing Cartilage or Griftle ; but fo loofely, that a Horfe can
move his TaiV which way he pleafes ; thefe have no Hol-
lownefs in them, only the uppermoft has a fmall Cavity
that receives the Procefs from the lafl Bone above defcribed ;
they are foft and fpongy, and therefore the better adapted
to Motion, as they are alfo from their Make, growing gra-
dually lefs, until they end in a fmall pointed Cartilage.

1$ VII. 0/ //;^ Olla Innominata, divided ints the Hlpy
Haunch^ and Share-bones,

i The OJ}a Innominata are feated on the Sides of the Os
! Sacrum, The firft is called the Os Ilium^ q^ jj.^^
becaufe the Gut Ilium lies under it ; it is
the uppermoft and broadeft, and is joined with the Os Sa^
crum by a true Suture ; it is fomewhat fcmicircular, be-
ing convex and uneven on its Outfide, which is called its
Dorfumy or Back and Concave, and even on its internal
Side, vvhich is called its Co/la ; and that Part by which
it is joined to the upper Vertebra of the Os Sacrum^ is
called its Spine^ or Edge.

Its Spine is, in many Places, rough and uneven, there
being feveral Mufcles that take their Origin from it, as
alfo from its Dorfum^ or back Part, which is in like man-
' ner accommodated for the fame Purpofe.
i The fecond is called the Os Pubis^ or q^ p. , •
1 Share-bone, which forms the inferior and
Fore- part of the OJfa Innominata ; it is joined to its Fellovr
by an intervening Cartilage, and forms the Fore-part of
that Cavity, in human Bodies, and is called the Pelvis y or
Bafon. It is perforated with a very large Hole, and on its
inner and hinder Side, has two Procelles, from whence the
cavernous Bodies of the Yard, and fome Muicles, take
their Original.

The

96 The Anatomy of a WOKSE, Chap-VI:

7he Ifchium, The third is the Inferior and Po(lerior>

or Coxendix. called the Ifchium^ or Coxendix. It has a
large Cavity, which receives the Head of the Thigh bone.'
This Cavity has its Circumference tipp'd with a Cartilage,-
call'd its Supercilium, or Brow, where there are feveral-
Sinuses or Protuberances, ordained particularly for the
Production of Mufcles, and partly for Ligaments.

In all young Animals thefe may be divided into feveral
Bones ; but in fuch as are old, the Cartilages, by which
they were at firfl only Joined, change their Nature, and
become bony, by which Means they grow united^ and
make but one Bone.

§. VIII. Of the Botus of the 7highs^ Hinderkgs^ and Feet.

TbeThigh-boiie. The Thigh-bone is that which reaches
from the Hip to the Stifle ; it is long and
round, and in fome Parts a little convex : Its upper Part
is made up of a large Head and Neck, with two Proceiles,
and below it determines into a Head, Which has two Pro-
dudions, with a Cavity between them.

Its upper Head is round, and fomewhat lotigifb, that it
may the better fill up the Acetabulum^ or Cup, which of
itfelf is deep, but the more fo, as it is encompalled with a
Cartilage. There is alfo a thin Cartilage which covers the-
round Head of this Bone, that its Motion may be glib and
eafy within the Cup ; and becaufe of the great Weight
which the Thigh fuftains, it is therefore tied by two ftrong
Ligaments, one of which is round, arifing from the Infide
of the Acetabulum^ near its Bottom, and implanteJ into:
a little Shius on the Upper and Fore- part of the faid Head'
of the Thigh-bone, and the other, proceeding from the
Edge of the Acetabu'um, by the Alliftance of a membranous'
Subftance, inclofes the whole Articulation.

The flender Part, under the Head of the Thigh-bone, b
called its Neck : It is pretty long and oblique, and is ac'
counted a Procefeof the Bone. Tiiere arile, at the lower
End of the Neck, two other Proceiles, which go by the
Name of the greater and lefler Trochanters. The upper-
moft or larger Procefs is rough, becaufe of the Infertion
of fome Muicles into it. The undermoft is alfo fomewhat
uneven, efpecially towards its Root, where the ra/lus In-
ternus rifes. A late Anatomift has obferv'd, that thofe, ,
Protuberances increafe mightily the Force of the Mufcles* i
- . by

Chap. VI. The Anatmy of aHOKSY.. 97

by removing not only their Inlertions, but likewife their
Dircvftions from the Centre ,ot Motion.

The Thigh-bone below its Middle becomes thicker, Irs
lower End terminating in an ample and broad Head : This
Head is form'd into two Procefles, betwixt which there
is a large Space that receiv-es a Protuberance of the Head of
the Leg- bone. The Ouifide of ihefe tv/o Proceiies is rough,,
but their Infide is fmooth, being covered with a Cartilage,
for the more eafy Motion of the Joiat. From them pro-
ceed fome of the Mufcles that move the Leg, and into,
them are inferied fome of thofe that move ihe Thigb,
Their Sides are full of fmall Holes, from whence arife the
Ligaments that ftrengthen the Patella or Stifle.

In the Middle, between the two Heads, there are two
Cavities, the foremoft of which receives the Protuberation
of the Stifle bone, being covered with a Griftle for that
Purpofe. The other, which is deeper, is alfo rough and
unequal, receives the Protuberation of the Leg- bone. Be-
fides thefe, there is a Cavity on the Outfide of the outer
Head, and another on the Infide of the inner Head, thro*
both which the Tendons of the feveral Mufcles of the Leg
defcend.

Where the lower End of the Thigh-bone ^^^ Patella
is joined to the upper End of the Leg bone, Stifle-par, '
on the Forefide is placed a fmall Bone,
fomewhat round, called the Patella^ or Stifle-pan ; it is
plain without, but on its Infide it is a little convex, having
a Ridge which falls between the Jun6ture of the two
Bones 5 its Iniide is covered with a GriUle, and its Out-
fide with the broad Tendons of fome of thofe Mufcles
that extend the Leg, which keeps it firm in its Place, by
adhering clofely to it. This Bone not only ftrengthens the
Articulation of the Thigh and Leg, but alfo ferves as a
Pully for the Tendons of the Mufcles which pafs over it ;
and facilitate their Adion, by removing their Direction
from the Centre of Motion.

The Tibia, or Leg- bone, to which the <rheTi\>iSL or
Thigh-bone is articulated, comes the next i,eg,hone. ' '
to be defcrib'd. In a Horfe it is very diffe-
rent from what it is in Men, being long and round, and not
triangular, as in the latter, its upper Part is much broad-
er and thicker than its lower, and both receives and is
received by the Thigh*bpne, having two Cavities, and be-
twixt them a Prominence, which i§ alfo cover 'd with aCar-
H tilagej

'^g The Anatomy of a HORSE. Chap. VI.

tilage, as all the other Appendages of the Joints are. With-
in the Cavities of this Joint there is always to be found
an unduous or oily Matter, which is feparated to further
the Motion thereof, by keeping it moift and flippery. Its
lower Head is round, and likewife covered with a Griftle,
to facilitate the Motion of the Inftep.

This Bone has feveral Sinuses and Appendages, as well
as the Thigh-bone, not only for the Paflage of the Ten-
dons of fome Mufcles, but alfo to give rife to others which
move the Foot ; and has likewife a confiderable Bore,
which reaches from the upper to the lower Appendage,
and is tilled with Marrow, to keep it moift, and preferve
it from becoming too brittle.

Th Cmall Bones '^^^ Bones of the Hock are in Number
of the^HocK^* ^^ ^^"^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^ '^^ Knee, and are
likewife difpofed in two Ranks, viz, three
in the firft Rank, and four in the undermoft. They are
alfo articulated with the Inftep, as the others are with the
Shank, only that they arc feated in the bending of the
joint. Thefe Bones are of Ufe to hinder a Horfe from
falling upon his Hams, when he raifes himfelf upwards,
and goes upon his Haunches ; and are alfo like a Spring
to that Joint, by which he recovers himfelf in all Adtions
where the hind Legs are chiefly concerned.
^be Ind t ^'^ Inftep-bone, to which thefe fmall

"^^^' Bones are articulated, is made up of three

Bones, which adhere fo ciofely together, that they can
hardly be Separated or diftinguifh'd, until the Piriofteum
is very clean fcraped off; and are much the fame as thofc
of the Shank already defcrib'd. The Pafterns and Coffin-
bone, ^c, agreeing alfo, in every refpedl, with thofe of
the Fore-foot, I fhall therefore omit mentioning them in
this Place. But before I leave this Subjed, it will, no
doubt, be expeded I fhould take fome Notice of the
Hoofs, they being alfo a hard Subftance, and a very great
Defence to a Horfe's Foot.

The Hoofs '^^^ Hoofs of a Horfe, are thofe Parts

•^ * which anfwer to the Nails in human Bodies,

and are no other than a Bundle of Husks, which cover and
Iheath the Papillae Pyramidaks of the Skin, on the Ex-
tremities of the Feet, which dry, harden, and lie clofe one
upon another. They are of a middle Nature, between
Bones and Griftles, that they may not fplinter and break
tecaufe of their hardncfs, and ai the fame time be able

to;

/jZf.fp.

Chap. VI. The Anatomy of a Horje, 99

to bear and fupport ib great a Burden without much Da-
mage ; and are without Senfe, that they may endure Tra-
velling among Stones and rough Ways. They adhere pret-
ty firmly to the Parts included within them, and are fatt-
ened to the Coffin-bone by a Ligament that proceeds from
their Root, which is alfo, in fome Meafure encompafled
with the Skin.

Underneath the Hoofs there are many Twigs of Nerves
and Tendons, and Mufcles, which take their Courfe quite
to the Soal of the Foot. When thefe are prick'd or bruis'd,
they occafion exquifite Pain. But of this when we come
to treat of the Difeafes incident to the Feet.

TABLE VIL reprefents the Skeleton of a Horfe.
A A. The Shoulder-blade.
B. The Breaft-hone,
CC. The Shoulder-hone.
DDDD. The Bones of both fore and hind Legs.
EEEE. The fmall Ranges of Sones, which make the Knee

and Hock.
FF. ^he Shank-bone,
f. f. The Injlep-hones.

GGGG. The Bodkin-like^ or Splint-bones,
HHHH. The great Pafierns,
IIIL The little Paliertis.
KKKK. The Coffin^bones.
LLLL. The fmall Triangular Bones^ that adhere to the

tipper End of the great Pajterns.
MM. Ti^^Os Ilium, or Haunch'hone.
N. The Coxendix, or Hip-bone.
00. The Os Pubis, or Sbare-bone.
PP. The Thigh-bones.
QQ^ The Patella, or Stifle-pan..
RRR, ^c. The Cartilages at the End of the Ribs.
SSS, ^^. The feventeen Ribs.
TTT, ^c. That Part of the Ribs where they are articula*

ted into the Vertebrcs of the Chejl.
V. The Os Hyoides, or Bone of the Tongue,
W. The lou'er Jaw.
X. The upper Jaw,
Y, The NolUbone.

From I to 17, are the i 7 Vertebra of the Chefl,
From I to 7, are thefeven Vertebrs of the Loins.
From I to 6, the fix Procefjes of the Os Sacrum.

H 2 From

too The j^n^tomy of aYiOKS^.

From the Cypher i to iS^ are reprefented the eighteen

Bvnes of- the Rump or Dock.
I, II, III, IV, V, yi, VII, Jhew the /even Vertebrae or

Rack- bones of the Neck,

T/je APPENDIX.

Concerning the A ^ J ^^^ ^^°^J Defcriprion of
Blood Vejfeh and f\ ^hc Parts which compofe and
Circulation of "^ "^^ make up the Body of a Horfe,
the Bloody ^c, it cannot be thought unneceflary to add
fome Things in general, concerning the
Way and Manner by which an animal Body is fultained
and nourifhed, and thereby render'd fit to perform the feve-
ral Functions of Life. I Ihall therefore fum up this Abridg-
ment with a brief Account of iht Circulation of the Blood,
and its Diftribution into all Parts of the Body. And in
Order thereunto, I fliall not only ftudy Brevity, but endea^
vour to make the Difcourfc as eafy and intelligible as pof-
fible, beginning with the Aliment, and throughout the
whole following the Order of Nature ; that thofe who have
not had the Opporiunitics of Study, may reap feme Benefit
by It.

The Chyle ^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^" Animal gathers lA his Food,

the Glands of the Mouth pour forth their
Liquor, not only that it may be the more eafily chew'd,
but that it may be thereby render'd foft, and more readily
p:\fs through the Gullet into the Stomach. When it has
arrived there, feveral Inftruments become afliftful to Di-
geftion. The Juices which flow from the Glands of the
Stomach, and the Drink, help to keep it moift ; fo that
by the continual Action of its Sides, which, by virtue of
its mufcular Fibres, perpetually rub one againft another,
and by the AfTiilance of the mclofed Air, all the Parts
and Particles of the Food are greatly feparated. The
groller Parts are carried downwards by the Periftaltick
Motion of the Guts, the Prellure of theMidrifT, and Muf-
clesof the lower Belly, and are voided at the Fundament,
while the finer Parts conilitute that white milky Sublbnce
which we call Chyle*

The

The Anatomy of a HORSE. loi

The Chyle being thus prepar'd in the Stomach, pafTes
by Degrees out at its lower Orifice into the fmall Guts, and
is by the fame Powers fqueez'd into the fmall and minute
Orifices of the lacteal or milky Veins ; which, as has been
obferved in another Place, arife from all Parts of the
faid Guts, by fine capillary, or Hair-like j^^ ^^^ .^^^
Tubes : And altho' thefe Tubes are fo fmall ^^^ fmall Guts
that they cannot be perceived but in Animals
open'd alive immediately after Eating, at which Time they
are full of Chyle ; yet every one of them imbibe and drink
up Part of the refined Aliment ; and as they run from ths
Sides of the Guts to the Glands in the Mefentery, they unite
and form larger Branches, and are call'd the la^eal Vejfih
of the firll Kind. Thefe Extremities of the La5leah hav-
ing Communication with the fmall capillary Arteries of the
Guts, receive a thin Lympha^ which not only dilutes the
Chyle, and helps to drive it forwards, but alio walhes the
La5leah and Kernels^ that they may not furr and be flop-
ped up by its (laying in them upon failing.

There are other La^eals^ which are larger, q-j i^aaeah '
and are called Vence La^e<e fecundi generis^
or the Ladleals of the fccond Kind : Thefe receive the
Chyle that was difcharged by the firil, into the veficular
Kernels of the Mefentery, and carry it immediately intd
its common Receptacle.

The LymphatickSy which arife from moft of the In-
teftines of the Lower Belly, and from the lower extreme
Parts, empty their Liquor into that Receptacle, which
being mixed with it, makes its Parts flill more fine, and
fit to be united with the Blood ; and as the Chyle leaves
its Receptacle, and afcends the Thoraick Dud, the other
Lymphaticks, which arife from the Parts contained in the
Cheil, empty themfelves into the Duct, and thofe which
come from the Head, Neck, and Arm?, difcharge their
Contents into the Jugular and Subclavian Veins, by which
it becomes yet more diluted and perfed, as it enters into
the Mafs of Blood.

The Ladeals and Thoraick Dud have 'The Thoraick
Valvesj which open for the Paflage of the ^«^ ^"^ ^^^^
Chyle, but fhut themfelves fo as to hinder ^7 ^'''^'
its Return back again ; and the Thoraick ^'^^J^'^ ^^^fj^^
Dudl, being placed behind the great Artery, of the ChyleT
receives a new Impetus by its Pulfation, "^
which alio forwards the Afcent of the Chvle. The Lymph

n I ' Duds

X02 The Anatomy of a HORSE.

Du£ls contradl themfelves at equal Diftances, and have alfq
their little Flood-gates, which permit their Liquor to take
its Courfe towards the Chyle- VefTels, but hinder its coming
back the fame Way ; by all which Means the animal Body
can never be deprived of its Nourifhment, but in Cafe of
Sicknefs or Want.
- ~ , The Chyle beine prepar'd in the Sfomach

Jts Entrance in- , r n A . 1. l ur j j

. ^^^ ^i^g^ and Imall Lruts, as has been obierved, and

being alfo further refined by the Commix-
ture of the Lympha^ in its Paflage through the Ladleals and
Thoraick Du6t, is conveyed by that Canal to the left fub-
clavian Vein, where it opens itfelf at feveral Orifices, and
mixing with the Blood, is carried dire6tly to the right
Ventricle of the Heart, and is no farther to be traced under
the Name of Chyle, but henceforth becomeK a Part of the
Blobd.

Now, that all the Blood takes a circular Courfe thro* the
Heart, is an Opinion fo generally received, that I need fay
nothing about it, but proceed to fhew the Way and Man-
ner by which that is perform'd.

<Ihe Circulation The afcending and defcending Trunks of
of the Blood ^^ ^^^'^ ^"'^^ oppofite to the Heart, and

thro the Hearty ^pen into its right Auricle, or Ear ; and at
^V, ' the Place where they enter, there is a fmall

Protuberance made by their Coats on the
Infide, like an I/lhmus^ which hinders the Blood of either
Trunk from rufhing againft the other, but directs both
into the Ear. The right Ear receives in its THajlok^ that
is, when it is diftended, all the Blood from both Branches
of the Cava., which it empties by its Syfiole into the right
Ventricle of the Heart, which at the f^mie Time is in its
Jpiaflole. The right Ventricle in its Sv/lole prefently
empties itfelf into the Pulmonary Artery, or that of the
Lungs, for it cannot return back again into the Ear, be-
caufe of the Valvules Tricufpides ; as that which is once
received into the Ear cannot return into the Cava, becaufe
of the tendinous Circle about its Mouth, which contracts
itfelf as often as the Ear is filled. As often as the Blood
has taken its Progrefs through all Parts of the Lungs, in the
Pulmonary Artery, it is receiv'd from its capillary Branch-
es, into thofe of the Pulmonary Vein, and is convey'd by it
back again into tl:ie left Ear of the Heart, which, by its Con-
itradion, thrulls the Blood into the left Ventricle', then in
ii6 Diajiok J and ',vhen that is contracted, it is thruft out

into

The Anatomy of a HORSE: 105,

into \\^tAorta\ for it cannot come back again into the
Ear, becaufe of the Valvula Mitraks,

The Jorta having received the Blood ^^^ j^^^^^
from the Left Ventricle, fends out two fmall
Branches, called the Coronarice^ which go the Heart, and
then forming a fmall Arch, by which the Force of the
Blood is fomewhat abated, in its Expulfion j^^jy-.^y^.i,^
it is divided into the Aorta afcending and de- .^^^ ^^^ p^^^^^

fcending. ^ , ,. u- u

The afcending Trunk climbing up by 7-/^^ Subclavian
theWindpipe to the Top of the Breaft, fends Arteries.
forth two Branches, call'd the Subclavian,
which run under the Channel-bones on each Side. Thefe
Ld forth feveral other Branches, both from their upper
and under Side ^ from their upper Side fpring thofe Ar e-
7L which, in Men, are call'd the CervicaU being partly
St^n th^ Mufcles of the Neck and Breaft, and partly on
XTGlandula Thyroides. Out of their lower Side proceed
the fuperior Intercoftah, which pafling thro the Cheft,
fend forth feveral Branches to the Arms in human Bodies,
^y^A fn th° Fore leo-s in Brute Creatures.
'%Vi;luSub%vians go off from the ^; C-t.d
weat Artery, on each Side there arife two ^'■"'■'"-
Ither principal Branches, which afcend upwards toward
rh^Hpad and are called xht Carotid KxKxvts: Thefe ars
fS n?chlfly on the^Brain, forming there the Re,e Mir.r
tkZ Plexus Choroide^, &c. but as they afcend, they
deuch feveral Branches to the Windpipe, La,jn,, fome
to the Tongue and lower Jaw, and others to the external
Paru ofAeHead. By tliefe four principal Branches, to
^^l^Xbdavlan and Cantids, the whole Head and
Neck, as alfo the external Parts of the Cheft and Fore- legs,
are fupplied with NouriQiment, Mcendhs

The defcending ^<"W, as it goes down f'JJ"''''"^
towards the Midriff, fends forth the mferior ■"""*•
*Cri* and x^lBuuchial Artery which accom^ny
the Branches of the Windpipe m 'he Lungs ; and when a
arrives at the Midriff, it detaches thofe called the ^*r^-
„ TArteres, which are difperfed through the M.drj^
nd MaiZu.. After it has palled f-^S^ t e M.dr,ff
it marches downwards as far as the laft Vertebia of the
LTnsfbut by the Way fends ofF fevera Branches to he
Stomach and other Inteftines, as .the Cahach th^ Spa-
nick, and the upper ilf.-^'^'.''-/''i- i after thefe fpnng foih

l04 The Anatomy of a HORSE.

- r>.^ .7 • the Emulgent Arteries, one on each Side,

lu Dijinbution. ^^^^^ ^^ ^^ ^^^ Kidneys ; and below thefe

from the main Trunk alfo arife the Spermatic h^ which go
to the Tefticles and Ovaria^ h'c. Then the lower Me-
fenterick communicating with the upper, fupply the whole
Mefentery.

As Toon as the Trunk of the great Artery has reached
the Top of the Os Sacrujji^ it dfvides itfelf into two equal
Branches, called the lliacks^ which are again fubdivided
into the External and InternaL From the Internal pro-
ceed thofe called Mufciila^ which are bellowed on the Pfoas
and Mufcles of the Buttocks ; as alfo the Hypogajhicksy
which run to the ftreight Gut, the Matrix^ and Bladder,
the P reflates and Yard, and to all the other Parts con-
tained within the Pelvis, From the External Iliacks
arife firft the Epigajhick Jrteries^ which turning for-
wards, creep along the Outfide of the Rim of the Belly,
as far as the Navel, where they meet the Mammillary,
The next are thofe called the Pudenda^ which go to the
Privities of both Sexes. Afterwards the Iliack Branches
go to the Thighs, and are then called the Crural JrterieSy
fupplying the hind Legs and Feet wiih many confiderable
Branches.

This is the Order and Diftrlbution of the principal Ar-
teries of almoft all Animals, each of whicli Arterie3 arc
fubdivided into others, and thefe again into others, till at
laft the whole Body is overfpread with moft minute capil-
lary or Hair-like Arteries, which frequently communicate
one with another ; fo that when any fmall Artery is ob-
ftru<^ed, the Blood" is brought by the communicating
Branches to the Parts below the Oblli ut^tion, which muft
otherwife have been deprived of its Nourifliment. Nature
has obferv'd the fame Oeconomy in the Diftribution of the
Veins, that in cafe any Vein fhould be obllruded, the
Blood might not ftagnate, but be alfo rcturn'd by other
communicating Branches.

fj-j^ J ,. But before I proceed to an Account of

njer • lirovv the Veins, I fliall obferve farther concerri-

and endued ^^g ^^""^ Arteries, that as it is their peculiar
rujitb a Sprit/g. Province to carry the Blood from the Heart,
and diftribute It Jnto all Parts of the Body,
they are perfedly fitted for that Purpofe by their Struc-
tures : f^cr an Artery being compofed of three Coats, the
middlemoii: veiy llrong, aiid endued with Eiafticity, by

virtue

The Anatomy 0/ /« H O R S E. 105

virtue of the fpiral Diredion of its Fibres, it is thereby en-
abled to bear the frequent Sallies of the Blood in its Expul-
fion from tbe Heart ; and left thefe Fibres fliould feparate
upon any violent Impulfe, the innermoft Coat, though a
fine tranfparent Membrane, yet it is wove fo clofe, as to
be able to preferve the middkmolt, and keep the Blood
wilhin its proper Channels.

It is moreover to be obfervcd, as the Arteries are conical
Channels, and grow gradually fmaller, fo their Coats grow
proportionably thinner. And the Coats of q-jygQ ^^ f.L
the V'^eins feem, according to the Opinion of Veins aContU
the moft modern Anatomifts, to be only a nuation ofthoft-
Continuation of the Coats of the capillary of the Arteries.
Arteries, reflected back again towards the
Heart. But ahhough the Coats of the Veins be the fame
with thofe of the Arteries, yet it is to be taken Notice of,
that the mufcular Coats of all the Veins are as thin as in
the capillary Arteries ; the Preflure of the Blood againft:
the Sides of the Veins being much weaker than that againft
the Sides of the Arteries, and therefore not requiring its
Channels to be fo thick and ftrong.

The Veins are not endu'd with Pulfation, as the Arteries,
becaufe the Blood falls into them with a continual Stream
from the capillary Arteries, which by reafon of their Small-
nefs, have only a very weak, or fcarcely any Motion ; and
then as it advances towards the Heart, it moves from a
narrow Channel to a wider ; and therefore its Motion
would have been extremely languid and flow, had not Na-
ture contriv'd feveral Helps to promote its <rhe Feins have
paflage. For that Reafon, as it is the Of. halves,
iice of the Veins to return and carry back
all the Blood to the Heart, there is to be feen in moll of
them (efpecially in fuch as have their Direction upwards)
feveral Valves at convenient Diftances, fometimes one, and
fometimes more, like fo many half Thimbles ftuck to their
Side, with their Mouths towards the Heart ; and as the
Blood moves that Way, they are prefled clofe to the Sides
of the Veins ; but if it (hould fall back, it muft fill the
Valves, and ftop up the Channel, that no Blood can repafs
them. And beiides thefe Valves, it is alfo obfervable, that
in many Places where there is a Branch of a Vein, there is
an Artery lies under it, which by its continual Pulfations,
helps to forward the venal Blood towards the Heart ; fo
fhat albeit the Blood moves from a narrow Channel into a

widerj

1 06 The Anatomy of a HORSE.

vrider, as has been obferv'd, and its Motion is in many
Places diredtly upwards, yet nothing can happen in a na-
tural Way to retard its Progrefs.

But I (hall retain the Reader no longer with the Diffe-
rence between the Veins and Arteries, believing what has
been already faid, Tufficient to give any one a Notion of
their feveral Offices ; I (hall therefore proceed to give fome
Account of the Order and Diftribution of the Veins, as
they correfpond with the Arteries.
The Cava. ^^ ^^ ^^^^^ Artery receives the Blood

from the Heart, and dillributes it from
thence into all Parts of the Body ; fo the Cava^ like a
main River, receives into it the Blood which is conveyed
from all Parts of the Body, proceeding at firft from Vellels
infinitely fmall, and afterwards uniting in large Branches,
which empty themfelves into its fuperior and inferior
Trunks at proper and convenient Diftances.
<Ihe dejcendinz '^^^ f^perior, or defcending Cava, re-
Cava. ceives firft the Coronary Vein from the

Heart, near that Place where it opens into
the Ear. As foon as it pierces the Pericardium, it receives
the Vena fine pari, which is made by the Union of the
yeins of the Ribs on each Side.

r, T\-n -i .;.« The Subclavian and Jugular Veins are
^ pretty large Vellels, which anfwer to the

Subclavian and Carotid Arteries, and are the next of any
Note that open into the defcending Cava. The Jugulars
are divided into the External and Internal ; the External
is that large Vein which runs along the Outfide of the
Neck, called in a Horfe the Neck-vein, and is moll com-
monly opened when Blooding is required. This Vein re-
ceives and carries back that Portion of the Blood which
comes from all the external Parts of the Head and Face,
viz. from the Eye- veins, the Temple- veins, and thofe of
the Nofe and Lips. Into the Internal Jugulars open all
thofe Veins which lie within the Bars of the Mouth, and
under the Tongue, and all the other Branches which com-
municate with thofe of the Brain.

The Subclavian Veins, viz. the two large Branches
which pafs under the Channel-bones, not only receive a
great Part of the Blood which comes from the Cheft, but
likewife have all thofe Veins open into them, which run
along the outward Part of the Breaft, Fore-legs, and Feet,
fuch as the Breaft-veins, that run between the Fore-legs,

which

The Anatomy of a HORSE* 107

which Farriers fometimes open in Fevers, ^c, the Plate-
veins, the Shank-veins, and Shackle-veins, as alfo the
Veins of the Cornet and Toe, which are ufually opened in
Difeafes of the Legs and Feet.

The Cava afcendens^ or the great afcend- q, ^^ ,.
ing Vein, which anfwers to the great de- c^va. " ^*^^
fcending Artery, receives alfo all thofe
Branches of Veins which return the Blood from molt
Parts of the Lower Belly, viz. the Mefcnteria from the
Mefentery, the Porta from the Liver, the Emulgents
from the Kidneys, the Spermatick Veins from the Parts

i of Generation in both Sexes. And after it divides itfelf,
as the Artery, into the internal and external IliackSy it
receives feveral Branches. Into the Internal j^^ j^.. ., ^
open the Hypogaftrlcb^ by which the Blood ^;^^^ ^ '*' **
is returned from the Matrix^ the Bladder,
and flreight Gut ; and into the External open the Ep'igaf-
trickSy with Blood from the Piritonaumy and external
Parts of the Lower Belly ; and into the Epiga/iricks open
the Cruralsy which receive all the Blood that flows from
the extreme Parts ; for into them open thofe Veins, im-
properly called by Farriers the Kidney-veins ; as alfo the
Spavin-veins, the Flaul' and Spur-veins^ with that of the
Rump, called the Tale-vein.

Thefe Things being prcmifed, it will be eafy for any one

' to form an Idea of the Diftribution of the Blood into all
Parts of <he Body ; efpecially if it be far- cri xr • •
ther confidered, that the VelTels in which of tie Par tT
the Blood flows, are divided and fubdivided
into an infinite Number of Branches ; and that even all
the Parts of the Body, whether thofe that are hard, or
thofe that are denominated foft Parts, feem to be no other
than fo pany infinitely fmall Tubes varioufly modified
and combined together j for by this Means the whole Body

! is filled with Blood and other nutritious Juices, and re-

' reives its Noyrifliment from Blood, as the Blood itfelf is
recruited and repaired by the Aliment. And from the
fame Confideration it is alfo evident, that no Animal
Body can be fuftained without the Requifites of Food and
Reft, by Reafon the Strudure of all Animal Bodies is of
this Sort ; that is to fay, all are made up of Fibres, and
thefe Fibres are again made up of thofe that are^lcfs, and
foon //7 infinitum, l^hey muft therefore, becaufe of the
Jjifiniiy of Pores and lutcltines that are in them, require

conllant

toi The Anatomy ofaHOKSE.

conftant Supplies, as there are continually fome Dregs and
Excrements exhaling through them.

Of I r fhl "^^^ ^^'^ ^^^^ appear ftill more evident,

"IranftiratiQn. "^^^^ ^^ conflder, befides the Effluvia that
go off infenfibly in this Manner through the
Pores and Tnterftices of the Body, that moft of the Glands
are continually feparating fome Part of the excrementitious
Matter of the Blood ; though all that is difcharged by the
Mouth and Nofe, by Urine and Dung, and by Sweat, or
any other fenlible Way whatfoever, does not near amount
to the Difcharge that is made through the Pores by infen-
fible Tranfpiration. This is fo palpable a Truth, and has
been fo well proved by the Experiments of San£iorius^ that
there needs be nothing farther faid about it ; and therefore
-we may conclude, that fince the Bodies of all Animals are
thus eompounded, and made up of Matter which is full of
Pores and Interflices, and maintained by Juices, which are
again capable of being diffipated and waited through thofe
Pores, there muft be continual Supplies of Food to maintain
thofe Bodies in an uniform State.

Now it is plain, that all Bodies fufFer a DiiTipation and
Walte, if the Quantity of the Aliment • be abated : For in
fuch a Cafe we obferve any Creature grow lean and emaci-
ate. It is alfo evident, that all fuch luffer by Exercife, by
hard Labour, by Want of Reft, when it is the ftated Time
of Sleep; and by many other Ways, not necellary to be
mentioned. And therefore all Creatures are under an in-
difpenfable Necefiity both of Feeding, and taking fuitable
Reft, to rhake up the Wafte and Decays of Nature ; for a^
often as there is a great Diflipation by Labour, or by any
other Way, the fmall Fibrillcs are thereby abraded and
wore by the quick Motion the Blood and Spirits were in
during that Exercife ; or even, if the Body was not in
Exercife, it will fufFer by the conftant Adivity of the Spi-
rits themfelves ; fo that a ftated Time of Reft muft alfo be
neceflary for all Bodies, as well as Food. For when the
Body is at Reft, the Spirits are, as it were, lulFd and laid
afleep ; fo that the Blood acquires, during that Time, a
more uniform and gentle Motion, and is more equally di-
ftributed into all Parts, and thereby fills up all the vacant
Spaces that arc made during the Time of Exercife, i5c.

But it may be expeded, before I put an End to thisDif-
courfe, that I fhould fay fomewhat more particularly con-
cerning Secretion i but I fhall c^nly obkrve in general, tha^

U

The Anatomy of a HORSE: 109

it will be necefTary to confider, that the Blood, examined
chymically, is found to confift only of the following Prin-
ciples, vi%. Volatile Salt and Spirit, fome Phlegm and
Sulphur, and a little Earth, but little or no fixed Salt.
Now every one, who is the lead acquainted with Chymi-
ftry, muft be fenfible how many different forts of Liquors
may be form'd out of a few Principles varioufly combined
together : So that although the Blood itfelf fimply con-
fifts only of thefe above-mention'd, and to the Eye feems
only to be made up of its red and ferous Part ; yet, ac-
cording to the lateft Obfervations, there are near thirty
feveraf Liquors feparated from it ; all which is owing to
the various Strufture of the Glands, fome of which are fo
fmall, and fo varioufly wound up, and their Veilels drawn
out into fuch extraordinary Length, that Nothing but the
moft minute and fpirituous Particles of the Blood can pafs
through them ; and doubtlefs, of fuch a Sttudure is the
cortical Part of the Brain, by which the Animal Spirits are
fecerned. Others again are more wide, and feparate chiefly
Excrements. But I fhall not enter upon this Subjea, fee-
ins; thofe who have any Curiofity that Way, may be fully
fatisfied by perufmg feveral Books that have been profefled-
ly writ on that Subjedt,

The End of the Anatomy of a Horfe.

THE

F A R R I E R's

NEW GUIDE.

CONTAINING

^ An Exaa and Perfed ACCOUNT

Of all the

(DISEASES

Incident to

horses:

WITH THE

Method of Cure, ^c.

LONDON:

\\ Printed for T. Lo noma n, at the Ship and Blaci-
Swan in Pater-nojler-row,
Mdcc xxxyiii.

THE

F A R R I E R's

NEW GUIDE.

GOQI

C H A F- L

Of the T)ifeafei of Horfes in generaly and
the Caiifes thereof

Health confifts in a due and eafy Motion
of the Blood ; fo a Difeafe may be proper-
ly faid to be an unufual Circulation of the
Blood, or when its circular Motion is aug-
mented or diminifhed throughout the whole
Body, or in fome Part only ; and thus a ^ Blfeafc de-
Creature may be properly term'd difeafed, finea!
when its Blood flows falter than ufual, or
when it is irregular in its Motion, being fometimes flow,
and fometimes more quick. Or laflly, when its Progrefs
is impeded and hindered in fome particular Part of the
Body only, as is common in all Swellings, b'f. and there-
fore whatever occalions an unufual Circulation of the
Blood, in any of the foregoing Refpecls, may be account-

ed the Cp.ufe of a Dife;

Ne^

2 The Parrier*^ New Guide. Chap. I. •

Now the Caufes which bring on Difeafes, being in z
Manner infinite, fince molt Accidents to which Bodies-
are expofed from other Bodies^ may be the Occafion of
fome Diftemper ; and likewife lince Difeafes may proceed
from the Adlion of the fame Body upon itfelf, in a Way
that is either voluntary or involuntary ; I {hall therefore
forbear all unneceflary and unprofitable Deviations, and
only take Notice of thofe Caufes which are moil apparent,
and the mofl common.

The Ancients being unacquainted with the true Struc-
ture and Oeconomy of Animal Bodies, afcrib'd a great
deal to thofe Qualities which they believed to be in all
Bodies, proceeding from the four Elements, as alfo to the
Errors of Feeding, Exercife, and Reft, hfc, which they
called the Nonnatiirals, And our Farriers, efpecially
Markham and De Grey^ in Imitation of them, have puz*
zled their Readers with a fort of Philofophy, which neither
ihemfelves underltood, nor will ever be of any Ufe to Po-
Iterity. The one begins with Generation and Corruption,
the other with the Formation of animal Bodies out of the
four Elements, viz, Fire^ Air^ Water^ and Earth ; and
fubfequent to them to be made up of four Humours, viz,
Slood^ Phlegm^ Choler^ and Melancholy ; and accordingly,
their Bodies were of different Temperaments, hot and dry,
cold and moift, as this or that Humour was predominant.
Nay, Markham has refin'd fo far on thefe Notions, as to
judge by a Horfe's Colour and Complejcion, which of all
the Elements had the Afcendant in him ; and confequent-
]y, whether he is of a cholerick, melancholy, or phlegma-
tick Difpofition.

I (hall very readily ovi^n, that fome of thofe Marks,
which that Author has taken Notice of, may oftentimes
denote the Faults and Imperfedtions of Horfes ; but that
ihey are reducible to luch Temperaments and Humours,
as he has afcribed to them, is a meer Dream, and doubt-
lefs, may have been the Death of fome Thoufands of
Horfes in this Kingdom ; fince it is reafonable to fuppofe,
that molt of the EngliJ}} Farriers, building upon him,
guefs at the inward Diltempers of Horfes, more from
their Colour and Complexion^ than from any other Signs
what foe ver.

All that can jullly be obferved in Horfes, as to their
Temperaments, is the two Extremes of too much Fire,
or too little, the reft inclining more or lefs to the one or

to

Chap. I. Of the Tiifeafes in Horses^ 5

to the other. When a Horfe has too much f^at to be ob-^
Fire, and is therefore untradable and un- y^^V concern-
manageable (if that Difpofition is not itfelf '^<? ^^^ Tempe-
a Difeafe) it expofes him to a great many '^^'-^^^^ o/Hor^
Accridents which would be necdlefs to name ; '^"'
belides, that by the continual Reftlelihefs of his Spirits, and
the conftant Hurry of his Blood, he mull therefore be fub-
je(5t to feveral Diftempers, more particularly to Fevers and
oftentimes thofe of the worft Kind. If on the other Hand,
a Horfe be of a dull, iluggifh Difpofition, he muft alfo be
expos'd to Diftempers that are peculiar to a flow and lan-
guid Blood ; and the nearer any Horfe approaches to ei-
ther of thefe Temperaments, he is the more obnoxious to
their Diftempers.

Horfes may be alfo faid to be of different Temperaments
at different Periods of their Life ; and therefore a young
Horfe being full of Blood, and his folid Parts as yet of a
loofe Texture, muft be more fubjed to DifeafeSj than one
who is arriv'd at his Prime; and thofe Difeafes muft be of
Worfe Confequence to him, if not carefully look'd tOo
And likewife a Horfe who is grown old, tho* fuch an one
is not fo apt to be difeafed as a young Horfe, yet their Dif-
eafes more frequently end in Death, or prove irrecoverable 5
becaufe the Blood at that Time grows languid, and lofes
the Vigour that is peculiar to Youth, and the middle Age,
"Which muft needs deprive them of the Benefits and Aifift-
ances of Nature. But a Horfe in his Prime, having then
all his Parts well conform'd, and his Blood in its beft State,
neither too luxuriant^ nor too much depauperated j and
likewife the Quantity of Blood being in that Age nearly
adjufted to the Capacity of the Velfets in which it flows ;
he is therefore neither apt to be difeafed, nor are his Difeafes
apt to be of a long Continuance.

But the Farrier ought carefully to take Notice, that albeit
thefe Obfervations concerning Temperaments may, for the
moft Part, be very juft, yet it is undeniable that fome are
more robuft and hardy, while but Colts^ than others are
at the Prime of their Age ; and fome retain a great deal of
their Vigour, even when they are grown old, and as eafily
get over any Accident, as Horfes that are youngs And
likewife it is to be obferv'd, that fome Horfes of a faint
wafhy Colour, fometim.es prove hard and durable ; and
therefore, befides all common Rules and Obfervations, )t
may be neceftary, to the forming a right Judgment of the
I z Tera-'

4 The Farrier'^ New Guide. Chap. L

Temperaments and Conftitutions of Horfes, to have Re-
courfe to Examination and Trial.

After what has been faid as to Temperaments, I fhall
not trouble the Reader with thole confufed and unprofi-
table Speculations about Members, Powers, Anions, and
Operations, and the reft ot thofc they termed Naturals^
but proceed to the Nonnaturals^ which, according to the
Ancients, were reckoned Six in Number, viz. Air, Meat
and Drink, Sleep and Watching, Motion and Reft, Things
excreted and retained, and the AfFedions or Motions of
the Mind, and were fuch as hurt by Neceffity; fo that
this Enumeration is more accurate, as applied to brute
Creatures, than to Man, who has the Ufe of his Reafon,
and may therefore avoid feverai of the Accidents proceed-
ing from them.

Nonnaturals, Now thefe are faid to be profitable, or

honv they profit, hurtful to all Creatures ; but our Bufinefs at
or become hurt- . this Time is only to take Notice of them in
ful' the latter Senfe. And firft, as to Air.

The Air may be many times the Caufe of Difeafes; for
if that be too much rarified, it hurts the Blood's Circula-
tion, not being of fufficient Force to help it through the
Lungs ; whence its Motion becomes flow, and Perfpiration
decreafes, which leaves a Load upon the Veflels, and ren-
ders the Blood vifcid and tenacious. The fame EfFed alfo
happens from the Air's being too grofs, for then the Circu-
lation of the Blood is impeded in the Lungs, by its too great
Preflure and Weight upon them.

Food may alfo become hurtful to Horfes, both as to its
Quantity and Quality ; for if that be mufty and raw, cor-
rupt and unclean, it muft breed Crudities, and thereby ren-
der the Chyle vifcid, which will of Neceflity retard the
Motion of the Blood ; and if it be of two hot and fpiri-
■ tuous a Nature, it muft, on the contrary, render the Blood
too thin, and thereby increafe its Motion too much. Im-
moderate Feeding, be the Food never fo wholfome, efpe-
cially when the Horfe wants Exercife, muft vitiate the
Blood ; for in fuch a Cafe there is no Room given for Di-
geftion, fo that a great deal of Chyle muft enter into the
Mafs of Blood, before it has been thoroughly prepared in
the Stomach. The fame Effeds may be alfo produced;
from exceftive Drinking, efpecially of ftagnated Waters, oi
y/atcrs proceeding from fome Sort of Minerals.

Chap. I. Of the Tilfeafes of Horses. 5

Long continued Excrcife, efpecially when it is too vio-
lent, occafions a too great Diffipation of the Spirits ; and
if a Horfe's Stomach is very full, or if he be full of Blood,
it brings on innumerable Diforders ; as fliall be obferv'd,
when we come to treat of the Difeafes particularly. But
the want of proper Exerciie is equally pernicious, as it
hinders Digeftion, and occafions a too great Diftention of
all the Veflels, which caufes Surfeits and other Diltempers.

A too quick Difcharge of the Dung, before there is a
due Separation of the Chyle from the excrementitious
Parts, occafions Sicknefs ; for in fuch a Cafe there is ejecfl-
ed and thrown out the Ufeful with the Ufelefs, whence
muft proceed a Refrigeration, and Weaknefs of the Body,
by reafon of a debilitated Circulation of the Blood. As,
on the other Hand, when a Horfe is Colli ve, and his Ex-
crements retain'd too long, a Plethora^ or Over-fulneis,
will be apt to enfue. But thefe are rather to be accounted
Difeafes than Caufes, efpecially in brute Creatures.

Immoderate Sleep may often be the Caufe of Sicknefs;
becaufe in Sleep the external Senfes are weak, the nervous
Fluid moves flovvly, the Heart is feldomer contracted, and
the Circulation of the Blood goes on with lefs Brisknefs ;
Watching produces all the contrary Effeds.

As for the PafTions and Affedions, to which Marhham^
and others, have afcribed Difeafes, it is very certain that
thefe Creatures have their feveral AfFedions ; fuch as
Love and Hatred, Fear and Anger, which may be accom-
pany'd with a flow or quick Motion of the Blood, as this
or that happens to be Predominant ; but thefe being fel-
dom Permanent, and of any Continuance in brute Crea-
tures, but chiefiy adminifter to their common Inftindl of
Self-prefervation, there cannot therefore be much attribut-
ed to them.

Befides the above recited Caufes, which are indeed the
moft common and ordinary, there are an infinite Number
of others, which may bring on Difeafes, as has been al-
ready obferv'd ; and fuch are all outward Accidents, as
Falls, Bruifes, Wounds, and the like; as alfo unfeafonable
Evacuations, and all improper Application of Remedies^
which is frequently pradtifed among Farriers for Preven-
tion, while Horfes are in a State of Health. But I fhall
take fome Notice of this in a following Chapter, and there-
fore proceed to the Signs.

1% CHAP.

6 The Farrier'j New Guide. Chap. It
CHAP. II.

Of the Signs of Sicknefs in Horfes.

Dtfeafes in tT is indeed very difficult to arrive at an)?

brute Creatures A certain Knowledge in the Difeafes -of
hard to be dt- \yx\xVt Creatures, and therefore it is no w^onder
ftinguijhed. jj- ^^ Farriers are miftakcn in enumerating

Signs, becaufe we can only judge by outward Appearances,
and not from any Infight they can give into their own In-
difpofitions, but efpecially as there are many Difeafes that
are accompanied with the fame common Symptoms; and
therefore, tho' we may be affured that a Horfe has a Fe-
ver, or a Strangury, we cannot at the fame Time be certain,
without a very careful Examination, whether he may not
have an Inflammation in the Pleura^ or in his Kidney?.
AH the Signs that thefe Creatures ufually give in the Af-
fedions of particular Parts, is by turning their Head to-
wards that Part. Neither is that always to be depended
upon ; for a Horfe may turn his Head towards the right
Side of his Belly ; and the Farrier, who chiefly takes that
Indication to fignify a difeafed Liver, may be grofly mif-
taken, fmce a Horfe very frequently gives the fame Sign in
a Cholick. The only Way therefore to get an Infight into^
the Difeafes of Horfes, is to make a judicious Comparifon of
all the Signs that can be gather'd in any Dillemper, and bj
that Means the Farrier may go on to adminfter his PhyficI
with fome AiTurance ; and herein they may be very much'
afTilled by the Remarks of the Sieur Be SoUeyfell^ who has
been a more accurate Obferver of all thofe Things, thai "
any other who has wrote upon the Subject.

The firil Sign that a Horfe commonly gives of Sicknefs,
is loathing his Food ; this is common to all Fevers. In fome
Cafes a Horfe looks wild and haggard, and albeit at oth(
Times he was eafy and tradable, he now grows difobe-
dient and reftlefs, will neither ftand long, nor when he lie
down, will he continue in that Pofture, but immediatel]
flarts up again : This may, for the moll Part, be reckon'd'
a Sign of violent and excefTive Pain, and no doubt, pro-
ceeding from an Inflammation of the Phura^ or Lungs,
efpecially if his Heart and Flanks beat, and that he labours
far l^reath. Other Signs of Sicknefs are, a dry and parch'il
Mouthj the Tongue white and cruftcd over, and the Breath

exceflive

Chap. II. Of the Signs of Sicknefs in Horfes, 7

cxceflive hot. Some Signs are alfo exhibited which denote
Sicknefs, but are different from the former ; as when a
Horfe hangs his Head, has a Coldnefs and Dampnefs
about his Ears, his Eyes watery, fometimes with a Mix-
ture of Corruption, flow and dull in its Motions, being
apt to ftumble, as often as he attempts to walk ; takes no
Notice of any other Horfe, or of any Perfon coming near
him. Some Sicknefles, as Intermitting Fevers, will pro-
duce fome Intervals of Trembling, and exceflive Sweat*
ing ; and fome have Symptoms compounded and made up
from complicated Sickneftes, which exhibit feveral of thefe
Signs together.

There may be alfo divers Signs taken from the Dung
and Urine of a Horfe ; but thofe from the Urine are the
mofl certain : When a Horfe in Sicknefs ftales clear, and
when that is preferved, if there be no Sediment in it, it
prognofticates a growing Diftemper ; but when the Urine
lurns of a reddifh or yellowifh Colour, and has either a
Cloud fwimming in it, which is not black and earthy, pr a
Sediment falling to the bottom, and begins to have a yan^;
Smell, it is then a Sign the Diftemper begins to bxeak ; but
when the Cloud is of an earthy or black Colour, and co-
heres in a body without parting, it is a Sign the Difeafe will
prove mortal. It may be farther remar^'d as to Urine, if
it be different at different Times, fometimes refembling that
of a found Horfe, and fometimes giving Signs of Sicknefs, it
then betokens a great Malignity in the Diftemper, proceed-
ing from an Inequality in the Blood's Compofure^ which
caufes alfo an Inequality in its Motion.

There might be alfo Signs taken from the Pulfe, which
is plainly enough to be felt on the Temples and Fore- legs of
a Horfe ; but as that IVIethod has never as yet obtain'd a-
xnong Farriers, I fhall therefore pafs it over.

The Sieur De Solleyfell obferves, when a Horfe piifes
without ftriding, and without putting forth his Yard, after
long Sicknefs (unlefs he has been accuftomcd to do fo in a
State of HealthJ it is a mortal Sign ; and likewife that it is
a no lefs fatal Prognoftication, when the Hair of a Horfe's
Skull or Tail may be eafily pluck'd off. The fame Author
obferves further, that it is alfo a dangerous Sign, when a
Horfe lies often down, but ftarts up again immediately,
not being able to breathe freely in a lying Pofture ; and en
the contrary, that it is a very promifing Sign, when a Horfe
lies quietly in tlie Decline of Sicknefs. But more parti-

I 4 cuias'

t The FarrierV New Guide. Chap. III.

cular Notice fhall be taken of thofe Things, when we come
to treat of the Difeafes themfelves.

CHAP. IIL

Of the Method of Cure.

iniTHEN the Farrier has diligently enquired into the
^^ Nature and Caufe of the Difeafe, his Bufinefs is, in
the next Place, to adminifter fuch Things as are proper to
reftore Health ; and that he may the better fucceed thereinj,
1 fhall lay down the following general Diredions.
R a-d to he ^^^'^^ of alt^ A particular Regard is to be

had\o the ^^^ ^^ ^^^^^ Symptoms that are the moll:
moft urgent Urgent, and any ways endanger Life ; and
Symptoms. therefore if the Signs difcover a Horfe to

have an Inflammation in the Lungs, or
Pleura^ which may be guelled at by his being fuddenly
feized with difficulty of Breathing, and- an Inability to
continue in one Pofture ; or if a Swelling fhould arife on
his Throat, which might hinder him from getting down
his Food, or render him liable to Suffocation, fuch Evacu-
ations, or other Means as are proper to remove thofe Symp-
toms, mud immediately be ufed, fetting afide all other
Conliderations of Sickne'fs. And in like Manner, if a Florfe
fhould be feized with a violent Hemorrhage of Blood, the
lirft Intention muft be to itop it ; for the removing of thofe
not only prefcrves Life, but in fome Cafes puts an End to
ihe Difeafe.

Seco?idlyy If in any DiHemper the Indication is taken
chiefly from Crudities lodging in the Stomach and Guts,
then fuch Medicines only as clear thofe Pallages are to be
adminifter'd, without Regard to any other ; but if- this be
accompanied with any other Difeafe, then all the Medicines
that are to be given in fuch a Cafe, muft not be levelled at
the Difeafes of thofe Parts direclly, but at others in Con-
jun6lion with them.

Thirdly^ If the Indication is taken from the Blood, it is
then to be confider'd, that all its Diforders depend upon its
circulatory Motion being increafed or diminiihed ; and that
all the Changes in the Texture and Qiiality of the Blood, as
alfo in its Qtiantity, are attended either with a Diminution
tv Incrcaie of the Blood's Velocity ; and therefore if the;

Quan-

Chap.IIL Of the Method of Cure, p

Quantity of the Blood is augmented, Bleeding and other
Evacuations are neceilary ; but if the Qtiantity thereof be
diminiflied, then Reftoratives, Reft, and nourifhing Food
may be required : And if this laft proceeds from any Error
in the Stomach, caufing Lofs of Appetite, in fuch a Cafe,
thofe Things are to be adminiftred which create Hunger,
and help Digeftion. If the Texture of the Blood be chan-
ged, as is ufual in a continual Courfe of Sicknefs, then it
may be neceilary, befides other Intentions, to adminiiler
fuch Things as may correal the vitiated Mafs.

Fourthly, When a Difeafe proceeds from. an Increafe or
Diminution of feme Secretion, the Cure ought, for the
moft Part, to be performed by fuch Things as enlarge the
Secretions that are too fparing, and reftrain fuch as are too
liberal : And the fafeft Way to reftrain an augmented Se-
cretion, is by the Increafe of fome other Secretion. And
indeed this Method of Revulfion has been lafely pradifed
among all Phyficians ; and if it could be rightly underftood
by Farriers, it would be of the greateft Importance in
their Pradice.

But here it is to be remark'd, that when we fpeak of an
augmented Secretion, we underftand that as a Difeafe, and
not as a Remedy : For fometimes a Secretion augmented
becomes a Cure ; and in iiach a Cafe, it is not to be flopped
immediately, but rather fomevvhat aflifted, when any
ways imperfcdl. As for Inftance, If a Horfe be lax, and
has a Scouring upon him ; when this proceeds from a Dif-
order of the Guts only, by a Putrefadion of the Excre-
ments too long detained, it rnay be very proper to admii-
nifter fome moderate Purge, provided it be of fuch a
Nature as will not too much relax the Inteftinal Glands.
But if this Caufe proceeds from an obftrucled Tranfpira-
tion, as is very ufual, then fuch Things as promote Sweat,
and a Breathing through the Pores, muft be likewife admi-
nifter'd. The like Method is to be obferved in moft other
Secretions, as in Sweat, Urine, running at the Mouth and
Nofe, which may be often obferved among Horfes in the
Decline of Sicknefs.

Fiftkh, In the Cure of all Difeafes, Na- Nature to he
ture 'is the beft Guide, and therefore the Far- carefully obfer-
lier muft diligently follow her. Whenever fhe '^^^'
: finds herfelf opprelTed, flie endeavours to throw off the
Load, and tries all the neareft and propereft Ways for her
Kdief ; and it is for the Conferyation of Health, or re-
covering

lO The FarrierV New Guide. Chap. IIL

covering it when loft, that fhe is fo abundantly furnifhed
with Drains and Outlets, for iuch are moft or all the
Glands, by which Secretion is performed ; but though
Nature is to be carefully obferved, and followed in all her
Motions, and to be alTifted when her Operations are too
weak and imperfed, or reftrain'd when too powerful ; yet
ihe is not to be compeli'd, but muft herfelf be the Begin-
ner, and very often the Finifher of the Work alfo. And
therefore, whenever the Practitioner finds her own Efforts
fruitlefs, while (he is endeavouring one while by one Se-
cretion, and at other Times by another, to give Vent to that
■which opprefles her, he is not to be over-forward in alTift-
ing her in her reftrain'd Inclinations, but conclude with
himfelf, that the Matter is not as yet render'd of fuch a
due Magnitude or Smallnefs, as to be carried along the
Canals, and difcharg'd by the Veflels which are appointed
for that Purpofe *, fo that his Bufinefs is only to help her
with fuch Things as will thicken or attenuate, ^c, as he
fhall fee Occafion ; waiting with Patience until her more
fenfible Operations become permanent and lafting, and that
■Ihe becomes free and eafy in all her Exertions ; and this
Change is what the Phyficians call the CrifiSy or Turn of
a Diftemper.

But when her Operations are too violent and pow^erful,
if Life is thereby at Stake, as in the Inftances above-men-
tioned, by an exceflive Hemorrhage of Blood, or an Influx
into fome Part, occalioning a Suffocation ; or, in Cafe of
an augmented Secretion continuing too long, then the Rules.
already laid down muft be followed. But if it happens, as
may be often obferved in imperfect Cryjes^ that an He-f
snorrhage of Blood proceeds only from a Rupture of Vef-
fels that are very fmall, or that the Blood, by Reafon of
its abated Heat, flows but moderately ; or if a Tumour
arifes, or an Abfcefs be found m any Part of the Body, by
which Life is not in Danger ; thefe are not to be prevepted,
but manag'd in a Way that is fuitable to the Nature of fuclli
Accidents.

C H A P,

Chap. IV. T^tfcovering forne Errors^ See ii ,
CHAP. IV.

D'lf covering fome Errors In the Methods ufually taken
to prevent Difeafes in Horfes^ with the froperejl
Means to preferve Health.

^^Othing is more frequent among Farri- Ply/tc^ unite-
^^ ers, than the adminiftring Phyfick to <'#^'3' '^ ^°^~
Horfes that are found and healthful, in or- >» '^"^'(^ '^^
der to prevent their falling into Difeafes ; ^^^ '^ Health.
with this Notion moft People, as well as
they, have been prepoflefs'd, infomuch that they have tied
themfelves up to Times and Seafons, believing a Horfe
can never keep found, if he is not bled at this Time, purg'd
at that, and at another Time rowell'd ; fome have Cordial
Balls ^ or Drinks^ which they keep as Secrets, and which
they affirm will prevent all Manner of Infedtion and Sick-
nefs. But I fhall endeavour to fhew what manifeft Abufe
there is in all thofe Things, and lay down fome General
Rules which may truly be of Service to the Prefervation of
Health.

Tho* Health, in its befl Eftate, is only relative, yet all
Creatures may be properly faid to be in Health, when they
deep, eat, and digeft, when they move without Pain ; and
all this depends upon a regular and uniform Motion of the
Blood ; now whatever contributes to keep up that uniform
and regular Motion, mull be the Means to preferve Health ;
but it is very certain, the Means that are ufed in Time of
Sicknefs, to reftore that Regularity in the Blood's Motion,
muft be prejudicial in a State of Health, becaufe they
muft effed fome Change in the Animal Oeconomy, whicli
was not wanting. Thus Bleeding and Purging may be of
Ufe to put a Check to a Difeafe, if a Horfe be plethorick
and full of Blood, or if a Horfe has any other Signs that
require Evacuation ; but then it is to be confidered, that
thefe are Difeafes adually begun ; and if a Horfe has none
of thefe Signs, the EfFeit that any fuch Evacuations can
have upon him, muft be a Leflening the Quantity of his
Blood, which is often of bad Confcquence; becaufe the
Leflening the Qiiantity of the Blood, gives it a different
Motion f;om. what it had before.

If

1 2 The Farrier'^ New Guide, Chap. IV,

An Ohjeaion If any one fhould plead that thefe Eva*

anfii>end, cuations zr?. made to bring a Horfe into a

better State of Health, and thereby ftrengthen his Body,
and enable him the more to refill Difeafes ; I anfwer, there
js a certain State of Health which is natural and agreeable
to every Horfe, and confifts in the Requilites abovemen-
tion'd, to wit, in a Life free from Pain, or any infenfible
Imperfedion ; and, no doubt, as ariiong Men, one Horfe
may, comparatively fpeaking, enjoy a more perfect degree
of Health than another is capable of ; and this is owing to
fome Difference in their original Structure and Make, where-
of we are Ignorant ; fo that they may as well turn a black
Horfe white, or a white Horfe black, as to pretend to make
a Horfe Strong, who is naturally of a weak and delicate
Conftitution. All therefore that can be expeded from
tampering with Horfes that are in their bell Eibte, is
either little or no Alteration at all, if a Horfe has Youth
and Vigour to overcome the Shocks given to Nature by
phyfick, or elfe an Alteration for the worfe ; becaufe the
llrongeil Horfe may thereby be brought into an habitual
Weaknefs, which becomes a Difeafe ; and a Horfe that is
Weak, may become yet much Weaker ; and thefe Acci-
dents frequently happen by fuch unskilful Management,
though they are generally attributed to fome other Caufe.
7he Caufe of But what has led Farriers into thofe Er-

fe^eral' Errors rors, is a confufed Notion many of them
in the Prailice have of all Difeafes proceeding from corrupt
cf Farriers. Blood ; and therefore, as if the Blood of
Horfes was like Pond or Ditch-water, which gathers Mud
and Filth at certain times, they think it (hould be often
cleanfed. And becaufe the Blood of thefe Creatures (as mod
of them are ufed to Toil and Labour) is generally of an
unpleafant Afpe6l, they feldom or never take Blood from
any Horfe, but they think him full of bad Humours, not
confidering but this may be the natural State of his Blood ;
and for that Reafon they do not often mifs telling the
Owner, that his Horfe w^ants Purging as well as Blooding,
Another thing which feems to have given Encourage-
ment to thofe Methods, is, becaufe fome Horfes have been
obferv'd to eat plentifully, and not thrive, till after Evacua-
tions were made pretty largely. Whenever any fuch thing
happens, there is the Sign of a Difeafe proceeding from
feme Obftrudtions in the Mefentery, or from fome vifcid
iloughy Matter lodg'd in the firil Pallages^ which may hin-
der

Chap. IV. T>ifcovering fome Errors, &c. 1 1

der a fufficient Quantity of Chyle entring into the Mafs of
Blood. But 1 don't mean fuch, but thofe, who, upon
full Experience are found to be in as found a State of
Health, as they have ever been known to be in at any time,
but are bled and purged, or h?;ve Cordials given them at
fuch Times as are prefcrib'd in Farrier's Books, or have
otherwife obtain'd by Cuilom.

But that I may not be thought too peremptory on this
Head, or to deviate too far from a Method that has been
fo univerfally received ; I Ihall therefore lay down fome ^^^Tf
Cafes wherein Blooding, or other Evacuations, may be
made, even when there are no Indications to betaken di-
redly from Sicknefs ; but thefe too are difcretionary, and
to be gone about with Caution ; as for Inftance, if Blood-
ing be moderately and fparingly ufed^ it may be of Service
to young Horfes, efpecially after hard Exercife, or after a
Journey in a hot Seafon, becaufe either the one or the other
is apt to augment the Blood's Motion too much, which, be-
fore it has any ill Tendency, may be thus remedied. But
yet this may not be often necellary to Horfes that are ac-
cuitomed to conllant Exercife, as Hunting \ or thofe that
travel all the Year, as Stage- Horfes or Poft-Horfes, but
only to fuch as are more habituated to Eafe. Secondly^ A
Horfe that has been much us'd to Handing in the Stable, and
has but feldom Exercife, may alfo have a Vein open'd upon
Sufpicion of the Blood's growing too vifcid, and ftagnating
for Want of due Exercife ; becaufe, while he is thus kept,
a Difeafe may infenfibly, and by Degrees, be creeping up-
on him, while yet there is no Indication given from fenfi-
ble Signs. Tihirdly^ If a Horfe has {tumbled into a Pit
of Water, or a deep Ditch, and has continued fome Time
therein, though he does not immediately give Signs of Sick-
nefs, yet fuch Accidents are a fufficient Indication both for
Bleeding and other Remedies, becaufe the Adftridion of
the Pores, occafion'd by the Coldnefs and Prellure of the
Water, may caufe a Fever, or a violent Cold, that may
end in the Glanders, or fome other fatal Diftemper.

The fame Cautions may be alfo obferv'd as to Purging,
and that fhould never be gone about barely at a Venture,
but when the Farrier or Owner may have fome Sufpicion
at leaft ; as, for Want of Exercife, eating unwholfome Food,
or drinking bad Water, or the like, whether that proceed
from Carelellhefs or NecelTity. In thefe, or fuch like C-afes,
Blooding or Purging may be ufed by Way of Prevcniion ;

ari

14 The Farrier'^ New Guide. Chap. IV.

and I (hould the rather fo far give into thofe Methods,'
with refped: to brute Creatures, becaufe feveral of their
Difeafes may adually have fome Footing before they can-
be well difcerned. But yet, as there is even in all thefe
Cafes an Indication given, at leait from foreign Caufes,
what has been here advanced, will not juilify the Condudl
I am cenfuring, which is only adminillring Things at
Random, and which therefore often prove prejudicial.

I fliall therefore venture to affirm, that unneceflary Eva-
cuations cannot be the Way to prevent Difeafes in Horfesy
but that may be better effeduated by a due Care in their
Keeping.

A J . r^ . -^ All Evacuations lefTen the CXiantity of the
Keepinzy the -olood, but moft immediately Blood-letting ;
froperefiWay to ^nd when that has been frequently repeated,
pre'vent Sicknefs. OX been taken away in a large Quantity, it
often becomes languid in its Motion, by a
lelTer Quantity of Spirits, derived from a lefler Quantity
of Blood, fo that what remains has not Force enough from
thefe Spirits to reach the Pallages of the Skin, fo as to make
a Secretion there ; and from hence, inftead of preventing-
Difeafes, it becomes the Caufe of many. Purging has alfo'
the fame Effect, though after a different Manner, and may
be of a worfe Confequence to Horfes, as ail fuch Evacua-
tions a6l more diredly againft Nature, and in fuch a Man-
ner, that the whole animal Frariie, when the Medicines-
happen to be of any Strength, is difcompofed by them ; and
thus a Horfe that w^as in Health, is expofed to all the In-
juries that can proceed from any Element. But in good
and proper Keeping, all thefe Accidents are avoided, and'
the fame thing eflcded.

The bell Way therefore to prevent Horfes being difeafed,-
3s, in the firfl Place, to have no Kind of Food given them
but what is wholfome, and their Drink flioufd be Rain-
water, or that of the running Brook, if fuch are to be had.-

Secondly^ The next Thing to be regarded is Exercife, ef-
pecially fince the Health of all Animals depends fo much up-
on the Blood's regular Motion, for without that it is impoffi-
ble but that it muft be apt many times to flagnate ; whereas'
if the Body is often kept moving, the Blood is not only forc'd
thro' the fmalleft Veins and Arteries, by the feveral Contrac-
tions of the Mufcles, but all the little Glands and Strainers
throughout the Body are thereby forc'd to difcharge their fe-
veral Contents, which muft be a great Means to preferrc
Health. 7hirdlv

Chap. IV. ^tfcovering fome Errors j &c. i $

Thirdly, The Exercife of a Horfe ought to be propor-
tion'd to his Strength, and likewife to his Feeding ; for a
Horfe that is of a Weak, delicate Make, cannot bear much
Exercife, neither muft that be violent, but gentle. In like
Manner, a Horfe who has but fhort Feeding, cannot bear
fo much, nor fuch hard Exercife, as if he was kept high.

Fourthly, A Horfe fhould be gently ufed when he is
full, becaufe at that Time, bcfides the Prejudice done him
by the Weight of his Stomach, the Blood receiving from
thence frefh Supplies, will be apt to caufe a Plenitude and
Fulnefs of the Veflels, which may either occafion a too
great Rarefaftion, or a Stagnation, efpecially in the Lungs,
by reafon of their near Communication with the Heart, and
their frequent Diftention with Air ; and Horfes that are
of a large and heavy Make, ought to be Rid more gently
at all Times, than thofe that are light and nimble.

Fifthly^ No Habit fhould be broke fuddenly, but by
Degrees ; for Inftance, if a Horfe has been ufed to travel,
he ought to be walk'd out, and rid more or lefs for fome
time thereafter ; becaufe during the Time of Exercife, the
Blood muft have acquired a more than ordinary Aptitude
to Motion ; and therefore it will be ready to ftagnate in
fome remote Parts, where the Veflels are fmall. The fame
Rule is to be obferved with refped to Horfes newly taken
up from Grafs, becaufe they have been ufed both to Exer-
cife and Air, while at their Liberty in the Fields. Neither
muft a Horfe that has been ufed to feed plentifully, be fud-
denly reduced to a low Diet, becaufe he will be apt to
grow faint, and oftentimes fick in his Spirits, which may oc-
cafion very great Diforders, by reafon the Quantity of the
Blood is of a fudden render'd too fmall, in proportion to the
Capacity of the Veflels. And, on the contrary, a Horfe
that is low, muft be fed but gently, and brought to good
Keeping by Degrees.

Sixthly, A due Regard ought to be had to Drefling, be-
caufe rubbing and combing is a Sort of Exercife, efpecially
to a Horfe of Mettle, it promotes the Motion of the Blood
in the extreme Parts, and greatly helps the cuticular Dif-
; charges] and therefore a Horfe that has been ufed to good
Drefling, iliould never go without it, left the Pores ot the
Skin becomes fuddenly obftruded, which muft unavoid-
ably caufe fome Diforders. But if a Horfe has never been
ufed to any Regularity, as to his Feeding, ^V. which is the
Cafe of fome Drudges, the bsft Way is to continue in the
i iam?

16 The Farrihp.^j' Kew 'Guide, CtiAp. V.

fame want of Method with refpedl to them ; beeaufe we
often obferve the bringing any fuch into regular keeping, at
iirft proves generally of ill Confequence to them ; and that
for feveral Reafons, which I need not here mention.

From thefe general Directions, the Reader may be able
to form fuch other Rules, as may be of Ufe, not only to
prevent Sicknefs, but may alfo be the Means of bringing-
Horfes to a better State of Health, without hazarding their
Conllitutions with the repeated Ufe of Phylick, as is very
cuftomary in this Kingdom ; and proceeds from thofe Per-
fons, who are ufually intruded with the Health of our
Horfes, not being acquainted with the Mechanifm and Oe-
conomy of animal Bodies. I have been the more encoura-
ged to make fuch Obfervations, beeaufe fome of the mod
judicious Farriers have been from Experience convinced of
thofe Errors, and are able to call to mind many Inftances,
of Horfes they have known to be prejudiced by an unfea-
fonable and unnecellary Ufe of Phyfick ; and methinks it
would be a common Benefit to Mankind, fo far as Horfes
are ferviceable to vs, if thofe Prepolleflions could be ba-
nifhed, and all fuch fuperiiuous Pradtice quite difufed and
laid alide.

CHAP. V.

Some general Rules to be obferved in Bleeding
and Tiirging^

11JAV7NG, in the foregoing Chapter, taken Notice of
'*-'■' fome of the Error., committed in Bleeding and Pur-
ging, I fliall in this lay down fome general Rules to be cb-
ferved in thefe Operations.

And FirJ}^ Concerning Bleeding ; there is not any Ope-
ration more ready, or indeed more ufcful. As nothing can,-
in many Cafes, give fuch immediate Relief; for by Blood-
letting, the Heat of the Blood, and conlequently its Velo-
city, proceeding from what-ever Caufe, may be thereby
abated 5 and not only its Velocity and Heat, but alfo its
Vifcidity, whether from an acid, or from any other coa-
gulating or thickning A4atter, may in a great Meafure be
deltroy'd ; and therefore in all Cafes wlierc the Blood is
too much agitated, and tn M^otion, or where it is too much
ihicknedj Blood-letting is required.

But

Chap. V. Som^ general Rules, &cc] if

But we fliall lay down fome of the particular Indications^
"Which chiefly call for that Operation ; and in doing there-
of we fhall not tie any one up to Times and Seafons, or
particular Influences, which we find fo much obferv'd in
Books of Marfhalfy, and in old phyfical Writers ; for, ac-
cording to their Doctrine, fome Part of the anim.al Body
muft have been difeafed every Month. All the Caution
therefore, that is to be had in that Refpecft, is only to avoid
it as much as poflible in the Extremities of Heat and Cold,
excepting when fome urgent Nectfiuy requires it.

Now the Si<^ns that require BlooJ-lettin'^, r-i o- i
are firft, an over Plenitude or Fiilueis; .^f ^^^^^^

which may be diicovered m a HorJe, be- uUin^^
caufe fuch a one will be apt to be purlive
when he is put to any kind of Exercife, and his Stomach
will fomevvhat abate. In fuch a Cafe Bleeding cools and
refrcflies a Horfe wonderfully.

Secondly^ Blood-letting is proper in the beginning of al-
moll all Fevers, whether Ample or complicated ; that is to
fay, whether the Fever confifts Amply in an Augmentation
of the Blood's Motion only, or when the Blocd is befides
that vitiated. But Care mull be taken, if the Diftemper
takes its Origin from the want of Blood, as very often hap-
pens after large Hemorrhages, or after long fcourjng, or
alter a too plentiful Ufe of Evacuations, or when a Horfe
has been fome Time in a declining Condition ; in fuch
Cafes, tho' fome Indications may, perhaps, require Blood-
letting, yet it is to be us'd fparingly.

Thirdly^ A Horfe ought to be Bled for all Swellings and
Impofthumations, when they happen to be iituated on any
1 Part of the Body, fo as to endanger a Suffocation, or any
I other ill Accident ; but if there be none of thofe Appear-
I ances, and at the flime Time have a Tendency to Suppu-
ration, Bleeding ought not to be perform'd, becaufe that
would be manifeftly to oppofe Nature, who herfelf is en-
deavouring to throw off what is hurtful to her in another
way ; but in Swellings of the Legs, occafion'd by the
Greafe, Blood-letting is not only fafe in the Beginning, as
it may make a Revulfion, but neceflary before they are
much inflam'd, or come to break ; becaufe this Diflem-
per at firll proceeds chiefly from a Stagnation of the Blood
in the extream Parts, from the Smallnefs of the Veflels,
^c, and not from any manifeil Diforder in the Blood it-
felf. But of this in its proper Place.

K Fourthly^

iS The FarPvIerV Ne-w Guide, Chap. V.

Fourthly^ Bleeding is necellary in all violent Pain, whe-
ther that proceeds Irom an internal or external Caufe, as
Wounds or Bruifes ; and in Cafe of inward Pains, as from
an Inflammation of the Lungs and Pleura^ or the LJver,
when they can be difcovered ; and then the Operation may
be once or twice repeated ; but in Pains of the Stomach
and Guts, proceeding from lllmy and vifcid Matter lodg'd
in them, unlefs the Farrier could alfo be alllir'd thele were
accompanied with Inflammation of thofe Parts, it is better-
to forbear it ; becaufe in fuch a Cafe, if a Revuliion be
made, the Blood may be too much diverted of its Spirits,
and Nature balk'd of her De|ign of expelling what flis
finds hurtful to her.

Fifthly^ Blood-letting is moreover nece&y in Verti-
goes, and moll Diforders of the Head ; and in the Begin-
ning of all Colds, by which Defluxions are apt to fiill on
the Lungs, and Rheums into the Eyes. And here I cannot
omit taking Notice of an Error in the Sieur de Solley felly
who forbids Bleeding in Difeafes of the Eyes. It is not
improbable that Author may have obferved fome ill Con-
fequences t'rom this Operation, but it has been in fuch Cafes
as proceed from ExinaniUGiu that is, when the State of
the Blood is very low ; for then that which is cartied into
the extreme Parts, very often ftagnates, from the Want of
a fufiicicnt Force in the Heart to drive it forwards into thofe
Parts ; and when the fucceeding Fluid has not Force enough
to impel the antecciient Blood, {o that if a Difeaie hap-
pen in the Eyes fr()m any fuch Caufe, the lellefiing the
Qtiantity of tijc B'ooJ., which is aheady too fma!l, muft
needs occafion fome very great Diforder in thofe Parts, if'
not abfolute Blindnefs. But in all Rich Cafes as proceed
from an Over-fuhicfs, or from hnrd Riding, which drives
the Blood fail^r into the outward Parts, than cm be rea-
dily returned by the fmall Capillary Veins ; or jf thcie
Diforders proceed fi'om the Blood^s being too viicid, by
which Means it loiters in the fmall Vcllels of the Eyes ;
Blood-lcttin>g mull then do very great Service, and is cSicn
pra^ftifed amr^ng Hoifes to very great Puipofe. For the
jhme Rcafons it may be ufcful in the Farcin, the Itch, and
all Difeafes of tlie Skin,

Lallly^ There muil ho. conHar.t Care ta]:en of the Agp»
Strength, and Conllitution of all Hories. A young Iforfc,
tliough he be more fubjev.^1 to Difeafes^ as has been ah-eady
obferv'd, wilK hov/ever, much fv?on?r recover ihc Lcfs of

Blood

Cfiap. V= So7'ne General Rules, <^c. 19

Blood than a Horfe thit is full aged ; and a full aged
Horle fooner than an old Horfe, becaufe all young Animals
are vigorous in their Appetites and Digeftion ; but yet a full
aged, or an old Horfe, if either be hardy or ftrong, may
overcome aH Loflbs of this Kind, better than fome young
Horfes, who are of a wafliy and delicate Make. But I
fhall now proceed .to Purging.

I need not offer to explain what h In ivhat Cafes
meant by Purging, fince every one knows /^«^<?% is
that it is the difcharging of Humours and c^^i^fy necef
Exciemcnts thro' the common PaOages cf J^'y-
the Belly. The Way this Operation is performed, is with
fuch Medicines, as by their Irritation ftimulate the Mem-
branes of the Guts, whereby the Periftaltick Motion is
quickened fo as to fhake off their Contents. But if the
Dofe or Potion happens to be large, or if it be made of
fuch Things as abound much with thofe ilimulating Parti-
cles, or, to exprefs it after the common Way, if very ftrong
Phyfick be given, it not only carries off what 'is contained
in the Guts, but likewife caufcs fuch frequent and reitera-
ted Twitches, as drives- a more than ordinary Qiiantity of
Blood into thofe Parts, whence is feparated and difcharged
Abundance of Serum, which is thrown off by the com-
mon Paffages above mentioned. And hence it is evident,
that Phyfick may be fo ordered, as to carry off more or
lefs of the Subfeance of the Blood, according as the Dofe
is enlarged or dim/mifned, or as it abounds more or h[$
v/ith thofe purging Particles ; and confequently that it
may be rendered either profitable or hurtful, according as it
is managed.

I fhall not here detain the Reader with the Manner of
preparing the Body for this Operation ; neither fhall I lay
down Rules for rendring this or that Sort of Humour tit for
a Difcharge by Medicines, which have been ignorantly,
but with muff Induftr^devis'd, to prepare Choler, Phlegm,
or Melancholy ; that Sort of Practice being juftly now ex-
posed as uncertain and ridiculous, fince it is very plain, that
all purging Phyfick differs only in the Degrees of Strength,
and works no otherwife on different Humours, than as it
is able to reach only thofe that are near, or fuch as are
more remote from the Guts, where its principal Scene of
Action lies. What particular Regard is to be had to thofe
Things, will be fufficiently fhewn hereafter. I fhall there-'
fore only in this Place lay down fome general Dire<ftrODs,

K 2 which^

^o The FarrierV New Guide. Chap. V.

which I hope will be of Ui'e to all who pradife amono-
Horfes. °

Firjl of alU Purging may be necefTary in molt of all
rletboruk Cajes, elpecially after an Evacuation has been
made by mood-letting, and the Body render'd fomewhat
cool and lightfome ; for if a Horfe be purf^ed when his
body IS very full, it may, unlefs the other Secretions are
alfo free, occafion^ during the Operation, a too great Hur-
ry m the Blood's Amotion, bred from too ercat a quantity
of Blood ; or, by deriving too much Blood Tnto the Intef-
tines, may occafion an Inflammation of the Guts. For the
fameReafon, Horfes that are plethorick and full of Blood
ought only to have mild Purges given them. '

Secondly, Becaufe a Horfe can feldom or never difc^orre
himfelf by Vomit ; gentle Purging may therefore be allow-
ed m Diforders of the Stomach, before other thines are
adminiller'd. ^

Thirdly, Purging is the moft neceflhry Remedy for all
Foulnelsin the Guts, for the Expullion of all vifcid, ropy
Matter, and m all Cafes where a Horfe is infelbd with
VVorms.

Fourthly, It is a great Releifin Collivenefs, efpecially
after fuitable Clyftcrs have been firit adminifter'd And
It IS moreover ufeful in all Scouring and Loofenefs of the
Belly, when performed by fuch Medicines as afterwards
conft ringe the Inteftinal Glands. But in this Cafe many of
the Tribe of purging Medicines may be very hurtful, and
cccafion either a too great Relaxation of thofe Glands or
an Inflammation of the Guts, by their too violent and
harfh Operation.

Fifthly, In all cafes where there is a grofs Habit, with a
Fendency to Swellings in the Limbs, or any other part of
the body. Purging is neceirary; as alfo in humid and
watry Dileafes. In Diforders of the Liver, caufinp the
Jaundice, and in many of tlie Dileafes of the Eyes, it does
manifeft Service, by the Revuliion it makes from thoie
1 arts, and in moft Ailmenr^ofthc Head, where there is no
>evcr, but only a St.ignation in the Blood, in Ibme of the
miall capilJary or Hair-like Arteries. For pur.-rin.T in fuch
Cafes not only drains off Part of the fuperabundant Mat-
ter, but alfo, by putting the Blood into a brisker Motion,
caufes a Separation of its groiler Parts, fo tliat it moves with
more \ reedom and Fahnefs in all its Canals, and is thereby
biough- more readily to the fccretorv Olfxes.

Chap. VI. Of Fevers in general 21

But in this Operation, as well as in Bleed- In nkeding
ing, a particular Regard ought to be had to ^^'^ ^^^'g^'^g*
the Strength of every Horfe, becaufe the Irri- ^'^^ Strength
tation that this kind of Phyfick makes in the f "" ^"'f' *"
Stomach and Guts, when it is powerful, ^' "-'S^-^^'^-
occafions fuch diforderly Agitations in the Blood and Spirits,
as caufe violent Sicknefs, attended with cold damp Sweat:;,
and fometimes convulfive Motions : And all this I have
feen frequently happen to Horfcs while under this Opera-
tion ; and therefore they ought not only at that Time to.
be carefully look'd after, but their Phyfick fliould be quali-
fy *d with fuch Mixtures as will prevent it from adherii]g
too clofely to any Parts of the Guts.

But what relates to this, and all other Operations, wall,
I doubt not, be perform'd to the Farrier's Satisfaftion in
the Sequel of this Treatife, where all thole general Rules
Tnall be jultly and methodically applied.

CHAP. VL

Of the Fevers of Horfs in genera!,

A/f OST of thcfe who have treated of the Ihe Sieur de
Difeafes of Horfes, have delin'd a Fe- Solleyfeli'/ O-
ver to be a preternatural Heat of Blood ; and /^'^'^'^ concern-
the Sieur de SolJeyjell has compar'd it to the '"^ ^ ^''^''''
^' Ebullition of Wine in a Cask, where the Liquor being
" agitated, heated, dilated, and fermented, and having no
*^ Vent, breaks impetuoufly through all Obitacles, fpread-
ing its Steams and Vapours all around, and appears fo
'• muddy, that we cannot difcern the lead; Drop of Wine
'' in the Vcflel. But after thefe diforderly Motions, all
" the Impiirities that were in the Wine are feparated j the
^- Lees fall to the Bottom, a Sort of Scum floats on the
'' Top^ and the Concavity of the Veflel is covered with a
" Sort of crully Subftance". This Comparifon between
the State of the Blood, and Wine thus pent up in the Cask,
IS, according to that Author, a true Idea and Reprefenta-
tion of a Fever, which, as it is obvious to Senfe, will, no,
doubt, fatisfy a good many Readers ; but yet, as the A-
,greement is only in fome few Circumftances, and not in
rhe whole, I Taall therefore give a fiiort Account of a Fever,
• 5^ It IS founded on the Strudure of the Bloody a^iq the Vef-
•'^^in the \Yhlch it Hows.

K 3 But,

2% T/ce Carrier's Nezv Guide, Chap. VL '

But firil, it will be proper to diftinguifh between a Fever
that is Simple, and that which is complicated and accom-
panied with fome other Difeafe. ' A fimple Fever confills
only in the Increafe of the Blood's Velocity j that is to fay,
when it runs more fwiftly through all its Channels than is
ufual, but preferves an Uniformity in its Motion : Whereas
a complicated Fever has, beiides the Increafe of Motion ia
the Blood, feveral other Symptoms ; and thefe Difeafes^.
which are Concomitants of fuch Velocity in the Blood, ard
often the Caufe of thofe P'evers, 'tn which the Motion of
the Blood is not regularly and uniformly augmented, but is.
diforderly, admitting of divers Peiiod.s. ■

y, p 1 he Blood, as all other Fluids, beinoj

plained made Up of liquid Parts, is therefore capable

of being put into a rnoie than ordinary de-
gree of Motion, both by external and internal Caufes :
When the Caufe happens to be limple and external, as for
Inftanccj wl^en the Blood is violently agitated, and put ill
Motion by the Heat of the Sun, or by violent and excef-
five Exercife, then the Fever will be only fimple : In fuch
a Cafe the Blood is melted, and, like Wax, requires more
Space in the Veilels, than when in its ordinary State ; and
iikevvife as it becomes more thin and fluid, its Motion in-
creafes; which is obvious enough, becaufe all thin Liquors
wdll move with moreVelcciiy and Swiftnefs than ihofe
that are thick ; and becaufe a Liquor that is of a thiri
Texture, will pafs through thofe that are more laige, with-
out any Oppoilticn ; thcrefoie all fuch Fevers are regular
and uniform. But vi hen a Fever proceeds frcm any ill I
Quality in the Blood, as for Inftance, if the Blood be too
thick or vifcid, io as to occafion Obllructions in thofe
Veflels that are the molt minute and fmall, the Blood be-
ing obftrudrd there, and meeting with Oppolition, m.uft
needs occafion great diforders, while it flov/s in grcnter
Qi'antity than ordinary into particular Parts, and while it
endeavours to find out proper Vents and Pailages for itfelf.
Now in both thefe Cafes, the glandular Difcharges muftj,,
in a great Meafure^, be hurt: But in thofe Fevers that arei
complicated, fome of thofe Vents may be too much ol>-'
flruL^ed, while others are too free and open. And hencel
It' is, that Nature b fo much put to it in alJ Fevers; fotl
in thofe that are the rpoft fimple, Ihe is overpower'd by 2t,
too great quantity cf BJood, occalion'd by a too great Rare-
htiiQV,^ whereby it takes up more Space than ufual in all

the

Chap. VL Of Fevers in general 2 s

the BIood-veiRls, which moves with To much Rapidity ns
.to dilcompofe the whole Body. And in thofe Fevers that
proceed from vitiated Blood,' and are the Effects of fome
.other Dife?.fc, fhe is opnreiled by violent Impulfes and irre-
gular Difchargcs before the Blood can become of fuch a Tex-
ture and iMake as to render it fit to pafs equally into all Parts„

And therefore it is to be obferved, that jiip^^,frsha'V2
whatever Changes the Biood under^^oes ni j-^^ ^;^-^ -^^^^^
all the different Kinds of a Fever, fo long dtatsCaufe, ei-
as the Difeafe lafts, thefe Changes muil: Iiave ther a too great
a Tendency either to aD over- great Rarefac- Thidnefs or
tion or Thinnefs, or elfe to an over-great ninnefs of the
Thicknefs, or to an Inequality of the Sub- ^i'< ;; ^;
ft.nce of the Blood, whereby fome Parrs of f/XZlfe
it will pafs more eafilv than others through ^

the fmalleil Veilels ; all which may at one
Time or other produce the Symptoms common to all Fe-
vers, to wit, a violent and exceffive Heat, and beating of
the Arteries, b'f. This is fo clear and evident, m Cale oi:
an over-great Rarefadion and Thinnefs of the Biood, that
it needs no Manner of Proof, lince Heat muft always be
the EiFea of Motion. And, on th^ other fjancj, when
the Blood happens to be too much coagulated and tliick-
tn'd, and when it is render'd of too adhehve and gluey
a Nature, whatever be the Figure and Size of it^s Particles,
or whatever other Qualities may be in it, it mult certainly
be obftruited in the fmalieft Paflages ; and thcie Obllruc-
tions in the fmalleil Pailages, mult give it a more than
ordinary Dc-ree of Motion in thofe V^efiels^ that are large
enough to receive it, and confequently its Heat mull alfo
be au2;mented.

But^this will be the more eafily undcrilood, In n.vhat Man.

if we confider that the Arteries, which carry ^er^^ the Biood
the Blooa into all Parts, grow gradually ^;;^l'^'^2e '
fmalier the farther they advance trom the ^^^'^Jy^.l

mer ivhen it i.

Heart; and that there is a proportlonably
iefs Diftance betwixt their Branches, and towards their
Extremities, as the Diihnce between thefe capillary
Branches grows ftiil fmalier, rcfemblmg the little Fila-
ments on the Leaves of Trees. It is alfo to be taken
Notice of, that, according to the iated Difcoveries, the
Sum of all the Orifices of the fucceeding Branches of every
Artery, is larger than the Trunk from whence they anfe,
which muft be io great a Beneiit to K^liire, that unlets

K 4 tho(b

24 The Farrier'j Ne'UJ Guide. Chap. VL

thofe VeiTels had been of fuch a Texture, it would have
been impoflible for any animal Body to have been fup-
ported under the leall Diforder. But notwithftanding this
wife Contrivance, the Blood is ftill very liable to Obltruc-
tion whenever it happens to be too thick orvifcid. And
as all fuch Obflruciions muft rationally happen in thofe
Parts where the Vellels are of the fmalleit Texture, that
which flows in thofe that are larger, muft of Confequence
move with greater Rapidity ; becaufe^ as has been already
hinted, when it meets with Oppofition in its Courfe for-
wards, it muft deviate in greater than ordinary quantity,
and with greater Force, into the neareft lateral Branches.

Nature furniflies us with few Similitudes that would be
of any Service to illuftrate this fort of Mechanifm, unlefs
a general Refemblance could be fufficient. Neither docs
Art aflift us otherwife than by Mathematical Experiments,
which v:ould not be cafily underftood but by thofe who
, . ^T r .> have feme infight into thcrn. But that this

* i f.:f» i^iay be m.ade as plain as poiiible, we Ihall
ct: taken jiom J r i ■> _

Water runnivc fuppofe an Artery to be like a Fij^, which
in Pipesy Scc.^ giows giadually fmallcr, according to the
number of Branches it fends forth. We
muft alfo fuppofe this Pipe, and al! its Branches, to be
ronftantly filled with Water from fome Fountain, and this
Water perpetually runn'ng from the main Trunk into ail
thefe Branches : We muft in like manner imagine the Ex-
tremJties or Endings of thofe Branches to be fo fmall, as
to be cafily choak'd up with Sand or Clay, or any other
kind of Matter ; and therefore when any fuch Matter
happens totally, or in Part, to obftrucl: one or more of
thefe fmall Pafl'ages, the Water meeting with Refiftancc is
forced back again, and is taken up by thofe Branches that
are the neareft ; io the Branches, which are antecedent to
thofe that are thus obftru6ied, receive not only a more
than ordinary quantity of Water, but this Water is alfo
increafed in its motion in proportion to the Force by which
it is repuli'di and likewile by that of the Water, which is
antecedent to it, which being alfo in Motion, muft refift
its returning the fame way it came ; and, by giving a new
Impetus to the Water thus repulfed, muft drive it with the
greater Force into the lateral Branches. And this will
appear ftill more manifeft from the Inftance of a large
Stone throvv'n into a very fmall Brook or Rivulet, which
taking up fome Space, and dividing the Stream in the

middle^

Chap. VI. Of Fevers in general 25

I middle, the Water that runs on each Side will move with
j greater Rapidity than that which is either before or behind.
From all which it is evident, that Obftructions in the
fmall Capillary Arteries, as they are the Caufe of a greater
and more violent Motion of the Blood in thofe that are
larger, muft occaiion a Fever ; but efpecially as fuch a
Motion may bring on a fubfequent Rarefad:ion in the
Blood ; becaufe whatever agitates the Blood, and puts it
in a more than ordinary degree of Motion, m.uil: occa-
fion more frequent Contradions of the Heart, and alfo
of the Arteries, whereby the Blood muft, without doubt,
be communicated, and its Parts render'd more fmall. In
like mianner an over- great Rarefaction may be the Caufe
of a Coagulation of the Blood ; that is, when the Blood
happens to be too much rarefy 'd, as in the beginning of
a legitimate Fever, the thin Seru?n being expended in a
greater than ordinary Quantity, will leave the remaining
Mais thicker^ and more unapt to motion, whereby fe-
veral Changes and Alterations may be reafonably expe6l-
ed : And now lince the Extremities of the Veins, which
icommunicate with thofe of the Arteries, are but little dif-
ferent from the Arteries thcmfelves, fave only that they
,take a contrary Courfe, and that the Blood moves in them
backwards towards the Heart ; whereas in the Arteries it
moves from the Heart towards the Extremities : And as
the Motion of the Blood in thefe- fmail communicating
Branches of the Vein?, is chiefly owing to a continual Suc-
ceffion of Blood from the Arteries, when once therefore
it gets into them,, its Motion cannot be ealily retarded,
unlefs in the Extremities of the Limbs, where its afcent
upwards muft, no doubt, be a great Hindrance to it. And
this is the Reafon why, in feveral Kinds of Fevers, efpeci-
ally in thofe where the Blood happens to be of unequal
Compolition, viz. when it is thicker in fome Parts than
lOthers, the Puliation of the Arteries muft alfo be unequal ;
'becaufe while its grofler Parts are detain'd in the fmalleft
Veins and Arteries, the Blood muft move with more Velo-
:ity in fome of the other Vellels, for the Rcafons already
alledg'd ; but as foon as this Lentor has work'd it felf into
:he miOi-e capacious Veins, which grow wider the nearer
:hey approach the Heart, and that a tliinner and more at-
tenuated Blood fupplies its Place in thofe fmall Branches,
'.hen thePulfation becomes more moderate and uniform,
ind the Fever is remov'd, at les^ft for that Seafon,

-But

26 The FarrierV Kevj Guide. Chap. VI.

But in all Fevers whatfoever, it is manifell, that the var
lious Changes made in the Blood, whether thefe are caufed
by an over Rarefadtion and Thinnefs, or an over Thicknefs,
mull affedl the Secretions ; but in thofe that are complicat-
ed, they muft occafion fome of them to be too liberal, wliile
others are too fparing ; and may alio occafion one Secretion
at one time to be too open, and at another lime too fparing.
Tj ,7 i> And thus far vi^e may here advance coa-

tions may he af cernmg tiie becretions, that in all fuch \ evers
fededin Fe-vers, ^s proceed from an over Ra refaction, the Ic-
rous Part of the Blood, being render'd more.
than ordinary thin, muft needs go oft' in too great a Qiian-
tity, while the grofler Parts may be detained by the larger
Veflels, which compofe the fohd Parts, prefling upon thofe
that are fmaller, efpecially towards their Entrance into the
Glands j fo that by virtue of a fupeiior Weight in the larger
Veflels, nothing but the thinner Paris of the Sei^uz/i can pafs '
through them ; and that Expence of the thinner Parts of
the Blood, if it is not ftopped in due Time, will leave the
remaining Mafs too thick, whereby other Symptoms will
be engendcr'd, and fuch as are common to Fevers of a more
complicated Kind : And when fuch a Change happens,
the Blood muft lofe its regular and uniform Amotion, and
the Difeafe will no longer conftitate one continued P>ver,
of one Period only, but admit of divers Periods.

Now when fuch a Change happens in any fimple and
continued Fever, or if this has been the State of the Fever I
from the Beginning, the Secretions muft be irregular; forj
feeing the Entrance into all the Glands is not the lame, bu
that thefe Pailages are of divers Capacities and Sizes, the Part
of the Blood and Serum not being fufficiently communicatcd|
and rendered fo fmall as to enter into the fmalleft fecretory
Offices, muft therefore, when they meet with Oppofition,
and are deny'd Admittance iflto them, enter in an over greal
Quantity into thofe that are large enough to receive them
And thus we may eafily form an Idea how feveral Fermentl
may be engender'd in the Body during the Continuance o|
fuch Fevers, efpecially if it be co-nfidered, as was obferved
in another Place, that a Liquor confifting of but few Prin-
ciples, may, by their various Combinations, produce a grea
Variety of different Liquors. And therefore lince the Blood
is a Fluid confifting of different Principles, and undergo-
ing fo many different Changes, v»'hile its Secretions are thus
diftemper'd and irregular, it may, no doubly be fo ferment-
ed

^HAP. VI. Of Fevers in general. ij

;d by its various Mixtures, as to occafion all thofe evil
iymptoms which are difcovered in the animal Body,
,vhile Nature is endeavouring to throw off what is offenlive
md burden fome to her.

After this ftiort Account of Fevers in general, it follows
hat we take Notice of their feveral Kinds, as they have been
iillinguifhed by their feveral Names and Appellations,
vhcrein we fhall deviate as little as polTible from the Me-
hod of thofe who have gone before us ; that fuch as have
;)een ufed to the Writings of Sollsyfell^ Markham^ or any
)thers of that Tribe., may not be too much bewildered by the
\rufal of what they fhall here find new upon the Subject,

We have already divided a Fever into that cri j-nr ^
vhich is fimple, and of one Period only, and kinds of FeZls,
hat which is complicated and accompanied
vith fome other Difeafe. Under which Divifion may be
educ'd ail Sorts of Fevers ; but a fimple Fever Hands lingly
)y iticlf, and is that which, properly fpeaking, conftitutes a
rue Fever j and therefore all Fevers may be term'd more or
efs fimple^ as they are made up of fewer or more Symp-
oms ; for the fewer Symptoms there are in any Fever, any
rcli Fever, will be the more fimple, and will approach the
:cnrer to that Vv'hich confifts only in the regular Augmenta-
:;on of the Blood's Motion : And, on the other Hand, the
more Symptoms there are in any Fever, it will be the more
:omplicated, and participate the more of other Difeafes.
AH therefore tliat fhall be faid concerning the particular
Fevers of Horfes, ftiall be reduced to thole that are Si?nple
md Continued Fevers^ He^ick Fevers^ Putrid Fevers^ and
[hole that are' called Pellikntial Fevers-^ and laltiy, all
fuch as are Intermitiingy wliether thefe be ^otldian^ Ter-
tian^ or ^tartan. As for rhofe proper to the Seafons, vix,
Iht Jiitumhal dvA Vernal Fevers^ kc. which Markham has
itaken Not'ce of, they may be reducM to one or more of tlie
'above-mention'd Kinds, tho' perhaps not with refped: to
their whole complex Symptoms, and indeed in that ^t\\{^
there is no Fever diredtly the fam.e^ but may vary in fome
Circumftances ; for feeing the Bodies of all Animals are nu-
merous, and are infinitely com.pounded, and made up of
Veflels which are infinitely different in Size and Magnitude ;
and as the Fluids contained in thefe Veflejs are capable of
different Changes and Modifications, it cannot therefore be
expeded, but tlie fame Kind of Fever may have different
pymptoms m one Horie from what they are in another ;
I' and

2 8 216^ Farrier J Nezv Guide. Chap. VlLi

and this Variation may be- in Proportion to the Size and
Make of the conftituent Vellels of different Horfes, ^V.
But if the Farrier will only endeavour after a competent
Skill in the animal Oeconomy, he will be the better able
to fuit his Methods of Cure to the feveral Indications that
may proceed from any fuch Variety.

CHAP. VII.

Of a fimple cd7itinued Fever.

J fimple hgi. ^ H I S Sort of Fever is not the leall com-
timate Fe^ver. X ^^^ ^^^^^^ Horks, neither is it very
difficult, but may be eafily cured, efpecially in the Begin-
ning. ^ It confifts in an equable Augmentation of the Blood's
Velocity, as has already been oblerved, and may proceed
"The Caufes ^^°"^ ^^^^''^ Caufes: A^F'nJi^ From riding in

thereof. ^'^ry hot and dry Weather, for by that Means

the Blood being once fet in Pvlotion, it there-
by becomes rarefy'd, and the external Heat contributes to
keep up both the internal Heat and Rarefaction thereof.

Secofidly^ This Fever is fometimes brought on Horfes by
turning them out to Grafs in hot and dry Weather, and in-
to fmall Inclo/ures, where there is but little Air, and where
there is not fome convenient Shade to cover them from the
fcorching Heat of the Sun.

Thirdly, The eating hot and fpirituous Herbs, or other
Food, that communicate too great a Heat and Warmth to
the Blood (efpecially until a Horfe has been habituated to
fuch Feeding) will be the Caufe of fuch a Fever.

Fourthly, This Sort of Fever \s fometimes caufed by
Bleeding Horfes in the Heat of the Sun in the hot Seafon,
without houfin^ them; becaufe during the Time of the
Operation, the Blood is nut into a greater Motion than be-
fore; and that new Morion is further increafed and kept up
by the additional Heat of the Weather, as has been obferv'd :
And this may be illuftrated by the common Effedls of Fire
under a Pot or Kettle, where the Heat of the Water in-
creafcs more in the fan:e Spaces of Time, according to the
Degrees of its Motion, though the Fire be not increafed.
^ Fifthly, External Cold will fometimes bring on fuch a
Fever, by hindring Perfpiration, efpecially v/hen its Effc(5fs
are fudden ; for in fuch a Cafe the Qiiantity of the Blood
muft be fuddenly increafed, and that Increafe will be fol-
Ip vved by an immediate and fpeedy Rarefadion of the Blood.

-And

I^HAP. VII. Qf a fimple continued Fever. 19

And here it is to be obferv'd, with refpecfl Hon^ Caufis and
0 Caufes and Effedls, that the fame Caufe EffeSisare to be
/ill fometimes produce different EfFeds ; dtftinguijhed.
nd the fame Effed will often proceed from different Cau-
;s, as in thelnftance laft mentioned : For Cold, when its
^ffe6tsare Tudden and univerfal, will caufe a fudden Rare-
i(5tion in the Blood, by obftrudting molt of the Paflages of
erfpiration ; but when it is partial or gradual, it will have
different Effect. But the different Effeds v.'hich we obferve
cm the fame Caufe, or the fame Effed proceeding from
:emingly oppofite Caufes, may only arife from the different
egrees of Efficacy in the Caufes themfelves, whereof we can-
ot be exad and competent Judges, efpecially as they are ex-
'ted on the animal Body, which is infinitety various in it5
lomipolition and Structure; and moreover as thefe Caufes
e alfo complicated ; and therefore w^hen we fpeak of dif-
rent Effects proceeding from the fame Caufe, and vice
'■'Ui^ of the fame Effect proceeding from different and op-
j]]!e Caufes, wc are to be underftood, not in an abltiaded
lilofophical Senfe, but as this is molt obvious to our com-
1011 Apprehenfions of Things ; which Difference we fhall
ideavour to account for in the molt rational Way we are
)le, and that as often as we fhall lind Occafion.

But, Lajlly^ If the Affections of Horfes can be enough
r;manent and lafting, fo as to bring on Difeafes, accord-
,:^ to fome Writers, fuch a Fever, as this we are treating
< , may take its Beginning from Rage and Fury, fince no-
•i.ng contributes more to the Rarefa6tion of the Blood,
.'.d rhe Increafe of its Motion. And therefore thofe Horfes
■ho have felt the Pleafures of Love, and have been after-
aids reftrained from Copulation, but yet have had Mares
i^quently expofed to them, mult be molt in Danger from
xh Caufes.

.But we fhall now proceed to the Sin^n?, cri c- , ^
•i^ichin a Imiple and continued Fever are HmpUFe'ver,
^ 3 lent Heat and Fulnefs of the Vellels,which
'ill even appear to the Eye ; a Beating of the Heart and
. anks v.'irhout Intermiffion ; a Drynefs on the Root of the
■^outband Palate, withaRoughnefs on the Tongue; con-
Viual Watch fulnefs and Reftlefnefs, infomuch that if a
liorfe be feized in the Field, he will be perpetually moving
f^m Place to Place, going often to the Water, but not being
?le to drink ; he wijl fmell at the Ground in many Places
rthout Feeding, but difcovering a gieat Delicacy from the

Want

50 216^ Farrjer*^ New Guide. Chap. VIL

Want of Appetite: And if a Horfe in fuch a Condition hap,
pens to be in the Stable, the fame Signs will alfo be appa-
rent ; and be will moreover be apt to ftrike at any one that
comes near him, tho' at other times tradable and eafy. .,
_ But here I muft alio take Notice, as con-

In -what mart' ceming the Signs, that nothing is more care-
ll%t7}Jl fully to be looked into than they, becaule
the lame common Signs are often exhibited
in Difeafes that aie different, and require a different Me-
thod of Cure. But this is not fo conipicuous in other Di-
tempers 3S in Fevers ; for which Reafon the Farrier mull
always have Recourfe to the Caufes, whereby he ^ will be
the better able to form a right Judgment ; and that this
may become the m.ore eafy to him, we lliall go over thofe
Signs more particularly, as they arife from common Effedts,
but are produced of their proper Caufes, and may therefore
be diftinguiflied from the lame Appearances in more com-
plicated Fevers.

Firji then. It may be obferved, that Heat, and beatinc
at the Heart and Flanks, is a Sign common to all Feverb.
But in a Fever that is fimple, the Heat is permanent, and
the Pulfationg regular ; whereas in a Fever tnat is compli-
cated, neither the Heat nor Puilations are regular, but arc
fometimes more, fometimes lefs obiervabk ; and in lome.
as in Intermitting Fevers, the Difeafe goes quite off, ancirt
only returns at certain Times. '

Secondly, In a Simple Fever, the Diynefs on the Rool
of the Mouth and Palate, and the parch'd Roughnefs of the
Tongue, are perceivable from the firff Appe^iranccs of the
Difeafe, as they proceed from an over great Expenceof the
thinner Parts of the Serum ; but in other Fevers thefe Signi
are not fo luddenly exhibited.

Thirdly, Tho' other Fevers may be accompanied will:
Want of Appetite, yet this Sign feems more peculiar to fim-
ple Fevers, being the conftant Effed of an over great Rare-
fadion and Thinnefs of the Blood, whereby it takes uf
more Space in all the Veffels of the Stomach, even fo_ a;
fometimes to occafion Inflammation ; and this Diftention
of tl:i£ Vefielsmuft take off the Senfation of Hunger, anc
create a Loathing, which is alfo the Reafon why, notwitlv
Handing that the Heat and Parchednefs make a Horfe thirll
often in this kind of Fever, yet he drinks but little at a Time.

Fourthly, The fame Plenitude of the Veilcls in the Sto-
mach, as alfo in the circumjacent Parts, viz. the Pleun

anc

Chap. VII. Of a fmple continued Fever 3 1 .

and Midriff-, and moreover in the Lungs themfelves, is the
Caufe of ihe heaving of the Flanks, whereby the Lungs
arc deprels'd too clofe on all Sides, upon which the Pafia-
ges of Refpiration become obftruded ; whereas in other
Cafes, the lame Signs may be exhibited from the want of
Spirits, by which means the Adlion of the Mufcles, which
elevate and deprefs the Thorax^ mufl be hinder'd ; but
this may be ealily dillinguifh'd, by an Infenlibility and
Lidlefnefs to Modon ; as may alio an Inflammation of
the Lungs or Pleura^ from the manifeil Signs of infup-
portable Pain, as Oiall be obferv'd in its proper Place.

Fifthly^ Albeit Pain is a Sign common to fcvcral kinds

of Fevers, yet it is more violent in this than in any other^

as the Pain proceeds from an over-plenitude and fulnefs of

the Vellels ; and therefore when we obferve a Horfe apt

to fhrink or ftrike, as often as any one comes near him, but

efpecially upon offering to touch his Back, we may fuppofe

:this to be cccafion'd from Pain in the Back and Loins,

'arifing from an over-diitention of the Aorta^ or great

Artery, that Vefiel lying open and unguarded, and hav-

: ing no (lore of Mufcles to inviron and fupport it. The

i Farriers oftentimes, in this fort ofFever, when they obferve

!a Horfe unwilling to have any one lay Hands on hi^^hind

'Parts, believe it to be the Sign of a fway*d Back, and make

li^eir Applications accordingly. But we fhall have an

< )pportunity of putting them right in this Particular here-

a!"ter.

Laftly^ The conftant Watchfulnefs and Reftlefnefs
v/iuch is fo obfervable, and feems, in a great Meafure, pe-
-■iar to a limple Fever, is alfo the Refult of a very great
\ .Vi'efaclion and Thinnefs of the Blood ; the animal Spirits
■:i therefore be the more eafily feparated from fo loofe a
. exture, and the Veilels, being at the fame Time full, muft
t.ierefore prefs upon the Nerves, cauHng a continual flux
id reflux of the faid Spirits, from v.hence muft undoubt-
- '.y proceed V/atchfulnefs and Reftlefnefs. But in Fe«
I vers of another Kind, thefe Signs feidom or never go toge-
Ithcr; but if a Horfe be v/atchful, he is, perhaps, at the
fame time fluggifh and heavy ; or if a Horfe be reftlefs,
and fometimes in a m.oving Pofture, he does not continue
long fo, but becomes dull and unadive by Intervals, efpe-
cially if the Blood is of uneqi^al Fluidity ; for in fuch a
Cafe, when the vifcid and tenacious Parts are got into the
nail hair-like Vefleis of the Brain, there mud at that time

be

32 The FarrierV New Guide, Chap. VII.

be a very fmall Quantity of animal Spirits feparated from
it; but when the more fluid Parts take Place in thofe
VelTels, perhaps an over- great Qi^iantity may be fecerned,
and then the Difeafe will refemble that of a limple and
continued Fever, excepting only that thefe Symptoms are
not, as in a fimple Fever, of a. long Continuance, but
foon change into others. And therefore fmce the fame Dif-
eafe will often put on different Appearances, the Farrier can
tiever be too careful in examining into every Circumllance,
that he may not raflily adminifter his Cures upon every J
flight Obfcrvation, as is too common, but wait till the |
Diftemper gives Indicadons of what is truly neceflary toi
be done.

Having thus laid down the Caufes and Signs of a fimplej
and continued Fever, together with the Way and Manner
by which it may be diilinguifti'd from other Fevers, it re-

tTL n r mains that we 2:0 on to the Method of Cure,
Jhe Lure of a . . ^ . . .. ,- ,*

fimple Fenjer. wherein we are principally to oblerve, that
iince there can be no Accidents in this Sort of 1
Fever but what depend upon the Augmentation of the
Elood's circular Motion, and white in this State, the Blood
is not fuppos'd to be any wife, or, at leail, but little viti-
ated ; thofe Things are only to be done, or adminiller'd,
that will lellen the faid Motion, and bring the Blood to a
more quiet and fedate State ; and, in order thereunto,
Eleeding is, in the firll Place, to be preferred. After Bleed-
ing, Recourfe mufl be had to Clyfters, and to all fuc
Things as will juft \eep the Body cool and open, for b
this Method alone a fimple Fever is to be cured.

Tir/}^ As to the Bleeding, if it be in Summer, while
the Horfe is at Grafs, he ought to be houb'd ; and if thei
Symptoms are not very urgent, the Cool of the Morning is
the befl and properell Time for the Operation, becaufe
the external Heat contributes very much to the Increafe of
this Difteraper, or may be the principal Caufe of it after
Bleeding, as we have already obferv'd, becaufe of the
Blood's being pu.t into a quicker Motion during the Ope-i
ration : But this ought not to deter the Pradltioner, for if
a Horfe be kept cool after it, any Symptoms that can
arife from it v/ill foon ceafe, and will be quickly follow*d
by a flower Motion in the Blood; and this is manifeft,!
becaufe we often obferve fuch Fevers, efpecially in Horfes |
of a rare and delicate Make, terminate in an Hemorrhagy
of Blood.

Hii

Chap. VII. Of a fnnple continue d Fever, 3s

His Feeding muft be moderate during the whole Courfe
of his .Sicknefs \ for indeed nothing contributes more to
the leilening of this Diftemper than Abrtemioufnefs ; and
what Food is given him, iliould be mixM with the Leaves
of Vines, Strawberries, and Sorrel, and fuch other things
as are cooling ; for if the Fever be very ftrong upon him,
nothing will relifh but what has a grateful Coldnefs in it.
The fame kind of Things may be alfo boiled in Water,
with a little Oatmeal ftrow'd upon it, for his ordinary
Drink ; and fometime, two or three Drams oiSalPrunel-
Ice^ or purified Nitre^ may be dillblved in his Water^
which, during the FeVer, ought to be always warm.

For the Heat and Drynefs of the Mouth, fo much Vine-
gar or Verjuice, mix'd with fome Water, as will give it a
grateful Sourifhnefs and Roughnefs upon the Palate, fweet-
ned with Honey, will be very proper. The belt Way to
life it, is by dipping a Rag tied round the End of a Stick,
into this Liquor, with which the Tongue and R.oof of .the
Mouth may be cooled, and gently rubb'd feveral times in a
day. A Feverifh Horfe will hereby be much refreih*d and
I! difpos'd to Reft and Qiiiet ; but if thofe Parts are become
|i crufty and very hard, the Vinegar or Verjuice may be ufed
|| without the Mixture of Water.

',| If the Praftitioner obferves the fick Horfe to be coftiye,

j v/hich is very common in this kind of Fever, and proceeds

I from the fame Caufe that occafions Heat and Drynefs of

\ the Mouth ; the Horfe's Body muft then be opened by

m fome emollient Clyfter, for purging Drenches are in this

cafe of dangerous Confequence ; becaufe while the Blood

is thus violently in Motion, 2i Stimulus made in the Guts by

a Medicine of a rough Operation, will be apt to determine

the Blood into thofe Parts in an over-great quantity, fo as

cither to occaiion a Super-purgation, or an Inflammationi

which may be followed with a Gangrene.

But in all fuch Cafes, before Clyfters are adminifter'd,
the Farrier flibuldfirft (his Hand and Arm being anointed
''with Oil or Hogs-lard) take the Horfe, and bring out as
imuch of the harden'd Excrements as he can conveniently
come at, after which he may injeft his Clyfter, for which
every Farrier ought to provide a large Syringe, a Horn be-
ing but of little Ufe, as it feldqm conveys the Clyfter
further than the ftreight Gut ; and becaufe the Guts of a
Horfe are not only very large, but of confiderabk Length,

S4 The FarrierV Kcjo Guide* Chap. VIL

even from the undermoft Valve downwards, the quantity
ought at leait to be two Qj^iarts, for otherwife it muft have
but httle Efficacy, unlefs it be made up of fuch things as are
of very powerful Operation, which are but feldom to be
meddled with, and then in fome very uncommon Cafes.

And therefore the Clyfters that are to be made ufe of in
iimple Fevers, ought to be compos'd of emollient Herbs or
Flowers, fome few Seeds that are proper to rarify and expel
the Wind ; by which Means the Dung becomes loofe, and
falls ofF the more eafily from its Adhefions. A moderate
quantity of Oils, or any other greafy Subftance, which
contributes alfo to the fame Purpofe, by lubricating thofe
Pallages, and rendring them glib and flippery ; and when a
^//wz/'wi is required, a purging Medicine of more or lefs
Efficacy may be mixed with it, as fhali be judg'd neceflary,
according to the following Method.

" Take Mallows and Marfh-mallows, of each a large
*' handful. Camomile half a handful. Fennel-feeds bruis'd
*' three Drams, or half an Ounce, boil them in three Quarts
*' of Water till one Quart be con fumed, ftrain the Decoc-
*' tion through a Sieve, and diflblve in it three Ounces oi
*' Lenitive Electuary, and a quarter of a Pound of Hogs-
^^ lard. Oil, or Butter." This muft be given blood-warm,
holding the Tail clofe to his Fundament. If there be Sigmij
of Inflammation in the Guts, which may be fufpeded<|
when the Fever is very ftrong, the Excrements exceeding
hard and black, and when the Hoife ftrains often to dung
and is in miferable Pain withal ; in fuch a Cafe may bi
added an Ounce and a half, or two Ounces of the Sal Pd-
lychreJlufUy which will diflblve in the Decodtiou ; or ai
Ounce of Cream of Tartar^ and two Drams of Salt Pi
Ire^ or &al Prunella: ; thefe will not only allay the Heat
but make the Clyfter fomewhat more purgative.

The Clyfter may be repeated once a Day, or at lealtj
until the Fever abates, or that the Horfe becomes orderlj
in his Body.

It may be obferv'd, as to the Compofition of fuch Cly-
fters, that any of the emollient Herbs, as PelUtory^ AlercU>
ry^ ^'C. or the Flowers and I>eaves of Melilot, the Leav^
of Violets, and in the room of Fennel- feeds, thofe of Dillj
Anife, and Caraways, may be fubftituted, and will fuit th^
fame Intentions. Broths may be alfo fubftituted in thi
room of fuch Compolitions, efpecially when thefe IngrC'
tiients cannot be had in due Time.

But ,

Chap, VIII. Of a "Putrid Feverl 5?

But if a Clyller of mere immediate Efficacy be requir'd*
a Handful of common Salt may be added ; or inftead of
the Lenitive ElcLtuary, three or four Ounces of the Vomit-
ing Wine, known by the Name of Viniim Benedi^lutn^
may be mixed with the Decodtion ; but thefe Alterations
will feldom be necellary, unlefs to Horfes who are very
hard to be work'd on ; there being nothing farther required
by Clyfters in a fimple Fever, than keeping the Body mo-
derately open, that Nature may have her free Courfe, and
not fuffer by Obflrudtions in the firll Faflages.

Care muft alfo be taken to keep the Pores open by con-
ilant Dreffmg, tho' that ought not to be more than what
is ufual at other Times ; neither (bould his Cloathing be
augmented, or any Thing be given that v/ill fuddenl/
promote Sweat ; becaufe moll, or all fuch Things, are apt
to call off the thinner Parts of the ^erum only ; and a Fe-
!ver that is truly limple, feldom ends by any of thofe Dii-
xharges, but wears olF infenfibly by a gradual Abatement 5
and it is to be obferv*d, that a limple Fever, as fuch, is but
of fhort Continuance, and in a few Days either begins to
wear off in the Manner jull mentioned, or elfe it puts on
other Appearances ; and if it gives Signs of Concodion,
either by Urine, or by a Tendency to fweat, it is no more
:o be treated as a fimple Fever, but as one that is more or
i!efs complicated ; and then Medicines that promote Sweat
lire very proper, fuch as will be prefcribM in the enfuing
Chapter.

CHAP. VIIL

I Of a Tutrid Fevero

\A S the Fever we have treated of in the foregoing Chapter
; is fimble and uniform, that which comes here under
|)ur Confiderations is of a complicaied Kind ; and, for the
poll Part, proves fatal to Horfes ; for as in a limple Fever
here is only a Rarefadion of the Humours, in this there
re, befides the Augmentation of the Motion of the Blood,
ome evil Qualities ingender'd in it, which require a confi-
lerable Time before they can be removed, and during the
Continuance thereof, Nature oftentimes finks under her Bur-
en ; and the greater muft be the Danger in brute Crea-
tes, as they are not under the Guidance of Reafon.

L 2 Putrid

I

$6 The TarrierV N-ew Gtiide. Chap. Villi

err n r r Putrid Fcvers, and all Fcvers of a compU-

PufrU Fever. ^^^^^ ^^'^"^^' ai'e. "^^re incident to young
Hoifes, than thole who are advanc'd to their
Prime; and to fome more than others even in their Colt-
age, which, according to the belt Authors, is, by reafon
the Blood of all young Animals is apt to be of unequal
Fluidity, as not having been fufficienily commuted by fre-
quent Circulations thro' the Lungs ; therefore it will be
the more ready upon any Change, either to putrify, or,
at leaft, to put on the Appearances of Putrefaction. And
as the Appetites of young Horfes are Ilrong and vigorous,
they are apt to over-gorge themfelves, and oftentimes too
with unwholfome Food, begetting Crudities in the Sto-
mach, by which Means the Chyle is contaminated^ and
the Blood, for the mod Part, render'd more grofs and vif-
cid. This alone is fufficient to bring on a putrid Fever ;
but more efpecially if a Horfe happens to be put to violent
Labour, or hard Riding, before his Body is prepared for
it, either by moderate Feeding, moderate Exercife, or pro-
per Phyfick ; for when the Blood is once put into a more
than ordinary Motion, while in this unaitive State, any
one muft then eafily conceive what great Diforder mult
needs happen to that Animal.

Cold taken abroad in the Night, or in unwholfome,
foggy Weather, f when a Horfe has been us'd to warm
and delicate Keeping^ will, by flopping the Paflages of
Perfpiration, bring on fuch a Fever, efpecially where there
is a grofs Habit ; for in fuch a Cafe the Blood cannot be
fo luddenly rarefy'd, as to conftitute one of a more fim-
ple Kind j and the fame may happen from feveial other
Caufes, which I iliall not detain the Reader with at pre-
fect.

The Signs are thofe which it has in com-
T^e SJgKs. nion with all other Fevers, to wit, inordi-

nate Heat, a Ciamminefs and Parchednefs
in the Mouth, a Heaving and Beating of the Flanks ;
but this is not regular, as in a fimple Fever, but is
fometimes more, fometimes ki's^, according as the Fever is
more or lefs upon him ; and whereas in a limple legitimate
Fever, a Horie is watchful and reftlefs, in this he is, for
the moft Part, unadive and dull, hangs his Head, takes no
Notice of any one that comes near him, his Body fliakes
and quivers, and he reels as he offers to walk ; and this pro-
ceeds from a Paucity or Opprelfion of the animal Spirits.

In

Chap. VIII. Of a Ttttrid Fevef. '3 7

In order to the Cure, the fame Evacua- qj^^ ^^^^ r ^
tions are to be made as is ufual in a continu- Putrid Fever,
ed Fever, viz. Bleeding, and purging by
Clyfters \ for as in a fimple Fever the Blood may be ren-
der'd more thick by lellening the Quantity thereof; fo in a
putrid Fever alfo the Blood becomes more attenuated and
-thin, by having more Room given it in the Veflels, vi^here-
by its Motion becomes alfo more uniform ; fo that fome-
"what muft of Confequence be abated from the Diftemper:
But yet as it is grofs and vifcid for the m'oll Part, it will be
•apt to require more frequent and repeated Circulations,
than perhaps can be performed without walling and dellroy-
ing the Body, to bring it into fuch an equable Mixture, as
is neceflary to Health ; and therefore, befides thefe Uni-
verfals, fuch Things ought alfo to be adminater'd, as may
•conduce to the attenuating the Blood, and help to bring
it to fuch a Texture and Make, as will render it fit to
pafs equally into all its proper Channels, and from thence
to have its morbifick Matter thrown off in fuch Propor-
tions, and by fuch Secretions^ as are moll agreeable to
Nature.

■ For which Purpofe, all fuch Things as promote the Dif-
'charges by Sweat and Urine are very proper j and therefore
^hen a Horfe labours under this Fever, purify 'd Nitre ^ or
^Bal Priuiellcs (hould be dillblved in his Water, or that fo
•niuch recommended by the Sieur deSolleyfell, which he calls
a Febrifuge^ may be given him to drink, viz.

" Put a Quart of Water, with two Ounces of Salt of
" Tartar, in a Brazen Pot, with a Cover, and fet it over
"*' the Fire till the Salt be diflblved, then pour the Water
" into a Pail, and after the fame Manner dillblve an Ounce
" of Sal Artnoniack beaten to Powder in another Quart
'' of Water 3 mix this lail Solution with the former, and
*' fill up the Pail with common Water ; and if your Horfe
*' refufe to drink it, add a little Barley-flower, to qualify
" the unpleafant Tafle.'* This will not only help to allay
the exceffive Heat, but contribute to promote both Swea^t
and Urine.

But if there be Signs of Concodlion. which may be
difcover'd by an Increafe of the Fever, and by a Cloud or
Sediment in his Unne, which may be preferv'd in a glaz'4
Pan for that Purpofe; then the following Cordial may be
given him,

L 3 ** Taka

1 8 7he FarrierV Mew Guide. Chap. VllL

" Take of the diftill'd Waters of Carduus, Scabious,
<^' and Marigolds, three Pints ; or inftead of them, the fame
*' Quantity of Milk-water, which may be had of an Apo-
*' thecary^ and will anfwer the End as v/ell ; difiblve in it
*' an Ounce of Mithridate, and give it in a Horn, after
*' which let him be well cloath*d ; and when he begins
*' to fweat plentifully, let him have a Draught of warm
«« Water, with a fmall Mixture of White- wine in it". '■'

During the whole Courfe of the Fever, a Horfe ought
to be well rubb'd, that the Paflages of Perfpiration may
be kept as free and open as poflible ; and that the Blood,
•which is apt to languifh in the fmall Veflels towards the
Skin, may be forwarded. Care ought alfo to be taken of
his Mouth, to keep it clean and moifc, according to the
Method already laid down.

And becaufe a Horfe cannot vomit by convulfive Throws,
as fome other Animals, yet as Vomidng is proper, not only
in this, but in moll or all complicated Fevers, thofe Helps
"which the Pradlice of experienced Farriers have fubftitu-
ted may be made Ufe of ; and therefore half an Ounce of
Jffa Fcetida^ and the fame Quantity of Savin, put up in a
Rag, may be tied to his Bit, Polipody of the Oak, green
Juniper- wood, Horfe-radifh, or anything elfe that is of a
hot and ungrateful Tafte, faliened to his Bit, will have
the fame Effe6l. This may be done for the Space of an
Hour once a Day, efpecially in the Beginning of the Fever,
"Which will anfwer fome of the Intentions of Vomiting. For
by {training to cough, vomit, and fneeze, v^'hich happens
on the Ufe of fuch Things, the whole Body is aduated
and (hook, and thereby a great deal of Lentor may un-
doubtedly be fqueez'd through the fmalleft Vellels, which
cannot but be a great Relief, and may often bring the Dif-
'cafe to a rnore fpeedy Solution. But altho' chev/ing Balls,
'^V. may be thus ufe ful in a Fever, where there is a Lentor
"and Slownefs of the Blood in the fmall Arteries^ yet they
cannot be proper in a fimple and legitimate Fever, notwith-
ftanding they have the Authority of SoUeyfsll to fupport
their Ufe : Becaufe fuch ftraining may have a Tendency
to flir the Blood too much, which is luppofed to be in an
over-great Hurry already.

Lajlly, If ihe Fever ends with a Defluxion of Rheun^

from the Mouth and Nofe, as is not very uncommon in

'fuch Cafes ; " Boil a Handful of Red-rofe Leaves in a

?' Quart of Water s and when thp Decodtion begins tq

;,. '^ cool,

Chap. IX. Of a Tejlihmtial Fever. 3 9

*' cool, diiTolve in it an Ounce of Diafcordium, to be
" given as a Drench. This being repeated for two or
*' three days fucceffively, will digell that Humom-, and
*• dry it up by degrees.

CHAP. IX.

OfTeJlilential Feven.

u

N D E R this Title may be included all thofe Kinds
of Fevers that have a high degree of Malignity in
them, and of fuch are many of the Sickneflcs peculiar to
fome Seafons. But when they amount to a Plague or Mur-
rain, the whole Mafs of Blood becomes fo fuddenly vitia-
ted, that they generally prove mortal before any Helps can
be given them, there being no Time left for their due Ope-
ration of the common Means.

Thofe which are of the ordinary Kind 'Th^ Caufe of
differ only in degree from other malignant Pejiilential he-
Fevers, having in common with them the '^^'■■^*
fame Lentor of Blood, and oftentimies proceed from the
fame Caules, as the eating of unwhoifome Food, but efpe-
cially fuch Herbs as are of a cold, vifcid Nature, and are
therefore apt to beget Crudities ; or from the Excefs of Ex-
ercife upon a full Body, and the like, which, in the Procefs
of the Difeafe, brings on Symptoms that bear an Affinity to
thofe which are obfervable in the Plague. But Vv'hen the
Plague adually feizes Horfcs, the EfFeds are fo fudden,
that it can be attributed to no other Caufe than fome Dif-
temperature in the Elements, or Infe6tion from thofe who
are already feized with the Diilemper ; and whatever be
the Nature' of thefe Infedions, whether they proceed from
corrofive Ferments, or from any other Caufe, their Opera-
tions are fo fudden, that they feem to bring the Blood into
an immediate, and almoft univerfal Stagnation ; which Ef*
fevfis may be accounted for in the fame Manner as is ufual
in the Operation of Poyfons j and, excepting in fome few
Circumftances, require the fime Method of Cure.

As for the Signs, they are not unlike thofe (^^^ Si^Ks.
of putrid and malignant Fevers, only that
there is a great Stupidity, and, for the moll part, a Swelling
and Inflammation of the Kernels about the Throat, pm*
ceeding from a Stagnation of the Juices in thofe fmall Veflels,
and when the Difeafe is very violent, a vail quantity of
L 4. Water

4-0 The FARRIEP.V Ne^^ Guide, Chap. IX.

Water runs from the Eyes, and a yellowifh Matter diftils
from the Nofe, and fometimes from the Mouth alfo, being
fometimes ropy and mix'd with Blood ; the Eyes are like-
wife inflam'd, and a clammy Sweat hangs on his Ears.

^he Cure ^^^ ^° ^^^^ C^rc_, becaufe this Diftemper

for the moll part proVes mortal, and that
of a fudden, proceeding from an Over-diftention of the
imall Blood- veilels of the Brain, caufmg Apopledick Dif-
orders ; therefore the Neck- vein muft immediately be
opened, and foon after a Clyfter is to be admin ifter'd, and
fuch an one as will be of fome Efficacy -, for which Purpofe
we recommend the following.

*' Take of Marfli-mallows two handfuls, Rue one hand-
'' ful, one bitter Apple, boil them in five Pints of Water
** to two quarts^ mix with the Decodion two Ounces of
^' the Powder, or Species called Hiera Picra^ with four
^^ Ounces of Oil, or HogVIard.

This may be once or twice repeated ; but if the morbi-
hck Matter happens to be calt Qut by Impoftumation upon
any Part that is fafe, the Ufe of Clylters may then be laid
afide, unlefs the Oppreflion and the other bad Symptoms
continue, and that there are not to be feen in the Horfe's
Pils the Appearances of a Change and Solution of the Dif-
eafe ; in this Cafe milder Clyfters, fuch as may be made
of Broth, or Water- gruel, with three or four Ounces of
common Treacle, m.ay be of no fmall Service, as they will
be the Means to leilen that Oppreffion.

But belides thefe Evacuations, there muft be a conllant
Ufe of Internal (for fuch are very much requir'd in all Pe-
ftilential Difeafes) and for this Intention the moll powerful
Counter- poifons are efteemed the moil proper, fuch as
Venice-Treacle^ Mhhridate^ Lcndon-Treacle^ Pills or Pow-
ders made of the Roots of Gentian, white Dittany, Biilort,
Tormentil, Virginia Snake- Root, Zedoary^ Contrayerva^
and the like ; but thofe things not being always in readinefs,
I fhall therefore take another Opportunity to give fome
Directions concerning their Preparation ; and therefore
we fliall in the mean whJie content ourjelves with fuch
Tilings as may be had at any Time.

" Take the difliii'd Waters of Carduus, Queen of the
^' Meadows, Water Germander, and Marigolds, of each a
'* qu*irt, or inftead of the diltill'd Waters, take a large
f' handful of each of thefe, infufe them in four quarts of
^^ boiling Water, Give your Horfe tWQ Pints ot this In-

" fuljon

Chap. IX. Of a Ptfiilential Fever, 41

" fufion every day, with half an Ounce of //"^;//V^ Treacle,
*' or Mithridate diilblved in each Pint ; if you add cam-
" phorated Spirits of Wine, it will be yet more efficacious,
*^ which may be done in the Manner following.

" Take Spirit of Wine redified, or French Brandy,
*' half a Pint, diilolve in it two Drams of Camphire, let
*' two or three Spoonfuls of it be mixed with each Dofe of
*' the Cordial Infufion, and it will be a great Means to
"^ overcome the Malignity of the Diftemper.

The fick Horfe mult be kept in warm Cloathing, and his
Body often rubb'd 5 but if the Diftemper proceeds from In-
fedion, the Sound ought to be removed from the Unfound,
and the Stable perfum'd, by burning Pit^ih, Frankincenfe,
.Olibanum, green Juniper Wood, and the like.

If the Diltemper goes off like the Glanders, by a diA
charge of ftinking corrupt Matter from the Nofe, as is not
uncommon in fuch Cales, Diofcordium diflblv'd in a De-
codion, or Infufion of Red rofe Leaves, as in the preceed-
ing Chapter, may be given him for feveral days ; the like
may be done in Cafes of any Impofthumation.

I (hall put an End to this Chapter, by in- ^ Medicine of
ferting a Medicine of the Sieur de SoUeyfell^ ^^^ ^-^^^ ^^
which he recommends in Peftilential Fevers, Solleyfell.
a^d vv'ith which that Author performed a
confiderable Number of Cures in Germany^ where there
happened to be a great Mortality among the Horfes in that
Country. The Medicine was this.

" Take Treacle not above three Months old, and Akes
*.^ HepGtica in t?owder, of each an Ounce, Confection of
.*' Hyacinth and Aikermes without Musk or Ambergreafe,
V of each half an Ounce, diilolve them in a Decoction of
" Scabious^ Cardials 'Benedi^uSy and Speedwell, of each
*' a large Handful." The faid Author obferves, that the di-
llilled Waters of thofe Herbs were more efiedual than the
Decoftion ; but that might be accidental : For he mud have
had a vail many Inftances before he could be fure of their
different Efficacy. But we fhall proceed to his Method,
becaufe it is better than what we have hitherto met with in
any Author, or known pradtifed by any of our Farriers.

The next and the following day after this Medicine was
exhibited, he injected Clylters ; and if the Violence of the
Diitemper was not abated, the Remedy was again repeated
cnlf with half the quantity of the Treacle, Aloes, and Con-
t^ittons 3 but the qi)antiiy of the Decodtion w^s the f^i'^e.

■ This

42 The Farrier'/ New Guide. Chap. %.

This he affirms to have cured all the Horfes to which it
was given. I fhall here obferve, that the chief Efficacy
this Medicine can have againft the Plague, lies in the De-
codion and Treacle, the Confedions of Alkermes and
Hyacinth being very coftly ; and yet the one will fcarcely
be found to excel our common Syrup of Clove- gilly-flow-
crs ; and as the other is chiefly proper in a Lax or Loofe-
nefs, it may perhaps have check'd the Operation of the
Aloes, and chang'd it into an Alterative, which may llili
be better done by a due Mixture of Salt of Tartar,

CHAP. X»
Of a He5iick Fever.

^ H O* the above-mention'd Author has taken no Notice
■*• of this fort of Fever, in his Treatife of Difeafes, yet
as moft other Writers have given it a Place in their Perfor-
mances, and like wife llnce it is a Diftemper that is not un-
common in our Iflands, where Horfes are not fo well ufed
as in France^ we have therefore in like manner given it a
Place here.

A He^lick Fever is very often accompanied with an in-
ternal Ulcer in the Lungs, or fometimes with an Infirmity
in the Liver, and then it is often attended with the Yellows
or Jaundice; but there being little or no Hopes of Recovery
in either of thefe Cafes, we fhall ccnlider it only as the
Efted of fome other Difeafe, where the foiid Parts are
wore and abraded, but not much broken.
*^he CauQs of ^^^ Caufe is from Weaknefs firfl: brought

HeSiick Fcfuer. ^^ ^^^ Body of a Horfe by fome Mifmanage-
ment j as bad keeping, or other hard ufage ;
or it is often the Effeds of fome previous Sicknefs, which
has gone off by fome imperfect Crifis^ or by the Excefs or
JbupprefTion of fome ufual Evacuation. But there is nothing
contributes more to bring on Heflick Diforders, than an un-
skilful and injudicious Ufe of Phyfick ; for by this Means
many Horfes, from a Prefumption of carrying off foul Hu-
inours, have their vital Spirits fo far wafted, as to be infuffi-
Cicnt to anfwer the common and ufual Functions of Life.
Vje Si^ns ^^^ ^^°^^ hence the Signs of this Diftem-

'^ ' per are man i fell ; for tho' there are many of

the common Symptoms of a legitimate Fever accompanying

thiSj,

Chap. X. Of a HeEikk Fever ^ 4j

this, as Heat, Drynefs of the Mouth and Tongue, and few
or no IntermiiTions of the Difeafe, excepting after Feeding,
that the Fever is a little more rais'd, and the Spirits more
adive than at other Times ; yet the lead Exercife brings
them again to their dcjeded State, and the Horfe is fcarcely
able to move, but looks tired and jaded, as if he had under-
gone fome violent E"7:ercife ; his Flefli becomes flabby, and
while he Hands in the Stable, he breaks out into frequent
and repeated Sweats, v^'hich ftill add to the Decays of Na-
ture, and confequently adminifter to this fliarp and lingring
Fever. If the Difeafe be accompanied with an internal
Ulcer, ot any Kind whatfoever, it may be diftinguifhed by
its Extremes ; for where ever there is an internal Ulcer,
it will be fometimes choaked up by Inflammation; and
until a frefh Difcharge be made, or that the Blood, by a
more free and eafy Perfpiration has Room to difperfe itfelf
into its proper Channels, the Horfe will difcover Signs of
violent Pain in fome particular Part, with a more than or-
dinary Augmentation of the Fever. But of this more par-
ticularly in another Place ; for here we fuppofe the inward
Part, if at all, to be but ilightly touch'd.

The Cure confids in a -due Adminiftration en n
or all thole things that are proper to recover
Nature ; and v/hatever does that, will by Degrees remove
the Dillemper, and it muft therefore be a very good Token
ofRecoveryj when a Korfe improves and mends upon an
Augmentation of his Feeding ; whereas the contrary will
always be of bad Prognoftication.

But what is more particularly to be done in this Cafe,
conlifts, fjft of all, in the difpenfing of fuch things as are
proper to abate the Hear and feverifh Symptoms ; for
which Purpofe, Recoufie m.ay be had in thofe Helps, which
have already been given for the Removal of a fimple and
legitimate Fever, only with this Caution, That Bleeding
is not altogether fafe, but when there is a Sufpicion of Pain
and Inflammation in the Lungs, or other internal Parts,
which is difcoverable by an Oppreffion, and unufual heav*
ing of the Flanks, Is^c. Neither are Clyfters profitable
here, but will rather prove hurtful,' unlefs when the Symp-
toms are increased by an over- great Colli venefs ; and in
fuch a Cafe, thofe of the moll eafy and mild Operation
are only to be exhibited.

Secondly^ Beeaufe Refloratives are proper in He£ilck
Difeafes^ thefe fliould be fo coniriv'd, as to come, as much

• as

44 TheTAnRUR's New Guide. Chap. XI.

as poffible, into the Diet of a Horfe ; and for that Reafon
Mallows, Mercury, Agrimony, Melilot, Horehound, and
the like, or fuch others of the fame Kind as are not of a
naufeous Tafte and Smell, may be mixed with his Hay, at
leaft upon Trial, becaufe fome Horfes will eat thofe things.
The Powder of Diapente^ which is fufficiently in the Ac-
quaintance of all Farriers, may be very profitably given in
this Cafe ; not fimply, as it is a Reftorative, but as it con-
tributes to ftrengthen the Stomach, and helps Digeftion.
And in fine, all Peroral Sails, fuch as (hall be ordered in
Broken- vi^inded, Confumptive Cafes, may alfo be exhibi-
ted with Succefs. His Corn ought to be given him only
by Handfuls at a Time, but pretty often ; and if the difeafed
Horfe has been ufed to eat Bread, Loaves made of Barley
and Flour mixed together, will make up one convenient
Part of Diet for him. As for his Drink, two or three good
Handfuls of French Barley fhould be boiled in it ; for the
Barley thus ufed makes a very good Reftorative, and helps
to abate the Acrimony that is fo conftant a Concomitant
of thofe Difeafes.

Thirdly, Moderate Exercife is alfo very necelTary, and
therefore he fliould be walked out gently every Day when
the Weather permits, and that may be increas'd according
as he recovers Strength.

And Lajily, his Cloathing ought not to be heavy, nor
his Dreflings more than is ufual at other Times ; becaufe
in all fuch Diforders there is already too great a Propenfity
io fweat.

CHAP. XI.

Of Intermitting Fevers,

AL L Fevers are faid to intermit, that have any fenfibk
Space between the Paroxyjms, or the Fits, free from
the Difeafej and therefore under this Title are included
OjiotidianSy viz. thofe which return once, or oftner, every
Day : Tertians, thofe that only return once every other
Day ; and Quartans, fuch as feize a Horfe only every
third Day : But thefe proceed - from one and the fam<§
Ipaufe, and admit of the fame Method of Cute.

Chap. IX. Of Intermitting Fevers] 45

Now all thofe things that can any Ways (Tu Ca r f
weaken and deftroy the natural Tone of the intermi^ttinz
Stomach, may very readily bring on Inter- Pevers.
mitting Fevers ; and therefore they are often-
times the EfFed of fome Fever, Surfeit, or Cold, taken in
low marfhy Grounds, which have never been clearly car-
ried off, but by their long Continuance have left a Debi-
lity and Weaknefs behind them ; the eating Herbs that are
of a cold vifcid Nature, and which grow plentifully in
fome Seafons, may alfo give Origin to Intermitting Dif-
tempers. But nothing contributes more to the bringing
on of fuch Diforders, than an unskilful and frequent Ufe
of Phyfick ; for as the Stomach is ufually the firft Scene of
Adtion for all fuch Things, it is eafy enough to conceive
how the Tone of its Fibres may be relaxed or broke, fo as
to render it unfit to perform Digeftion as it ought to do ;
and therefore as the Aliment is not fufficiently comminuted
in the Stomach, a great deal of its grofs and vifcid Parts
mull be tranfmitted into the Mafs of Blood, and there-
by retard its Motion in the fmall Veffels of the Extre-
mities.

The Signs are firft a Coldnefs, withTrem- '^^^e Signs.
bling, accompanied with a Debility and Laf-
litude, which is fucceeded by an extreme Heat and Droughty
that fuddenly terminates in a plentiful Sv*'eat, and as foon
as that is over, the Horfe will feed, and appear as if he
was quite recover'd, until another Fit overtakes him.

But in order to the Cure, it will be neceflary to remem-
ber, that the Blood, in all Intermitting Fevers, is render'd
thick and vifcid ; and therefore to bring the Difiemper to
a Solution, it is neceflary that thofe Vifcidities fhould be
broke, and this happens during the hot Fit, fo that a great
deal of that Lentor is thrown off in Sweat : But becaufe
the Stomach continues ftill in its weak and debilitated Con-
dition, there is therefore a conflant Supply of frefh Vifci-
dity communicated to the Blood, for which Reafon the
Difeafe returns. But if there be no Alteration in the Habit
of the Body, the Difeafe will be apt to return at certain
Times, and the Intervals betv/een the Paroxifms^ or Fits,
will be equal ; becaufe while we fuppofe near the fame
Quantity of the common and ufual Food to be eat, and
that there is the fame Capacity of Digeftion left in the
Stomach ; moreover, that all the common Difcharges
are the fame, or near the fame, in any given Space, viz.

in

'4^ The ^AURURs N^w Guide. Chap. XL'

In 48 or 72 Hours (which conflitutes the Intervals in Ter-
tians and Qiiartans) therefore the Blood will probably in
that Time acquire a Degree of Vifcidity equal to what it
had before the Beginning of that Space, that is, immediate-
ly before the Solution of the preceeding Fit, and therefore
another Fit will be apt to return at the lanie Diftance of
Time. But if any Alteration happens, whereby the Sto-
mach may be rendered yet more weak ; or if a Food of
harder Digeftion than what is ufual happens to be eat in
that Time -, or if the common Difcharges happen to be
more than ordinary obftru6led ; or if a more than ordi-
nary Quantity of the thinner Parts of the Blood be exhauft-
ed ; then the Fits, will, probably, return oftner, by reafon
the fame Degree of Vifcidity will be fooner ingender'd in
the Blood. But if between the Intervals, the Stomach ga-
thers more Strength, and the Blood becomes more attenua-
ted and thin, wiiether thofe Changes happen by the Ufe
of proper Exercife^ Diet, or Phyfick, then the Fit will not
return at its uiuai Time, bur, if at ail, its Return will be
later, for the Reafons already alledg'd ; and if the fame
Oeconomy of Diet and Phyfick be continued, the Blood
mull yet become more attenuated, and the Stomach will
acquire its wonted Tone ; io that of Confequence there
will be no fartlier Return of the Difeafe.

From all which it is evident, that the Cure of Intermit-
tent Fevers confift not in thofe Things that are necellary
barely to remove the Fit, for that happens naturally by a
deterniifi'd Increafe of the Quantity of vifcid Blood, di-
ilending the fmall Vellels, and an habitual Aptitude in the
fudorifick Poren, to caft off the Ler.tor by S'A'eat ; but that
Aptirude conilitutes Part of the Difeafe, and i? rather to be
cured than encouraged ; and tlierefore fuch Medicaments
are to be ufcd as will be of Efficacy, not only to break
thofe Vifcid ities 'which obllrud the Capillaries and fmali
Vellels, but alio to draw up the Solids into fach a Tenfi-
ty, and recover their Vigour to faclf a Degree, as i? necef-
fary to prevent the Increafe of fuch Mattti for the Time to
come; for it is by this lail Intention, that DigeHion, and
a due Comminution of the Juices, is to be perform'd.
*The Cure. Therefore, if a Horfe labouring under this

Diftemper be young, and has not been too
much wore out by the Coniinuance of his Sicknefs, a mo-
iJerate Quantity of Blood maybe taken from the Neck-
vein j but this miift be done wit^Difcretion 3 for if the

Horfe

Chap. XI. Of Intermitting Fevers, \j

Horfe be old, and much wore with the Diltemper, it will
do him more hurt than good.

Immedia'tely after the Fit is over, give your Horfe an
Ounce of the following Powder in Red Wine and Water,
and let the Dofe be repeated three or four Times a Day,
that, if poffible, theReturnof the Fit may be prevented.

^' Take Gentian Root two Ounces, Camomile Flowers,
*' Galingal, Zedoary, of each one Ounce, Myrrh and
*' Gum Guiacum, of each an Ounce and a half, (or if he
*' be a Horfe of fmall Value, two Ounces of the Bark of
*' Sallafras, or an Ounce of Oil-bark, may be lubftituted
*' in the room of the Gum) s make thefe into a fine
** Powder.

But if there be a Tendency to a Lax or Loofenefs, in
fuch a Cafe every Dofe of the Powder may be made up
into a dry Palle with Diafcordium^ given him either whole
or diflblv'd, in any convenient Liquor ; for a Lofenefs
is above all things to be prevented, becaufe in all aguifh
Diftempers it contributes to th§ Diminution of a Horfe's
Strength.

I knew a Horfe once cur'd of an Intermitting Diftempei*
by repeated Dofes of Diapente given in Ale -, and an emi-
nent Farrier told me, he had cured two or three Horfes of
Agues, only with Juice of Rue given them in a Morning
falling : But the Efficacy of this Herb feems to be more ad-
apted to Difeafes of greater Malignity ; as for the Diapente^
it is compofed of the Powders of the Roots Gentian,
Birthwort, Myrrh, Bay-berries, Stiavings of Hart's- horn,
or Ivory, of each an equal quantity. Thefe Ingredients
(the HartVhorn only excepted) are the fame with thofe of
the Ele5luar'nim Diatefferon of the London Difpenfatoryy
which claims a very ancient Father in Phyfick for its Au-
thor, and are not improper in the intermitting Difeafes of
Horfes, efpecially when there are Things of more Efficacy
joined with them.

But fince the Virtues of the Jefuits Bark are fufficiently
known, and its EfFeds manifeft in the Cure of thofe Di-
ftempers in human Bodies, it may, no doubt, be given
with good Succefs to Horfes, as the Oeconomy of both is
in many Refpeds the fame -, and I am the more ready to
introduce this Medicine into the Farrier's Practice, becaufe
I knew it given with Succefs to a fine young Horfe, that
was fo much addided to Sweating, that he became very
weak, and his Fiefh grew exceeding flabby s and indeed

48 The Farrier J New Guide. CftAP. XL

it cannot but do lingular Service in all Cafe!? where th^
Stomach is weak, and the folid Parts relaxed i and I am
of Opinion, had the Virtues of this celebrated Drug been
known in the Sieur de Solleyfeirs Time, he had, without
doubt, given it a Place in many of his Cures, and would
have found its Ufe preferable to that of the Liver of Anti-
mony, in molt of the fame Intentions v/here that was found"
fuccefsful.

Now as the moll fimple Preparations of the Bark, for
the molt Part, prove more efficacious than thofe that have
more Time and Labour beltow'd on them, it may be the
better comply'd with ; and therefore if the fick Horfe be
ef any Value or Service, and has got fuch a Fever as we are
now treating of, take a quarter of a Pound of this Drug
made into a fine Powder, and divide it into fix Papers, for
fo many Doles. Give one, as foon as the Fit is quite gone
off, in any common Liquid that is not purgative ; and let
two more be repeated in the fpace of twelve Hours, and a
Fourth two Hours before the Return of the next Fit. And
if the Fit returns but once in two Days, then the Bark may
be repeated in the fame Manner the Day following : But if
there is no Return of the Fie at its ufual Time, three or four
Dofes more will go nigh to make a Cure. If a Loofenefs
happens, it may be given in Diafcordiiun, as the Powder
above defcrib'd, until fuch Tim.e as that Symptom goes olF,
becaufe during the Loofenefs, the Medicine lofes much of
its Efficacy, as alfo if it be given in Time of the Fit.

And becaufe every thmg is proper in this Cafe, that may
any wife contribute to forward the Circulation oi the Blood"
in the Capillaries and fmall Vellels, therefore a Chewing
Ball ought to be ty'd to his Bitt, for an Hour, or half an
Hour every Morning, excepting when the Fit is upon him ;
and he will, doubtlefs, recover much the iboner, if he be
rid out gently for two Hours every day, there being nothing
that contributes more to invigorate the Stomach, and
Itrengthen all the folid Parts, than a moderate and conti-
nued Ufe of Exercife.

His Oats fhould be clean and nourilliing ; and though he
fliouid have but little Feeding at a Time, yet that fhould be
often; and if he has been accultom'd to Bread, the fineft
will agree with him, but nothing that is harfli and fcouring.

Good Rubbing will be of Service to him, efpccially w^hen
the Diltemper begins to v-ear off, becaufe that alfo keeps a
Horfe in a fort of moderate Exercife ^ but he if he be empty^

or

Chap. Xtt. Of SiirfetU. 4§

or was but newly relicv'd of his Fit, in that cafe he oughj
not to be over much fatip^u'd.

B

CHAP. XII;

Of Sufeits.

Ecaufe this is a Term freqiien^ly us'd among Farrierf,
and all Sorts of People, to fignify a Di feafe, we nave
thought convenient to conclude this Dilcourfe of Feveis,
with'a fhort Account of thofe Diforders that go under that
Denomination.

By a Surfeit is principally underftood all ^^'^^t is gene-
fuch Maladies as proceed from exceffiveand ''^''b .^^^«^ b
immoderate Feeding, but efpecially upon ^^'J^^^'-
unwholfome Provender, from Cold^ or hard Riding, is'c.
, whereby the Horfe comes to forfake his Food, grows lean,
j and fometimeS will be infefted with hard Swellings, which,
j if they happen to fall upon the Joints, will in Prccefs of
■ Time, occafion Lamcnefs, and many other Diforders.
j Now whatever be the original Caufe of Surfeits;, whether
i they proceed from Cold, Excefs of Feeding, or Labour,
; or from any Difpofition of the Air or Climate, it is very
certain, that what goes under the Notion of Surfeits, is no
other than that which fellows the imperfeft Solution of
any Difeafe ; but thofe which proceed only from a Glut
of Provender, and the like, being the molt fimple, are eafy
to be cur'd, as their Caufe is the moil fimple r whereas
thofe on the othei: hand, proceeding from more compli-
cated Caufes', are often the EfFeds of Chronick Diitem-
pers, and therefore muft be hard and difficult, and often-
'times prove incurable.

But this will be better underllood, if we examine fome-
what more narrowly into that kind of Surfeits which pro-
ceed from Feeding j for by the Knowledge thereof, all
;that is necefiary concerning Surfeits will be the more in-
telligible, as it is that alone which, truly and properly
fpeaking, conflitutes a Surfeit.

We are then to fuppofe, that while the A Surfeit de-
Stomach, is conftantly receiving Food, and friVd,
as conllantly tranfmdtting fre(h Supplies of Chyle to
"he Mafs of Blood, thu all the Blood- vefiels muft becom.e
iiJlended and full^ infomuch that the fuperfiuous Molilure
M canr.QS

50 The Farrier'^ New Guide. Chap. XII:

cannot be carried off thro' the Pores of the Extremities,
in fuch Qiiantity as is neceflary, by reafon that thefe Pores
are not of fufHcient Capacity and Magnitude, that is to fay,
they are not wide enough to give Vent to fo much Matter;
and therefore the Dillention of the Veflels will ftill be more
hicreafed ; and as the grofler Excrements muft alfo be aug-
mented from the conftant Supplies of Food, the Guts mull
thereby receive more than can be difcharged in the ufual and
naturalWay ; but this will be eafily apprehended by any one,
who confiders the flow Progrefs of the Dung in the Intefti-
nal Tube, which is of a very great Length from the Stomach
to the Fundament, and is wound up into many Circumvo-
lutions and Turnings, as is vifible when the Belly of any
Creature is laid open ; and therefore when the firil Paf-
fages, and likewife all the Blood-velTels are thus cramm'd,
a Fever mult be created ; but becaufe the Oppreffion is fo
very great, that Nature cannot fupport it long before fhe
difcharges herfelf of the Burden ; therefore where -ever the
Nifus or Impetus is moft, there fhe breaks forth fometimes
like a Flood ; and if that happen to be in Sweat, the fudori-
fick Po: es are open, and flretch'd to fuch a Degree, that the
Diltemper will be quite folv'd, and all the other Pallagcs
made glib and eafy, fo that the Excretions of another Kind
begin all to loofen and fall off through their proper Duds ;
but if the Solution happen not to be universal, though the
Fever be in a Manner abated and quite gone^ yet becaufe
the internal Glands, but particularly thofe of the Guts, for this
is mofl to our prefentPurpofe, are not at all, or at lead fuf-
ficiently opened, therefore the hardened Excrements are no
ways loo'en'd irom their Adhelions, but continue fiiftned by
a Sort of glutinous and vifcid Matter to the Sides of that
Canal. But while the Dung is in this Manner pent up, it
ingenders a more than ordinary Degree of Putrefadion, and
its Acrim^ony and Sharpnefs becomes a Stimulus to the Guts,
and by its Vellication occalions a more than ordinary Quan-
tity of Liquor to be drained from the inteflinal Glands,
fo that the Excrements are at length caft forth by a Loofe-
nefs, and are difcharg'd in a very great Quantity ; and now
Natuie being more at Liberty by a plentiful Difcharge of
the Dung, the Blood is thereby put into a brisker Motion,
by which it dilates itfelf, and flows with more Eafe, and in
greater Quantity, into the fmall Veflels towards the Extremi-
ties of the Skin, fo that if its Texture be thin and moveable,
it will cither caufe an Hemorrhage at the Mouth or Nofe,

by

Chap. XIL Of Surfeits. 5I

by a Diftradion of the fmall Fibres, or will otherwife break
cul into little Puftules among the Hair, which will alfo be
accompanied with Sweat, and thea the DiJeafe will proba-
bly come to a fpeedy Ifi'ue; but if the Blood has acquired a
more than ordinary Viicidity during the Lentor and Con-
tinuance of the Dung in the Guts, which is molt likely, and
what ufually happens in llich Cafes ; it will then be apt to
ftagnate m feme Places more than others, and call oft' the
Remainder of the Difeafe in Biles and Swellings, fuch as we
often obferve after Surfeits.

Wemay therefore determine all fuch Tu- In ^.vhat man-
mors, or other Excrefcencies, as are the Ef- ner Stcrfeits are
feds of an over Plenitude and Fulnefs, to be, ^^ ^^ dijiingui-
properly fpeaking, what belongs to a Surfeit, -^ '*
and v/hen the like Symptoms proceed from the imperfefl
Difcharges of any Cold, whe. eby the Pafnges of Perfpita-
tion have been fuddenly obftructed, they then bear a near
Affinity to the former, as a Lentor of the Bowels is often-
times previous, or at leaft, a Concomitant of fuch a Cold.
And if fuch Swellings be the Refult of a putrid or malig-
nant Fever, that has not been of long Continuance before
the Difeafe was brought to a Solution, tho' thefe may un-
doubtedly be worfe than the other, yet they only differ in
degree, and require the fame Method of Cure. And with
thefe may be clafs'd all fuch as happen after any Kind of
violent Exercifethat has not been of long Continuance^ and
■which proceed from fome flight Diforder arifing from
thence. But if the fame outwai*d Symptom, or rather
Symptoms, having the fame outward Appearances, proceed
from long continued and hard Labour, by v/hich the Ma-
chine is, as it were, broke and quite diforder'd ; or if they
be the Effeds of heftick and intermittent Fevers, or any other
internal Malady, that has been of fuch duration as to wafte
and decay the Body, and pervert the natural Juices, they
are in this cafe not to be deemed Surfeits^ or the immediate
Effed of SurfeitSy but to be iook'd upon as what will con-
ftitute Ulcers of the worft kind. But as we have allotted a
particular Place for the Cure of all forts of Tumors and
Ulcersj which the Reader may confult at his Leifure, we
fhall therefore in this Place take Notice oi S%irfeits^ and the
Accidents that are more efpecially peculiar to them.

When the Farrier obferves a Horfe to be ^^^ q
furfeited, and under a heavy Oppreffion from
the want of the common and ufual difcharges, he ought,
M 2 1^

sz The ParrierV New Guide. Chap. XIL

in the firft Place, to take Blood from the Neck- vein, and
after raking him with his Hand, give him an emollient Cly-
fter, with a larger than ordinary quantity of Oil or Hogs-
lard in it, the better to lubricate the Pailages -, after which
if he has no Fever, or at ieaft, but a flight one, he may
give him the following purging Drench.

" Take of Sena one Ounce, fweet Fennel-feeds, Cori-
" ander, or Caraway- feeds, of either half an Ounce, Salt
*« of Tartar one Dram, infufe them in a quart of boiling
*< Water, pafs the Infufion through a Sieve, or pour it off
'' by Inclination, and when it is cold, add to it an Ounce
" of the Powder of Jalap." This muft be given in the
Morning, and the Horfe kept fafting for the fpace of four
Hours before and after it ; and as foon as the Drench begins
to work, he muft be walk'd gently, till the mofl of its Ope-
ration is over ; his Water fhould be warm, and flrew'd with
Gatmeal or Barley- flower, and nothing (hould be given
^ . him that is cold. And here I cannot but

• T IdWa- ^^^^ notice of a ridiculous Cuflom that has
Ter'iohen a ^^ ^^^^ ^^^" pradifed both among Farriers
horfe has take?i and Grooms, and that is, giving a Horfe
a purging his Belly full of cold Water, to promote the

Drench, Operation of purging Phyfick 5 the Effect

of this muft be by creating Cholick Diforders in the Guts,
as I have often obferv'd, and afterwards it never fails to
operate to Excefs ; but if Horfes of Strength and Vigour
can fcarcely overcome fuch Shocks, it muft go very hard
with thofe that ate weak and infirm ; all which is demon-
llrable; but I fliould think common Reafon fufficient to dil-
luade People from fuch palpable Folly ; therefore we fnall
fay nothing further about it, but return where we left off.

The Day after the Phyfick, chewing Balls are to be ufed
for an Hour in the Morning, and then he ought to be rid
out for Air and Exercife, and at his Return he may be per-
mitted to eat a few boil'd Oats with Bran, his Water fhould
be warm all that Day, becaufe the Effeds of the Phyfick
may not be quite w^ore off; and the Day following his
Phyfick may be repeated, with an Addition of two Drams
oi Diagridium^ provided he be a Horfe of Strength. But
if after all this he breaks out into- Boils, and inflamed
Swellings, which^ as has been obferved, happen, for the
moft part, after an imperfed Solution, then the Ufe of
purging muft be laid afide, unlefs he turn very coftive, and-
in that Cafe mild Clyfters may be injeded \ and becaufe

Nature

Chap. XIII. Of the T>ifeafes of the Head. 5j'

Nature muft always be afTilted in her own Way, therefore
let him have plenty of warm Water, ftrew'd with Oat-
meal, and acidulated with Sal Prunella^ purify 'd Nitre,
or the like, to provoke Urine, and to dilute and open the
Humours ; and if he be a Horfe of Value, he may have a
Pint of Milk- water, with half a Pint of Treacle -water,
given him, and repeated the Day following ; but this is
more efpecially to be comply'd with, if the Tumours be
the Refult of a putrid and malignant Fever ; for in this,
and all other fuch Cafes, if any Evacuation be made other-
wife than by fuch Things as are proper to excite a gentle
Breathing through the Pores, and promote the Secretions
by Urine, ^c. Nature will be very apt to alter her Courfe
into that which is not fo agreeable to her ; fo that not be«
ing able to make a full Difcharge, the Relicks of the Dif-
eafe will be ftill left behind ; and thofe Things that are made
ufe of with an Eye to affill her, will, probably, inftead of
that, weaken her yet more ; and it is from fuch contradic-
tory Adethods that fo many Horfes lofe their Appetite, or if
they be able to eat plentifully, they notwithftanding look
lean and jaded, and are unable to do proportioable Service ;
and it is from fuch Mifmanagement, that the Mange, Far-
cin, Lamenefs, Blindnefs, and the whole Train of chronic
cai Difeafes, very often take their Origin.

CHAP. XIII.

Of the "Difeafes cf the Head,

VT/'E find in Books feveral Difeafes rank'd General Ohfer-
^ ^ under this Title, that are feldom met 'vations conar-
with in the Farrier's Pradice, at leaft, not di- ^f 4 Difeafes
ftinguiflied, unlefs it happens that fome ho- °^ t'^^ Head. ^
: neft well-meaning Perfon may take it upon Truft, from
: thofe Signs which have been attributed to them by his favou-
rite Author. But yet it is very certain, that a Horfe is oft-
en fubjeft to Difeafes, which in a more efpecial Manner
affed that Part ; and if his Food were not more fimpleand
agreeable to Nature, he would undoubtedly be more fub-
jeft to fuch Difeafes than Man, becaufe of the prone Pofi-
tion of his Head, which m.uft occalion a greater Influx of
iBlood into the Brain, and alio forward it upon the Eyes,
MouLh, and Nofe.

M 3 Mark-

54 The FarrierV Ne'-JO Guide. Chap. XIV.

Markham has in his Catalogue enumerated all thole Dif-
eafes that are peculiar to Man, but in Horfes they are very-
hard to be diftinguifh'd, becaufe of the Similitude of the
common Symptoms ; neither has the Sieur de Solleyfell
mended the Matter very much, having confufedly fcatter'd
them here and there in his Writings, exceptmg only that he
has clafled fome together which were the Concomitants of a
great Sicknefs that happened in France and Germany in his
Time; but thefe were improperly tcrm'd Difeafes of the
Head, being only the Attendants of that Sicknefs. We
fliall therefore go on a little more methodically in explain-
ing thofe Diforders, as they feem molt agreeable to the
State and Condition of that Animal ; and that we may
avoid all ufelefs Divifions, we fhall take them in the Method
which feems to be the molt natural.

CHAP, XIV.

Of the Head-ach.

THI S has had a particular Place among the Difeafes of
the Head^ both by the Pbyficians and Farriers in all
Ages ; the lalt have made no Diltinftion, but the Phyfi-
dans have diltinguifhed between a Head-ach, which they
lam Idiiipathick^ as it proceeds from a»Caufe without thq
Blood-velTels, and that which they call Sympathetick^
being the Concgmitant of fome other Difeafe : But our
J^ufmefs here is only with the fiift Kind, lince the other is
but a Symptom, which mult of courfe wear off with the
Difeafe to which it belongs.

As to the Caufe, it is believed to proceed from a Di-
Itradion of the Fibres of fome Blood- vefTels in the Brain,
or Membranes thereof, occaiioned by fome of the fmallelt
Particles of the ^srum being Itruck into the Pores or Inter-
flices of the faid Veilels, by the frequent Occurfions of the
Blood.

The Signs are, according to Marlham^ the hanging
down of the Horfe's Head and Ears, dropping of his Urine,
dimnefs Qf Sight, fwoln, waterifh Eyes : But thefe are
common to divers other Difeafes ; and I am truly of Opi-
nion, fuch a Kead-ach cannot be eafily diltinguifh'd in brute
Creatures, that want the Faculty of Speech, and therefore
v^annot declare their Infirmities : But however^ if a Horfe

has,

.'\=

Chap. XV. Of the St avers, or Staggers. 5 5

has fuch Symptoms without a Fever, and if it be obferv'd
that he often puts his Head againft the Stall or Manger, it
will be very proper to have Recourfc to fome Remedy ;
for which Purpofe we recommend Bleeding, Purging, and
Ro welling, as alfo the Ufe of Chewing Sails, kc

CHAP. XV.
Of the StaverSy or Staggers,

TN order to the Knowledge of this Di- jp.^jex^
^ llemper, it will be necelTary firfl of all to ^'^' "■^'
.enquire into the Nature of an Apoplexy and Vertigo, for with-
out fome Infight into thefe, the other can nev er be rightly
underftood.

Fir/t then, As to an Apoplexy^ That is ufually defin'd a
Privation of Senfe and Motion, excepting only a weak
and languid one in the Heart and Breaft ; and this pro-
ceeds either from a Caufe without the'Vedels, viz. when
the Blood or any other Fluid happens to break out of fome
Vellel within the Brain, or when there happens to be pre-
ternatural Bones or Tumours bred and contained within
the Skull, or any other extraneous Matter that may in any
Sort prefs upon the fcft Subllance of the Brain, caufing
thofe deadly Diforders. But this is a Species that is in-
curable, and for the moft Part feizes fuddenly, without
3ny foregoing Tokens and Warnings : But the other pro-
ceeds from fome Caufe within the Vefiels, whereby the
Arteries, which are woven into the Pia Matei\ or inner-
moft Membrane of the Brain, or that Part of it which in-
volves the Trunk of all the Nerves, becoraes over-much
extended ; fo that by the Preilure of thefe VeHels upon
them, Senfation is intercepted, and Motion loft.

Thus, in an Apoplexy., Senfe and Motion are in a Man-
ner quite loft, becaufe of the Preffure that is made upon the
Origin of all the Nerves that arife from the y .
Head : But in a Vertigo, Objects that are ^^ ^'^^"
at Reft, appears as if they were turning round, and by that
Means occafion any Creature to reel and ftagger: And this
proceeds from the Vibrations and Tremors of the Optick
Nerve, whereby the Images falling not directly, but fuccef-
fively upon the different Rir:s of the R.eti?ia, an Objeft that
is at Reft, will therefore appear as if it v/as turning round ;
M 4 ^nd

'5 ^ The Parrier'j" New Guide. Chap. XV.

and this may be occafion'd, either when an Animal is fear-^
ful of falling, or from a Repletion and Overfulnefs of thofe
Arteries which are fituated near the Optick Nerve, w^hich,
b;/ prefling upon the Brain, will caufe a Shaking in that
Nerve. But our Bufinefs is only with the laft.
gj-j ^ Now if we examine a little carefully into

/i r-hf'F/J all the different Appearances of that Dillem-

rcaiicwle to , . , ^^ • - 11,0 n

the one or the P^^' which r amers call the St avers or btag-
other, pro'vdby gers, we fhall find them reducible to one of
l^f.ances take^ thefe Maladies above defcribed.
from the 'v art- Y OX ^ firft ofall^ if we confider that Sort
cm Appearances wliich is the mofl: fimple, viz. when a
ofthaiDifecfe, pj^^i. fuddenly falls down upon the Road
in a vdry hot Day, or when he falls upon hard Ri-
ding, we fl:iall find nothing in the Caufe of this Diforder,
but what is in one of the former ,; and the Reafon of this
is eafy enough to be conceived, and will' happen to a
Plorfe, whether he be in a good or bad Cafe ; for when the
Blood is put into a more than ordinary Motion by any
hard Exercife, it will eafiiy flow into the Brain of a Horie
in a greater quantity, than can be readily returned by the
Veins ; and therefore the Origin of the Nerves will be
piefs'd upon by the diftending Veflels, fo as to intercept the
Animal Juices ; or otherwife thefe -may be fent forth in
Iqch dilorderly Manner, as to occafion a Horfe's falling
dov.n ; but in this Kind, when a Horfe has lain fome lit-
tle Space, and that the Impulfe of the Blood ceafes, it
then floVk'S more regularly through the Veins, by which the
Arteries become lei's diilended, and the Horfe recovers his
Senfes, and rifes up as from Sleep. Thus the Head is
affedcd in the fame Manner as in an Apoplexy; but as there
is little or no Fault fuppofed to be in ihe Blood, the Horie
foon recovers, and oitentimes without the Aflillance of any
Application.

There IS another Kind of Staggers which refembles the
foi-mer, and ahoafTedts the Head in the fame Manner as an
Apoplectick Difordcr, and that is when a Horfe falls down
vhile at Grafs : And this Sort I have obferv'd happen the
firll or fecond Day after they were turn'd out; for while
they feed With a more than ordinary Intenfenefs, with their
Head conftantly down towards the Ground, the Blood
muft flow in a 'more than ordinary quantity to the Brain ;
snd while the Head is in ih s dependent Situation, tlie
Blood in its Pactum nruit aicend upwards : So that if a

Horfe's

Chap. XV. Of the St avers or Staggers, sj

Horfe's Head be kept long in that Pollure, but efpecially if
the Blood be vifcid, and unapt to Motion, it will undoubt-
edly obftru(ft the fmaii Arteries, and caufe a Horfe to fall by
the Preillire ofthofe Arteries upon the Nerves.

But that Kind of Stagger whereby a Horfe falls down in
the Stable, or when he is newly brought out into the
Light, or when his Exercife is but moderate, it is either a
true Apoplexy, or a Vertigo, or perhaps both ; but when a
Horfe reels and runs round, being fome time under the Dif-
order before he falls, that is plainly a Vertigo : And if after
a Horfe has thus fallen down, he immediately rifes up again,
but looks flupid and blind, reels and tails again, knocking
his Head againil; the Boards or Walls, thefe are alfo for the
nioft part Signs of a Vertigo ; for what fometimes happens
of that Kind in a Frenzy, comes not properly under this
Denomination ('tho' molt of our Authors confound them
together) unlels it be that Sort of Frenzy, which may pro-
ceed from extraneous Matter lodged on the Brain, or its
Membranes. But all thefe Symptoms we have now men-
tion'd, may, and for the moil part, do arife from a Verti-
go ; for here Senfation is not quite obllrucled, but, as we
fuppofe, a Vibration and fhaking of the Optick Nerve, the
Stable, and every thing about him, muft feem to run
round ; and if he rife in this Condition, he mutt certainly
fall, and that inltantly.

Having thus given a ihort Account of the The Cure of

different Kinds of Staggers, and the Caufes the Staggers^

thereof, we fliall in the next place, proceed to the Cure.

And firltof all, whether they arife from an Apoplexy, or

Vertigo, or only from an Over-repletion of the Blood-vef-

fels of the Head by hard PJding, is'c. the Method to be ob-

ferved, as to the firft Intentions, will be much the fame ;

becaufe even in the moll fimple Kind we fuppofe the Blood

to be fomewhat faulty, therefore Blood mull be taken pretty

I plentifully both from the Neck-vein, and likewife from the

] Spavin or Flank- vein, or from any other towards the hin-

' der Parts ; but firft from the Neck, becaufe by opening that

Vein, as it drains the Blood immediatety q^he Method of

\ from the Head, that Portion of the Blood, hleeding Uorfes

I which is in the fmall Arteries in the Brain, for Difeafes in

as thefe are empty'd into the fmall Branches the Head.

of the Vein that is opened, muft undoubtedly

;:ive fudden Relief, and by that Means take oiT from the

Preil'urc

5 8 T^e Tarrur* s New Guide. Chap. XV.

PrelTure upon the Nerves: But becaufe the Head of a
HoiTe is not in an ere6l Pofture, as that of a Man, but
many Horfes have the Pofition of their Heads only a little
higher than their Shoulders s but efpecially as in all fuch
Diforders, a Horfe is apt to llouch and hang his Head, a
Revulfion is alfo to be made by opening a Vein behind,
and this ought particularly to be obferv^d in all Difeafes of
tbe Head ; for altho' Blood taken from the Neck-vein, is
very proper to give immediate Relief, yet a greater Qyan- j
tity muft thereupon flov;^ into the Brain, fince it is fuffici- i
ently known, that all inclofed Liquids will run towards a i
Vent ; but when a Vent is made foon afterwards behind,
then a greater Quantity of Blood will flow into the defen-
ding y^oria, and from thence backwards j fo that a leiler
Quantity v/ill flow forwards towards the Head.

For which Reafon, unlefs the Horfe be weak, take im-
mediately a Pint of Blood from the Neck ; and when that
Operation is over, open oiie of the Veins behind, and from
thence let him blood a full Quart. This alone will cure.
any ftagger'd Horfe, if fo be his Difeafe is fimple, and on-
ly of the iirft Kind, and that he is afterwards kept to a mo-
derate cleanfing Diet, and is for fome Time thereafter har-
den'd wllh proper Exercife.

But if the Staggers are the Refult of a true and genuine ^
Apoplexy, he muft be exercifed every day with Chewing,
Balls made of Jj/a Fcetida, Savin, and the moft noifome
Things that can be got ; for thefe Smells will put him upon •
conftant Adion, and help to forward the Motion of the/
Blood in the fmall Vellels where it is obftrufted.

After this, Recourfe muft be had to Clyfters, to ftrong
Purgatives 5 for which Purpofe we recommend the follow- i
ing Clyfters out of SolleyJelL

'^ Boil two Ounces of the Scoria of Liver of Anti- .
^' mony, made into a flne Pow^der, in five Pints of Beer ; ,
*' after five or fix Warms remove it from the Fire, adding .;
*' a quarter of a Pound of the Unguentura Rofatum^ injedt ;
*•' it lukewarm. Inftead of the Vngueniwn Rofatum^ may .
be ufed Butter or Hogs-lard. Or the following Clyftefv
may alfo be ufed.

" Take two Bitter Apples, boil them in five Pints of/
*' Water j pour ofF the Liquor, and mix with it three;
*' Ounces of the Juice of the Buchthorn Berries, or fouir,
" Ounces of the Syrup, the fame Qiiantity of Oil or But- ■
f* ter as in the former,'^ Thefe may be repeated two or

three

Chap. XV. Of the St avers or Staggers'. 59

three time^ ; after which the following purging Drench
may be given.

" Boil one bitter Apple in a quart of Beer, and after it
*' has been (trained out, and is become almoft cold, add
*' to it an Ounce and a half of Powder of Jalop, and two
*' Drams of Diagndium.'' Thefe may be repeated two
or three Times, if the Horfe has Strength to bear it.

He ought alfo to be exercis'd and rubb*d very well ;
and while he is under fuch Courfes of Phylic ., his Water
fliould be warm, and fprinkled with Oatmeal.

But that Kind of Staggers which is oc- «j-^^ q^^^^ ^
cafion'd from a Vertigo, requires a milder Vertko.
Method ; and therefore a Clyfter made of
an Ounce of Sena boil'd in five Pints of Water, with four
Ounces of common Treacle, with the ufual quantity of
Oil, or Lard, may be injeded : And this may be alfo
repeated for two or threp Days ; after which he may have
a Drench of Beer given him, wherein Roots of Piony,
Angelica, Rue, Rofemary, Flowers of Lavender, and the
like, have been fteeped, according to the following Pre-
jfcription.

" Take of the Roots ofMale-piony one Pound, Roots
!' of Angelica half a Pound, Galingal bruifed four Oun-
" ces, Flowers of Lavender, Tops of Rofemary and Rue,
f' of each two Handfuls j let them be infufed in eight
*' Gallons of new Wort, and when it has fufhciently
" work'd, give your Hoi fe two Quarts every Day, keep-
f'. ing hini bridled an Hour before and after.

But if this Diforder happens to continue obftinate,
and there are frequent Threatnings of a Relapfe, fuch
Things mult be uled as will effectually eradicate the Caufe,
for which Purpofe we recommend the following Balls,
'viz.

" Take of Cinnabar, and the cleareft AJJa Foetlda, of
f each half a Pound, Bay-berries four Ounces, Caltor two
" Ounces." But if the Horfe be of fmall Value, and
not worth the Expence of the Caltor, it may be left out,
though the Medicine will not perhaps be of fuch imme-
diate Efficacy. " Thefe mult be pounded in a Mortar
*' until they are reduced into Powder ; after which they
*' are to be made up into a Mafs, or ItifF Pafte, adding
'^ by degrees as much Oil of Amber as is fufficient for
'^^ that Purpofe ; make them into Balls, weighing an
'":[ Ounce and a half each^ v/hereof one is to be given every

" Morn-

6o The FarrierV New Guide. Chap. XV.

*' Morning in a Quart of the medicated Ale, ftanding
'' bridled as above direded." The Cinnabar, as all other
Minerals, but efpecially as it abounds with Quickfilver, is
therefore a molt efficacious Remedy for opening Obllruc- .
trons in the fmallefl Veflels : But the Reader may turn to
that Part where we have treated of the Farcin, where its
Virtues are taken Notice of more at length.

But here it is to be remarked, that the laft prefcribed
Remedies are not only proper in that Kind of Staggers,
where the Horfe reels and turns round, but alfo in the
other Kind, when befalls on a fudden : For as in an Apo-
plexy, Senfe and Motion are taken away by a Prellure on
all the Nerves, fo in a Vertigo the Preflure is either in Part,
or elfe the nervous Juice is rendred more vifcid and unapt
to Motion than it ought to be, fo as to occafion thofe Tre-
mors, which are the more obfervable in the Optick Nerve,
as they afFeft the Sight ; and therefore the chief Difference
in the Cure lies only in this. That in Apopledick Cafes,
Things of the grea tell Efficacy mull be ufed, even in the
common Way of Evacuation, becaufe Senfe is fo much de-
llroy'd in all Parts of the Body, that Things of a milder
Nature will do but little Service •, whereas in Vertigo's, ^
Senfation not being altogether obftruded, at leall in the
beginning, but render'd diforderly, the Purgations neec|_
only be fuch as will make moderate Evacuation, and thefe .
not long continued.
en Mod of our Farriers cure the Stap;gers by

*lhe common .. at.- n^u- ^u c'

Way of dinner makmg Applications of Thmgs that are of
ihiSta<r(Ters.^ ^ ^o^ ^^^ pungent Nature, to the Ears ; as
Garlick, Rue, Aqua-vitd\ Cloves, Ginger,
Bay-falt, and the like, which being llitch'd up within the
Ear, may,^o doubt, be fometimes efficacious in thofe
Cafes that are limple, (and which are indeed the moll
common) as they llimulate the tender and fenfible Mem-,
brane which covers thofe Parts, and thereby rouze the Blood
to a quicker and brisker Motion ; but thefe ought to be us'd
■with Caution and Circumfpedlion ; for I have feen Horfes
run flarkmad when thofe Applications have been too ftrong ;
and it was with much ado they could be kept from knock-
ing out their Brains againll the Walls ; and fometimes that
violent Agitation, inilead of giving Relief, makes the Fits^
return the oftner upon them, by driving too much Blooc^
into the Arteries of the Brain,

CHAP,

Chap. XVI. Of a Talfy. ^i

CHAP. XVL
Of a Talfy,

'Tp H E ancient Farriers, and many of the Country Peo-
^ pie to this Day, when they lee a Horfe or Bullock
have his Limbs fuddenly taken from him, and not being
able to think what (hould be the Caufe of fuch an unex-
pefted Change, believe him either to be planet-ftruck, or
Shrow-run ; but molt or all thofe Accidents are owing to
the Palfy, and therefore we fhall include them under that
Denomination.

A Palfy is an Inability to Motion, arifing j p^j. ^.,^
either from a Fault in the Blood or animal '-^-^ ^

Spirits, or from both together ; and it feize? fometimes
the whole Body, fometimes one Side, and fometimes a
particular Part only.

When the Caufe happens from the animal Spirits, then
Senfation is in a Manner loft ; and fometimes with an Ina-
bility to Motion alfo ; and becaufe the nervous Fluid is ren-
der'd thick, and unapt to Motion, and the Nerves them-
felves relax'd and moift, and confequently unfit for lively
Vibrations. There will alfo be fometimes a Numbnels
and Infenfibility to the Touch, but yet a Capacity of Mo-
tion may be preferv'd. But when a Palfy arifes from a
Fault in the Blood, viz. from an over-great Humidity, or
when it is render'd too thick : In the firft Cafe the Mufcles
are ftretch'd out in Length, and their Fibres relaxed, and
by lofmg their Tone, they become incapable of Contradli-
on ; and therefore tho' there may be a Diftribution of the
nervous Juice, yet Motion is loft by Reafon of that over-
Relaxation J while at the fame time Senfe may remain ;
, and in the other Cafe, though there be a Concourfe of
j Spirits, yet the Blood is fo thick, that it cannot be lud-
\ denly enough rarefied to produce Motion. But, laftly,
i when the Blood and Spirits are both aftec^ed in a Palfy,
I the Senfe and Motion will both be loft : And if the
' Nerves or Blood be affeded within the Brain, then the Pal-
fy will be accompanied with an Apoplexy or Vertigo.

And therefore the Caufes of a Palfy are all q-j r r^ f
thofe things that may induce an over-great a^Palf
Humidity into the Blood and Spirits, fo as •"^*

tQ

i

6z T/jcTarruk^s New Guide. Chap. XVI.

to occalion a Relaxation or Loofenefs in the Canals or
Fibres ; or when the Blood alone is render'd fo thick, that
it cannot be iuddenly rarefy'd, by which Means the Nerves
and animal Juices become alfo afFeded ; and this is ufually
brought about either by a moift Temperament, Ciimatej
or Seafon, or the eating of cold vifcid Herbs, but efpecially
when a Horfe goes in a wet marfliy Pafture, and lies fre-
quently on the cold wet Ground. The fame EfFeds are
alfo produced from Things of an oppofite Nature, as the
internal ufe of hot Things j but our Bufinefs is only with
that Sort of Palfy which proceeds from Humidity, ^V.
the other feldom or never happening to Horfes.
J ^ In order to the Cure, the Horfe fhould

be exercifed w^ith Cheiving Balls made of
Savin, Rofemary, and Lavender-flowers, made into Pow-
der, and beat up with JJfa Fcetida^ and a fufficient quan-
tity of Oil of Amber ; after which to be ty'd in a Ragj
and faftened to the Bit, as ufual : And at proper Intervals,
Clyfters fhould be injeded, fuch as have been ordered in
an Apoplexy, But, as we fuppofe the Caufe from an
over-great Humidity and Relaxation of the Veflels, Bleed-
ing is not necelTary, but may rather prove hurtful, unleis
there fhould alfo be the Signs of an Apoplexy^ and in that
cafe it will be very needful.

All hot Things, as Mullard, Ginger, Pepper, and other
Spices, but efpecially Mullard infus'd in Ale, will be pro-
per to recover the Tone of the Fibres, and thefe may be
given alone, or added to the Ale above direded, in an
apoplexy and Vertigo. But as the external Parts are id
fenfibly afFedled in this Diflemper, therefore Embrocations
of hot and penetrating Oils and Spirits are to be rubb'd,
where-ever Motion is loit or impair'd ; fuch as the Oil of
Fetre^ Oil of Amber ^ Oil of SaJJafras^ and the like, mix'd
with the Soldiers Ointment^ or Ointment of Marfh-mal- <
lows, with a fmall Quantity of Spirit of Sal Armoniack, or !
other volatile Spirit.

Sweating in a Dunghill, or with \'ery warm Cloathing, ,
will likewife be of very great Service ; as alfo frequent Drinks
of the Decodtion of Guiacumy SaJfafraSy &c. fuch as is' ■
prefcrib'd for the Farcin.

Lafliy^ A Horfe ought, in all paralytick Cafes, to be
rowelM in one or more Places ; for by that Means a great
deal of the moift or vifcid Matter will be difcharg'd, and the
Nerves and mufcular Fibres ftrengthen'd,

CHAP*

Chap. XVIL Of the Falling Evil, &c. 6i

CHAP. XVIL

Of the Falling Evil and ConvulJionSy

^HE Falling Evily is that which, in the Phyficlam
^ Terms, comes under the Denomination of an Epi-
hpfy\ and feems to be no other than an Apoplexy or
Vertigo^ accompanied with Convulfions^ either as the Caufe
or EiFeft.

In the Falling Evil, a Horfe drops down of a fudden^
his Teeth and his Eyes become fix'd, but his Head and
Body is fhook and extremely agitated ; Froth bubbles out:
of his Mouth, his Flanks heave and labour, and fometimes
there is an involuntary Excretion of the Dung and Urine :
AH which arife from an involuntary and dilbrderly Mo-
tion of the Blood and animal Spirits, rufhing with greater
Impetuolity into a Mufcle on one Side, than that which is
its Antagonift, fo as to occafion a Vellication and Contrac-
tion of that Mufcle; and becaufe there is not an equal
Qiiantity of Blood and Spirits detach'd into the oppoiite
Mufcle, therefore that Member cannot be extended as well
as contraded, but drawn one Way, and the Part afFefted
will continue immoveable, excepting in thofe violent
Shocks and Agitations.

The Caufe of Convulfwis are. Fir ft ^ 7he Cmfe qf
v/hatever waftes and exhaufts the Body, or Con^uljims .
any of its Parts, as the taking away too much Blood, violent
Purging, or hard Labour, long Sicknefs. Secondly, What-
ever fills the Body too much, and gives Origin to Obftruc-
tions in the Blood-veilels or Nerves, or brings a Debility
and Weaknefs into the Stomach : And Laftly^ Wounds, or
whatever elfe caufes Pain and Inflammation.

As to the Cure, it is the fame with that of an Apoplexy
or Vertigo ; only this general Rule is to be obferved, that
v.'hen it proceeds from Loofenefs, Evacuations by Bleeding
and Purging are to be laid afide, excepting where fome Cir-
cumllances may make a moderate Ufe of them neceilary :
But as our BritiJI) Horfes are feldom troubled with thefe
Diforders, excepting when they are occafioned by Wounds,
or other things inducing exquifite Pain and Vellications in
the more fenSbie Parts ; and becaufe thefe wilt be taken
Notice of in their proper Places, we fhall therefore omit
faying any thing farther about them here.
. . CHAP.

64- T^eFARRnu'sNe'wGmde. CHAP,XVIIi

CHAP. XVIII.

Of the Lethargy-, or Sleeping %viL

^TpHough this Dlftemper is as feldom to be met with ris
-■- the former, yet becaufe it has been treated oiF by fom^
of our Authors, we fhall fay as much concerning it as is
needful.

Markham obfervcs, that it proceeds from Phlegm ; and
that white and dun Horfes being of a phlegmatick Difpoli-
tion, are moil fubjed: to it. But a Lethargy is as near al-
ly*d to thofe that have been the laft delcrib'd, as polliblej
and is oftentimes their Companion, and is produced by the
lame Caufes which bring on an Apoplexy, or any or the
other Diftempers peculiar to the Head. P"or in a Lethargy,
tho' a Creature is not abfolutely depriv'd of Senfe and Mo-
lion, yet by a Preliiire of the fmall Arteries upon the Nerves,'
and an Over-thicknefs of the nervous Juice, both the exter-
nal and internal Senfes become dull, cauling a perpetual In-
clination to Sleep, which at length, as it impairs the animal
Faculty, weakens and decays the Body.

^he Cure "^^^ ^'^^^ '^' ^^ ^^^ Beginning, to take a

moderate Quantity of Blood, if your Horfe'
be in good Cafe 3 but if he be very poor, and that the Dif-
eafe has taken its Origin from Exinanition, then your Horfe^
if at all, is to be but fparingly bled and purged.

But Chewing-balls of the moft fetid ilinking Things ima-
ginable, are to be ufed every Day, fo far as the Horfe's
Strength is able to bear the Adion ; for thefe will help to
rouze his Spirits, and put the Blood into a brisker Motion.
And for the fame purpofe. Volatile Salts or Spirits, as thofe
of Armoniack, or Harts-horn, may be fometimes held to his
Nofe. The Cinnabar-balh^ directed in an Apcplexy and
Vertigo, ought alfo to be given him every day, and con-
tinued for a confiderable Time, and Rowels or other Iflues
ought to be put into his Belly, but particularly a Hair-
Rowel put through his Skin behind the Poll of his Head,
which alone will fuihce, if the Horfe be weak. In which
Cafe alfo he mull be well kept, by having Food often, tho*
but little at a Time, ^y this Method your Horfe may be
recovered, if he is not wore out with Age, or very much
broke by the Continuance of his Difeafe.

C H A Pa

Chap. XIX. Of Frenzy and Mad?iefs. 6%

CHAP. XIX,

Of the Frenzy and Madnefs in a Horfe^

ALtho' we are very well aflur'd that our "Brltijh Horfes
are iiot often fabjed to Madnefs, yet becaufe the
Italian Authors, and like wife fome of our own, have
ranked it among the Difeafes of the Brain, Cf^. we fhall
therefore, in Obedience to Cuftom, before we leave this
. Subjed, take Notice of thofe things that are tlie moil hkely
to produce Frantick Diforders.

Firji of all then^ A Frenzy may be caus'd T/^^ Canfis of
by the exceflive Hurry of the Blood in a le- « Fren-zy.
gitimate fimple Fever; but that Symptom will very readily
abate, by thofe Things that are proper to ailwage the Vio-
lence of that Difeafe.

Secondly^ Blood or Matter colleded upon the Brain^ or
the Membranes that involve it, mayoccafion a Frenzy,
v.'hether that proceed from Wounds or Bruifes, or fforri a
Diltradion or Rupture of the Ve'llels, when they have been
ever- full and diftended beyond Meafure, or when there is
any foreign Subllance grown within the Skull; but then a
Frenzy arifing from fuch Caufes, will probably end in fud-
den Death.

Thirdly y A Fretizy may follow upon the Bite of any veno-
mous Creature ; but this will aifed the Head as a Peftilential
or other malignant Fever, and as to Internals, mud be treat-
ed after the flime Manner ; what relates more efpecially to
the Wound, fhall be taken Notice of in its proper Place.

But Ai/?/y, That Sort of Frenzy, which in a more parti-
cular Manner deferves the Name of Madnefs, is what may
happen v.^ithout the Concurrence of any other Dif:afe, and
is moft likely to proceed from excelTive Lull, occafion'd by
full Feeding, either in a Horfe or Mare, and when they are
reftrain'd from Copuladon ; for by this Means many lively
Images may be prefented to the Imagination, without any
Certainty or Order, and like a Dream delude the Fancy ;
fo that they will be apt to tear and rend every thing that
comes before them. But this may alio be cur'd by Bleeding
•:iid Purging, with the Concurrence of a low Diet, i^c,

The Stallion fnuffi the ivell-btown Scent afar^
And jnorti and trembles for the diftant Mars -,

N Kcr

66 The Farribr'j New Guide. Chap. XX.

I^or Sits nor Bridles can his Rage rejirain^
And rugged Rocks are interpos'd in vain ;
He makes his Way o'er Mountains^ and contemns
Unruly Torrents^ and unforded Streams.

Dryden'j Virg. Georg. Book III.
Sutfar above the refly the furious Mare.,
Sarr'dfrom the Male, is Frantick with Defpair :
For when her pouting Vent declares her Pain^
She tears her Harnefs^ and/he rends the Rein :
For this when Venus gave them Rage and Pow^r^ ^

Their Majiers mangled "Members they devour^ ^ >

Of Love defrauded in their longing Hour. Ibid. J

CHAP. XX.

Of the "D'tfeafes of the Ejes,

THere are no Difeafes whereunto Horfes are more liable,
than thofe that happen to the Eyes, the Reafon of
which will not be very difficult to any who is acquaint-
ed with the Oeconomy of a Horfe, but particularly with
the Strudure and Mechanifm of the Eye, which is fuch a
tender Part, and fo fenfible to the Touch, that the leaft
Foreign Matter from without, as a Grain of Sand, or
little Dull, will put any Creature into exquifite Pain, and
the leaft Determination of Blood and Spirits from within
more than ought to come into thofe Parts by the commoi
Courfeof Circulation, will have the fame EfFecft. Bu
when we conlider the natural Adivity of a Horfe, am
that the common Service required of him expofes him mon
to Heats and Colds, and to all Manner of Fatigue an<
Toil, than any other Creature ; and that of Confequenc
he is render'd more liable to Sicknefs, and fuch as is of th
worft Kind, he muft therefore be more fubjeft to Infirmitii
of the Eyes, and fuch as without a great deal of Care wi
be apt to end in abfolute Blindnefs.

.. 7)Y /. r Now all the Difeafes of the Eyes proced
the Eves proceed ^'^^^^^ ^^^^ external Caufes, fuch asWoundi
either from ex- Bf^^'fes, Duft, or Other foreign matter gettir
ternalor inter- with'n the Eyelids ; or from internal Caufc
nal Cau/esy or fuch as are the Effect of Sicknefs, or any Ifl'
from anill Con- dlfpofition of the Blood. And laftly,
formation of Horfe may be render*d obnoxious to Difeaf©
the Eyes^ jj

Chap. XXI. Of a Wound on the Ejey &:c. 6^

in his Eyes, from an ill Conformation of the Eye itfelfj as
for Inftance, when the Eye happens to be tou large or too
fmall, or when the Pupil, or clear tranfparent Part of the
Eye is narrow, and fomewhat longifh, as is obfervable in
many Horfes; for in this Cafe the Cryftalline Humour
feems to be over-much comprefs'd by the circumambient
Parts ; and if any Rheum, or flux of Humours, happen to
fall into an Eye that has this Defed in it, the Infirmity
will readily Increafe, and in time the Retina^ or Bottom of
the Eye, will be quite hid, fo as to produce Blindnefs. Yet
notwithllanding all thefe Imperfedions, a Horfe's Eyes
may be very good) if he be otherwife of a hearty Difpoii^
tion ; and they may continue good during his Life, if
there be proper Care taken of him, and that he meets with
no Accident; however, as all Di/eafes are the worfe the
more they are complicated, therefore when any Accident
happens to the Eyes, its Cure w^ill be the more difficult,
where there is, befides the Difeafe, a natural Defedl and
Imperfedion in the Eye itfelf.

Having thus diftinguifh'd between thofe Difeafes of the
Eyes that proceed from external Accidents, and thofe that
arife from internal Caufes, or from an ill Conformation of
the Eye itfelf, or when there is a Complication of thofe
Caufes ; we are in hopes, by this general Divifion, the Dif-
eafes incident to the Eyes of Horfes will be much the bet-
ter underftood, becaufe all the different Sorts of Blindnefs,
and all other Accidents whatfoever happening to the Eyes,
are reducible to one or other of thefe general Caufes, which
not being fufficiently attended unto by Farriers, has made
thofe Cures hitherto very imperfe<5l.

CHAP. XXL

Of a Wound or Bloisj on the Eye^ as alfo of
other external Accidents,

'T^HE Difeafes which are caufed by outward Accidents
'*' become more or lefs dangerous to the Eyes, accord-
ing as the Caufe is more or lefs violent, but efpecially as
the Horfe happens to be in a good or bad ftate of Health
when fuch Accidents befal hini.

When the Caufe is fimple, as for Inftance, Small Acci-
proceeding only from Duft, or any other ex- dents on the
uaneous Matter blown into theEyes, or when ^yesihovjcurd.
N 2 they

6$. The ParrierV Ne'w Guide. Chap. XXI.

they are hurt by fharp frofty Winds, or the like ; if thefe
Diforders do not wear off immediately upon Reft, as is
ufual, then the Eye ought to be look'd intoj and if there
be any bit of fliarp Sand or Gravel (ticking to either An-
gle, it Ihould be wip'd out with a bit of very fine Spunge^
cut fmali at the Point, and tyM with a wax'd Thread to
the End of a Stick ; if there is nothing to be feen, the moll
fimple and eafy things in the Beginning will go nigh to
relieve them, and recover them to their ufual Strength
and Vigour, as a little Plantain and Red-rofe Water, or
the Leaves of Plainlain and Red-rofes boil'd in Water,
wafliing the Eyes with the Decodion three or four times
a Day Blood-warm.

But when a Horfe receives a Wound or Blow on the
Eye, or fo near as to caufe an Inflammation in the Eye,
^, P _ f the firft thing to be done in this Cafe is.
Wound or Blo^v. ^^ ^P^" ^^^ Neck-vein, taking from thence
a moderate Quantity of Blood ; and this I
rather chufe than opening that near the Eye; becaufe when
the Neck- vein is opened, it will not caule fo great a Deri-
vation towards the Eye, as when the Eye-vein is opened ;
for when an Orifice is made too near the afFeded Part, the
Blood is apt to ilow in an over-great Qiiantity, towards that
PaTt, as we have already obferv'd in another Place ; and
the Eyes being in a dependent Pofition, as they are fituated
in the lower ftirt of the Forehead, the Blood therefore falls
by a very eafy defcent into them.

After Bleeding the Eye may be look'd 4nto, but if it
be fo much fweli'd that it cannot eafily be open'd, as it
often falls out, becaufe of the immediate Flux of Blood
into the Eyelids ; then the following Application may be
made, viz.

'* Take Conferve of Red-rofe.^ fpread it pretty thick
'' on a Pledgit of fine Flax, or clean Hurds, and lay it
" over the Eye, applying at the fame time above the Eye-
'' pits, and about the Temples, Flax dipped in a Charge
*' made with Vinegar, the white of an Egg, and Bole-
'^ armoniack ; this by allaying the Heat, will put a Check
*' to the Blood, and hinder it from flowing too fail to-
*' wards the Eye.

The whole Drefling ought to be coverM with a Bandage
about four or five Indies Broad ; this may be made o^
pretty thick, but foft Canvas, Ilitcl/d to the upper Part of •
liie Collar, fo . as to cover the Hiilf of the Face i when

the

Chap. XXl. Of a Wound on the Eye, ^cc. 69

The Sorance is but in one Eye, it ought to re.Kh to the
middle of his Nofe, and to have a Piece of ibon^j; Tape
faften'd lo each of the lower Corners to tie behind ; but
this muft be fo cafy, as not to hinder the Adion of the
lower Jav/.

Bathe or moiften the Edges of the Eye-lids with warm
Honey of Rofes and Red Wine two or three times a Day.
There will be no Occaiion of torturing him too much, by
forcing Medicines into the Eye, for in all fuch Cafes thofe
harfh Methods do more Harm than Good, for as the Eye
is a tender fenfible Part, it is to be us*d with all the gen-
tlcnefs imaginable.

But becaufe an Increafe of the Quantity of Blood muft
certainly be prejttdicial where the Eye is bruisM or wound-
ed, and has a great tendency to Inflammation ; therefore,
befides the opening of a Vein (a Method of drefling being
now fet on foot) fome other Evacuations may be encou-
raged, for which Purpofe he may have purging Clyfters,
or every now and then fome kind of Phyfick that is very
moderate ; for Itrong Purging, by putting the Blood in
too great an Agitation, would be apt to make it flow over-
readily into the difeafed Part, which is to be avoided as
much as pofllble ; and therefore I prefer the Ufe of Cly-
Iters to other Purging, in this Cafe efpecially, as we don't
fuppofe any Fault in the Blood.

And therefore feeing the Body is only to be kept coo!,
fo far as relates to Internals, a foluble Diet muft alfo be
very proper, giving him, inftead of Oats, fcalded Bran, ns
alfo now and t-hen a Mafli of Malt ; and in his Water may
fometimes be diilblv'd half an Ounce of purify'd Nitre or
^al Prunella^ which will alfo contribute to the fime End.

His Exercife ought to be gentle, fuch as will not excite
too great Heat, but rather cool and refrefh his Body, and
create an Appetite.

If there be the Appearance of proud Flefh upon the
Wound, take Powder of Tutty finely levigated, and lay a
little of it on the Excrefcence once a Day ; or thus. Take
Tutty prepar'd, burnt Allum iind Sugar-Candy in fine
Powder, of each equal Parts, take a fmall Qi^antity of
this Powder between your Finger and Thumb, and apply
it upon the Fungus.

A Wound or Blow may be thus eafily cur'd if the Eye

h not very m.uch br.uis'd, or if the Wound bs but fuper.-

N 3 ficia}

70 The FARRiER'i- New Guide, Chap, XXIL

ficial, and clear from the Ftipilla of the Eye ; but when it
is other wife, Death or Blindnefs may be expeded.

When a Horfe's Eye happens to burft fomewhat out of
its Socket, by the Violence of a Blow or Wound ftretching
or cutting the Mufcles, the lirft Thing to be done is, to re-
duce it, and put it carefully in its Place, applying the
Charge as above directed ; and after the fame Method of
keeping the Horfe's Body cool and open has alfo been
comply'd with, and that it begins to matter, it may be
drefs'd with the following "Digeftive, viz.

" Take Honey four Ounces, Oil of Rofes one Ounce,
*' and the Yolks of two Eggs, mix them together, by llir-
" ring them with a Knife, or wooden Slice ; and when
** the Digeftive has been made a little warm before the
*' Fire, dip a Pledgit of Flax into it, and apply it over the
** Eye." This may be done once or twice a Day, and a
reflringent Charge continued over the Drefling, until the
Cure is perform'd, though in reality the lilue will be very
doubtful, if the Mufcles are much relax'd or wounded.

Note^ In all Accidents where the Eye is bruis'd, or wound-
ed, a Horfe ought to have no Oats given him but what
are boil'd foft, until the worft Symptoms are gone; but
efpecially in this laft Cafe, where it is protruded "and thrufl
out of its Socket, for then his Food ought to be only fcald-
ed Bran, now and then with a mixture of Oats ; becaufe
the Adion of the Jaw, in chewing hard Food, would be
a great Means to hinder the Cure.

CHAP. XXIL

Of Rheums and Inflammations in the Eyes.

Hheums and npHO' Rheums and Inflammations, for
hflammattons. A ^j^^ j^^^ p^^.^^ accompany the ilightell
Diforders in the Eye, yet, if after a Wound or Bruife has
been heal'd, the Eye continues weak and indifpos'd, a Horfe
will become much fubjed to thofe Diforders for the Fu-
ture, efpecially upon every Change of Air or Diet, or as
often as he chances to be rid harder than ordinary, or put
upon any uncommon and unufual Exercife.

The like will alfo happen from any other Caufe inducing
a weaknefs into the Eye, as after a Cold, or other Sick«
nefs affeding the Eyes, and where there has not at firft

been

Chap. XXII. Of RhetmSy &c. 71

been fufficient Care taken to put a Check to the Influx of
the Humours, or to take off their Acidity and Sharpnefs i
for by this Means the Eye becomes injur'd, and is render'd
liable to Rheums and Defluxions, and to many other Ac-
cidents, notwithftanding the Horfe may, in all other Re-
fpects, be recover'd to a good State of Health.

Sometimes ihofe Symptoms do accompany, or are the
EfFeds of an ill Habit of Body ; whether that be induc'd at
firft by an Over-plenitude, or if it arifes from Debility and
Lownefs, or from any other Caufe, whereby the Blood be-
comes vitiated : For as the Eyes are very tender, and of
exquifite Senfe, they muft therefore be as fenlibly affeaed
in all fuch Indifpofitions, as any other Part of the Body.
And therefore in order to the Cure, the ^^^ ^^^^^
Farrier ought to examine diligently both m- „ . j.
to the paft State and prefent Condition of the Horfe. It
he finds him under any Indifpofition, then his firft and
chief Care muft be to remove that; that, for Inftance, if
he be hide-bound, or if he has got the Farcin or Mange,
^c. fuch Things as are hereafter ordeied in thofe Cales,
muil be adminifter'd to him at the fame Time that proper
Applications are made to the Eyes ; but if a Horfe be
otherwife in a tolerable State of Health, the Farrier may
conclude, that there is either fome natural Infirmity in the
Eye, difpofing it to thofe Diforders, or elle that the Eye is
render'd very weak and difeafed by a continual Dcfluxioa
upon it ; in either of which Cifes it will not be very need-
ful to burthen him with Medicines : But yet if the Horfe
befullofFlefh, left the Diftemper (hould be over-much
fed, a moderate quantity of Blood may be taken from
him, and he may be purg'd gently every Week, or have
now and then a Clyfter given him ; and the other Rules
ofDiet andExercife, which have been laid down in the
foregoing Chapter, may alfo be oblerved. , , ^.

After thefe o-eneral Diredions, we (hall conclude this
Chapter, by inSrting fuch Remedies as the Pradice of the
beft Mariflials has warranted to be the moft eftedtual in all
outward Intentions, where the Eyes have been troubled
with (harp Rheum.s and Inflammations.

If the Eyes are only irflam'd, without a Defluxion of 6/-
rum upon them, they may be wafh'd once or twice a Day
with a little Wine, Red or White •, or Wine wherein the
Leaves or Tops of the common Briar have been boiled j
or if thefe are not in Seafon, the following may be uled.

>^ 4 ** Take

72 TkeVA^KiT^^'s New Guide. Chap.XXiI

« LS Camomile and Red-rofe Leaves, of each half a

" t^3' fl^'"^ '," ^rf '"'^^ ^^'«^ "" ^ Fourth part

be conlutned, ftram the Decoftion, and add to it a Dram

« ofCamph,re firft di/iblv'd in a Spoonful of Bra^dt!'^'

T^mes a'DL" ' moiftened therewith two or three

h.°nf ^''' f "°"''."g R«"«'^ie5 may be ufed, which will
be of equal Service ,n all Cafes where there is a De-
Son. "' ' °' ""^''^ '^''^ '' °"'y ^" i"fl«i™-

•'PoTr,t'fin''''RT'"''°""'°f""'^='^'' Roch.allum three
" r^M ; ^f Bole-armon,ack h.lC a Pound, Litharge of

Gold or Sliver two Ounces" Reduce all the Inpedleni
to Powder, and put them into a new glaz'd earthen Po
with three quarts of Water, boil them%.ery gentry ove.'

till the W ater be evaporated, and the Matter at the Bottom
perfeaiy diy ; then remove the Pot Irom the Fire! and
fiaffer the Matter to ccol, which oudn to be Inrd nnd
vviU grow ftill harder the longer it is Tept. Thi called
the Laps mirahilis, or wonderful Stone

" Put half an Ounce of this Stone in a Glafs Bottle
with Four Ounces of Water, it will be diilolved in a
tvT V"" ^°!r',^"'' "'^-^-^ the Water as white as
Milk when you ftake the Bottle ; you mult wafh the
fore Lye Morning and Evening with the Water or So-
J^taion'. A Solution thus made will keep twemy

This I have taken from the Sicur de SolkxfelL who
gives the following Account of it : and doubtlei^ it I'^ull
be very good. ^ ** it ii.uii

.< "2°'"'= Apothecaries (fays bo) keep this Stone in their

ufeitforHorfes, nor ever leek any other Remedy for
?^-^"''' ^'°"'' *"■ Moon-eves. Every Man that^I

t^'n.' "°'"'^> °"8'''^ '" keepfoniLfi by hm
for It will keep very good Io..s; and there are few Re
rnedies for the Eyes that are not inferior to it.
,„„ ^ °' '^" Kind "light be added, butwefiiall con-
tent ourfelvcs in this Place bv inferting one more whth
nasbeenus'd with equal Succcfs both To Man and Sf

^1^. h. ^ T ? "'^°'"'?^."'i^'^ fo>- """ch Intentions by one of
tlie belt Judges i and is as follows. ^ *

^' Taks

Ch. XXIII. Of Limatick, or Moon Eyes, 73

*' Take Roman V^itriol and Bole-armoniack of each two
*' Ounces, Camphire half an Ounce, and powder them
*' together; of this Mixture fprinkle half an Ounce at a
*' Time in two Pound of boiling Water, in which ftir it
^^ well about, then take it off the Fire, let it fettle, and
'* decant off that which is clear by Inclination." This is
an excel'ent Remedy, not only for Rheuips and Defluxions
of the Eyes, but for many Purpofes externnlly. It may
be made tlronger or weaker, as the Praditioner (hall fee
Orcalion.

CHAP. XXIIL

Of Lunatick cr Moon-Eyes,

TTTT H E N a Defludion of Rheum has J'^^hat meant By
^^ continu'd \'o long as to caufe an obfti- Moon-Ejes.
nate Stagnation in the fmall Arteries of the Tumca adnata^
or outermoft Coat of the Eye, and a Relaxation of the
fmall Kernels that are feated at each of its Angles, it be-
comes then very hard and difficult to be cured ; but by
the Lentor and Corrofivenefs of the Matter, it at length
deftroys the Tranfparency and Clearnefs of the Comedy fo
as to caufe Blindnefs ; and when this happens to a Horfe,
he is faid to be Moon-blind.

Now this Diftemper, w^hich goes under this Name, docs
not always make one continued Progrefs, but oftentimes
the Rheum, in a great Meafure, dries up ; and v/hen that
happens, unlefs the Matter has been fo (harp as to corrode
the Cornea^ a Horfe's Eye will again look clear and
tranfparent \ but becaufe thofe Parts have been fo much
weakened, and the Glands fo much relaxM, every little
Error committed either in P^eeding or Exercife, and every
flight Cold, and even the Sharpnefs of the Air, will caufe
|a Return of the Humour ; which Viciiiitudes have occa-
ilion'd Farriers, in ancient Times, wd^ien, thro' Ignorance,
much was afcrib'd to the Influence of the Planets, to attribute
this Diforder to the Moon, infomuch that even the Sieur de
SoUeyfeU being prepoflefs'd with the fame Notion, very
gravely fays, '* That the Eyes of thofe Horles which
" are troubled with this Diftemper, are darkened with a
" Rheum at certain Times of the Moon, whereas at othei;'
'■ Times they appear fo bright, that you v.'ould conclude
I ' " ' " they

74 TbeVARRUK's New Guide. CH.XXIIf.

'* they were perfedly found". And afterwards he adds,
*' That fome enjoy an Interval of fix Months, others are
*' troubled with a Return of the Diftemper once in three
*' Months, and fome grow lunatick every two Months.'*'
But according to the ftrivfteft Obfervation I have been able
to make, this Diltemper feems to bear a near Affinity with
that which in Man is called the Epiphora , refembling it
both in its Signs, Caufe, and Effects ; only that in Hories
it is more fatal to the Sight, becaufe of the prone Pofition
of a Horfe's Head, which gives the Humours a ftronger-
Tendency towards the Eyes.

The Caufe ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ Origin, generally fpeaking,

•^ * from the Want of the common Difcharges

of the Pores of the Skin, and by Urine ; and from ihofe
Things that may occafion a too great Accumulation of the
Serum in the Blood, whether they proceed firlt of all from
a Cold, or from any other Caufe.

The Signs are alfo manifeft, for in this Diftemper the
Eyes appear hot, fwoln, dark, and troubled with a conti-
nual Rheum and Weeping, and according to the lail men-
tioned Author, with a feint Yellownefs under the Apple,
which, as he rightly obferves, is the fureft Sign, as it mull
be the conftant Effedt of exceffive Heat and Moifture in
thofe Parts.

The Cure muft, as to Internals, be chiefly perform'd by
Purging Medicines, and fuch as are of the greateft Efficacy
to fufe and melt down the ferous Parts of the Blood ; for .
Phlebotomy is needlefs, and oftentimes proves hurtful in
this Cafe. And therefore if the Horfe be coftive, after you
have opened him with a Clyfter or two, let the following
Balis be given him.

" Take of the cleareft (hining Aloes two Ounces, Tur-
*' bith Root in fine Powder half an Ounce, Diagridium
*' two Drams, Liquorice Powder Four Ounces 3 make
them into large Balls with a fufficient Quantity of Frefh
Butter. Let thefe be given in Wine, or any other Liquid,
to wafh them down ; and for a Change, the following
Purge may be fometimes exhibited, viz.

*' Take Aloes and Jalap in Powder, of each an Ounce
" and a half, Cream of Tartar three Ounces, Diagridium
*' one Dram". Let this be given in a Quart of White-
wine, Ale, or Beer^ without warming it, becaufe if it be .
hot, fome of the Ingredients, as the Aloes and Diagridium,
and even the Jalap, if it be refinous, will be apt to run into
Lumps. But

Chat*. XXIIL Of Meon-Eyes: 7$

But if it be hard to get down this Medicine, becaufe of
the Naufeous Bilternefs of the Aloes, the Jalap, Aloes, and
Diagridiuni, may be made into a Pafte with Liquorice
Powder, and a fufficient Quantity of Butter as the other,
and the Cream of Tartar dillblv'd in the Liquor with
which it is to be wa(h*d down, or in fome warm Water,
after it begins to work.

The Purging mull be repeated twice every Week, or ac-
cording to the Horfe's Strength, walking him for half an
Hour after his Phylick, as is ufual ; during which time his
Food ought to be moderate, but yet what is neceflary to
fuftain Nature ; for the ftrongeft Horfe will lufFer by Purg-
ing, if his Food is not in fome Meafure proportioned
to it.

And while this Method is comply'd with, as to Inter-
nals, his Eyes ought to be conftantly wet Morning and
Evening with one or other of thofe Waters, which are the
laft inferted in the foregoing Chapter ; and three or four
times a Day let them be bath'd with the following Decoc-
tion, made warm every time it is ufed.

'' Take Leaves of Mallows and Marfli-mallows, of
" each a Handful, Red-rofe Leaves and Melilot Flowers,
*' of each halt a Handful ; the Heads of two white Pop-
" p:es fliced, and two Ounces of Fenugreek-feeds: Boil
" them in tw^o Quarts of Water to three Pints." This
will greatly contribute to blunt the Acrimony and Sharp-
nefs of the Serum.

The fame Ingredients boil'd with live or fix Crap-apples,
and afterwards beat in a Marble or Stone Mortar, and
pulp'd thro' a Sieve, will make an excellent Cataplafm to
lay over the Eye, in order to allay the Heat, and put a
Check to the Influx of the Humours.

The Corners of your Horfe's Eyes may be alfo touched
now and then with a little of the following Ointment,

■ " Take frelh Butter four Ounces, white Wax one Ounce,
" Tutty finely prepared half an Ounce, Sugar of Lead
" two Drams, white Vitriol one Dram, Camphire two
" Scruples : Mix and make an Ointment."

As foon as you obferve the Symptoms be- Ho^ a Moon-
gin to abate, let him be moderately rid every ^y^ f^^^fi " '*
Day in fome ftiady Place; for the Exercife ^f f»^^^g^^ in
will contribute to mend the Faults of hisCon- ^^^" ^ll.Zer
ftitunon : But if vou ride him too much in ^^ V ^ V -

the

7(5 The Farrier^ New Guide. Ch. XXIII.

the Sun, or where the Light is too ftrong, you'll be apt to
create frefh Trouble ; for though the ferous Part of the
Blood may be render'd more thin and fluid, and its Acri-
mony much abated by the Ufe of Exercife, and the Help of
pwoper Remedies, and confequently the Moilture lellcned,
yet as the Eyes themfelves muft be impaired by a long and
continued Defluxion, they mult therefore have Time to re-
cover that Weaknefs. For the fame Reafon, the Ufe of lit
Applications muft not be too foon laid afide, but fuch things
conftantly provided as w^ill comfort and ftrengthen thole
Parts, though they ought to be of more gentle Operation
than v^^hat v^^ere us'd during the Violence of the Diftemper.
Wherefore we very much recommend Decodtions of Red-
rofe Leaves, Plantain, Ground-Ivy, or their diftill'd Waters,
with thofe of Eye-bright, Chervil, Celandine, and the like,
lor outward Ufe ; and thefe to be continued for fome con-
fiderable Time: And if there be the leaft Appearance of a
Return, a fmall Quantity of white Vitriol, or the white
Troches of Rhafn may be diilblvM in either of thefe Wa-
ters, VIZ. half a Dram of the Vitriol, or a Dram of the
TVoches, to four Ounces of the Water : And by following
this Method, anyHorfe may certainly be cured, unlefs there
be fome natural Defeat in the Eye, or that it has been too
mucli injured by the Corrofion of the Diftetnper.
irn . n/r .7 J Moft Farriers, when they find this Dif-

llhat Methods r wi- ? tt / .i r

^re generally ^^^^ obltinate, rowel a Horle near the Lyes,
tiled ^jjben 'the ^nd take up the Eye-veins ; but in taking up
Dijienifer a Vein, I prefer Solieyfelh Method, becaule

frcves ob/li- he does not make Incifion into the Vein it-
rate. felf, but ties it with a wax Thread, and by

that Means the Communication is as efFediually flopped.
Eut whatever Succcfs may have been attributed to the ta-
king up of Veins for Infirmities in the Eyes, there can be
but little faid to countenance that Operation, fince by tying
lip thole Veins the Return of the Blood is hinder'd , and
Therefore it can only be fuppofed t»o do Service where thp
Eye is fhrunk, and like to penfh for Want of its proper
Nourifhment. As to Rowelling, that may indeed, and
often is of Service, becaufe by it many fmall Veflcls, both
Veins and Arteries, are opened. And as the Arterial
Blood moves with a greater Impetus than that of the
Veins, the grcatelt Part of the Difcharge mull therefore be
from the Arteries ; fo that a leiler Quantity of Blood mult
be fJeriv'd towards the Eye,

Some

Chap. XXIII. Of Moon-Eyes y ^c 77

Some make the Rowel at the Side of each Eye, which
is not amifs, when upon the Mufcles on the Flat of the
Cheek-Bone. Others make a Seaton under the Poll, which
is alfo very proper, and will not disfigure a Horfe fo much
as the other. The Way to perform this is, by pafling a large
three-edg'd Needle under that Part of the Horfe's Neck-
where his Mane begins ; or if you would rather chufe to
do it without Blood, make Ufe of a fliarp Iron almoft red
Hot ; when you have pierced the Flefh, have a large Probe-
Needle in Readinefs, with a plaited Hempen Cord, or one
of Hair dip'd in Wax or Bafilicon^ to follow the Iron : This
may be moved once or twice a Day, and every now and
then frefh Ointment put upon it to keep it running.

But there are befides the taking up of Veins and Rowel-
ing, feveral other Operations made by Farriers for the Cuie
of Lunatick Eyes ; as the giving the Fire, and cauterizing
the upper Part of the Forehead ; and fonie, when tl^e Cale
has been defperate, have had Recourfe to a very defperatc
Cure, and to fave one Eye, have put out the other, by run-
ning a Needle acrofs through the Eye-Ball: But we can
fay very little in favour of thefe Operations, not only as
they are both exceilive painful and uncertain, but alfo as
they have had but fmall Approbation by thole who have
been the beft Judges. But there is one other, which, ia
fome Cafes, may be necelfary ; and if it does not make a
Cure, yet if it be well perform'd, it fometimes affords Re-
lief, and that is cutting out the Haiu^ which is only Ibme
Part of the Kernelly Subftance that lies at the Corners and
Bottom of the Eye, which being very much relax'd, and,
as it were, foak'd by the continual Influx of the Rheum, at
length enlarges to fuch a Degree, that like a Piece of
Sj^unge, it thrufts out the under Eyelid, and thereby oc-
crJions both Pain and continual Weeping.

Now when you have apply'd all things that are proper to
harden and conilringe that Ghndulous Subrtance, and fo to
make it contrail itfelf^ but without Saccefs ; and when you
obferve the Excrefcence grown lb large that it cannot be
eafily dellroy'd by any Application, that would not at the
fame time hazard the Eye, then Recourfe muft be had to cut-
ting, which ought to be gone about in the following manner.

'ihe Horfe bein^ caft, and fo fecui'd that he ^r , , ^,
^ ' , - , ., , , Ho-jj to cut the

cannot move, you are to take a Needle arm d ^y^^^^^ ^^^^ ^/ ^

with a wax'd Thread, and having pierc'd HorVs Eye.
hsi under Eyelid below the Grille that fur-
rounds

78 TheTAnRUK^s New Guide. Chap. XXIII.

rounds it near the Corner towards the Nofe, you are after-
wards to give the Thread to Ibme skilful Perfon to hold,
that the Eyelid may be kept open ; and by this means the
Excrefcence will fairly appear. The Operator muft then,
by the help of a fine Hook, take hold of the upper Part of
the Excrefcence, and draw it upwards, that he may fee all
Parts to which it adheres, and with a very fine Inftrument
feparate firft above from the Eye-ball, and then below from
the under Eyelid ; and if it grows pretty far backwards
towards the outer Corner of the Eye, another Thread ought
to be drawn through the under Eyelid, about its middle,
pafling the Needle alfo under the Griftle, that by holding
back the Eyelid, it may be the more eafily feparated from
thence : And when it has been in this Manner freed from
all its Adhefions, both above and below, it mult be cut as
near as poflible to the Inner Corner and Bottom of the Eye,
drying up the Blood and Moifture with a foft Sponge.

This Operation is perform'd by the French., and fome Ita-
lian Farriers, but feldom or never by the EngUJh^ unlefs
-when there is an Ungius^ which is a hard, membranous, or
rather cartilaginous Subftance, growing to the inner Corner
of the Eye, which almolt every Smith can take off, by paf-
fing a Needle thro' the upper Part of it ; and when they
have puird it gently out by the Thread, they cut it off with
a fharp Inftrument, or Sciffars, and that is what our Farriers
call cutting out the Haw ; and this is indeed a more eafy,
and perhaps a more neceffary Operation than the other.

After the Operation has been thus perform'd, the Eye may
be wafh'd with red Wine, or Jqua vitce ; and to prevent
a frefli Inflammation, which will readily enough happen
after Cutting, a reftringent Charge made with Vinegar,
Bole-Armoniack, i^c. may be apply'd over the Eye and
Temples, until iuch time as it comes to be in good tem-
per ; and a little Honey of Rofes may be fometimes dropt
into the Eye warm, which will bring the Matter to a good
Digeftion ; but if there be the leaft Appearance of a frefh
Excrefcence, which is not uncommon in thofe moift Parts,
and efpeclally where they cannot be kept down by the Ap-
plication of Bandages, then recourfe muft be had to the
Vitriol Water, or the Solution of the Lapis MirabiUs in-
ferted in the foregoing Chapter ; and in the mean while the
Eye muft be as little as poffible expos*d to the Light. By
all which means a great Check will be put to the Humours,
and their Conflux will be much lefs for the Time to come.

Moft

Chap. XXIII. Of Moon-EyeSy e^r. 79

Moft People are of Opinion that this Diftemper is here-
ditary, as well as governed by the Moon ; and therefore that
it is never to be cured. It is very true, a perfed: Cure is ve-
ry hard to be effectuated, efpecially when it has been of
long Continuance ; but I am very fure, and fo mult every
one whe is the leaft acquainted with the animal Oeconomy,
that tho* a Horfe may naturally be of fuch a Conltitution,
as will difpofe him more particularly to this Diftemper, yet
the fame may proceed from any other Caufe. We Ihall
therefore put an End to this Chapter, by inferting an Obfer-
vation of one Taquetus^ as it is recited by the Sieur de Sol-
leyfelU becaufe it may be of Service to Gentlemen who
breed Horfes, fince it is more eafy to prevent Difeafes by pro-
per Keeping, than it is to remove them when once they
have got fure Footing. SolIeyfeWs Words are thefe.

" This is an hereditary Diftemper, and . r\Lr^ ^•
•' therefore great Care muft be taken to ^r Taquetus
** chule Stallions that have good Eyes ; it ^^^ fl/^Solieyfell.
" may alfo be occafion'd by the Foal's eat-
*' ing Oats with his Dam when he is but one Year old, or
" younger j for by their ftraining and endeavouring to chew
" the Oats, the Veins above and about the Eyes are
«' ftretched and diftended ; and confequently draw too
" much Blood to thofe Parts, which by the too great
" Quantity of Nourifliment, are heated and render'd ob-
*' noxious either to that kind which follows the Courfe of
'' the Moon, or to the other, which waftes and deftroys
'' the Eye. I have borrowed this Obfervation from a
<' Treatife concerning Horfes, compos'd by one John I'd-
" qtiet^ who exprefly affirms, That the Lofs of a Foal's
*' Eye is not occafioned by the Subftance of the Oats,
" which may be fuppofed to heat them, but only by their
*' ftraining too hard in chewing that hard Sort of Food ;
" and to prevent thofe fatal Confequences, he advifes thofe
•' who have Foals, to caufe their Oats to be ground or
'' ftamp'd : by which Means, he fays, they will grow
*' ftrong and lufty, without the leaft Danger of Rheums,
•' or any other Infirmity in the Eyes.

I (hall only add to what Taquet has judicioufly obferv'd,
that over-much Feeding, of whatever Kind, as it eafily
caufesan over-plenitude in young Horfes, who eat heartily,
may therefore very readily bring Defluxions and other
Weaknelles upon the Eyes : And many of our Enghjh
Colts fuffer by an Excefs of this Kind, as others do by be-
ing

80 The ^KR^nTK*s New Guide. Chap.XXIV.

ing put too early to hard Labour, and owe their Difeafes
in the Eyes more to thefe Errors, thwi either to the Moon
or tp their Site.

CHAP. XXIV.

Of Films y JVebSy and other T>ifeafesofthe
Eyes of Horfes^ caufing Dimnefs or Lofs
of Sight.

Externa! Blind. "Vl/E often obfervc, after a Horfehas been
nefsfroni Films, V V ^^^^^^ ^j^g troubled with a Defiuxion
and Scan on of Rheum, or other Diforders in his Eyes,
the Cornea. jj^jg ,^^^ Subftances grow over them, io as
to obfcure the Sight, and thefe fometimes adhere fo clofely
to the Eye, that it is very hard to remove them ; fome-
times from the fame Caufes, or from fome night Wound j
the Cornea, or horny Coat of the Eye, is render'd obfcure,
that the Light cannot pafs through it ; for when it is fret-
ted by the Corrolion and Sharpneis of Matter, and its
Subilsnce abraded and wore ; or if that happens by any
outward Accident, its Reunion may eafily become impef-
fecl, becaufe of its exquifite Finenefs, which cannot be
again equally united, but, like a Darn in a Piece of line
Lawn, will appear with a vifible Biemifb, and become
more or lefs injurious to the Sight, according as the Eye
has been more or lefs hurt.

^, . Sometimes the Caufes of Blindnefs or

jo£ internal Dinmefs are more internal, and, accordint^

from the tin- , r ^ c Z. n> a r ■

^ to fome, may proceed from a Condenlation
7noi{rs, ontvur- ' -^ r , tt r x, t-

moft Parts of *^^ curdling of the Humours of the Eye ;
the Eye. which though they be naturally clear and

tranfpirent, yet by excei]i\'e Heat they be-
come thick and opaque, like the White of an Egg when
it is boil'd. Sometimes Blindnefs is occafioned by fome
Foreign Subitance gathered in the watry Humour of the
Eye, which at length increafes (o as to hinder the Light
from pafling through the cryftalline and glafiy Humo'ors
into the Retina^ or Bottom of the Eye. This Defevft in
a human Eye is called a 6j/j,'Y2t7, and is the fame which
the Farriers diftinguifh by the different Names of a
Speck., Pearl., or Dragon., according to its difterent Ap-
pearances, or according to the Progrefs it -makes on the

Eye,

Chap. XXIV. Of Films, Webs, &c. 8i

Eye. When it is very fmall, and fhows itfelf orily in the
Bottom of the watry Humour, it is then called a Dragon ;
if more towards the Surface, a Speck ; and when it comes
to its Maturity, and covers the whole Pupil, or Apple of
the Eye, or when it is grown pretty large, it is called a
Pearl. But there is one Sort of Blindnefs, which is as
common and ufual among Horfes as any other, and thaC
is, where there is no vifible Defect in the Eyes, but the out-
ward Coat and Humours appear tranfparenr, and without
Blemifh, and this Sort is as difficult to be removed as any;
becaufe the Fault lies in the Compreflion of the Retina^ or
Optick Nerve, by an over-great Diltention of the Vellels
that are interwoven in it.

When the Eye is only covered with a Film T^^^e Cure of
.or membranous Subftance, unlefs that has exurnalBlind-
its Origin from a Scar made on the clear ^^f^-
tranfparent Part of the Cor?iea^ or horny Coat, it may, and
is often cured by external Applications only, and fuch as
are very eafy and fimple ; as the Juice of Celandine, Eye-
jbright, and the like, dropt into the Eye ; but when there
is a Scar, or if the Film adheres very clofe to the Subftance
of the Eye, Things of a more powerful Operation will then
be requir'd, as the camphorated Water, or the Water made
by a Solution of the Lapis mirabilis, as directed in the 2 ijl
Chapter ; or the following Eye-IVater^ which I have often
lexperienced to be moft effedual, not only to clear the Eye
from Films, ^r. but do the greateft Service in all Rheums
and Defluxions, and even cure thofe where there has been
m apparent Defeat on the Cornea.

" Take unflack'd Lime four Ounces, and pour upon it
■' a Quart of boiling Water; after it has fettled fome
' Time, and grown clear, pour it off gently from the
■' Lime, and then filter it through Brown Paper, and put
' it afterwards into a clean Brafs or Copper Pan, and dif-
' iblve in it one Ounce of crude Sal Ar?noniacky letting it
' ftand in that Veflel until it turns to a very beautiful blue
' Colour, then filter it as before, and keep it for Ufe.
' Let four or five Drops of this Water be inftill'd into the
' Horfe's Eye every Day, once or oftner, as there fhall be
' Occafion."

This Water will keep a long while, and is not only
feful to the Eyes, but to wafh all old obftinate Ulcers ;
nd therefore may at any Time be made m a larger
> 'antity,

O Ii

8 2 The Parrier J AVjy Gutde\ Chap. XXIV.

If your Horfe's Eyes be alfo hot and fwoln at the fame
time thefe outward Defeds are apparent on them, he
ought to be Bled, Purg'd, and RowellM, according as you
find him in Cafe to bear it ; and by thefe Means his Sight
may certainly be preferv'd, unlefs the Cornea be very much

injured. • , . a

There are many other Remedies to be met with m Au-
thors, which may be outwardly ufed with Succefs, as thofe
€ompofed of the Vitriols^ crude Sal Arwoniack^ Camphor^
and the like, and are enough in the Acquaintance of molt
Farriers ; but fuch as are made of Shells, Powder of Glafs,
and the Powder of Flint, or of Turkijl) Whetftone, can
only be fuccefsful, as their (harp Points may tear the Sub-
ftance of thofe Bodies that grow over the Sight, while they
roll about m the Eye ; yet as thefe cannot be dillblv'd,
but often Hick in the Corners, and in the foft Flefli in the
Bottom of the Eye, and thereby caufe violent Inflamma-
tion, they are therefore not to be meddled with, unlefs
when the Cafe is defperate ; for it may be often obferved,
that the Ufe of fuch harfh Things, while the Defed is only
in one Eye, brings it into both, by Reafon of the conftant
Sympathy there is between them.

But we fhall now proceed to thofe Defers which are
more internal ; and though we do not propofe a Cure for
fuch as are obftinate, or out of the Reach of common
Applications, yet we (hall lay down the moft certain Signs
v/her'eby they may be diftinguifhed, and at the fame time
adminifter thofe Helps that are the moft rational in thofe

Cafes.

Firji then. If one or more of the Humours
The Signs of in- ^^ ^^^ g^^ ^^^^^ ^e coagulated and thick-
ternal Bima- ^^,^^ ^^ abovemention'd, this muft be appa-
^^^''' rent to any one, becaufe the Bottom of the'

Eye, which is plainly vlfible in a Horfe, or any other larg(
Animal, muft then be hid, and nothing can be feen but th(
Colour of the condensed Humour thro' the CQrnca : Bu
this Kind of Blindnefs rarely happens, unlefs it proceed fron
a Wound or Bruife, and then it becomes incurable.

The next inward Imperfedion, fo far as it affeds thi
watery Humour of the Eye, is fomewhat a- kin ta the for
mer, and is very frequently to be met with among Horfes
infomuch that fome have been foal'd with Caiara^s o
Pearls on their Eyes : But as this Defed alfo lies withii
the Cornea, it is not to be cured in Horfes s for nothin

applie

Chap. XXIV. Of Films, Webs, &c: %i

applied outwardly can reach it, but what would at the
fame Time deftroy the Eye ; and therefore it is in vain
that Farriers ufe corrofive Aledicines to eat off Catarads,
as is commonly pradifed among them. Neither would
mternal Means, or any Operation avail much towards re-
moving It, though that alio has been allay'd by Mounte-
banks ; for after a Catarad has been couch'd, as thofe
Creatures are unmanagable, it generally grows agam, and
the Horfe remains blind.

Catarads are of different Colours, yel- The Signs of a
.ow, black, and white ; yet thofe to which Cataraa,
Horfes are chiefly fubjecl:, are either whitifh, or of a Pearl
3lue, or mclinable to green, and are eafily known, becaufe
m the Begmnmg they are but very fmall, but grow larger,
is that Matter which forms them is continually falfino-
nto the watery Humour. But there is one Sign whereby
;o know a Catarad, efpecially before it is ripe ; and that is,
Dy rubbmg the Outfide of the Eye s for by that Means it
rVilla little (hift Place.

^ There have been other Signs taken Notice of by all Phv-
iical Writers, as when there is the Appearance of Flies,
iDuft, or Hairs Hoating before the Sight. And Mr. 8nape^
^n his Third Book o<l The Anatomy of a Horfe, Chap. 12.
^peaking of the watery Humour, has applied thefe Signs to
:iorfes which are apt to ftart without Caufe. His Words
ire thefe.
" It is obferv'd in Men, that if any clotted and colour-
ed Bits or Motes fwim in this Hum.our, the Shapes of
^' feverai Infeds, as Gnats, Flies, Spiders, and the like,
will feem to be flying before their Eyes, as has been of-
'^ ten declared by Men who have had this Afliidion. I •
' am therefore apt to believe, that many Horfes are not
^' without fuch Kind of congealed Bits floating in this Hu-
f mour, that without any evident or external Caufe to oc-
1' cafion it, are much given to Hart, efpecially with their
r Head, the Reprefentation of the forefaid Infers moving
[ before the cryftalline Humour, which makes them fear
' fomething or other is Itill flying into their Eye.

Yea, it is in human Bodies further oblerv'd, that of->
; tentimes feverai of thefe colour'd Particles in the watery
1; Humourdo gather together, and unite foclofe, that they
[ grow, as it were, into a Skin or Film, fpreading before
•; the Sight of the Eye, which caufes an abfolute BHadnefs
•and is that Difeafe which Phyficians call a Catara.^i^
O 2 <' ^hict

84 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XXIV.

*' which Difeafe the Animal we are treating of is much
*^ fubjedl to, though we have not fo proper a Term for
" it as this is. ;

But a late eminent Phyfician has obferved, that thefe
Reprefentations cannot be occalioned by any Kind of Mat-
ter floating in the watery Humour, becaufe the Pofition of
the Retina^ and Convexity of the Cornea is fuch, that all
Bodies muft be placed at a greater Diltance from the Eye
than the aqueous Humour, or the Cornea^ to caufe fuch
Appearances ; and therefore he fiiys, thofe Signs can only
be exhibited, when the Part5 of the Retina are over-much
comprefled by a Diftention of the Arteries. And this may
jin t* Q. happen, and is oftentimes the Caufe of a

Blindnefs which we mentioned, viz. where
the Eye feems to have no vifible Defed in it. And there-
fore, as that Author has obferved, whenever thofe Signs
appear with a Cataradt, any fuch Cataradt muft at the
fame time be accompanied with a Gutta Serena ; for a Gut'
ta Serena is often the Concomitant of other Difeafes of the
Eyes, but is only diftinguifhable as fuch, when the Cornea
and Humours are tranfparent.

tr, c- Now I am apt to believe, there are but

very few who have bought many Horfes,
and have not had Experience of this Sort of Blindnefs
to their Colt. And the Signs that Mr. Snape has attributed
to a Catarad, when a Horfe ftarts with his Head, if that
is not the Effedt of Fear, it is, no doubt, to be fufpedted
as a Token of bad Eyes, and to denote that Imperfedion
which we are now treating of : But there is one, which is
the moft infallible, and more to be depended on than any
other, viz. When a Horfe moves his Ears backwards and
forwards, and often points them towards his Eyes, as if
he wante'd to drive away Flies, when there are none near
him : And if he renew his fhaking of his Ears, as often as
he is turned to a new and different Light, it may be then
with very good Reafon fufpeded, his Eyes are defective,
though nothing appears outwardly upon them \ and this I
have oftentimes obferv'd in Horfes that wereili-fighted, and
have known it fometimes the Fore-runner of abfolute Blind-
nefs.

Thefe being the Signs of a Gutta Serena^ and the imme-
diate Caufe being a Diftention of the fmall Arteries prelTing
upon feveral Parts of the Retinay as was qbferv'd -, what-
ever

I Chap. XXV. Of a COLD, &c. S5

ever therefore be xhQProcatartick Caufe (as Phyficians term
It) whether from Colds, Surfeits, or from any P'ault in a
Horfe's Feeding, iifc. it is very certain the Cure muft con-
iift in all thofe Things that are proper to open Obftrucflions
in the fmalleft Paflages ^ for by that Means thofe io the bot-
tom pf the Eye may be removed.

Wherefore if your Horfe has Strength ^, ^

u*u -L u-T-rn. ni ^'^^ Cure.

enough to bear it, he ought m the firft Place
to be bled, and afterwards purged two or three times with
the Remedies prefcribed in the preceeding Chapter ; but
Rowelling mull by no Means be negleded : And becaufe
the Mmeral Kingdom affords us Medicines of the molt
powerful Operations in all fuch obftinate Cafes, Recourfe
may be had to the Antimonial Balls directed in the Farcin,
or to the Cinnabar Balls in the fame Chapter, or thofe ap-
pointed for the Staggers ; which being continued for fome
Time, will, no doubt, prevent Blindnefs : But if the Re-
' iina be fo much comprefs'd as to lofe all Senfation, the
Cafe will be very, defperate ; for this Sort of Blindnefs is
ilrldom or never to be cured but in its Infancy.

^ G H A P. XXV,

Of a Cold and Morfounding,

AFter we have faid fo much in another yJ Cold and im^
"""Place concerning Fevers and SurfeitSyWe perfed Fever.
need not take much of the Reader's Time in explaining
the Nature of a Cold ; fince a Cold, as fuch, is no other
than an imperfed Fever, and afFeds the Body in many Cir-
jcumftances,as vre have defcrib'd a Surfeit, only we thought
t might not be improper to tranfpofe it to this Place,becaufe
the Difeafes of the Lungs, which we are to treat of in the
following Chapters, though they often proceed from divers
other Caufes, yet they have a greater Dependency on a Cold
than any other Diftemper, as a Cold more efpecially afFedts
the Lungs, and the Parts appertaining to them.

Now the Caufes of a Cold are fufficiently ^he Caufe of
' known to every one, being produced of all Colds.
thofe things that caufe a fudden Stagnation of the Pores ; as
when a Horfe has been very much heated, and in this Con-
dition expos'd to the fharp Air, without being at fome Pains
(Q cool him by degrees, and negleding to rub off the Sweat,
which ftrikes a Chillinefs and Damp over the v/hole Body ;
O 3; pev-

S6 The Varri^r's Nem'Guide. Chap.XXV.

permitting a Horfe to drink cold Water, while extremely
hot 5 expoling a Horfe that is tender and well kept to the
Night Air : And fometirnes many of the fame Symptoms ■
will happen when the Air is too much rarefy 'd and thin ;
for by that Means its Prellure is not fufficient to force the
Blood through the fmall Veflels of the Lungs, but will oc-
cafion a Stagnation there, and caufe a Difticulty of Breath-
ing, which will be accompanied with a Cough ; and this
Sort, if not fpeedily cured, is the moil dangerous, both
as to its immediate and future Effeds.
tj-, o- The Signs are, D.ulnefs, Want of Appe-

^^^^' tite, a Cough, and running at theNofe ; and

fometimes it affects the Eyes, as we have already obferved ;
and in moll young Horfes, caufes Swellings about the
Kernels of the Throat.

The Cough proceeds from a Diftention of the Lungs

which llreightens the Pafiages of Refpiration, or it proceeds.

from a Defluxion of Rheum, from the Kernels of the

Windpipe being then relaxed and diilended ; and when the

Difcharges from thence happen to be pretty confiderable,

it is by Farriers faid to be a wet Cough ; but when a Horfe

CO jghs without any great Matter of Difcharge, it is then

call'd a dry Cough, and is look'd upon as an ill Prognollick.

But a dry Cough is not always a bad Prognollick, as

they imagine j for in the Beginning of a Cold, it often hap.-

pens only from the Opprellioh of the Lungs, when the

fmall Vefiels, towards their Extremities, are over-charg'd,

infomuch that the Air which the Horfe draws in, is not able

to penetrate through their whole Subllance, fo as to

enter into all tiie little Bladders, but is fuddenly repuls'd

back again, and occafions him often to cough, while it

meets with a Portion of the fame Air, before the Adion

of Refpii-ation is begun ; and we may oftentimes obferve

the fame Symptoms in Horfes that are narrow cheiled,

upon a very flight Cold ; becaufe in that Cafe, when the

Blood- veilels are full, they have not Room for a fufficient

Elevation. But if a dry, husky Cough continue after the

common Symptoms of a Cold are pad, it is then to be

very much fufpeded as a Thing that will be of ill Con-

fequence,as being the Fore-runner of a Confumption. But

we fhall fliew the Reafon of this in its proper Place ; and

in the mean time proceed to the Cure of a Cold, wl'iile

it is unattended with any other Accidents than what are

common.

The

Chap. XXV. Of aCOL'D, &c. %7

The firft thing to be done in a Cold, is to take a pretty
larcre Quantity of Blood from the Neck-vein, if the Horle
is othehvifein good Cafe, and full of FleOi ; but if he be
low and poor, the Lofs of too much Blood may be pre] u-
dicial to him : But yet as all Colds, for the moft Part,
affea the Lungs more or lefs, Blood ought m the Begia-
ning to be drawn away, tho' the Quantity be but fraall ;
for here it is necelTary, as in all other Cafes where the Blood
is too vifcid, to give it more Room in the VelTeis.

If he labours and breathes with Difficulty, and at forae
•times appears to be in much Pain, he may be Bled a fecond
time ; and if his Blood looks of a florid red Colour, and has
little or no Serum in it, and the Pain flill continues, after
the Space of twelve Hours he may be Bled a third time, to
prevent animpoilhumation in his Lungs, or fudden Death ;
for it fometimes happens, that Horfes are feiz'd m the Be-
ginning of a Cold with a Pleurify, or Peripneumony, whea
no one near them knows the Caufe of their Agony.

After Bleeding, if your Horfe be coftive, as is not uri-
common in the Beginning of a Cold, let him have the fol-
lowing Clyfter. ^ „ c ^ ^

" Take Mallows and Marfh- mallows, ot each three
** handfuls ; Mercury and Pellitory, of each one handful ;
*« boil them for the Space of half an Hour in three Quarts
*^ of Water, and to the llrained Decotiion add half a
*' Pound of Treacle, coarfe Sugar, or Honey, and the
*' fame Quantity of Oil or Butter, to be mjedled Blood-
*' warm, and repeated as often as needfuL

If a Lax or Loolenefs happens, it muft not be too loon
ilopp'd, far fometimes the Difeafe terminates that Way, el-
pecially if he has been furfeited ; but if it continues too long,
and caufes fore and painful Gripes, it muft then be treated
according to the Method laid down for the Cure of that
Kind ofLoofenefs which is accompanied with a Cholick,
To recover loft Appetite, which is a Symptom that at-
tends every violent Cold, he muft be exerciied every Day
" more or lefs, with Cheiving Balls, and kept to very moderate
Feeding: The following Anmn may alfo be made Ufe of,
which I can promife to be much the beft ot its Kind.

" Take Honey of Rofes half a Pound, the Inhde of a
*^ white Manchetfiiiely crumbled, Cinnamon and Nugmegs
*' of each an Ounce, Gallangal, Zedoary, and Calamus
*' Aromaticus, of each an Ounce and a half. Let all theie
^ be made into a fine Powder, and incorporated with the

o 4 " ^"^y

S 8 The Farrier'^ New Guide, Chap.XXV.

*' Honey of Rofes, adding Syrup of Lemons, as much a^
•' is neceiTary to make it into the Confillency of a thin
*' Pallej"and let him now and then' have the Quantity
of a Walnut given him upon the End of a Bull's Fizzle,
firft foak*d in Water, and then beat foft ; his Tongue mull
be puird to one Side, and the Fizzle put up to the Back-
part of his Mouth, letting him Chevi^ upon it afterwards.

For his Cough, let the following Drench be given him,

" Take Hyilbp-water one Pint, diilblve in it four
*' Ounces of the Juice of Liquorice, otherwife called Spa-
*' nijh Juice, and two Ounces of brown Sugar-candy, take
** the Roots of Elicampain, round or long iiirthwort, and
*' Gentian, of each half an Ounce; the Seeds of Fenu-
*' greek and Lintfeed, of each three Drams ; Gallangal
'' and Cinnamon, of each two Drams. Let all thefe be
*' made into a fine Powder, and mix'd with the Hyllbp-
*' water and Liquorice, after which add to it a Pint of
*' White-wine or Ale, and give it in a Horn.

Let this be repeated once a Day until the Cold be
loofen'd, and that your Horfe begins to feed plentifully,
and his Eyes look brisk and lively, and the Matter from
hisNofe (if there be a Running from thence) grows thick
and well digelled. But the following will be ftill more
efficacious, and, indeed, inferior to none that can be given
in this Cafe.

" Take three or four Heads of white Poppies, two Hand-
*' fuls of Coltsfoot, four Ounces of Lintfeed, boil them in
*' three Pints of Water till one is confum'd, add to it four
*' Ounces of the Juice of Liquorice, dillblved in the Hyf-
" fop- water, as above direded, adding aho the Powders
*^ as in the former Prefcription.

The following Powder out of SoUeyfell may be made
snd us'd upon Occafion, which I believe will not be the
lefs acceptable, that it has all the Ingredients of the Dia-
pente in it.

*' Take Bay- berries, Gentian, round Birthwort, Myrrh,
"'" Flower-de-luce, Shavings of Harts-horn, and Eiicam-
** pain, of each four Ounces ; Zedoary, Cummin-feeds,
*' Anifeeds, and Savin, of each two Ounces ; Cinnamon
*' h^\\ an Ounce, Cloves two Drams, Flowers of Corn-
*• Poppies dr>'d two Ounces." The Dofe is two Ounces
infus'd z\\ Night in Wme.

The celebrated Horfe- Balh of Markham may alfo be
^iven, one in a Morning, for feveral Days together. I'hey
?.rf' thus made: ''Take

Chap. XXV. Of a CO LT>, &c. 89

" Take A ni feeds, Cummin- feeds, Foenu- MarkhamV
*' nugreek, Carthamus- feeds, Elicampain- Balls.
" Root, Flower of Brimftone, and brown
'^^ Sugar-candy, of each two Ounces, beaten and fearced
*' very fine. Then take an Ounce of the Juice of Liquo-
'' rice, and diflblve it in half a Pint of White-wine, which
" done, take three Ounces of the Syrup of Coltsfoot, of
*' Sallet Oil and Honey, of each half a Pint. Let thefe
** be mix'd with the former, and with as much Wheat-
*' flower as will bind and knit them all together, work
*' them into a ItifF Pafte, and make them into Balls as big
*' as a large French Walnut, or as big as a Hen's Egg.

Some ufe, inftead of the Syrup of Coltsfoot, two Ounces
of the Coltsfoot dry'd and made into Powder ; others add
an Ounce of the Chimical Oil of Anifeeds, which is very
proper, as Horfes are much fubjed to Wind and Flatu-
lencies in their Bowels ; and many other Alterations I have
feen which are not material.

The chief Vertue of thefe Balls confifls I'beir Vertue.
rn their mollifying and foftening Quality,
M'liereby they take off from the Acrimony and Sharpnefs of
the Rheums, which occalion tickling Coughs, by v/hich
means they alfo fatten fome Horfes. But if it fhould, up-
on any Occafion, be neceflary to make them more deterfive
and cleanfmg, the Quantity of the Flower of Brimftone
may be increased, and the Honey proportionably, or there
may be added to them the Powder of the Roots of Smallage,
dry'd Hyflbp, and Horfe-mint, the Tops of Fir, and the
like, which will make them a moft excellent and fafe Scour-
ing for Horfes, by breaking thofe Vifcidities which obftruct
the fmall Pallages of the Lungs, the Liver, and other prin-
cipal Bowels, caufmg Purfmefs and DifHculiy of Breathing.
But in extemporaneous, or oiF-hand Applications, thole
Cleanfers which are fufficiently known to all Farriers, viz,
Garlick, Onions, Brimftone, Honey, 'Barhadoes Tar, or
1 common Tar, when rightly adjufted, and when a Horfe is
j not overmuch cloy'd with them, may be of Service; and
1 as they are exceeding Powerful in their Operation, they
I often fucceed, and that very foon.

But in the Cure of a Cold, nothing is more material than
11 due Care of a Horfe's Feeding and DrelTmg, and likewife
of his Exercife ; and therefore belides Moderation in his
Feeding, which we have already obferv'd to be neceflary,
%vhatever Food is given him ought to be fomewhat open-

90 The Farrier i" New Guide. Chap. XXVI.

ing, as fcalded Bran, or Barley inllead of Oats ; and in his
Water thofe things that are diluting, and will promote the
Difcharges by Sweat and Urine, as the ^al Polychrejiutriy
Sal Prunella^ crude Tartar^ and crude Sal Arinoniack^ al-
ready defcribed in putrid and malignant Fevers ; for a vio-
lent Cold comes the neareit to Fevers of a malignant Kind,
and is often the Fore-runner of fuch Fevers, as we may
fometimes obferve; and therefore all thofe things are necef-
fary that help to carry off the grolier Parts of the Serum,
for by that Means a due and uniform Circulation of the
Blood is the fooner recovered.

And this is alfo greatly forwarded by moderate Exercife,
^V. by rubbing and dreffing ; and if you find your Horfe of
himfelf inclinable to fweat, which often happens in the Be-
ginning of a Cold, or if he lies under a heavy Opprellion,
thofe Difcharges may be then eafily promoted by warm
Cloathing ; and, if necelTary, may be yet more forwarded
hy giving him an Ounce of Ve?iice Treacle in a Pint of
V/hite-wine or Treacle- water. And Lajily,
rr . , ,, If the Runnino; at the Nofe be likely to

Runnin? at the continue too long after the other Symptoms
I^ofe turning to ^"^^ ^^ ^ g^eat Meafure gone off, let him have
the Glanders. once a Day, for fome Time, a Decodion
made with three or four handfuls of Red-rofc
Leaves, an Ounce of Pomegranate Bark, and an Ounce
and a half of Diafiordmn dillblv'd in it, and let his Nofe
be often fyringM with fome of the fame Decoction, or with
Honey of Rofes, which is much the fame ; and by follow-
ing this Method, you may prevent it turning to the Glan-
ders, unlefs your Horfe be alfo confumptive ; in which
Cafe it will be very hard to put a Stop to it.

CHAP. XXVI.

Of Chejl-founderingy &c. ^

Cheji founder- 'IP H E Difeafe that goes under this Deno^
ing^ bears an J- mination in Horfes, comes the nearell

/^?Tr ^° ^ ^^ ^"^ ^^ ^^^^ ^'^^^^ ^" ^ human Body is
e'^> uy- called a Pleurify^ or Peripneu?noniay which

is an Inflammation of the Lungs or Pleura^ accompanied
with Pain and Difficulty of Breathing.
The CauTe, ^^^ Caufe is from all the fame things that

produce a Cold, as expofing a Horfe when

he

Chap. XXVI. Of Chefi-foundering, &:c.' 9 1

he is hot to the cold Air, riding him at that Time into cold
Water, or letting him have cold Water to drink ; and
therefore it is fometimes introduc'd by a Cold.

Sometimes it proceeds from a Horfe's eating unwholfome
Hay, and bad Prov^ender, or his Feeding on cold frozen
Grafs in Winter, efpecially if he has not been us'd to it ;
but the moft common and ordinary Caufe, is the over-
riding a foul-body'd Horfe that has not been accultom'd to
Exercife, for then his Blood being agitated, and put into a
more than ordinary degree of Motion, palTes forward into
the Lungs or Pleura in great Quantity, and very much
diftends the fmall Vellels there, but becaufe of its Vifcidity,
it fuddenly ftagnates, and occafions Pain and Inflammation,
with the other Symptoms v\^e have already mentioned:
And therefore young Horfes, as their Bodies are moft apt
to be foul, and their Blood of unequal Fluidity, are the
moft liable to Cheft-Foundering.

The Signs are, an exceflive heaving of the „-, «.
Flanks, ftarting w^ith Pain as often as he of- ^^ ^'

fers to move ; when violent, it is always accompany'd with
a Fever ; but as the Fever is only an Eifedof the Inflamma-
tion, it goes off'as foon as that is removed.

But a Horfe is often faid to be Cheft-foun- The Cure of
der'd in his Body, when there are no vifible Chejl-founder-
Symptoms of much Pain, only an Opprefli- j.?. ^'^^ ^^^«-
on ; but as this even proceeds from the fame ^^]^ ^
Caufes, and as it produces many of the fame ^ ^'
Effeds, as breaking the Horfe's Wind, melting his Greafe,
and all other Difeafes that follow fuch an Oppreflion on
the Lungs, and other Bowels, it ought, in the Cure, to be
treated much after the fame Manner as if there was Pain
and Inflammation, only that Bleeding may be more fpa-
lingly ufed ; for when there is fuch an Oppreflion that a
Horfe cannot breathe, but is like to be fuffocated, then
Bleeding muft be repeated, as the lefler Evil.

And in this cafe I would always recommend opening the
Flank- veins, or thofe of the Infide of the Thigh, to make
a Revulflon, which will be found much more fafe, and an-
fwer the End much better than Bleeding in the Neck or
Plate-veinsj as is ufually praftifed in fuch Cafes, for this of-
ten caufes a greater Derivation upon the Lungs or Pleijra.

And becaufe a Cheft-founder'd Hoi;fe has oftentimes a
great inward Heat and Coftivenefs, efpecially in the Begin-
ning, he ought to have an emollient Clyfter given him^ as

that

92 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XXVII.

that inferted in the preceeding Chapter for a Cold, which
may be repeated as often as there is Occafion ; and if there
be no Symptoms of Pain, but only Heavinefs and Oppref-
fion, which does not hinder a Horfe from lying down, nor
keep him altogether from Feeding, the Method we have
laid down for the Cure of a Surfeit is to be followed. And
if he be alfo addided to a Cough, the Remedies for that In-
tention are likewife to be made ufe of.

But if you find him in Pain, and full of Agony, after he
has been bled, and had a Clyfter injea:ed, let the following
Drench be given him to promote Sweat.

*' Take Milk- water one Pint and a half. Treacle- water.
•' half a Pint, diflblve in the Treacle- water fix Grains of
*' Camphire, afterwards add an Ounce and half of Venice-
*' Treacle or Mithridate, or two Ounces of Lo7idon Treacle^
*' mix all together, and give it your Horfe thro' a Horn.

Afterwards let him be walked a little, and well cloath'd ;
and when he is inclinable to drink, let him have warm Wa-
ter ftrew'd with Oatmeal.

When thofe Things are done, let one of the following
Balls be given him twice a Day, one in the Morning, and
another in the Afternoon an Hour before Watering- time.

''Take Conferve of Red-rofes two Ounces, Sperrna Ceti
** one Ounce, Linfeed and Fenugreek- feed in Powder of
*' each an Ounce and a half. Liquorice Powder two Oun-
*' ces.*' Let thefe be made into four Balls, with as miich
fweet Oil, or Oil of fweet Almonds, as is fufficient.

The Ufe of thele muft be continued for feveral Days ;
and when the violent Symptoms are abated, he may by
Degrees be inur'd to Exercife, which, with a clean fing
Diet, will perfedl the Cure.

CHAP. XXVIL

Of Turfivey Broken-windedy and Confumptive
Cafes.

IT is fufficiently known to any one who is the leaft ac-
quainted with the Anim.al Oeconomy, that whatever
caules an over- great Influx of Blood into the Lungs,and other
Farts adminiftring to Rcfpiration, will occafion a Heaving
of the Flanks, and Difficulty of Breathing ; and therefore
there are very few Difeafcsof anykind, but what are accom-
panied

Chap. XXVII. Of Broken-winded Cafes. 95

panied more or lefs with thofe Symptoms. Confumpti^e
But the Difeafes that come under our pre- ^'^^ Broken-
ient Confideration, are fuch as have their '^^//W^d' Cafes,
chief and principal Seat in the Lungs, pro- r^Z^DiM^ V
ceeding from an Ulcer, or fome inward -^^j^^ ^^'^^ ^^^'
Wafting, whereby the fmall Veflelsare wore
and abraded by the Acrimony and Sharpnefs of the com-
mon Difcharges, or from fome obftinate Stagnation, hin-
•dring the Air from penetrating, fo as to elevate and lift
them up in the Adion of Refpiration, or when there is
tough mucilaginous Matter feparated in the Branches of
tlie Windpipe, for all fuch Things will occalion a very
great Difturbance in the Flanks of a Horfe ; and when a
Horfe has any of thofe Infirmities upon him, he may juft-
\y be term'd purfive, or broken- winded.

The Caufe is from Colds, Surfeits, and Cau/cd by
other Difeafes that have never been tho- ^olds and other
roughly carried ofF, but chiefly obftmate ^'/^^> ^pa-
Colds, for by them the Lungs are in a more '^'S ^^'J ^'•/^A
efpecial Manner aiFeaed •, and therefore ^y^/^^'^ ^'""'^
whatever brings on a Cold or other Difeafes
affecting the Lungs, may be looked upon as the Procatar-
tick^ or remote Caufe of Broken- wind, or Purfivenefs. The
Eating of unwholfome Food, and Feeding in a bad Air,
alfo bring on thefe Diforders : But many Horfes have their
Wind broke by ill Ufage, as hard Riding when they are
full, for by that Means their Blood is thrown into the
Lungs with fo much Impetuofity, and in fuch Quantity,
that it fuddenly caufes Foundringand Inflammation, which
,is oftentimes followed with an inward Abfcefs, or Ulcer,
•which proves incurable.

.. The common aud ufual Signs are,a Hea- q-j^^ ^- .

ving and Beating of the Flanks, fometimes
a Wheezing and Rattling ; and in fome defperate Caies, a
dwelling of the Kernels about the Throat, and a glander'd
Running at the Nofe.

But here it is to be obferv'd,, that fome Sender al Cafes
-Horfes may be purfive and fhort-winded, 'i^^hereinaHorfe
and exhibit feveral of thefe above-mention'd ^^j; ^\ f^'^'^y*

Signs, and yet their Cafe not dangerous, nor ^^ 'f.^'^'^. °'

I ^ J V. T^ • \- tber Signs of a

properly to come under the Denomination broken 0'ind

of a Broken- wind, or Coniumption ; for and yet be free

fome Horfes are naturally thick-winded, jrom that Dif-

cfpecially thofe that are great and foul Feed- tmper.

94 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XXVIL

ers, for by that Means their Blood is, for the mod part,
grofs and vifcid, and pafles with Tome Difficulty through the
fmall Veflels of the Lungs, which being alio frequently
prefsM by a full Stomach, will not only occafion Purfive-
nefs, but fometimes a Cough ; yet as fuch are very apt to
turn broken- winded, they fhould be kept to fpare and clean
Feeding, or have conftant and daily Exercife.

Moft young Horfes that have been habituated to Eafe,
ViU blow upon the leall Exercife, efpecially if they be
fati and that proceeds alfo from a thick and plentiful
Blood ; but it is very well known, that if fuch Horfes are
not over- laboured while in this Condition, but by Degrees
harden'd and inur'd to Exercife, thofe Symptoms will foon
vanifhi and if the Helps of Phyfick are required, their Dif-
orders may fpeedily be remov'd by Bleeding, and very mo-
derate Scouring.

Horfes that are poor, and in a low Condition, when
they are exercifed beyond their Strength and Feeding, will
alfo heave and labour as if they were broken- winded ; as
alfo thofe that have been fick, or lie under fome Diftem-
per that walles their vital Spirits, though their Lungs arc
perfedlly found ; or if an Horfe has had any immoderate
Difcharges by Blood or Dung, any of thofe will caufe a
Horfe to heave and labour for Breath, as if he was broken-
winded : But as in all thefe Cafes this feeming Oppreflion
proceeds only from a Scarcity of Blood and Spirits, there
not being what is fufficient to adluate and elevate the Lungs
and Cheft, the Symptoms wear off by good Care and
Feeding.

And Ladly^ We may obferve fome Horfes that have no
inward Infirmity, blow and wheeze, from an Lnperfedion
in the Paffages between the Mouth and Nofe, which hap-
pens the more readily to Horfes, as they draw in and ex-
pel their Breath chiefly at the Nofe ; but that Imperfection
is eafily diftinguifhed, for albeit his Flank, move like a
broken-winded Horfe, while he is in Adion, yet as foon
as he is Itopp'd, that Agitation goes off, and nothing far-
ther is to be taken Notice of in his Breathing, but what is
natural. And there are fome Horfes {hort- winded from
the Narrownefs of their Cheft, which is plainly difcern-
aDle as often as they are put to gallop, or to any Labour.
But where that Defedt proceeds from fome Imperfe^Hon
of the Lungs, it is eafily enough diftinguifhed ; becaufe in
all Cafes where the Lungs are hurt, tho' a Horfe's Flanks

will

Chap.XXVII. Of Broken-winded Cafes. 95

will heave and work maft rmpetuoufly upon Exercife,
yet even when he (lands in the Stable, there is no Interval
free from that Agitation, but he ftiil labours more or
lefs.

Now a Horfe is faid to have his Wind J^hat Horfes
touch'd or broke, according to the Nature are properly de-
and Degree of Efficacy in the Diftemper ; ^'"'J '» ^^'^'^
for fome Horfes will laft a great while with ''^ *
Infirmities of this Kind, and continue at the fame Pals,
and do abundance of Service, and yet be abfolutely incu--
rable ; fome wafte and decline gradually, and others very
fuddenly ; all which we fhall endeavour to explain.

The Diforders that afFe6t the Wind of a Horfe, yet not
fo as to caufe a fudden Wafte and Decay, are chiefly of
two Kinds.

In the Fhj2, Tho* a Horfe has no Intervals free from a
Working and Agitation of his Flanks, yet if he coughs but
feldom, and has no Moiftare proceeding from his Nofe,
nor does wafte in his Body, it is a Sign that his Infirmity
proceeds from fome obftinate Obftructions in the fmali
Veflels of the Lungs, or from chalky Matter ingender'd in
them, which hinders the Air from pailing into all the little
Air Bladders, fo that they cannot be fully inflated and di-
ftended, or it may be caus'd by fome Adhefion to the Pleu-
ra and Ribs^ for then the Lungs cannot be fufficiently de-
prefs'd ; and a Horfe in this Condition muft have his No-
ftrils frequently contracted in fucking in the Air, but will
never Breathe out freely.

The next is different from the former, and fhews itfelf
by other diftinguifhing Signs ; for, as in the firft Cafe, a
Horfe feldom coughs but when in Exercife, or when his
Stomach and Guts are full ; in the \aft, a Horfe will cough
pretty often, but efpecially upon every flight Cold, and at
the fame time is frequently troubled with a Wheezing, and
Rattling in his Pipes ; all which proceeds from a thick mu-
cifaginous Matter fticking in the Branches of the Wind-
pipe, that not only muft occ?fion frequent Coughing,
■but alfo caufe a conftant heaving and working of the
Flanks.

The Diforders that caufe a total Dec?y, and which may
not improperly be faid to conftitute a Confumption, are
alfo reducible to two Kinds : The firft is, when there is
a Wafte occafloned by an Over- relaxation in the glan-
dulous Parts, and a too great Difcharge of the Juices,

which

96 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XXVIL

which are only allotted to keep the Lungs moid ; and
the Jecond is, when there is an Ulcer formed in them.
And thefe are diftinguifhable from the former in this, that
where-ever there is a Decay, either by an Ulcer, or by fuch
a Wafte as we have been ipeaking of, a Horfe will be able
to bear no Manner of Exercife without a Sinking and Low-
nefs of his Spirits ; and as his Diftemper continues, lofes
Flelh, turns flabby, and is fubjev^t to hedick Diforders ;
whereas in the other Cafes, a Horfe will go through a
Journey, or perform any other Exercife, if he be well us'd,
without any confid?rable Infirmity, excepting that of his
Flanks. However, as this Diltinclion is not fo ealily
made in a Beginning Confumption, while a Horfe as yet
retains fome Strength and Vigour, his Cough ought there-
iore chiefly to be obferved ; for if that be fhort and vehe-
ment, or hollow and founding, it is then very much to be
doubted \ for fuch Coughs as thefe generally attend where
there is an Ulcer in the Lungs, or where there is a con-
Itant VValte, by. the Superfluity of the common Dif-
charges.

The Cure, -^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^^ proceed to the Cure :

And firfl: of all, as to thofe Defe6fs in the
Wind of a Horfe, which are caus'd by obitinate Obltruc-
tions in the fmalleft Arteries, or chalky Matter, IJc.
though we do not propofe any abfolute Relief in fuch
Cafes, as we fcarcely imagine anything can be exhibited,
either to penetrate through hard and obftinate Obftruc-
lions, or diilodge foreign Matter ingender'd in the Lung?,
or remove Adhefions that perhaps have been begun before
the Hone was foal'd ; yet becaufe a Horfe may ftill bt
of Service, notwithflanding thefe Infirmities, he fhould
now and then have fuch things given him as are gently
opening, and are fit to lubricate all the Paflages, and ren-
der them glib and eafy ; for which Purpofe we recommend
Markha?n's Balls, or any Compofition of the like Ingre-
dients ; he may alfo fometimes have a little clean Antimony
given him.

FeeMn^ and . ^^^ ^^^ principal Thing to be obferved,
Exercife. '^^ ^^e common Feeding and Exercife of fuch

Horfes ; tho' I need not lay down any Me-
thod for it, becaufe every one knows that the ordinary
Rules are to be obferved in the ftrideft Senfe, with refpeft
to broken-winded Horfes. For albeit Exercife is as necef-
fary to them as to -any,, other, yet when it is in thcleaft

im-

Chap. XXVII. Of Broken^-joinded Cafes. 97

immoderate, or if it be given upon the Stomach, its Ef-
feds are for the molt Part very bad ; and he that would
give fuch an Horfe much Water to drink, or keep his
Rack conftantly full, mud be but a very young Groom :
For when the Stomach is full of Hay or Water^ as it lies
upon a Level with the Lungs in all fuch Creatures, it is
the more apt to prefs forwards upon the Midriff, and
hinder the Adion of the Lungs, which cannot but be very
iroubleibme in all Cafes where they are any wife detec-
tive, as we daily obferve in purfive and broken-winded
Horfes.

As to thofe Horfes who have thick mucilaginous Mat-
ter obllruding the Pipes, and whofe Lungs muil alfo be
very humid, and, as it were, more relaxed than natural ;
albeit the fame Rules are to be obferved in their Oeconomy
of Diet and Exercife, as in the former Caie ; and thougii
the fame Remedies are alfo very proper, yet becaufe this
Diftemper is fometimes m^ore violent by Fits than at other
Times, and may therefore require Medicines of more pow-
erful Efficacy , befides Bleeding, which is neceilkry when
the OpprefHon is upon him, the following Balls may be
giv^n him with good Succefs.

" Take Galbanum and Gum Ammoniacum, of each a
" Quarter of a Pound, Burdock-root half a Pound ; firft
*' beat them well in a Mortar with two Ounces of the
*' Flowers of Benjamin ; then add by Degrees fweet Oil,
" until you bring them into a Pafte fit to be made into
*' Balls weighing two Ounces each. Let your Horfe have
" two of thefe every Day, one in the Morning, and another
" in the Afternoon, two Hours before Water, keeping him
*' ty'd up to the Rack all that while.

The following Balls may be alfo given vi^ith good Suc-
cefs, and may be eafily procured at ail Times, and almoft
in all Places.

" Take four Heads ofGarlick, an Ounce of Horfe-radifh,
" ftamp them in a Mortar j then add an Ounce and an half
** of Flour of Brimftone, and work them into a Mafs
*' with as much fweet Oil as is fulficient : Let thefe be
*' made into two Balls, one to be taken in the Morning,
*' and the other in the Afternoon, as above diredW.

All the Remedies prefcrib'd in a Cold, are alfo profit-
able and ufeful in this Cafe ; and he may have fome-
dmes fcalded Barley inltead of Oats ; and nothing will be
nore proper than Barley boii'd in his Water with Liquo-

P rice,

H

9S The FarrierV New Guide, Ch. XXVII.

rice, which he will drink with Pleafure after he has been
ufed to it.

We now proceed to the Cure of thofe Horfes that are
broken-winded and conlumptive, which is only to be at-
tempted in the Beginning, and before they begin to fall
much away ; for Horfes in this Condition will often eat to
Excefs, and keep up their Body that Way, if they are not
put to daily Labour ; and becaufe a proper Diet in this
Cafe is the mofl likely to fucceed, he fnould, in the lirlt
Place, be reftrifted from eating too much Hay, and from
drinking too much Water, efpecially at a Time, and that
for the Reafons already alledg'd ; for what he wants in this,
may eafily be made up another Way.

Therefore let the Mixture of Linfeed and Fenugreek-
feeds be given him frequently in his Corn, and fometimes
a few of the greater hot Seeds, as thofe of Fennel, Cara-
ways, and Anife ; in his Water may be boiled three or four
Handfuls of Barley, with a little Liquorice or Honey dif-
folv'd in it ; but he muft not be ufed conftantly to the Li-
quorice, efpecially if he appear to wafte very much, for it
may in that Cafe prove over deteifive.

He ought to have Exercife more or lefs every Day ; but
that muft be moderate, and only when the Weather is clear,
for by this Means the Toughnefs of the Blood is broke, and
ail the Difcharges kept free and open.

If he be at any Time feized with an Oppreffion, and a
more than ordinary Difficulty of Breathing, he ought to
have a Vein opened in his Flank, or on the Infide of the
Thigh, from whence may be taken a fmall Quantity of
Blood ; but this muft be only gone about when there
is abfolute Neceflity for it. ,

The following Bails may be given, and continued with ;
good Succefs, cff.

" Take of Myrrh and Gum Benzoin of each four
*' Ounces, Gum Arabick, the Roots of Orrice, round
*' Birthwort, and the Shavings of Hartfhorn or Ivory, of
'*■ each two Ounces, Galangal and Zedoary of each an
" Ounce, Fennel- feeds, Cummin-feeds, and Fenugreek,
*' of each an Ounce and a Half: Let thefe be beat into a
*' fine Powder, and made up into a ftiif Pafte with Honey,
*' or Syrup of Colts-foot, then work into the whole an
*' Ounce of the common Balfam of Sulphur, and let
*' them be made into Balls the Bignefs of a large Walnut,
*' whereof one is to be given every Morning and Afternoon,
^^ an Hour before Watering Time. i

Alll

Chai*. XXVIII. Of the Glanders, ^q: P9

All pedloral Herbs, as Maiden-hair, Colts-foot, Rccket
Scabious, and the like ; all healing Balfams and Gums*
and all the Remedies direded in this and the two preceed'
ing Chapters, may be profitably given in Broken-winded,
confumptive Cafes. But i{ your Hcrfe, notwithftandinc^
thefe Helps, turns Poor and Emaciate, low in his Spirits^
and addided to fweat, heaves to his Chine, and, with a
reduplicated Motion, farts much and often, coughs and
rattles, founds hollow, and looks ghaftlv, with his Eye-
pits fallen, you had better give him to the Crows, than
be at the Expence of his keeping, for his future Services
will never be anfwerable to it.

CHAP, xxviir.

Of the Glayiders and Mourning of the Chine.

^HE Glanders is a Flux or running of corrupt- Matter
from the Nofe of a Horfe, which is of different Co-
lours, white, yellow, green, or black, according to the
degree of Malignity, or according as it has been of a lono-
or fhort Continuance. °

Concerning the Nature and Caufe of this Difcharge,
Authors have given very ftrange and unintelligible Ac-
counts ; fome have afcribM it to the Lungs, fome to the
Spleen, fome to the Liver and Kidneys, and fome to the
Brain ; and when it has continued fo long that the Mat-
ter becomes of a blackilh Colour, as is ufual in its iaft Stage,
ihey have imagined it to come from the Spine ; and from
thence have called it the Mourning of the Chine. Mr.
^mpe, in his Anatomjs has taken Notice of the Farriers
Miftakes concerning this Diitemoer ; and altho' there are
fome things in his Account of it that are liable to Excep-
tion, yet becaufe it is much more rational than any thing
that has hitherto been advanc'd upon the Subjea: ; and like-
wife becaufe the Authority of io eminent a Farrier may,
ao doubt, weigh with moft Readers, we fhail therefore give
it a Place here.

That Author having in the 5/^ Chapter " Mr. SnapeV
of his id Book fhewn the Ufe of the Glan- Account of the
iula pituharia, and that there can be no G/anders and
3ifcharge from it into the Nofe, falls into the -^^ ^ f'''^' ^
ollowing DigreiTion concerning the Glan- ^^''^^'"''

^ ^ der?5

loo Th8 Farrier'^ AVl:; Guide. Ch. XXVIIf.

ders ; wherein he obferves, that the Matter which iflueth
ib plentifully out of the Nofes of Horfes that have got
great Colds, or are glandered, falls not, as he himfelf had
fome time believed, from the Brain, but that it was fepa-
rated from the arterial Blood by the Glands or Kernels of
the upper Part of the Iniide of the Nofe, which, he fays, is
the more readily to be believed, becauie the other Glands
are fwell'd at the fame time, and particularly thofe under the
Horfe's Jav^^s, that being one of the moft certain Signs of a
Horfe's inclining to the Glanders. But he goes on in the
following Words : " And this may ferve to convid of Error
*' all our ancient Authors, who did hold (and our Pradli-
" tioners, who at this Day do hold) that the Glanders
*' proceed from a Defedt and Wafteing in the Brain ; and
** that all that fnotty Matter comes from thence, which
*•' ilTues out of the Nofe ; which, were it fo, all the Brain
*' in the Horfe's Head would not be fufficient to fupply it
*' with Matter for three Days, according to the Quantity I
*' have feen come from one in that Time. It is therefore a
*' very falfe Opinion^ taken up meerly upon guefs, with-
*' out infpeding into the Parts, that our Praditioners do
*' commonly entaintain concerning this Difeafe.

" Neither is there fuch a Difeafe as the Mourning oj
*' the Chine^ as they do to this Day hold ; for it is impof-
*' fible any Creature fhould continue fo long alive, as till
*' all his Brain be fo far wafted by this I)ifeafe, that it
*' comes to reach the Spinal Marrow v/ithout the Skull,
'' which is that, I fuppofe, they call the Chine.

" But this Difeafe, by them called the Mourning cj
** the Chine, is diftinguifh'd into a different Difeafe from
'' the foiimer, from the Matter's altering its Colour ; for it
*' is generally obferv'd, that after a Horfe hath had this
•' Difeafe running on him for fome time, the corrupt Mat-
'' ter or Snot, changes by degrees from an indifferent white
*' to a more dull Colour, inclining at firft to a little red-
*' difh, but after a longer Time, efpecially when a Horfe
" begins to grow towards his End, it will be very black,
*' and very naufeous both to fee and fmell.

*' From this alteration of the Colour, as I have faid, T
** do believe they give the Difeafe this proper and diflin-
*' guifhing Name of Mourning of the Chine ; whereas if
*^' is only a greater degree of one and the fame Difeafe, in
^' which the Chine is no: at all affected, at leaft no more
'' than any other Part of the Body, all of which languifhes

*' away;

Chap. XXVIII. Of the Glanders, Sec. roi

" away by this inveterate Diftemper. By what Steps it
" proceeds, and how the Matter comes to alter its Colour,
'' I will give you my Opinion.

" The Mafs of Blood being; depraved, either by un-
" wholfome Food, or by great Colds, or Laftly, by In-
" fedion from the Air, and from other Horfes (Tor this
" Diftemper is catching) this phlegmatick Matter colled-
" ed in it, is fpued out of the Ends of the Arteries in the
" upper Part of the Noflrils, about the Tpongy Bones chief-
*' ly; for in an Horfe there is little of this Matter comes
" out of the Mouth, but it flill defcends by the Noftrils.
*' This Humour, I fay, diftilling out of the Arteries by
*' the fpongy Bones continually, doth in Procefs of Time
" fo fill the faid Bones with filthy A/Iatter, that, like a
*' Sink or Channel, being choaked up with Filth, there is
'' not fo free a Paflage for the Humour, as when the Dif-
*' eafe firft began ; fo that the Matter by that Means is
*' there ftay'd, and by its Continuance there it acquires fo
*' bad a Qtiality, that it corrodes and cankers thofe Bones,
'' and indeed ulcerates and gangrenes all the PafTages of
" the Noftrils, till it has mortify'd and confum'd them (as
" happens fometimes to Venereal Perfons) and at length de-
** ftroy'd the Beaft ; for indeed it is felddm or never cura-
*' ble, when it is once come truly to be a Canker.

" Now by the Foulnefs of thefe Bones (as I have faid)
<' that Matter or Snot which doth defcend by thefe Paf-
" fages (which indeed doth at length drivel down in a
" greater Qiiantity than before, by reafon of the PafTages
" being widen'd, from the Parts being gnawn afunder by
*' the canker'd Humour) I fay, that Matter or Snot,
" which defcends after this, is of a contrary Colour to
" what it ufed to be ; for it is become more black and
" waterifh, mixed with a litJe red, and hath a very ill
*' Smell ; but this Alteration happens not from the Mat-
*' ter's flowing from a new Part, but is caufed by reafon of
'' the Foulnefs of the Parts through which it palTeth ; for
" from thence it hath its Dye in a great Degree.

" Notbrt yet there is another Caufe of it, which is the
*' greater Foulnefs of the Blood ; for as the Beginning of the
" Diftemper did proceed from the Corruption or Depra-
'' vation of the Blood, which was become, as it were, de-
" generate from its fpirituous, balfamick, and volatilized
I" Condition, into a fiat and vapid State, like to dead Wine ;
^' fo in Procefs of Tim.e, for \7ant of the Spirits to quicken
P 5 " it.

102 TheTARRiiK's NewGuide. Ch.XXVIIL

«' it, and caufe the Fermentations neceflary to the proper
«' Places of the Body, where the excremehtitious Parts of
*' the Blood fhould be thrown off, fuch Excrements are
•' coUeded every Day in a greater Quantity, and acquire a
*' greater Degree of Malignity, being hardly any Part of
*' them difcharged any other Way but this, which is pre-
*' ternatural, and moft times becomes deilru6tive to the
*' Beaft, after the Difeafe hath arrived to the Height.
Seme further But we fliall here fuhjoin, to what Mr.

Obfervations Suape has faid concerning the Glanders^ fome
ccncernitig the few Coniiderations that will make this Mat-
Glandersy See. ^gj. y^f ^igre intelligible ; andin order there-
unto, the Reader would do well to confider that an Ulcer,
or an Abfcels form'd in any Part, from whence there may
conftantly be derived a very large Difcharge of Matter, will
ibon bring the Body into a weak and debilitated Staie^ by
depriving it of its neceflary Suftenance and Support ; and
this we find by daily Oblervation, both in human Bodies,
and in brute Creatures.

Nor does this happen by Reafon of the Quantity of Mat-
ter alone that iflues from thofe Parts, but as it caufes an
over great Determination of the Blood towards the ulcera-
ted Part, which leflens the common and ordinary Difchar-
ges by the Glands and Pores of the Body ; for by this
Means the Blood is render'd more vifcid, and unapt to
Motion, and fas the above-mention'd Author obferves) it
lofes its Spirits ; and therefore it very readily ftagnates in the
foft Parts, and where the Blood-vefl'els are very fmall, as
in the Lungs, Kidnies, &c. forming Ulcers in them alfo.
And for this Reafon it very often falls out, that glander'd
Horfes turn Confumptive, and Confumptive Horfes turn
glander'd. And this has brought Farriers into different Opi-
nions concerning the Glanders, becaufe moll glander'd
Horfes, after they were open'd, have been found defe(aive
in one or more of their Inwards.

But to underfland the Nature of this Diftemper aright,
it will be neceflary to confider, that it takes its Beginning,
and has its chief Seat in a I'ttle foft fpongy Flefn, which is
eafily dilated by the lealt Influx of Blood ; and therefore
we fometimes obferve a Running at the Nofe in fome
Florfes from a very flight Cold ; but when this Subfl:ance
happens to be very much relaxed, any one may, without
much Difficulty, imagine how the Running will be apt to
increale.

Chap. XXVIII. Of the Glanders, &c. 103

But that this may yet be the more readily ^/'^ Glanders
apprehended, we fhall confider it in all its confider d in all
different Stages. Firjl^ As it is a fimple '>^-W^^-
Running ; Secondly, As it becomes an Ulcer : And under
this Head it may be alio conlider'd in a twofold Refped:, as
it is an Ulcer in the Flefhy Parts, and as it becomes an Ul-
cer in the Bony Parts. And tho' this be only an advawced
Degree of the fame Dlfei^.fe, yet we have made this Diftinc-
tion in Compliance with thofe, who, in its lalt Stage have
calPd it the Mourning of the Chbie,

Now this Difeafe at firil is no other than a Superfluity cf
Matter proceeding from the foft fpongy Flefli in the upper
Part of the Nofe, and that it is caufed by an over-great
Plenty of Blood from the Arteries into thofe Parts ; for by
this Means that glandulous Flefh becomes inlarged : And
whereas in its natural State there is nothing feparated from
it but a little Moifture, which in Horfes is hardly perceiv-
able, and ferves chiefly to refrefti thofe Parts which are the
Organs of Swelling ; yet now that the Glands are dilated
and fweird, there is a confiderable Qiiantity of Matter con-
tinually difcharged from their Excretory Du6ts.

And whether this proceeds from a Cold,or from the Stran-
gles, or from Infedtion, or an invrard Waile and Decay, it
will foon degenerate into an Ulcer, and the Matter being
pent up within thofe Paflages,mu{teafily acquire a more than
ordinary Degree of Putrefadion, whereby it turns corrofive,
walles and dellroys the Veiiels ; fo that inftead of that fu-
pcrfluous Difcharge which was in the Beginning of the Di-
Itemper, from the common Paliages of the Gland, the
Matter now proceeds from the rupiur'd and torn Vellcls ;
and therefore if the Horfe lives until the Glanders turn to
an Ulcer, the Alatter is frequently llreaked with Blood.

But in the laft Stage of this Diilemper, the intolerable
Stench, and a difcoloufd Corruption, denotes the Bones to
be ulcerated as well as the Flefli ; and how this may hap-
pen, is not difficult to be conceiv'd, efpeciaily if it be re-
member'd, that the Bone, in which the fpongy Flefli is feat-
ed, is alfo itfelf very fpongy. Now as this Bone is open and
full of Pores, it mull eafily become a fit Receptacle for a
more than ordinary Quantity of the common Juices ; and
when thefe are perpetually falling into it, changing its Na-
ture from that of a Bone, it turns into a Caries^ and be-
comes like dead mortified Flefli, fo that all the Matter that
comes from thence is of an afnv or black Colour ; and \n\\zv\
P 4^ it

T04 The FarrierV Ne-vj Guide. Ch. XXVIII.

h has been of fome Continuance, it alfo walles and deftroys
the PalTages of the Nofe, as Mr. Snape has obferved.

No Wonder then that the Cure of the Glanders becomes
difficult as it is thus circumftanced ; for befides the inward
Wafte and Decay, which is fometimes the Caufe of it, and
is for the moft part or always the Effect of it, as it is feated
out of the Reach of proper Applications, and in fuch Parts
as we have obferved to be of a very loofe and open Struc-
ture ; therefore the leait Running from the Nofe of a
Horfe, unlefs he be otherwife in good Order, is very much
to be feared ; but efpecially if it be remember'd what we
have elfewhere taken Notice of concerning the dependent
Pofition of a Horfe's Head, whereby he is render'd liable
to many fudden Diforders, as the Vertigo^ Staggers^ &c.
and to frequent D ifea fes of the Eyes ; we may upon the
fame Footing eafily imagine, how he may alfo become glan-
der'd, if once the Blood happens to be determined in an
over-great Quantity into the foft and glandulous Subllances
about the Nofe and Throat.

But although the Cure of the Glanders is hardly to be
attempted in its lalt Stage, or even when it is turn'd to an
Ulcer, or indeed in any Circumftance, when a Horfe is
inclinable to be confumplive ; yet that we may not be
thought wanting of thofe Helps that are necellary for fo
commiOn a Difeafe, we fhall lay down fuch Rules as are
to be obferved, and prefer ibe fuch Remedies as are the moll
appro|?l:iatcd to every Degree ot it.

^^ And therefore, in the Beginning, if the

Running be fimple, fuch as may proceed
from a Cold, and continues too long, if the Horfe has
Strength, he may be purged once or twice, or oftner, with
the following Drench.

'* Take the Roots of common Burdock fllced one
" handful, of Guaiacum and SalTafras Wood, of each
** half a Pound, Monk's Rhubarb four Ounces, Seiia one
'' Ounce, Jalap bruifed two Ounces, fweet Fennel-feeds or
" Annifceds an Ounce and a half. Boil the Burdock-
*' roots and the Wocd| in two Quarts of Water for the
" Space of a whole Hour ; after which put in the other
*' Ingredients ; and to a Quart of the drained Decoftion
•■* add a quarter of a Pound of Honey : Let this be given
'-' in the Morning-wiih the ufual Precautions ; and let hi§
'='•' Water aUo be warm, and fweetened with Honey.

«' Take

Ch. XXVIII. Of the Glanders, &c. 105

" Take Jalap and Aloes in fine Powder of each ten
" Drams, Salt of Tartar half a Dram -, make them into
" two Balls with a fufficient Quantity of Wheat- flour and
" Butter. To be given as the former.

After the Operation of the Phyfick, let him have a
Decoction of the Red-rofe Leaves, with an Ounce and
an half or two Ounces of Diajcordium dillolved in it,
■which will gi'eatly contribute to abate the Running at
the Nofe ; and while it is only in this firil Stage, a little of
the fame Decodion without the Diafcordium^^ but fweet-
ened with Honey ^ will be fufficient to injedt into the
Nofe.

And becaufeall thofe Things that are proper to promote
a Breathing thro' the Pores will alfo conduce to the fame
End, therefore one Pound of Guaiacum, half a Pound of
Safiafras, with Four Ounces of Liquorice, may be boiled
in Water for his ordinary Drink.

But if you cannot bring him to drink his Decodion j the
Woods may be given in the Way SoIIeyfell ufes them for
the Farcin ; which is thus :

*' Infufe ten Ounces of Guaiacum Wood, or for Want
*' of that, that of Box-wood_, in nine Pints of Water ; and
*' after they have flood twelve Hours in Infufion in hot
*' AfheSj boil them with a gentle Heat in a cover'd Veflel,
" to the Confumption of a third Part of the Water, then
" ftrain out the Liquor, and give your Horfe a Quart a
" a Day for eight Days together, keeping him Bridkd three
" Hours before, and three Hours after every Dofe.

But there is no need to keep a Horfe fo long bridled after
this Decodion, but he may be fed within an Hour, or an
Hour and a half ; and before his Corn he may drink Water
wherein Liquorice has been boiled, or Honey diilblvcd.

If the Running does not abate, or if you obferve the
Kernels under his Jaws to be very hard and fwell'd, you
may apply the following Cataplafm.

" Take half a Pound of Linfeed, Four Ounces of the
*' Seeds of Fenugreek, reduce them to fine Powder, and
*' boil them over a clear Fire in a quart of Vinegar, to the
" Confiftence of a Poultife, keeping conflantly itirring,
" and when it begins to thicken, add half a Pound of Oint-
*' ment of Marfli-mailows, and apply it hot to the Kev-
*' nels, covering the Part with a I. nib's Skin.

This muft be done for fevcral Days, and if the Horfe he
. not far gone in the Diilemper, it will either dill'olve the

Kernels

106 r^^ Farrier*^ New Guide, Ch. XXVIII.

Breaking of the Kernels or break them, which v/ill be of very
Kernels under great Service, as the Swelling in thole Parts is
tkeja-^sfome- occafion'd by a Sort of Sympathy, and pro-
iw:es mcefary. ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ Caufe that brings on the
Glanders, and as they muft therefore conftantly help to feed
the Diftemper. But if they cannot be remov'd by emollient
or fuppurative Medicines, I fhould think it might conduce
very much to the Horfe's Safety to open them with a Caujlick^
it being much eafier to heal an Ulcer in thofe Parts than in
the Nofe ; neither can it be attended with fuch bad Confe-
quences as when thofe Kernels are extirpated, as is fome-
times pradifed ; becaufe in the Operation fomePart of them
is generally left behind, from whence Nature fupplies that
Want by new, but imperfect ones, which are more liable to
Swelling and Inflammation than the firil j fo that inllead
oi giving Relief, it often makes the Diftemper worfe.

But if thofe Swellings continue with the other Symp-
toms, the Horfe ought to be rowel'd, unlefs you perceive
him to wafte, and in that Cafe any Kind of Ifiue will only
help to fhorten his Days.

And here, as concerning RowelUng^ that will be of greateft
Service when made on the Infide of the Thigh, in order to
make aRevuliion ; and this Method of Roivelling is fuppor-
ted by the fame Reafon as Bleeding in the hind Parts for
Difeafes of the Head ; for as we lind the Blood to move in a
more than ordinary Quantity towards the Head of a Horfe
that is glander'd, therefore a Vent to the Humours back-
wards, at io great a Diftance, will, no doubt, be of Service,
for by that Means the Blood will be brought to flow more
towards the hind Parts than before fach an Ifllie was made,
and a Check will be thereby put to the Diftemper.
T -^^c^/^^j ig But when the Parts from whence the glan-

be us'd. ^^^'^ Running proceeds are become ulcerat-

ed, which may be known by the Clamminefs
and Vifcidity of the Matter, and by its fticking to the Infide
of theNoftrils likePafte; in this Cafe Injedtions muft be
made ufe of, and fuch as are of the greateft Efficacy ; and
for that Purpofe the Farrier ought to provide a Syringe,
with a Pipe that is of a convenient Length. But firft of all
it will be neceflarv to purge and cleanfe the Horfe's Nofe,
by burning Brimftone or Auripigmentum under it, which
may be fent up the Noftrils through the fmall End of a
Funnel, and when he has fneez'd and thrown out a plentiful
de?.l of Matter, fyringe his Nofe with Brandy or Red- wine,

and

Chap. XXVIII. Of the Glanders, &c 107

and then inje6l the blue Water prefcrib'd in the 24//; Chap-
ter, to take off Films and Webs from the Eye, for nothing
will conduce more to the cleanfing and heahng the ulcera-
ted Parts. The Water made of the Lapis Mirabilis^ in
the 23^ Chapter, will alfo conduce very much to the fame
Intention ; or the following, which is alfo exceeding pro-
per where there is a great Foulnefs.

" Take a Pint of White- wine, one Quart of Plantain-
" water, two Handfuls of Red-rofe Leaves, half a Dram
*' of Orpiment, one Dram of Verdegreafe, Myrrh, and
" Aloes, of each a Dram and a half."

The Rcfe Leaves are to be infus'd in the White- wine
for the Space of forty eight Hours, and then the Wine to
be pour'd off and mix'd with the Plaintain- water, and the
Orpiment, Verdegreafe, Myrrh, and Aloes, are to be
beat to a line Powder before they are mixt with the In-
fufion.

A fmall Quantity of the Ungue?itum Egyptiacum, dif-
folv'd before the Fire in a little Oil or Turpentine, may be
alfo injeded thro' a pretty large Pipe, which will alfo be
very ailiftful in cleanling the ulcerated Parts.

If your Horfe begins to wafte, and turns flabby, and fub-
jedl to hedick Diforders, the Method laid down for fuch
Cafes is alfo to be follow'd ; and if the Matter proceeding
from the Nofe denotes the Bones to be alio ulcerated, by
its Colour and rank Smell, you may then very juilly begin
to give over Hopes of his doing well, tho' I know there^
are feveral Farriers who have Alilirance enoug;h to boaft ot
curing Horfes in this Condition : However, his Nofe ought
to be fyring'd with Brandy, or Spirit of Wine, and with
thofe I'hings above-recommended, that he may become as
little noifome and offeniive as poflible.

A Tin(!:ture drawn from Etiphorbium is Forcing Matter
extremely ferviceable in all Cafes where P'°^^ ^^^ ^°fi
the Bones are foul and ulcerated ; but yet '^'''^^ ^'' '""'^'

we cannot recom.mend its Ufe in Iniedions ; « . v

, r , . . . , -^ . r 'very commena-

becauie when it is given that way, it mult ^^^

Violence not
'very

wafte the Parts that are found as well as
thofe that are putrify'd ; and as it muft be frequently
ufed before it can produce the delir'd Efteds, it may, no
doubt, in fo fenfible a Part as the Nofe, by its exceflivc
Emulating Quality, derives a much greater Influx into
the Parts, and confequently, be the Caufe of a greater
Foulnefs i and for the lame Reafon, the cleaufing^ the

Ncfc

1C8 T/:e I arkier' s New Guule. Ch. XXIX.

Nofe by Fumigation, with Brimitone and the like Com-
buftibies, is not to be too often attempted ; becaufe any
ilich violent Agitation will be apt to have the like EfFeft. I
Ihould therefore, in moft Cafes of this Nature, recommend
moderate Exercife while the Horfe has Strength, or the
Ufe of Chewing Balls of JjJa Fcetida, and other feculent
Itinking Ingredients ; for thefe will, for the moft part,
purge the Nofe as much as is necellary ; nor can fuch a
Method eafily be attended with any ill Confequence.

OfiheGlanders ,^^V' "''^' "«. ^Oubt, be cxpeded

-which comes by ^^^^^^ ^ ^^ "P^^ this Cure, that I fhould
InfeBion. make fome Diftinction between that kind

of Glanders which comes by Infeftion,
and that which proceeds only from the common and ufual
Caufes \ but as this cannot diiFer from that otherwife
than in fuch Circumftances as may happen in different
Conftitutions, the Method of Cure, as to Generals, muft
therefore be the fame. But when the Glanders becomes
like a Plague among Horfes, as it fometimes happens, it
is then only to be coniider'd as a Symptom and a critical
Difcharge, which contributes to the Solution of fome reign-
ing Diftemper. And in this Cafe, all thofe Things that
we hav^e recommended for the Cure of malignant or pefti-
lential Fevers are proper, and ought to be made ufe of in-
ternally.

We fhall conclude with the general Precaution given by
all Farriers, and that is, to feparate the found from the un-
found, though I believe this formidable Name of Infec-
tioufnefs has been chiefly owing to the laft mentioned kind
of Glanders, which is epidemical ; for I have knovvn glan-
der'd .Horfes Hand fome Months with thofe that have been
ibund, without any ill Effed ; yet I muft needs liiy, it
would be Pity to run any fuch Hazard with a good Horfe,
when it may be xo eafily avoided,

CHAP. XXIX.

Of the Strangles,

lKe-^tya?7gIn, '"p H E Strangles is a Swelling under the

alii d to a?: ex- ^ Throat between the two Jaw-bones,

inrnal^unfy, j^j^j feems not to differ very mucli from that

which rn a human Body is called the Squinajy or ^in-

Jy-

Chap. XXIX. Of the Strangles, 109

fy ; irs Seat is not fo much upon the Glands as on the
Mufcles, and therefore it comes the more readily to an Im-
pofthumation ; neither is there fo much danger in Horfes
as in human Bodies, becaufe in a true Quinfy the Mufcles
of the Larynx^ or Throttle, are for the moft Part afFevfled ;
whereas in the Strangles, the Mufcles of the Tongue feem
only to be touch'd, and therefore the Difeafe comes natu-
rally to have an external or outward Difcharge.

Young Horfes are moft liable to this Dif- r t • d
temper, and for that Reafon the Sieur de ^y^ Srnall-tox
SoUey/eU comipares it to the Small- pox, and ^, Solleyfell.
has obferv*d, that few Horfes are troublea
with it above once, unlefs the Matter of the Strangles has
been imperfectly caft off, and then he fays it generally
returns when they are about the Age of fix, ten, or twelve ;
he farther takes Notice, that the Matter fometimes cafts
itfelf off from the Limbs, and other Parts of the Body,
efpecially from thofe Members that have been any ways
hurt or weaken'd.

It has been a Lofs to that Author, who was fo diligent
an Obferver of all manner of Accidents incident to Horfes,
that he was not better acquainted with their inward
Structure and Make, othcrwife his Notices might have
turn'd much more to his and the Reader's Account ; for
although this Diftemper be near ally'd to an external
Quinfy, as to its Situation, and alfo in many other Re-
fpects ; yet no doubt, as it moftly happens to young
Horfes, it may therefore, in its EfFeds, alfo bear an Affi-
nity to the Small- pox.

For as the Blood of young Horfes may reafonably enough
be fuppos'd unequally fluid, having not as yet been fuffi-
ciently comminuted by frequent Circulations ; therefore,
while they are in this im[)erfe6t State, they are rendered
liable to Difeafes, as we have already taken Notice in an-
other Place ; and when thefe happen, they fufe and melt
the Blood, or purify it from its Vifcidities and grofler
Parts, by fome Difcharges, which are anfwerable to the
Small- pox in human Bodies. But as the Small-pox breaks
out in little Puftules all over the Skin, where-ever the VefTels
are the fmalleft, and where the Blood muft of Confequence
be moft apt to ftagnate; yet becaufe the Blood-^veftels in
Horfes are confiderably thicker and ftronger than in human
Bodies, therefore thefe Impurities cannot fo readily be dif-
charg'd in that Manner, bu? fall out into Biles and" Swellings

in

no TheltARRURs NewGuuie. Ch. XXIX.

in all thofe Parts that are the weakeft, or the mod depen-
dent ; and this may, no doubt, be the Realbn why Horfes
are more fubjed to the Strangles, and other Impofcumati-
ons, while they are Colts, than when they are grown up
to a more mature State.

But tho' this may be the true Reafon of that Difeafe,
and therefore that it may require fome different, or, at
leaft, fome accelTary Helps, which are not altogether need-
ful in common Biles and Inflammations, yet the Cure mufl:
be much the lame as to Univerials.

^^ ^^ And therefore, if the Swelling has a Ten-

dency forwards between the Jaws (as is moll
common to Horfes, proceeding from the dependent Situa-
tion of their Head) io that the Palll^ges of the Throat are
not in danger of being choak'd up by it, the fafeft Way is
to ripen it, and bring it to Suppuration, and for that End
the moft fimple eafy Methods may be firlt put in Pradice,
as anointing the Parts with Ointment of Marlh-mallows,
and covering them up warm ; for Nature oftendmes gives
the greatell Allillance in fuch Difeafes. Or you may take
Oil of Bays and frefh Butter, of each a like Quantity,
Ointment of Marfli- mallows the Weight of both ; or the
Poultice in the preceeding Chapter may be apply'd warm
twice a Day.

After the Swelh'ngs are ripe, and that you perceive Mat-
ter within them, but that they don't break, which perhaps
may be hinder'd by the thicknefs of the Skin, you may
open them with a Lancet ; but if they do not ripen as you
could Willi, you had better make Ufe of a hot Iron, and
fear the Outlide pretty deep ; bat whether you open them
by Incifion, or by the Application of the Iron, you mult
be fure to make your Operation in the lowermoll depen-
dent Part, for by that means the Matter will the more ea-
fily run off; whereas if you open them in the upper Part,
if they happen to be large, you will have them conltantly
iiU'd with Corruption; and alio while you obferve this
Method, your Incifion need be but fmall, for the Matter
will find itfelf a Pallage through a very fmall Orifice, when
that happens to be rightly difpofed.

As foon as the IMatter has fully difcharg'd itfelf, you may
prefs out wliat remains gently with your Thumb, and then
make a Doffil of fine Flax, and when you have dipt it in
warm Bafilicon, which is the properell Digellive in all fuch
Intent'on^j you may introduce it into the Orifice, but not

too

Chap. XXIX. Of the Strangles. 1 1 1

too far, neither mull that be continued above three or four
Days in any common Cafe ; for the keeping the Orifice
too long open, will derive too great a Quantity of Matter
upon the Parts, and will caufe them alio to ulcerate, and
fometimes to turn fiftulous. And for the fame Realbn the
Ufe of Tents muft be very prejudicial, as they moll com-
monly have that EfFe6l.

And therefore when the Running begins to lelTen, you
need only apply fmooth flat Pledgits of Lint, arm'd with
the fame Ointment, over the Orifices, and above them a
thick Comprefs of foft Canvafs, in feveral Doubles, to fill
up all the vacant Space between the Jaws, that the divided
Parts may again be united; and if you find little hard
Lumps remain after the Sores are healed up, you need not
be much furprized, neither will they be of any ill Confe-
quence, for thefe may be remov'd by a defenfive Plaifter,
for which Purpofe we recommend the following, wiiich is
eafy to be made, and is very good.

*' Take common Diachylon and Red-Lead Plailler, of
*' each four Ounces, common Pitch two Ounces, dillblve
*' them in a Gallipot, or Iron Ladle, over the Embers, with
*' a fufficient Quantity of Oil or Hog's-lard ; then take Bole
*' in fine Powder an Ounce and a half, and llir it into the
*' Mixture, and make it to the Confiltency of a Plailler ;
" if it be too hard, you may dillblve it again with a little
'' more Oil ; and if it fhould chance to be too foft, you
*' may add a little more of the Diachylon,

This mull be fpread on Leather, or a Piece of thick
Dowlas ; and after the Hair has been clipp'd oft' very clofe,
it may be notch'd and applied all under his Chaps, where
it is to lie as long as it will Hick on ; and by the Help of this,
all the little HardnelTes will be dillblved.

The 'Bafillcon which we have recommended for dref-
fing the Sores, may be had ready made at any Apothecary's ;
but it will be the more appropriated to Horfes, if half an
Ounce of Turpentine be mixed with every Ounce of it ;
or the Farrier may make it himfelf in the following Man-
ner.

" Take yellow Wax, Rofin, and common Pitch, of
*' each half a Pound, Oil or Hog's Lard nine Ounces, com-
*' mon Turpentine one Pound ; melt them together over
" a gentle Fire, conltantly llirring, or elfe the Pitch will
'' be apt to burn ; then Itrain it through a coarfe Canvas,
^* and keep ic for IJJe.

- But

112 The Iarrier'j" Ne'W Guide. Ch.XXIXJ

But if this Ointment (hould incarnate, or make the Flefii
grow too fall, you may mix with it a Httle of the Powder
of Verdegreafe made very line, or the Powder of Red Pre-
cipitate, which will keep that under ; but further DirecTiions
fhall be given herein when we come to treat of Ulcers ; we
fhall therefore go on to obferve what is necellary to be done
internally.

If you find your Horfe hearty and well, notwithftanding
thofe Tumours, there will be no great Need for any thing
but to give him Plenty of warm Water mixed with Oat-
meal to drink, keeping him, in every other Refpe6t, to
his ufuai Diet ; but if you obferve him to be feverifli, and
to forfake his Meat, it is a Sign Nature is over -much op-
prefs'd, and requires fome AfTiiliance ; and therefore to re-
lieve that Opprellion, you may give him once or twice, or
oftner, as you fliall fee Occalion, a few Broth by Way of
Clyfler, or a Deco6tion made with two or three handfuls
of Marfh-mallows mixed with a Quarter of a Pound of
common l^eacle or Mohjfus.

And if you obferve the Swellings to continue hard, but
have little or no Tendency to a Suppuration, thofe Things
which have already been recommended for the Cure of pu-
trid and malignant Fevers, may in that Cafe be given with
Succefs ; or if thofe things are not in a Readinefs, you may
give him the following Cordial Drench.

" Take Gentian-root and Gala,ngal in fine Powder, of
*' each half an Ounce, Cloves and Cinnamon, of each one
*' Dram, Saffron one Scruple, Powder of burnt Hartfhorn
*' two Drams ; let this be given in a Mixture of Milk-wa-
*' ter and White-wine, or in a Pint of Ale. After which
*' give him moderate Exercife for half an Hour ; and when
*' you bring him into the Stable, let him be tied up another
*' half Hour, and then you may permit him to eat frefh
^' Hay.

An Ounce of Venice-TvQzcio. dillblv'd in a little Milk-
water, or warm Ale, and given once or twice a Day,
will be of great Service to aiTift languid Nature, and will
either help to bring thofe Swellings to Maturity, or will
difpofe them to perfpire and go oft' in a kindly Manner.

Sometimes the Strangles are call off" chiefly by the
Nofe, and fometimes they break inwardly about the
Roots of the Tongue, and when that happens, moll of
the Matter iil'ues from the Nofe alfo. In either of thefe
Cafes the Horfc fliould be moderately rid, for that will

help ;

Chap. XXXI. Of the St r angle f. 1 1 3

help him more efFe6lually than any Thing elfe to expel
the Matter, and will not be attended with fuch ill Con-
lequences as Fumigation, and the inje6ling of hot Things,
or the putting of Feathers up the Nofe ; for by this
Means you do not ailiil Nature, but conftrain her, which
is no ways agreeable to found Practice. But if the Swel-
lings break inwardly, it will be very proper to waih his
Mouth fometimes with Red-wine mixed with Honey of
Rofcs, for that will keep it clean, and prevent Ulcers j but
if the Sores be like to continue, which can only happen
when the Horfe is in a bad State of Health, you ms^v
diilblve a quarter of an Ounce of crude Sal Armoniack m
a Pint of Water, and wafh his Mouth with it once or twice
a Day.

If the Difcharge be plentiful, and the Matter well di-
gefted, there will be but little Occafion for After-helps, as
Bleeding and Purging : But if any Accident happens, ei-
ther from the State of the Body, or from bad Management,
I that the Cure feems imperfedl:, and the Horfe does not:
I thrive upon it, then Recourfe may be had to Purging :
1 For which Purpofe I chiefly recommend the Preparations
j of Aloes, becaufe thefe are the more effedual to work upon
! the Blood, and to break it of its Vifcidities. And after
i Purging has been three or four Times complied with, one of
the following Balls may be given every Day, and continued
for fome Time.

" Take Gentian, Zedoary, and Galangal, of each four
" Ounces, Cloves, Nutm.egs, and Cinnamon, of each half
" an Ounce, Pvlyrrh fix Ounces, calcin'd Hartfhorn half a
*' Pound.'* Let all thefe be made into a fine Powder, and
incorporated together with Gum Arabick dilTolved in Wa-
ter, and made into Balls weighing two Ounces each.

But if your Horfe be of fmall Value, the following may
be given, which perhaps will anfwer the End, and be little
inferior to the other.
" Take the Powders of Gentian and Galangal oi each
fix Ounces, Antimony finely prepar'd eight Ounce3,Law-
rel-berries, Coriander and Caraway- feeds in Powder, of
each an Ounce, the Powder of calcin'd Hartfhorn ten
Ounces. Let thefe be made into Balls weighing two
Ounces, as the former; one of v^^hich may be given
every Day for the Space of a whole Month, and they
will contribute very much to redtifv your HoilVs Con-
Q ' " i\itution.

1 14 7he FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XXX.

*' ititution, and to cleanfe his Blood from all Impurities."
I have infilled the longer on this Subjedl, as the Method
here laid down is not only to be obferved where there has
been an imperfed Difcharge of the Strangles, but alfo in all
other Impoftumations and inflam'd Swellings, where the
Endeavours of Nature feem to have been infufficient j and
to this we fliall conftantly refer in all fuch Cafes.

CHAP. XXX.
Of the falfe or baflard Strangles.

A Mijlah of 'T-^ H E laft mentioned Author accounts for
Solleyfell- J- this Diftemper after a very ftrange Man-

ner, and in a Way that is diredtly contrary to Nature. He
fays, When the Strangles have not been thoroughly dif-
charg'd at the ufual Time, a latent Ferment will remain
in the Body, which, in its proper Time, will agitate the
Humours, and caufe them to fall into the fame Place where
they fhould have been call oft at firlt. And this, he fays,
■will fometimes happen five or ten Years after, when a
Horfe is ten or fifteen Years old . But befides, that there
is no fuch Ferment in the Body of any Animal, there is no
fuch Regularity in Nature j and that may be plainly pro-
ved by his own Obfervation, v/here he takes Notice of the
Matter of the Strangles falling off fometimes upon other
Parts of the Body that have been previoufly weakened ;
and this is truly the Way of Nature. And therefore when
Swellings happen to old Horfes about the Jaws, and a-
bout the Kernels, it is an infallible Sign of a crazy Confti-
Tution in them, and is oftentimes the Fore-runner of the
Glanders, unlefs that has been occafion'd by fome Violence,
And we may even obferve in human Bodies, in all tendei
and delicate Habits, the fame Difpofitions to Swellings in
the glandulous and kernelly Parts, but efpecially in thofc
that are confumptive; and as in human Bodies the Humoun
have chiefly a Tendency towards the Groins, l^c. in a
Horfe, they move towards the Head and Jaws, forming
Swellings in thofe Parts, as they are dependent in a Horfe,
according to our repeated Obfervations.

Therefore in fuch Cafes, inftead of being too bufy to
ripen and draw away fuch Kernels, unlefs they be inflam'd
and have a Tendency to Suppuration, the Horfe ought tc

havi

Chap. XXXI. Of the Fives. i i 5

have Plenty of good Feeding, with the Help of fome Re-
ftoratives, and a continued Courfe of the Cinnabar Pills,
as direded in the Farcin, to attenuate and open thofe hard
Obftrudions j and thefe will be the molt likely Means to
recover him.

And this Method ought chiefly to be followed in all im-
perfecl Strangles, whether a Horfe be young or old ; only
that to young Horfes, Relloratives will not be necellary,
unlefs he be alfo confumptive. But the Reader may con*
fult the preceeding Chapter.

CHAP. XXXI.

Of the Vives.

^ H E Vives has a very near Affinity to The Vlves, d
-*■ the Strangles, and feems chiefly to differ S'vjellhg of the
, in this, that as the Strangles for the moft ^^J^^f-
i Part happens to young Horfes and Colts, ^^^^^^'
whilQ they are at Grafs, and while they feed with their
Heads downwards, the Swelling and Inflammation has
therefore the greater Tendency forwards between the Jaws ;
but the Vives will happen to a Horfe at any Time, and is
more particularly feated in the Glands or Kernels under
the Ears. When the Difeafe is violent, all the Parts about
the Throat will be inflam'd, and the Paflages of the Wind-
pipe and Gullet fo much prefs'd upon, that a Horfe in this
Condition being unable to fwallow, of Neceffity leaves his
Food i and that does not proceed from the Imperfedtion in
thofe Parts alone, but alfo from the Violence of the Pain,
which affeds the Nerves to fuch a Degree, that all other
'Senfations are as it were loft in that.
: The Caufe is chiefly from Cold, and from <^^ ^^^^
lall thofe things that induce and bring on a
;Cold; as riding in the Night-Fogs, when a Horfe has not
been ufed to it ; drinking cold Water while he is warm, or
jfuffering a Horfe to cool too foon after hard Riding, l^c.
I The Signs are apparent in the outward Swellings, which
when the Inflammation is violent, are accompanied with
Reltleffnefs, and fometimes with a Fever; fometimes he
lies down, but immediately ftarts up again, being uneafy
in every Polture. Sometimes the Pain is lels violent, and
then he not only lies down quietly, but will alfo feed.
I 0,2 As

1 1 6 The Farrier J- New Guide. Ch* XXXJ.

qn r As to the Cure, it is neceflary to confide,

^ ^'^^^ that altho' the true Method of carry ing ofT

inflam'd Swellings, is by fufFering them to come to Matu-
rity and Ripenefs ; yet when thefe happen updn any Part
that may endanger Life, then Nature ought to be fomewhat
reftrain'd, as we have obferved in the Beginning of this
Treatife. And therefore when you obferve him under vio-
lent Pain, you may freely venture to take away fome Blood
from his hind Parts, to make a gentle Revulfion.

After Bleeding, becaufe Horfes are for the moft Part
coftive in all fuch AfFedions, he may be kept moderately
open with fuch Clyfters as have been directed for the Stran-
gles ; and thefe may be repeated once or twice a Day,
while the Horfe is in violent Pain.

And becaufe in all fuch Cafes it is proper to keep the
Secretions at Liberty, he ought to have Plenty of warm
Water fweeten'd with Liquorice, and fharpen'd with Sal
Prunella^ or purify'd Nitre, or Salt-petre^ or the fol-
lowing.

" Take two Ounces of White -wine Tartar, beat it to a
*' Powder, and diflbve it in a Quart of warm Water, and
*^ diflblve in the fame Liquor half an Ounce of crude Sal
*' Armoniack^ and pour it into his Water, which ought
*' alfo to have a handful of Oatmeal boiled in it.

The frequent Ufe of thofe things will promote the Dif-
charges by Urine and infeniible Tranfpiration, fo that the
Swellings will fooner ripen, not only as there mull by this
Means be a leiTer Derivation towards them, but alfo as
the Matter will become more attenuated, and fitter for a
fpeedy Suppuration.

Venice Treacle^ or London Treacle^ with the other Me-
dicines above prefcrib'd for the Strangles, may alfo be
given, obferving the fame Precautions, not only as to In-
ternals, but likewife in Externals ; for foftening Poultices
are abfolutely neceflary, but thofe of Yeft, and Meals made
of common Grain, are apt to draw too violently, and
therefore to be rejeded, efpecially while there is already
an over- great Inflammation. But thofe which are the bell
fitted for the Swellings of the Kernels about the Head and
Neck, or fuch as are frequently made of the Pulps of
emollient Herbs, as Mallows, Marfh-mallows, Agrimony,
Mercury, and the like i the Flowers of Violets, Melilot,
■and Elder, and the Roots of white Lillies, the fat and
imdluous Seeds, as Linfeed, Cummin- feeds, and Fenu-
greek 3

Chap. XXXI. Of the Fives. 1 1 7

greek ; and thefe fhould alfo be quickenM with a Mixture
of penetrating Oils or Ointments, as thofe of Marfli-mal-
lows. Earth-worms ; or with fome fpirituous Mixture, as
the redify'd Spirits of Wine, or Brandy, or a fmall Quan-
tity of Camphire in fine Powder, ftirr'd into the whole
Compofition over warm Aflies, or before the Fire j for by
this Means a moderate Pcrfpiration will be ftill maintained
in the difeafed Part, which might other wife be over much
obftrucled by the Relaxation that might follow a continual
Application of emollient foft^ning Things.

And it will be here necellary, as well aa in the Strangles,
after the Swellings are opened, to apply little Bolfters in all
the hollow Parts between the Jaws and under the Ears, that
if there fhould chance to be a more than ordinary Quanti-
ty of Matter continually falling into the Hollo wnefs, it may
not have Room to make any other Lodgment for itfelf bu:
what is proper.

Sometimes thofe Kernels continue hard and fwell'd with-
out Inflammation, and fometimes adventitious or Ballard
Kernels grow out into thofe Parts, and are of little or no
Ufe, but rather to be accounted Excrefcences ; thefe m.ay
be extirpated and cut off, taking Care to avoid hurting the
Branches of the Jugular Artery ; and if there chance to be
an Eftlifion of Blood from the fmaller Branches, which are
often inlarged after contmued Swellings in thofe Parts, that
may be ftopp'd by fearing with an Iron moderately heated,
according to the Dire<5lions hereafter laid down for Caute-
rizing and giving the Fire.

But if thefe Kernels continue hard and fwelPd without
Inflammation, and have an Appearance as if they might be
refolv'd, it is then much the beft Way to ufe fuch Applica-
tions as are proper to difcufs them ; becaufe Swellings and
Inflammation in the glandulous kernelly Parts are trouble--
fome, whether the liTuebe good or bad.

Therefore the fame Plaifter that was already directed to
remove the remaining Hardnefs of the Strangles, may be ap-
plied all over the Kernels, and the fame Method us'd inter-
nally to promote the PafTage of the Blood through their
compadt Subftance : But the Reader may receive further,
Satisfadion on this Head, by confulting that Part where
we have made fon^e Obfervations concerning Tumours.

CL3 CHAIP.

ii8 nelARRUR's NewGuide. Ch. XXXIL
CHAP. XXXII.

Of the Anticor,

^he Anticor, "jV/TOST Authors have been millaken as to
an Infiamma- ^^ the Nature of this Difeafe •, the greateft
tion of the Number attribute it to the Heart ; and Volley-
Gullet. j^ii ^^jjg if5 ^ Swelling of the Pcricardimn^ or

Purfe of the Heart. But they are all plainly in an Error;
for an Anticor is an Iniiammation in the Gullet and Throat,
and is the very fame which in Man is called Angina.
cj-, ^ r It proceeds from the fame Caufes that bring -

^^^* on infinite Difeafes on Horfes, to wit, hard

Riding, expofing a Horfe to the Cold, and giving him cold
Water to drink when he is hot, full Feeding, and whatever
elfe may caufe a fudden Stagnation of the Blood.
T Si<Tns ^^^^ ^'^f s are, firft, all thofe that accom-

^^ ' pany a Fever ; for an Anticor^ while it is in-

ternal, never wants a Fever to attend it ; but when it fhews
itfelf externally, the Fever begins to abate, unlefs it conti-
nue to be both external and internal.

So long as the Inflammation continues in the Gullet, the
Horfc , jrfakes his Food 3 and tho' he has frequent Inclina-
tions to drink, and albeit his Water be made moderately
warm, the firll Gulp deters him from meddling with it again,
until he has forgot the Pain and Agony it put him into. And
the Pain of the Gullet is yet more manifell from this (and
I believe every Farrier mufi: have made the fame Obferva-
tion) that -whenever a Drench is given him he ftaggers, and
feetns as if he would fall down, and make feveral fliort
interrupted Groans, or rather Gruntings, and fometimes
Vv'ill break out into a cold damp Sweat about his Ears.

The Cure ^^^^ ^^^^ ™^^ ^^ begun by Bleeding, and

that needs not be very fpanng ; for this Dif-
eafe feldom happens to Horfes that are poor and low. And
here we alfo approve of ftriking one or other of the Veins
on the hind Parts, to make a Revulhon.

After Bleeding, the following Clyfter may be given.

" Take two handfuls of Barley, two Ounces o{ Sal poly-
** chreft reduc'd to line Powder, boil them in two Quarts of
*^ Water for the fpace; of a quarter of an Hour, add to the
*' 33ecodion a Pint of Urine, a quarter of a Pound of frefh
"*' Butter, and two Ounces of Oil of Rue. Let this be gi-
*'- yen Blood- warm, and repeated twice a Day, or oftner.

If

Chap. XXXII. Of the Anticor, 1 1 9

If he takes to Food, nothing muft be given him but
moiften'd Hay, and fcalded Bran ; and what elle, muft be
chiefly fuch Things as are proper to keep down Heat and
Inflammation, and abate the Feverifh Symptoms, for which
Purpofe we recommend, after Bleeding, thofe Remedies
that are proper to promote Sweat. Therefore let the tol-
lowing Drench be prepar'd for him.

" fake Treacle- water and Carduus-water of each one
" Pint, diflblvein thefe two Ounces of old r<?«/r^-Treacle,
" and after this has been exhibited, cloathe him well, ami
'' give him a little warm Water to drink; inftead of the
« rreaclezv,^ Carduus-water, a Pint of ftale Beer, mixed
« with fmall Beer, may be us'd.'* Nothing is fo effedtual
to remove Inflammations, efpecially after bleeding, as
Sweating ; and therefore if you find it difficult 10 promote
Sweat, you may give him the following Bail.

" Takeofold/^>«/V^ Treacle two Ounces, volatile baU
" ofHarts^horn fifteen Grains, il'f^'/^/^ra/'s Pill one Dram,
*' Camphire in Powder fix Grains, Powder of Liquorice,
" or Saflkfras in Powder, what is fuflicient to make it into
" a Pafle." Let this be exhibited after the Operation ot
the Clyfter is over.

And if the Symptoms begin to abate, you may venture to
• eive your Horfe a gentle Purge, for which Purpofe the Fulvij
Cormchini, commonly called the Countefs of iVarwick s
Powder, takes place beyond all others, and is thus made._

*' Take Scammony preoar'd with the Fumes of Brim-
" ftone four Ounces, Diaphoretick Antimony two Ounces,
'' and the fame quantity of the Cryftals, or Cream of i ar-
^' tar; make them into a fine Powder, • , r> ,

The Dofe is two Ounces, made up into a Ball with but-
ter and Flour, to be given with the ufual Precautions

This Medicine not only purges the Belly moderately, but
alio keeps the Pores open, and carries oft a great deal by
Sweat and infenfible Tranfpiration.

If the Swelling appears outwards, and at the fame li me
the other Symptoms abate, you may then leave oft Pur-
Pinff, for what is intended by that Evacuation, is chiefty to
difperfe the inward Diforder ; and then you are only to
apply ripening Cataplafms and Poultices, allowmg him at
thefameTime5^/Prz.//W/^^, Salt-petre, or the bat Poly
(hreftum diflblvM in his V/ater. c ^. c ^

The Cataplafm for this Purpofe may be made ot the toi-
lowing Ingredients. ,,^^^^

125 The Farrier'^ New Guide. Ch. XXXII.

ic " ^^^f" ^^"^^^^ ^"^ Fenugreek-feeds of each two Oua-
*c f'\FrT'-!^', ^'^'^^^' °' their Flowers, of each four
^^ handfuls ; boil them over the Fire till moft of the Moi^
^^ Iture be evaporated, then pafs them thro' a Sieve, and
add a quantity of Cow's Dung equal to the other Inare-
_ dients, with a fufficient quantity of Ox or Sheep's Suet
to keep it moift. " Let this be applied twice a Day pret-
ty warm. ^ ^

Of inftead of this compounded Poultice, Cow's Duno-
alone apply'd warm to the Part, with a fufficient quantity
of buet, or Ointment of Marfh-mallows, may be fufficient
to bring the Swelling to Maturity.

When it grows foft, and the Matter feems ready for a Dif-
charge, it may be open'd in the dependent lowermoll Part
by the Application of a hot Iron, keepincr a DoffiJ in the
Mouth of the Wound until the Running abates, and likewife
applying CompreiTes and convenient Bandage to keep the
elevated Skin clofe to the fubjacent Flefh, that it may be the
fooner united ; but if the Cavity of the Impoltumation be
iarge, it will not be amifs to lay it open with a hot Knife an
Inch or more ; or if you would chufe to avoid the Scar,
with a cold fharp Inarurncnt, or with a oair of Sciflars.

Ihe Cure may be finifh'd with applying only the f/;?-
g^entum 'Bafihcum, or a Digeflive made witli Turpentine,
the Yolks of Eggs, or Honey, with a moderate Mixture of
Jirandy, or Spirit of Wine ; and if any Foulnefs appears, or
ir it heal too fait, or fpongy foft Flefli anfe, Pledgits dipt
3n Copperas- water, or a Solution of blue Vitriol may be ap-
plied, which will keep it fmooth and even.

But if the Swelling increafe very fait, which oftentimes hap-
pens, and there IS no Tendeiv:y to Digeftion, but that it
arifes towards the Neck, affeding all the Mufcles in thofe
l^arts tne Horfe will then be in Danger of Suffocation, and
unlefs fpeedy Relief be given, he mull focn be ftrancrled.

Therefore, befides repeated Bleeding, if he is not too
much wore out, it will be convenient to take a hot Searing-
Iron, and apply it to five or fix Places on the lower Part of
the Swelling, cauterizing thofe Parts, that they may be fpeed.
ily brought to Matter, which may alfo be drefs'd with Flax
or fine Hurds dipt in Tar and Turpentine, mix'd before the
i'lre and apply'd warm ; for by giving Pain in thofe depen-
dent and inferior Parts, you caufe the Humours to flow
dovvnwards from the Swelling, and by making Vents that
iire fulticient lo difcharge them, ycu ancicipate the Pain,

Chap. XXX II. Of the Anttcor. izi

and take off from it? Violence, which is alfo an Extreme
to be avoided ; neither need you be afraid of the Swelling
that may cafually happen in the Fore- legs ; and, perhaps,
even his Limbs, by cauterizing, for that cannot be of fuch
ijl Confequence, as when it is upon the Neck and Throat,
neither will it be of any Continuance, if due Care be takea
of the lilaes.

The Sieur de SoUeyfell recommends the making of fmali
Incifions with a Fleam or Lancet, in eight or ten Places on
the Swelling, and to thruil into the Holes between the Skin
and the Flefh, Pieces of the Root of black Hellebore of the
Bigneis of the Tag of a Point, and if the Tumour be very
large, he recommends the ufe of white Hellebore, at the fame
time chafing the Part with the Ointments of Jgrippa and
Marfh- mallows. The Roots by their hot burning Quality,
draw down and increafe the Swelling, and the Ointments
are to ripen the inclofed Matter, and fit it for a Difcharge.

The fame Author alio recommends the Ufe of Retories^
or Riiptorieu for drawing an immediate Flux of Moifture
from the difeafed Part. Thefe are Ointments of the fame
Nature with thole which are made to draw Blifters on the
human Body, and are compofed of the like Materials ; and
becaufe they may be ufed with much Safety, we fliall infert
two or three that are eafily made, and will be found of no
lefs Efficacy than thofe that are more compounded.

" Take of Baiilicon four Ounces, black Pepper and
" Ginger of each half an Ounce, Spanifo Flies two Drams.
*' Let the Flies, Pepper, and Ginger, be made into a line
" Powder, and incorporated with the Bafilicon.

The following is yet more powerful.

" Take a quarter of a Pound of Bafilicon, one Ounce of

^' red Precipitate in Powder, half an Ounce of Euphor-

" bium, and two Drams gf the Flies." Or the following,

1 which is yet more efficacious than either of the former.

i *' Take Oil of Bays four Ounces, Euphorbiutn in Powder

" two Ounces, Cantharides or Spanijh Flies half an Ounce.

Thefe may yet be made rtronger or weaker, according to
the Ufe they are put to. The Way they are apply'd, is by
fpeading them by little at a Time upon the Pait affeded,
holding a hot Bar of Iron to make them fink in ; and this
Operation may be repeated as often as the Cafe requires,
but efpecially until they have drawn out a plentiful deal of
reddifh Water ; but they mud be fparingly ufed on fome
Farts, as we (hall more particularly obferve hereafter.

CHAP.

I

122 The^ARRUK's NcwGuide. Ch. XXXIII.

CHAP. XXXIII.

OftheDifeafes of the Stomach j andfirjl of the
Lofs of Appetite, and of a depravd Appetite^

A S the Food of Horfes confills of the molt fimple Pro-
■■^^ dudtions of the Earth, they cannot be liable to many
Difeafes in their Stomach ; and therefore when we obferve
a Horfe lofe his Appetite, we may very readily fufpe6l that
Diforderto be a Symptom of fome other Dileafe, or to be
the Effed of fome fudden Accident or Mifmanagement.
For it is very certain, whatever caufes the Blood to flow in
an over-great quantity into the Stomach, muft be the Occa-
lionofa Plenitude and Fulnefs of the Veflels, which, accor-
ding to its Degree, will lellen the Appetite and Inability of"
Digeftion; and if it amounts to an Iniiammation, or if thofe
Vellels be very much diftended, it muft needs caufe not on-
ly a Want of Appetite, but a Loathing aifo.
7^e Want of And thus we obferve in all Fevers and violent .
Jppetite difiin- Colds,a Horfeforfakes his Food, and fome-
guijh'd from that times We may take Notice in him the fame
'which accompa- Diflji^g to eating after immoderate Exercife,

TtherStcherr ^^ ^^^^^ drinking cold Water when he has-been
tc nejs. j^g^j-g^ . Qj. ^fj-gj. ^ JQj^g ^j^^ tedious Day's Ri-
ding in hot Weather ; and in fine, after all thofe Errors
that may be the Caufe of Fevers, and moft other Sicknefles.
And becaufe fuch Diforders very often go off without any
other vifible Symptom than the Lofs of Appetite, they are
therefore very often attributed wholly to the Stomach.

But the Dif*eafesof the Stomach, which, properly fpeak-
ing, produce the Want of Appetite, have not their imme-
diate Dependence upon any other Difeafe, but proceed either
from the Quantity or Quality of what is contained in it,
and in this Cafe the Signs are different from the former ;
for in the one the Horfe v/holly forfikes his Food, and in
the other he is dainty, yet he eats, though it be but little,
and is capable cf doing proportionable Service.
The CauCe ^^'^ ^'^^^ Imperfection, for the moll part, pro-

ceeds from a Lentor'm the Bowels, and Corfivc-
nefs,when a Horfe has Hood fome time in the Stable, has had
full Feeding without proportionable Exercife ; for by that
Means theStomuch is not only too full, but the Juices turn
corrupted by their Stagnation and acquire fome evil Qualities

thatii

Chap. XXXIII. Ofthe'Difeafes.^c. 125

that may take away the Appetite, or caufe a Horfe's Appe-
tite to be vitiated; and when the laft happens to Horfes,
we often obferve them, by a Sort of Inftinct, crave after
thofe things that are very different from their natural Food,
as the eating of Mud, or Clay out of the Walls.

But in handling the Cure, we need fay but <t-^^ q^
very little concerning that Species of Want
of Appetite, which is often the fudden Effecl of fome fud-
den Accident, or ill Alanageinent ; for this is frequently
cured by Blood-letting alone, as it is, for the moft Part, no
other than a Symptom of a beginning Fever, and of fuch a
one where the Blood, if at all, is but little vitiated.

Wherefore, in any fiich Cafe, a Qiiart of Blood may be
taken from, the Neck- vein, after which may be adminiftred
fuch things as are cooling, and fit to keep down a Fever.
His Diet ought to he fcalaed Bran, and his Water fharpen'd,
as has been directed in fuch Cafes, and, with the Affiftance*
of moderate Exercife his Stomach will foon come to him.

But when the want of Appetite proceeds either from a con-
ftantFuInefs, whereby the Action of the Stomach is hinder'd,
that its Sides cannot meet together fo as to excite the Senfa-
. tion of Hunger ; or if it proceeds from an evil Quality in its
Contents, as forlnftance, if there be flim.y Alatter ingender'd
in it, either from rav/ undigefied Food, from the Want of a
free Difcharge of the Dung, or if any (harp corrofive Matter
be in it, caufing a depriv'd Appetite, or a Senfation of Hun-
ger by Fits, as we oftentimes obferve, the moft rational Me-
thod in all thefe Cafes, is in the firft Place to evacuate and
purge the Stomach, by fach things as are appropriated, ei-
ther to fweeten the Juices, or attenuate the vifcid Phlegm.
And this Method ieems to be the moll reafonable with Re-
' fped to Horfes, becaufe, as we have elfe where obferv'd, they
are no ways difpofed to vomit, or throw any thing out of the
Stomach that has once enter'd into it, and that feems to be
. owing to the Figure of the Gullet, which is contracted more
; than in fome other Creatures and has a fpiral Direction, a little
above its Infertion into the Stomach ; for had it been other*
wife, tho' a Horfe might have vomited as well as fome other
1 Animal?, yet as he feeds much with his Head downwards, he
' would then perhaps have lain under thelnconveniency of hav-
ing his Food fall fometim.es back again into the Gullet, which
would be very troubiefome to him ; and we may likewife ob-
ferve from frequent Experiments, if there be never fo large a
Quantity of any vomiting Medicine given to a Horfc, it has

no.

124 T/je Tarrier's Neo^ Gu/de, Ch. XXXIII.

no Effeil that Way, but either works by a Difcharge of the
Dung, or infenfibly upon the Mafs of Blood as an Alterative.

And therefore purging Medicines are, no doubt, the moft
appropriated to gt\^e immediate Relief in all fuch Foulnefles
of the Stomach as are of this Kind. But if a Horfe be cof-
tive, no Purging Pliyiick ought to be given him but what is
very moderate, unlefs the Bowels are lirft cleans'd by the
Ufe of Ciyfters ; far if the Guts be very full of Dung, and
if that be hardened when purging Medicines are admini-
fter'd by the Mouth, they fometimes prove fatal to Horfes ;
for when the Phyfick cannot make its Way downwards, it
flings a Horfe immediately into Convullions, becaufe he
wants that Benefit of Nature which Men and fome other
Animals have of throwing upwards. But we fhall lay down
the Method that is proper to be ufed in thofe Diforders.

And lirft, if the Horfe be collive, the following emollient
Clyfter may be given, after he has been rak'd by fome Boy,
or one that has but a fmall Hand.

" Take of the Root of Marfh-mallows iliced half a
*^ Pound, the Leaves of common Mallows three handfuls,
** Linfeed and Fenugreek- feeds of each two Ounces 5 boii
" them in three Qtiarts of Water for the Space of half an
*' Hour, llrain the Decoftion thro' a coarfe Cloth while it
*' is hot, and dillblve in it four Ounces of Honey, two
*' Ounces of common Treacle, and fix Ounces of Oil or
*' Butter. Let this be injeded lukewarm, holding his
Tail clofe to his Tuel as long as poflible -, and let it be re-
peated for two or three Days, or until the Horfe's Body is
open enough, and that there is a Way made for Purging :
After which he may have the following Drench given him.

'' Take of the Roots of Gentian and Zedoary fliced, of
'' each two handfuls, Hyflbp and Rue of each two hand-
*' fuls, the Leaves of Se^ia two Ounces, Anileeds or Fen-
" nel-feeds bruis'd an Ounce ; boil them in three Pints of
" Water to the Confumption of one Pint, diilolve in the
"-' Decodion two Ounces of Lenitive Ele^^uary." To be
given in the Morning, keeping him failing two Hours be^
tore, and one Hour afterwards, then he may be rid or walk'd
gently for an Hour more, and when his Phyfick begins to
work,hejiiay be permitted to drink warmWater ftrew'd with
Oatmeal. Or the following Purging Balls may be given.

•"^ Take of the bell Aloes an Ounce and a half, Diagri-
^' diuni two Drams, Galangal in Powder half an Ounce,
'' Qloves half a Dram, Make them iiiro lj:\lh withFlouv
n;d Butter, Th.eie

Chap. XXXIII. Of the "Difeafes, Sec. 125

Thefe Balls, or the preceeding Draught, may be given
with Succefs to recover loft Appetite ; and may for that
Purpofe be repeated as often as there is Occafion, which
needs be but feldom, unlefs a Horfe has been fome confide-
rable Time without a good Appetite, and in that Cafe he
may be purged twice a Week, for a Fortnight or three
Weeks fuccellively ; and the Days he does not purge, the
following Powder may be given him in a Decodion, where-
in a handful or two of Rue has been boiled.

" Take Gentian in Powder two Drams, Galangal, Ze-
*' doary, and Calamus Aromaticus^ of each a Dram and a
" half. Cinnamon and Bay-berries of each a Dram.'* Let
thefe be pounded together, and be given in the Decodlion,
or in a Pint of White-wine.

If the Horfe be of a delicate wafhy Conftitution, and un-
able to bear much Purging, all that is necelTary in that In-
tention may be anfwer'd by Clyfters, with the Ufe of fcald-
ed Bran now and then. The preceeding Powder ought alfo
to be given every Day, or what our common Farriers of-
tentimes adminifter to reftore Appetite, viz. Garlick and
Rue champ'd and pounded with Butter and Flour, may
be very ferviceable, efpecially to ftrong robuft Horfes.

But above all Things, the Ufe of Chewing Balls, and
conftant Exercife, is abfoiutely necefiary, and with the Con-
currence of a few of thofe Helps above diredted, will foon
recover a Horfe to his Appetite.

- If you obferve your Horfe mangle his Hay, and continu-
ally nibling Mud and Dirt, you may then very reafonably
fuppofe his Stomach to be foul and out of Order ; nor is ic
improbable that this Defire after Earth and Mud proceeds
from an Acidity and Sournefs of the Juices ; for thofe
Creatures, by a Sort of Inftindl, very often, of their own
Accord, take to fuch things as are proper to relieve tbem
of troublefome and uneafy Senfations : And this is very
obfervable in Dogs and Cats, who are led by the fame In-
Hinft to fwallow rough Blades of Grafs, in order to make
themfelves vomit, when they hnd tr.eir Stomachs opprefs'd.
Thefe are Inftances that are familiar, and known to every
one ; but Natural Hiltory abounds with an infinite Num-
ber of the like Inftances in other Creatures ; fo that we
are not to doubt but an Animal of the greateft Sagacity,
as a Horfe certainly is, and as he is alfo as much expofed to
Difeafes, if not more, than any other Creature, muft there-
fore, when at Liberty, oftentimes be led to l)is own proper

Reme-

126 The FarrierV Kew Guide. Ch. XXXIV,

Remedies. I could give fome very odd Inftances of this in
Horfes from my own Obfervation ; but I (hall only here
take Notice of what relates to the prefent Cafe.

They muft needs have but little Acquaintance in Phy-
fick, who do not know \\\2.iEarths have a Virtue in them,
not only to dry up a Superfluity of Moifture, but fome of
them to imbibe and take off the Acidity of four Liquors, and
it is, no doubt, from fuch a Depravity in the Stomach, that
a Plorfe leaves his ordinary Food to eat dry'd Earth or Mud,
and this he is forced to do from the Craving of his Appe-
tite, and is often compell'd to take up v/iih the worll, for
Want of fomething more efficacious.

When I attended the Army, I once took an Opportunity
of gratifying a Horfe in a very ardent Delire of this Kind,
who had fuffer'd very much from his Keeper, and had been
often beat for eating Clay out of the Wall. I brought him
a Piece of Chalk the Bignefs of a Man's Fill, and laid it into
the Manger, he turn'd it over with his Nofe feveral times,
and at laft broke off fome of the Corners and eat them ;
whereupon I took up the Chalk to break it into fmall Pieces,
and becaufe he thought I was going to rob him of it again,
he pufh'd his Head towards me with all the Eagernefs ima-
ginable, and when it was broke, he eat the greateft Part of
it, and fell immediately to his Hay. The Dragoon, who
kept him, told me he gave him more Chalk afterwards, and
obferv'd he eat his Hay the better for it; for being comman-
ded to march foon alter, he was perfectly cur'd by the Ex-
ercife, and had no further Cravings of that Kind.

This Remedy is very eaiy, and may be had every where,
or inftead of it burnt Hartd-hcrn in Powder, which is yet
much better, may be given ; but thofeRemiedies will be ftill
the more Efficacious, if, previous to them. Purging be ad-
minifter'd, and afterwards conftant Exercife be given, there
being nothing which contributes fo much to wear off thofe
Diforders as Excrcife, when it is moderate. But the Re-
medies preicrib'd in the following Chapter, will alfo be
ufeful in this Cafe.

CHAP. XXXIV.

Of the Hungry Evil.

The hungry E- 'T'^ H I S Diftemper generally proceeds at
wil generally A £jft^ fj-Qj^ bad Keeping, or exceffive
at firjljroceeds Purging: Bat there are fome Horfes who

from Etnptirtefs. ° *= ^

Chap. XXXV. Of the T>ifeafes, ^cc. 127

feem to be incurable, becaufe albeit they feed plentifully,
their common and natural Difcharges feem at the fame time
to be more than what is proportionable to their Feeding.

Moft Horfes that have this Infirmity on them, are but
Jades, and therefore we Ihall fpend but little Time about it;
however, lince there may be fome very good Horfes that
have a voracious Appetite after fuch Cafes as we have men-
tion'd, and may be recovered, we (hall lay down the pro-
pereft Means that that can be made ufe of for that Purpofe.

And therefore fince the Hungry Evil in a-j r
them proceeds from Emptinefs, they ought,
befides Plenty of Food, to have thofe things adminifler'd
to them that are proper to lubricate and foften the Fibres
of the Stomach, and to lefien that Senfation ; for which
purpofe the Leaves of Mallows, and the Roots of Marfli-
mallows fhould be boiled in their Water with Liquorice,
and their Corn fliould be mixed with the fat mucilaginous
Seeds, as Fenugreek and Linfeed, ^c.

But if he cannot be eafily brought to the Ufe of thofe
Things in the Way of Diet, they may be given him after
the following Method :

" Take the Roots of Marfh- mallows two Pounds, Lin-
*^ feed and Fenugreek-feeds of each four Ounces : Firll
*' pound the Seeds, and then the Roots, to a Mafh ; and
** afterwards make them into Balls, with a Mucilage of
*' Linfeed or Fenugreek, as big as a Pullet's Egg ; one of
"" which may be given in a Morning, one about Noon,
*' and another in the Evening.

Markhamh Balls may alfo be given in this Cafe, efpecially
if theBrimftonebe keptout of them; and in fine, all fat un-
<5\uous Medicines, for thofe not only help to fatten a Horfe,
but take off thofe violent Senfations of Hunger that caufs
him to eat fo voracioufly, as is ufual in fuch Diforders.

CHAP. XXXV.

Of the T>ifeafes of the Guts 5 and frji of the
ChoUcL

^HE Cholick,Fret,or Gripe?,which,in the TheChoIick not

^ Farriers Terms, tho' very injudiciouily, fo properly a

is meant to fignify moft of the Difeafes of ^Mf^ ^^ ^

the Guts,is no other than thePain that accom- ^T^j'J^^^ «//

panics all the particular Diforders thofe Parts Yndmofitiom of

are liable to ; and therefore when a Horfe is ^/^^ q^,^^

troubled

128 The Fafrier'^ New Guide, Ch.XXXVL

troubled with Cholick Pains, the Farrier ought diligently to
inquire into the true Caufes thereof; for as no Part is more
fenfible than the Guts, any thing retain'd too long in them,
or any thing injeded and thrown out m an over-great quan-
tity, will, on fome Occafions, bring a Horfe into exquifite
Torment ; we fliall therefore take particular Notice of the
different Caufes of fuch Diforders, and fuit the Method of
Cure according to their -leveral Exigencies,

CHAP. XXXVi.

Of the "Drji Gripes and Adfiriciion of the
Bowels.

Trom nvhence TLJOrfes are feldom of never troubled with
Cop^cenefs and ■■^ any other Adilridion in their Bowels,
Dry Gripes ^ro- excepting what proceeds from the Dung
^^^^- hardening and obltruLiing thofe PalTages ;

and therefore we fhall have the lefs to lay upon that Head,
having fpoken to it already, in that Chapter where we have
treated concerning Surfeits ; only we fhali here add, that
when the Matter is pent up in the firfl Pallages, to wit, in
the Stomach and Guts, and putrifies there, the Juices turn
four, vifcidjand ropy, and fret the tender Membrane which
covers the Infide of the Guts -, by the Vifcidity alfo the
Wind is intangled, which creates a Swelling and Diftention,
fo that the Belly becomes hard like a Drum ; and if the Ex-
crements be very much harden'd in the great or flreight
Gut- they caufe a Prefiiire upon the Neck of the Bladder,
•and hinder the Pallages of the Urine, that a Horfe cannot
pifs ; fometimes the Fundament fwells, and ail towards the
Sheath, which is very dangerous.

A Horfe in this Condition mull needs be in great Pain,
and even in Danger of his Life, if a fpeedy Relief is not
had ; therefore in order to the Cure, after he has been rak'd,
and that with a great deal ot Caution, the following Cly-
ller ought to be injefted.

The Cure- " ^^^^ ^^^ Leaves of Mallows, Marfh-

*' mallows, and Mercury, of each three
*' Handfuls, boil them in three Qtiarts of Water for the
" Space of half an Hour ; to the Urained Decodion add
" Lenitive Eleduary four Ounces, Spirit of Wine or Bran-
" dy half a Pint, Oil or Butter half a Pound." Let this be
injetlcd lukewarm, and retain'd as long as pofTiblc.

Foui

Chap. XXXVL Of the T>ry Gripes, 1 29

Four Hours after the Operation of this Clyfter, if the
Horfe is not very much relieved, the following may be
given.

" Take Leaves of Mallows and Mar fn- mallows of each
" three handfuls, as above direded, Linfeed and Fenu-
'' greek-feedsof each two Ounces, Coriander-feeds, Cum-
" mJn-feedS) and Ani feeds, of each two Drams, Liay-ber-
*' ries, Cubebs, and Jamaica Pepper, of each one Dram.
*' Let thefe alfo be boil'd for the Space of half an Hour, or
*' be infus'd in boiling Water for the fpace of two Hours ;
** and to the Decoftion add one Pint of Emetick Wine."
Let this be given as the former, and by the Help of thefe,
the Adftridion of the Bowels, or the Coftivenefs, may be
removed. The Reader may alfo confult that Chapter con-
cerning SurfeitSy where there are other Things prefcrib'd,
"which will alfo be of Service.

But if the Horfe has, along with his Coftivenefs, violent
Cholick Pains, proceeding from Wind and Phlegm ; after
the groiler Excrements are difcharg'd, the following Cly-
Iter may be given.

'^ Take Red-rofe Leaves two handfuls, Topsof Centau-
*' ry the lefs, and Wormwood, of each one handful. Boil
*' them in two Quarts of Water to three Pints ; and in the
*' Decodion difiblve two Ounces of Diafcord um, and
*' add half a Pint of Treacle-water, or Spirit of Wine.

This will infallibly take off the Pain, and lie in the Bow-
els like a Cordial, without giving him the leaft Motion to
dung, but compofe and lull his Spirits, and in a Minute
take off the violent Gripes ; if the Pain fhould chai.ce to
return, the fame may be repeated ; and, if necel.ary, the
t)ofe of Diafcordium may be inlarg'd to three Ounces or
more ; and there is hardly any kind of Cholick Pain but
what may be carry'd off by it ; and I have, by my own
Diredlion, cured Horfes that have been in the greatell Mi-
fery imaginable, and have feen them in a quarter of an
Hour rife up to feed, that before were like to dafli out their
Brains againft the Walls.

Cholicksand griping Pains in the Bowels of Horfes become
fuddenly mortal ; that without any Pv.egard to other Cir-
cumftances, they ought immediately to be remov'd ; and if
Coftivenefs happens to continue upon the Ufe of the Re-
medies that are preicrib'd for that Purpofe, that Symptom
will of Courfe go off in the Sequel of the Cure : For
after the moft urgent Sympronis are rcmov'd, the next In-

R tention

1 30 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XXXVI.

tention muft be to deftroy the Caufe of the Diftemper,
Otherwife it may return again.

Wherefore we recommend gentle Purging, with the Ufe
of fuch Things as are hot and penetrating ; and this we do
contrary to the Opinion, tho' not altogether to the Pradice
of mod Farriers, who believe Coilivenels to proceed from
inward Heat ; whereas the Heat is only the EfFed of Cof-
tivenefs, and not the Caufe, as is eafily demonftrated, and
is occafioned chiefly from a cold, phlegmatick, tough
Matter in the Stomach and Guts, which binds up the Ex-
crements, which, when the Guts are full and prefs'd upon,
caufe Heat ; therefore as all hot fpicy things are proper to
cut and deftroy thofe Vifcidities which caufe the heritor^
and harbour Wind, they ought more or lefs to be exhibited
in all Intentions that are requilite to the Cure of Coftive-
nefs. The following Purge may, for that Reafon, be
given, and will be found very profitable, after the Violence
of the Cholick Pains are over, and the obftinate Stoppages
of the Bowels are removed.

" Take Mallows and Marfii-mallows of each one hand-
*' ful, Roots of Marfh- mallows fix Ounces, Leaves of Sena
*' two Ounces, Bay- berries and Juniper- berries, of each
*' an Ounce. Boil them in three Pints of Water to a Quart.
*' ftrain out the Decodion thro' a Sieve or coarfe Cloth
•' and add two Ounces of Syrup of Buckthorn. Or this

" Take Mallows and Marfh-mallows of each two hand-
*' fulls, Sena one Ounce, Jalap in grofs Powder half atj
*' Ounce, Carra way- feeds of either an Ounce and a half
*' Boil them in the fame Quantity of Water as above di
" reded, to the Confumption of a third Part ; and in tb
^' ftrained Decodion diliblve four Ounces of Manna. G
the following. ^

" Take ei-^ht Ounces of Manna, two Ounces of Crean
*' of Tartar, diflblve them in a Quart of fweet Whey, am
*' add eight Ounces of the Oil of Olives.

Either of ihefe may be made ufe of after Clyfters havf
been injeded, theHorfe being kept from feeding two Houi
before, and two Hours thereafter. He may then be walk'^
abroad for the Space of an Hour; and upon his Return, l
would not at all beamifs, if there was Tripe- Broth prepai
red for him, ftrew'd with Oatmeal ; and if he feems uni
willing to drink them, he may have two or three Quarl
adminifterM thro' a Horn, and the fame Quantity repeats
two Hours thereafter.

Thef

Chap. XXXVI. Of the dry Gripes, ^c. 131

Thefe will help the Operation of the Phyfick, loofen
and wafh down the vifcid flimy Matter, which not only
fetters the Excrements, but intangles the Wind, which cau-
fes violent excefTive Pain, by its Prefl'ure and Diftention of
the Colon : But if the Horfe be of fmall Value, and that it is
not worth while to be at all this Expence and Trouble about
him, the following purging Drench may be made ufe of.

" Take Mallows and Marfh-mallows of each two hand-
" fuls, or four Handfuls of common Mallows, if Marfh-
*' mallows are not eafy to be had, Jalap in Powder two
*' Ounces, Anifeedsor Fennel-feeds an Ounce; boil them
" as above directed, and add to the Decodion Four Oun-
" ces of common Treacle." Or this :

*' Take half an Ounce of the Bitter Apple in Powder,
" three Drams of Aloes, and one Dram of Diagridium."
Make them into a Ball with Flour and Butter. To be
given as the former.

If your Horfe's Fundament be fwell'd, which fometimes
happens to that degree before Raking and Clyfters areadmi-
! nifter'd, that he cannot ftale ; becaufe when the Excrements
are hardened and pent up in the great or ftreight Gut, that
being full, it preiTes upon the Neck of the Bladder, fo as to
hinder the PaiTage of his Urine ; and if this Symptom does
- not wear off foon after thofe Means have been ufed, Re-
courfe muft be had with all Speed to thofe Things that are
proper to keep down Inflammation : For which Ptirpofe we
recommend the Ufe of the following Deco6lion.

" Takeof Red-rofe Leaves two handfuls, boil them \xv
" a Quart of Water for the Space of half an Hour ; add
" to the Decodion a fmall quantity of Brandy, Spirit of
" Wine, or Rum, and with a Sponge bathe his Funda-
*' ment and Sheath often.

This Decodion fhould always be made as warm as he
can bear it, and the Spirits mix'd with it as often as it is
iufed, v'vz. to every two Parts of the Decodion, one of the
^Spirits.

\ His Yard ought to be kept up to his Belly Ue Turd to he

[.\'ith a gentle Bandage, becaufe the Humours l^^pt up nxhen

•^all into it with a very eafy Influx,as it is both ^^^^ Fundament

' \ foftand dependent Part, by which Means ^ndSheatheare

■ 'the Swelling and Inflammation are often Z"^^^^^^-

bpt up after the firft Caufc is in a great Meafure removM,

■ ind fometimes proves the Occafion of a Gangrene ; and
Hereford to keep that fufpended, the Fariier or Groom may

it

132 TheFARniiK's New Guide. Ch.XXXVL

take a piece of Canvas fix or eight Inches broad, and fixing
two Straps to each Corner forwards, they may be brought
one on each fide over his Flanks, and faftened upon his
Reins ; the hind parts (hould have the Corners cut off, ac-
cording as the Swelling happens to be more or lefs on the
upper part of the Yard, with one fingle Piece of ftrong
Tape fixed to it, which coming through between his Hips,
is to be brought over the Croup, and tied to the other two ;
and when this Accident happens to a Stone-horfe, his Stones
ought alfo to be fufpended in a Bag of foft flaxen Cloth,
which may eafily be fixed to the other.

By thefe Means the Return of the Blood will be rendered
very eafy, and the Swelling will thereupon aflwage, which,
for Want of fuch Method, has fometimes been the Caufeof
fudden Death.

But fince we have afcrib'd the Caufe of Coftivenefs and
dry Gripes to vifcid flimy Matter ingender'd in the firlt
PalTages, it will be neceflary, after the preceeding Means
have been complied v^ith, and the moll urgent Symptoms
are remov'd, to adminifter fuch Things as are necellary to
deftroy the Remains of thofe Vifcidities ; for which Pur-
pofe the following Powder, to the quantity of a Spoonful,
may be given every Morning.

" Take Gentian and Birthwort Roots of each four
*' Ounces; Galangal, Zedoary, and Calamus Aromaticus,
*' of each one Ounce, the Tops of dry Wormwood and
*' the lefler Centaury, of each an Ounce and a half, Nut-
*' megs, Ginger, Black Pepper, and Bay- berries, of each
*' half an Ounce. Make them into a fine Powder, and
*' keep it in a Glafs or Gallipot clofe cover'd.

This may be given in White- wine. Ale, or in a Decodli-
on wherein a Handful of Rue has been boil'd, letting him
Faft two Hours before, and one thereafter ; and if your
Horfe be of fmall Value, you may give him every Day,
among a few Oats, an Ounce of Antimony, and two
Ounces of Flour of Brimifone ; or you may make it up
into a Pafte, with a little Flour and Butter, continuing its
Ufe for the Space of one Week.

Champt Rue and Garlick is alfo very ferviceable in this
Cafe ; but all Remedies will prove the more fuccefsful, if you
give your Horfe Exercife ; and indeed, that alone often-
times proves fufficient ; for by Exercife the whole Body is
fhook, and the Lentor in the Bowels, and the Excrements,
readily fail downwards, to their Expulfion out of the Body.

Chap. XXXVI. Of the "Dry Gripes, &c. 133

I fhall put a Period to this Subjeft, with an T^'v.^o Injiances
account of two Horfes that were feiz'd with of Cofli^uenefs,
violent Cofl:iveners,and where the Illue pro v'd very different^

The one belong'd to a Gentleman, who, ^^^ -^-^n
while travelling, was ftopt upon the Road the
fecond day of his Journey, his Horfe wasin great Pain,fhrunk
up his Belly, often endeavouring to dung, and as often to pifs,
but could do neither. I was told he had been taken up from
Grafs a Week before he fet out, and was obfcrv'd to be cof-
tive all that while ; but becaufe he was to have fome Fatigue,
they thought it unneceHary to tamper with him, which, no
doubt, was very reafonablc, had he not been more than or-
dinarily collive. The firlt thing done to recover him was
raking,and afterward he had a Pipe of Tobacco given him at
his Fundament; the Smoke of the Tobacco prov'd a gentle
Siimulus,^nd made him oftentimes eiiay to dung, but with-
out EfFed ; fo that at laft, being in exccffive Pain, hanging
his Head, and turning it frequently towards his Belly, the
Owner thought lit to fend for a Farrier, who at firft fight
faid he would die ; however he went and prepared him a
comfortable Drink, as he term'd it, which, by the Smell,
feem'd to be fome hot aromatick Seeds boil'd in Ale.

After this he became much worfe, for there being no free
Vent upwards or downwards, and the Wind being now more
rarefy'd by the hot fpicy things, and confequently taking up
more fpace in his Bowels, he often lay down, and immedi-
ately ftarted up again, fhewing as much Pain and Agony as
any Horfe could poiTibly be in. I advis'd the Gentleman to
have him rak'd once more by a Boy that had a fmall Hand
and Arm, who being fatisfied with theReafons which I gave
him, had it done accordingly, tho' it was not without fome
Difficulty, for the Horfe fhrunk very much, and endeavour'd
conftantly to lie down. But at laft^ when he had been tho-
roughly rak'd, he began to throw out feverai hard Balls of
Dung of his own Accord, and at the fame time llal'd a little,
whereupon he had the Entrance into his Fundament done
with Soap, which made him dung very plentifully, and he
pifsM fo long that the Stable was all a-float about him. After
this a Clyfter of Broth, wherein Beef had been boiFd, was
given him, with a handful of Salt and half a Pound of Butter
diirolv'd in it, which brought away a great deal of Dung,
and abundance of flimy Matter. He eat nothing that Nighi,
v/hich was pretty late, but towards the Morning he began-
t-o feed very pientifully, and was quite recovei'd of his Indii-
jiofition. R 3 Haj

134 The FarrierV NewGuide.Cn. XXXVI.

Had this Diforder continued upon him a little longer with-
out aVentto the hard Excrements,which were fo firmly im-
pacted in the ftreight Gut, a violent Inflammation of that
Gut, and of the Neck of the Bladder, muil have foon hap-
pen'd, which, without the utmoft Diligence, would have
brought him fuddenly to his End ; for in that Cafe it would
have been very difficult to have fetch'd out the Dung, which
was the only Means to preferve him from thofe Accidents.
jjy r J But this will be clearly illuftrated in the

° * other Inftance, which was of a Dragoon's

Horfe in the Regiment to which I belong'd ; who, after a
full five Weeks March, coming to Hand at his Eafe, grew
exceeding coilive, and had his Fundament and Sheath very
.much i\\ elled. He was committed to the Care of one who
-vias tolerably wdl skill'd in many of the common Things,
but bemg wholly unacquainted with the Strudure and Me-
chanifm of that Creature, who was the Subject of his Art,
committed a grand Miftake, in giving him a ftrong Dofe of
Purging Phyfick, there being no Vent for the Paflageof the
Excrements downwards, and the Horfe having no Capa-
city to vomxit and difgorge himfelf upwards, was put into the
moit violent Agony imaginable, and at laft dy'd in Itrong
Convulfions.

Perhaps this Perfon may, by fuch a Method, have fuc-
ceeded in Cafes of lefs Obitinacy, and where there was lit-
tle or no Swelling of the Fundament ; and if there had
been a Poflibility of m.aking the Horfe vomir, he might
have fucceeded even in this, for then the Phyfick would
have gone off that Way ; and after fcveral Difcharges by
the Mouth, the Remainder might have gone downwards, as
it oftentimes happens to human Bodies, becaufethe draining
to vomit makes a ftrong Compreflion of the Mufcles of the
lower Belly, which greatly forwards the Ejedions by the
Fundament ; and therefore in fome obftinatc Cafes ot this
Nature, the beft Phyficians have order'd Vomits with Suc-
cels. But as it is quite otherwife with Hories, and that
their Stomachs are not otherwife to be moved with the
itrongeit Stirmdi, than to create Sicknels, and caufe them
to Haver a little, Purging is not to be attempted in any itub-
born Coltivenefs, but Clylters.

And if this Method had been taken in the Inltance now
before us, and due Care obferv'd to keep the Swelling of his
Fundament under, as he v/as a young Horfe, and not much
impair'd in his Strength, he might have eafily overcome that
Diforder,

C n A i\

Chap. XXXVII. Of the Lax or Scouring. 1 3 5

CHAP. XXXVII.
Of the Lax or Scouring*

P O R the better underftanding of thofe Diforders, we
■*' fhall rank them under Four different Kinds. We have
elfewhere obferv'd, that when the Excrements have lain
fome Time in the Guts, the Juices, by their Putrefaction,
turn fnarp and corrofive, and by that Means ftimulate the
Intellines, to fhake off what is contain'd in d^.^^j.^ KiJids
them. But this does not always follow fuch ^ Loofenejfes.
a Stagnation of the Excrement, as may be
obferv'd from what has been faid in the preceeding Chapter ;
for fometimes before fuch a Difcharge can happen, a Horfe
will be endanger'd of his Life ; and therefore we may rea-
fonably afcribe this Difference fometimes to the different
Conflitutions of Horfes, and fometimes to the Difference
of their Food, there being fome Kinds more liable to Cor-
ruption than others. But however that be, it is very cer-
tain that the Lax and Scouring in Horfes is oftentimes the
Effect of a preceeding Coftivenefs ; and therefore we fhall
account this, and all critical Loofeneffes which tend to the
Solution of any Difeafe, to be of the lirft Kind,

The fecond Kind of Loofenefs, is that which proceeds
chiefly from Want of Digeftion ; for by that Means a Scour-
ing may happen, without any previous Symptoms of Cof-
tivenefs ; and when it is fo, a Horfe fuddenly falls away and
lofes his Fleih, and likewife his Appetite ; but this may be
further known by iheDifcharge, for many things that he eats
will come away whole, and his Dung will be full of Shreds
of Hay, and fometimes accompanied with llimy Matter.

Thirdly, A Loofnefs and Scouring often happens when
the Pores of the Skin, the urinary, or other Difcharges, are
obflruded : For by that Means, when the excrementitious
Partsof the Blood have not a free Vent thro' the common
Paffagcs, they are deriv'd in a more than ordinary Quantity
into the Aperture of the Guts, but particularly in the Gall-
pipe and Pancreatick Dud ; fo that they may be of diffe-
rent Colour and Confiftency,according to the Predominancy
of the Juices that flow into them. When mod of it is deri-
ved from the Inteltinal Glands, the Matter will be clear and
watry, or clear and glaffy, not unlike that which Solleyfell
obferves m this third kind of Cholick ; but when it proceeds
moitly from the Gall-pipe and Pancreatick Dud, it will
R 4 be

iieThe ParrierV New Guide, Ch.XXXVII.

be then tindlur'd with a yellowiili Colour, and if there hap-
pens to be a very great quantity of the Gall difcharg'd with
the Excrements, whatever is voided from the fundament,
nuif> of confcquence be of a deep reddifn Colour, and is
th'^ f.vme which the above-mentioned Author terms the red
Gnpes, which conftitutes his fixth Kind of Cholick.

La/fly^ A Lax or Securing fometlmes happens from vifcous
fiimy Matter hindringthe Chyle from entring into the ladteal
or milky Vefleis, and in this cafe the Excrem.entsare ufually
of a pale light Complexion, as they confiil chiefly oWhyli,
M it G- af i>ut ^^i thefe are only different fpecies of ai)/-
arrb^a^^i-id when the Scouring is large,as it
h;ppensto fome full body'd young Horfcs, a white greafy
matter- like Fat comes away in theDung,and ihij is v^'hat Far-
r.ers call Molten Greafe^ which is of the fame Nature with the
gren fy Diarrhea ^ which fometimes happens to Men of grofs
Habits as well as to Korfes, and feems-tobe occafion'd when
the Glands of the Inteftines are more than ordinarily open'd,
whereby that Matter is evacuated from the Blood into the
Guts, vv'hich fhould oiherwife be depctited among the Fat.
a-, Q f. But in order to the Cure, it ought to be

Lax orlcLrit:?. obferv'd, that in all thofe Scourings that are
'*"" of the firft Kind, and are only the critical
Difcharges of fome Difeafe ; there are feldom or never any
bad Accidents attending them, unlefs the Difeafe has been of
fuch Continuance as to wafte and attenuate the Body ; and
therefore when the Sicknefs abates by any fuch Difcharge, the
belt Way is not to be over-hafty to flop it, but it ought ra-
ther to be encouraged when it proves imperfect ; and that
raull be done by iMedicines that are moderately purging.
But becaufe all Difcharges that proceed from the Inteftines
may degenerate into the worfer Sort, Care ought to be ta-
ken not to let it run on too long, but it may be ftopp'd by
the Methods hereafter laid down for the Cure of the other
Species of a 'Diarrhaa ; we fhall therefore proceed to the
next Kind, where a Horfe lofes his Appetite ; and when
the Want of Digeftion is manifeft from an imperfect Com-
minution of the Dung, that is, when fome Fart of the
Food comes away whole as it is eat.

In this Cafe all thofe Things that we have already laid
down for ftrengthening the Stomach are tobeufed^ for'
which Purpafe wealfo recommend the Ufe of Diapente,
to thofe that like it ; but it is not one Dofe that will an-
swer the End, but it ought to be repeated every Day, aiici

fQ

Chap. XXXVII. Of the Lax or Scouring, 137

fo muil any other Stomachick Medicine, before any extra-
ordinary EtFev^ can be wrought.

And becaufe this Difeafe is both in the Stomach and
Guts, the following Clylter may be given as foonas you
perceive him begin to recover his Appetite, unlefs the
Loofenefs begins alfo to abate with the other Symptoms,
and in that cafe it may be let alone.

" Take of Red-role Leaves two Hand fuls, the Roots of
*' Gentian and round Biithwort of each one Ounce, Ga-
" langal half an Ounce, Bay-berries, Anifeeds and Fennel-
*' feeds of each two Drams.'' Let the Roots and other
hard Ingredients be bruifed ; afterwards boil the whole in
three Qiiarts of Water for the Space of half an Hour ;
or let them be infus'd four Hours in boiling Water ; then
pour off the Liquor, and diilblve in it three Ounces of
theOilofBue, which muil be injeded into the Horfe's
t Fundament lukewarm.

I This may be repeated once or twice, but if /the Loofe-
I nefs ftill continues, and the Horfe grows w*eak, it is a very
1 bad Sign, efpecially if herefufes to feed.
'1 The next kind is that v/here the Excrements The Cure of the
; are tinged yellow,or of a deep reddiihColour, A^»^ ^^^^ °f
' proceeding, as we have obferved, from a too L,ooJencfs,
great Profufion of the Gall and Pancreatick Juice, l3c.

In this a Horfe may iirft of ail be purged with the fol-
lowing Drench.

" Take Red-rofe Leaves two handfuls, Monk's Rhu-
" barb four Ounces, Tz/ritj Rhubarb three Ounces. Let
" thefe be fliced and boiled v.'ith the Rofe-leaves in three
'' Pints of Water for the Space of an Hour ; and in the
" flrained Decoction diilblve an Ounce and halt of Diaf-
"^ cordium." Or this :

*' Take of the beil Rhiibard in Powder two Ourxes,
*' Cream of Tartar one Ounce^ Diapkoretick Antimony
*' half an Ounce. Let this be given in a Pint of red Wine.
If the Horfe be of fmall Value, two Ounces of the Puhis
Cjniachini may be us'd, which the Pveader v.'ill find pre-
fcrib'd in a preceeding Chapter, and to it may be added halt
an Ounce more of Diaphoretick Antimony, for after Purg-
ing has been once or twice repeated, thole Medicines which
promote Sweat, and the other Secretions, are to be ufed, as
they make a Revu'fion, and confequently lellen the Dif-
charges by Dung ; wherefore Vv'e recommend Diajcordium^
Mithridate^ and Vemce-Tnadc^ or Lcj^don-Treack^ whicli
.^:ay be exhibited in the following Manner. "' Take

i^%The Farrier J Kew Guide, Ch. XXXVII.

" Take Treacle-water one Pint, Venice Treacle, or
*' Mithridate, two Ounces. Let the Mixture be ftirr'd
** well about, and given through a Horn." Or this :

" Take one handful of Water Germander, Red-rofe
*' Leaves and Rue, of each half a handful, Virginia
*' Snake- weed and Scorzonera, of each two Ounces. Boil
*' them in a Quart of Water half an Hour ; and to the
*' ftrained Decodion add two Ounces, or two Ounces and
" and a half of Diafcordium. Or :

*' Take of Diafcordium three Ounces, diilblve it in a
'^ Decodtion of Red-rofe Leaves, and give it through a
*' Horn ', iwQ Ounces of Venice Treacle, or Mithridate,
*' or three Ounces oi London Treacle, may be given in the
*' fame Manner, taking care at the fame time to keep the
*' Horfe well cloath'd, and to have him often comb'd and
*' rubb'd, to open the Pores, the better to promote Sweat
*' and infenlible Tranfpiration.

The following Drench may alfo be given with good Suc-
cefs, to aflringe and dry up the Stomach and Bowels, ^c.

'' Take Rofe- water and Plantain water, or a Decodion
*' of Red-rofe Leaves and Plantain one Quart, Treacle-
*^ water half a Pint, Armenian Bole and Sealed Earth,
*' or Lemnian Earth, of each half an Ounce. Diilblve
" in the Mixture two Ounces of Diafcordium, and of
" Roch AUum fix Drams.

This muft be repeated two or three Days fuccefTively, and
unlefs the Scouring be very violent, it will certainly put a
Stop to it.

But the Farrier is to obferve, that if a Horfe has a Fever
upon him, which does not diminilli, but increafes with the
Loofenefs, thofe Things which ad more immediately upon
the Bowels are then to be made ufe of, therefore the Clyfter
prefcribed in the preceeding Chapter to remove violent Pains
in the Guts, may be injeded \ or the following, which will
yet be more efEcacious in this Cafe.

" Take oiGuaiacuni half a Pound, SaJJafras Four Ounces,
" boil them in Four Qu.2iX\.soi Smiths Water, wherein they
*' quench their hot Irons, until one half ot the Water be
" confum'd ; then add to the Decodion Red-rofe Leaves,
*' the Tops or Leaves of Briars, and the Leaves of Bramble,
" of each a handful; or inflcad of thefe, two handfuls of
*' Plaintain, and when it has boiPd a Quarter ot an Hour
*' longer, take it from the Fire, and in the ftrain'd Decodion
" diilolve four Ounces of Diafcordium without Honey, and
'•' of Opium half ?. Dram." Or this; *•" Takp

Ch. XXXVII. Of the Lax or Scouring. 139

" Take Henbane and white Poppy- feed, of each four
*' Ounces, Red-rofe Leaves two handfuls. Pomegranate
*' Bark two Ounces ; boil them in two Quarts of Smiths
" Forge-water to three Pints, dliTolve in it four Ounces of
" Diafcordium, or three Ounces of Mithridate, or Venice-
" Treacle, and half a Dram of Opium." Or the following
may be us'd in hafte, or for a Horfe of fmall Value.

" Take a Quart of the forefaid Water, warm it over the
*' Fire, and diilblve in it two Ounces of Diafcordium,
*' and the like Quantity of Roch-allum.

Thefe Clyfters are always to be made in a lefler Quantity
than thofe that are purging ; and the Horfe's Tail to be
kept clofe to his Tuel, that he may retain them as long as
pofTible ; and as foon as he flings out the firft, which per-
haps may not be in the Space of twelve Hours, it mult be
followed with another, and fo on, until the Loofenefs is
quite ftopt^ which may eafily be done by the help of thofe
Cly Iters, unlefs his Strength be quite wafted, and that he
has loft all Senfation in his Bowels.

We come now to the Cure of the laft Sort ^^^e lajl Kind
of Scouring which we mentioned, to wit, of Scouring^
when the Chyle is difcharg'd with the Ex- ^^'^ ^^'''^
crements ; and as this Indifpofuion proceeds from flimy
Matter obftruding the Paflages in the Ladteal Vellels, the
propereft Method is by purging j for which Purpofe we
recommend the following.

" Take EpJo?n Salt fix Ounces^ Cream of Tartar two
" Ounces, dillblve them in a Gallon of Water, and give
" the whole through a Horn at feveral Times." Or,

" Take Epjom Salt fix Ounces, Cream of Tartar three
" Ounces, Salt of Tartar half an Ounce j diffolve them in a
*• plentiful deal of Water, and let 'em be given as the other.

Let Sahor'i'artar and 5^/ Pr«;/f.Vi? be alfo diflblv'd in
; his common Drink, for all thofe Dilaters are the moft pro-
i per to wafh off that viicid Matter which adheres {o clofeiy
1 to the Guts, and hinders the Chyle from entring into its
' proper Vellels, efpecially when they are us'd plentifully ;
! but if this Sort of Flux fhould proceed from a Itrumous
Obftrudion, as it fometimes happens to human Bodies, it
would prove incurable.

As to that which Farriers call Molten Greafe^ it being
for the moft part the Concomitant of every large Scouring,
that Symptom generally v/ears off in the Procefs of the
Diftemper, and requires no pariicular Management diftinft

from

140 Tke FARRiER'i- New G///^^.Ch.XXXVIII.

from what has been already prefcrib'd for the third fort of
Loofenefs, viz. Purging and aftringent Clyfters, with the
Affiftance of thofe Things that are ])roper to promote a
Breathing thro' the Pores j but becaufe in all violent Difor-
ders of the Guts, there is, for the moll part, a Weaknefs in
the Stomach alfo, it can never be amifs to exhibit fuch
Things as are proper to procure a good Digeftion, at the
fame time that other Means are us'd to carry off the more
urgent Symptoms ; and thefe ought to be continued, efpe-
cially to a Horfe of Value ; and indeed it is for Want of
fuch Helps that many Horfes dwindle away, or fall into
other Diftempers, after the Loofenefs has in a great Mea-
fure been overcome.

Concerning the Food that is to be given in fuch Difor-
ders, nothing can be more proper than what SoUeyfell re-
commends, viz. the cleanell and beft Hay, Bran moiften'd
■with Claret, and parch'd Barley. But as all thofe Difor-
ders have their primary Caufe from Colds, ill Ufage, but
efpecially from foul corrupt Feeding, and Want of Exer-
cife, the Owner can never be at a Lofs to keep an Eye over
his Horfe, and to learn his Conftitution, and what he is
able to bear, and by that Means thefe Accidents may, in a
great Meafure be prevented.

CHAP. XXXVIII.

Of the Bloody Flux.

Ahl d llux T^ ^^ ^^ ^^' °^^^ ^^ advanced Degree of a
°° ^ ' -*- Diarrhiea^ efpecially of that Sort
which proceeds from a Profulion of the pancreatick and
bilious Juices ; for when the Difcharge from thofe Parts
is very much inlirg'd, it caufcs Hill a greater Influx of Blood
and Humours towards them, which being more than can
be converted into the proper Juices, forces itfelf through the
Inteftines of the V^effeis^ and is difcharg'd with thefe Juices
mto the Guts.

J. ,.^._ Sometimes it refembles the Wafliings of

^\p'£ta?iL, ^^^^^' fometimes there is a Mixture ot pu-
^ ' ' ' rulent Matter or Corruption along with it,
and fometimes little or nothing comes away but pure
Blood ; but this laft Kind proceeds, for the molt part, from
an Appetite of the internal Hemorrhoidal Vellels.

But it is to be obferv'd, a Eioody-flux very feldom hap-'
pens to Horfes. infomuch that SolUyfeU has given it no^

Plac§

Ch. XXXVIII. Of the Bloody Vliix, \^i

Place among other Difeafes of the like Nature ; and for my
own Parr, I cannot fay I have ever feen Blood come from
a Horfe's Fundament, othervv^ife than by the Prelllire of
hard Dung upon the great Gut, which by that Means has
only fqueez'd out a very fmall Quantity from the Vellels
thereof; yet becaufe that Diftemper may, without doubt,
feize fome Horfes, as it is not inconfiftent with the Oeco-
nomy of that Animal, and as moll Authors I have perus'd,
befides Solleyjell^ aver, they have met with it in all its
different Appearances, I fhall therefore give fuch Directions
as are necellary for the Cure.

And in order thereunto, becaufe a Bloody ^, ^^^ -

Flux happens, for the moll Part, before the
Body has been very much walled by the Loofcnefs, it is
proper, in the firll Place, to make a Revulfion, by taking
a moderate Quantity of Blood from the Neck- vein ; this is
convenient in all Fluxes of Blood from the inferior Parts,
unlefs the Horfebe exceeding weak.

If there be a Mixture of purulent corrupt Matter after
Bleeding, moderate Purging will be very proper, with fuch
Things as have been prefcrib'd in the preceeding Chapter;
all the other Medicines recommended to make a Revulfion
by Sweat and infenlible Tranfpiration, are alfo to be com-
ply'd with ; as alfo the aftringent Clylters there recom-
mended, which in moll Cafes will anfwer the End, I fnall
therefore only add one more.

" Take a Quart of Forge- water, and boil in it four Oun-
'' ces of Oak-bark, two Ounces of Tormentil-roots, Balau-
" nines and Red-rofe Leaves of each a handful. To the
*' llrained Deco6lion add three Ounces of Diafcordium, an
*' Ounce of Mithridate, and half a Dram of Opium."
Let this be injedled warm, and repeated as often as there is
Occafion ; and if you be provided with a Syringe that has
a pretty large Pipe, you may fometimes add two Ounces of
Bole in Powder, or Sealed Earth.

But above all Things, you are to avoid mixing Oil or
Butter, or any other greafy Matter, with Clyllers that are
of this Intention, as is common among Farriers ; for thefe
Things are direcStly contrary to the Nature of thofe Appli-
cations, and will not only render their Operations ineffec-
tual, but increafe the Difeafe ; and inllead of aftringing and
fortifying the Bowels, will weaken them, by cauling a
greater Relaxation of their Fibre?.

CHAR

142 T&elARRUKs New Guide, Ch.XXXIX.
CHAP. XXXIX.

Of Worms, BotSy and Trimchions,

Worms of di' 'Hp HERE are feveral Kinds of Vermin
'vers kinds bred A bred in the Bodies of Horfes, which go
inHorfes. under the Denomination o'i Sots^ Wormi^

and Trunchions. The Worms are of divers Colours and
Shape ; fome refemble Earthworms, others are fmall and
white, {harp at both Ends like Needles. The Trunch'mi is
thick and fhort, and the Bot is not unlike a fmall Catterpil-
lar ; the laft are commonly found in the ftreight Gut, efpe-
cially of fome Horfes when they are firft taken from Grafs.

Solleylell has taken Notice of another Kind, which re-
femble Wood-lice, only that they have fewer Feet, are of a
deep reddifh Colour, velveted on the Back like a Bot, and
made up of feveral Folds. Thefe, he fays, are bred in the
Stomach, and abide in it, and devour all the Nourifhment ;
fo that a Horfe, if he be never fo great a Feeder, cannot
thrive while they are in his Maw. The fame Author ob-
ferves further, that thofe Kind of Worms are oftentimes
the Occafion of a Horfe's Death, by eating Holes in the
Stomach ; and fays, he has feen Thoufands of them in the
Stomachs of dead Horfes.

But that Author might be eafily impofed upon by fuch
an Infpeftion ; for it is very certain, as foon as an Animal
dies, thofe Parts that turn firft to Putrefadion, as the Ali-
ment in the Stomach, which is kept under clofe Cover,
■will foon breed Vermin, and that of different Kinds, fmce
it is reafonable enough to believe, that the Seeds of divers
Infefts may be depofited among the Food of moft Ani-
mals, and be thus convey'd into the Stomach, and may be
brought to Life very fuddenly after the Animal is dead ;
No Worms can ^^^ '^^^ Worms, or any other Kind of Ver-
be bred in the ^'^5 ^^^ either be bred or fublifted in the
Stomachivhile Stomach of any living Creature, is as im-
the Hor/e is a- poifible as for a Moufe to live under a Mil-
li've. ftone whilft it is grindmg ; for it is very well

known, that the mufcular Adion of the Sto-
mach, by which it is kept in conftant Motion, would much
fooner deftroy any fuch Creatures, if it was poffible for them
to breed there, than the common Food which they eat, that
being harder and m.ore difficult to be broke than they.

And

Chap. XXXIX. Of Jforms, &c: 143

And therefore Markham's Affertion mud A falfe AJfer
be as falfe as ridiculous, and only taken upon ^'*^» °f Mark
Truft, from the Speech of fome Mounte- l^^n^*^-
bank ; where fpeaking of the Red Worms, he fays, " He
*' has feen Horfes whofe Stomachs have been eaten quite
" through with them, io that the Meat which they eat
*' could not abide in their Stomach, but fell, upon the
*' fwallowing, into the Body, making the Body fwell like
" a Tun, fo that they dy'd with huge Torment.

Neither will the Hiflories we have of Worms being void-
ed at the Mouth of Men and Women, however authentick,
avail any thing to prove their fubfifting in the Stomach,
iinceit is very certain they have been thrown upwards, like
the Gall or Excrements in the Iliack Paflion, when the
Periflaltick Motion of the Guts has been very much inver-
ted ; and thefe have been but a very fhort while in the Sto-
mach before their Ejedment.

We may therefore very reafonably affirm, All Worms bred
fmce the modern Difcoveries have fhewn '"« ^^^ <^«'-''»
us the true Ufe of the Stomach, that this Sort of Vermin
can only be bred and fubiifted in the Guts of any live Ani-
mal, and not in the Stomach ; and when they are found
there at any Time, it is either after the Animal is dead, that
the Action of the Stomach ceafes, or elfe they are brought
into it in the Manner we have already mentioned.

Now the Caufe of Worms is from Foul <^^ ^ ^r.
Feeding, and very often from a bad Digef- Worms,
tion ; for that will have the fame ElFedt as
corrupt and unwholfome Food. For the Aliment, when
it is not fufficiently broke and comminuted in the Stomach,
turns to Crudities, and is render'd the more liable to putrifie
in the Guts ; fo that a proper Matter is Furnifhed for the
Production of Vermin : And therefore we may often ob-
ferve, that as Children, even fo young Horfes, are more
liable to be infelted with Worms, than thofe that are grown
to Maturity. And this may probably proceed from the
Weaknefs and Flexibility of the folid Parts, whereby, tho'
their Appetites are at that Time fenlible and vigorous, yet
the Stomach mult aft lefs forcibly upon the Aliment, than
when they are arrived to a more advanced State ; fo that of
Confcquence they may be render'd more liable to the Fro-
dudion of thofe Animals.

The Signs are all thofe that appear in a qieS'mis
Cholick,for belides that thofe Infedts occaficn

144 The Farrier'^ New Guide. Ch.XXXIX.

a Titillation in the Guts, the vifcid, grofs and putrify'd
Matter, whereby they are ingender'd, caufes a Vellication
and frequent Twitches, and withal \o much Pain, that a
Horfe appears to be in all the Agony imaginable, lying
down and ilarting up again by Fits, oftentimes ftriking his
Belly with his hind Foot, and oftentimes rubbing his Fun*
dament againft any Wail or Poll that happens to be near
him ; and when there happens to be many of thofe Crea-
tures, efpecially when they are harbour'd in the great Guf,
they appear plentifully in the Dung.

cj-, Q The Cure confifts in all thofe things th?.t

are proper to deltroy the Vifcidities in the.
Bowels, and at the fame time to ftrengthen the Stomach ;
for by that JMeans a Horfe digefts his Hay and Provender,
and nothing but the grofFer Parts go downwards into the
Guts, fo that of Confequence thofe Creatures cannot eafily
be ingender'd there.

And becaufe Purging is of the moft immediate EfHcacy
in all fuch Cafes, it is therefore the moft proper to begin
the Cure that Way ; and for that Purpofe, if there be no
Obftrudions in the ftreight Gut, which may lirft requite the
Ufe of Clyfters, we recommend the follov/ing,

*' Take Tanfy- flowers and Coraline of each a handful,
*' Sena one Ounce, Jalap in grofs Powder half an Ounce :'*
Boil them in a Quart of Water, and to the ftrain'd Decoc-
tion add two Ounces of the Syrup of Buckthorn. Or :

" Take two Ounces of Pulvis Cornachini^ or Coun-
*' tefs of iVarzuick's Pov/der, and give it in a Deco6tion
**■ wherein Rue has been boii'd.'* Let your Horfe be kept
from Feeding Vsno Hours before, and two Hours thereafter,,
giving him moderate Exercife to help the Operation of the
Phylick ; and at Night he may have fcalded Bran to eat.

But thefe are the propereft Purges to deftroy Worms and
wormy Matter, that have Mercurius dulcis, or /Ethiops
mineral join'd with them, as follows :

" Take of the beft Aloes one Ounce, Mercurius dulcis
*' half an Ounce, Diagridium two Drams." Make thefe
into a Ball with Liquorice Powder or Flower, and as much
Butter as is fufficien!:. Or thus :

*' Take of the beft fliining Aloes an Ounce and a half,
*' Mthiops mineral an Ounce, Diagridium and Diaphore-
" tick Antimony of each two Drams." Make them into
one or two Balls^ as above dire(5ted, and let them be given

faftiiig.

Either

Chap. XXXIX. Of Worms, Sec. 14.$

Either of thcfe being three or four times repeated, will
deftroy all manner of Worms, and carry off that llimy and
corrupted Matter in which they are ingender*d, and with-
out the leaft Danger.

The Merairius dulcisy may be had at any ChymilVs or
Apothecary's ; as for the Mthiops^ it is made of equal
Parts of Quickfilver and Brimftone, rubbing them in a Mor*
tar till they are incorporated and turn to a black Powder.

After your Horfe has been fufficiently purged with one
or other of the above-mentioned Remedies, the following
Powder out of Solley felly may be given for a Week or a
Fortnight, and it will be of great Service to deilroy all the
Remains of the Diftemper.

" Take the Roots of Mailer-wort, the Leaves and

*' Roots of Radiflies, greater Centaury, and Tanfy ; dry

*' them in the Sun in the Summer, and in an Oven, with a

** moderate degree of Heat, in the Winter ; then take a

*' Pound of each Germander, Ground-pipe, Roots of An-

*' gelica, and Elecampane, all dried in the Shade, of

*^ each half a Pound, Coraline, or Sea Mofs, and Liver

*' Aloes, of each four Ounces, Galangal, Nutmeg, and

*« SalPrunelU\ of each two Ounces. Reduce all the

** Ingredients to Powder feparately, then mix them, and

" keep them in a Leathern Bag, or in a glafs Bottle clofe

** ftopt. The Dofe is an Ounce for fmall Horfes, two

** Ounces and a half for large Horfes : Mix it with half

I ** an Ounce, or three Drams of old Treacle, or an Ounce

i ** of Treacle DiateJJaron^ or Mithridate ; then give it the

(** Horfe in a Pint of White- wine, and afterwards walk

i" him in his Cloaths.

I But this Powder will be much better, if the firft Ingre-
dients be wholly left out, and inftead of them be fubftiiu-
;ted four Ounces of the Flour of Brimftone, and two Oun-
ces of the Powder of Myrrh j neither is there occalion to
;be much fcrupulous about the Dofe, for the fmallell Horfe
imay take two Ounces of this Powder, and it will be little
bnough.

; I There are many other Remedies appropriated to deftroy
Worms, which are all very good when rightly apply'd, as
; iRue, St. John's Wort, Tops of Broom, Male Fern, Savin,
Citron-feeds, Wormwood, and Worm-feed, Garlick, Oni-
)ns, and fuch like I'hings ; but none can come up to Mer-
uriii) duias, or the Mthiops mlneraly for immediate Effi-
cacy.

S r^Ioft

1 4^ The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XL

Mod Farriers, for Cheapnefs, make Ufe of Allum, black
Soap, burnt Vitriol, and fuch like Things : Some exhibit
coriofive Sublimate, or red Precipitate, as much as will lie
upon a Silver Penny ; but as thefe laft Medicines, "jIz. the
Sublimate and Precipitate, cannot be ufed internally without
great danger, elpecially to brute Creatures, who can ne-
ver be brought to take fuch Things as are proper to carry
off their ill Effeds, they ought therefpre not to be given in
any Cafe ; for albeit they may, by virtue of their powerful
Efficacy, fucceed in fome Circumftances, where a Horfe
happens to be robuft and Ilrong ; yet when it is otherwife,
if they are not the Occafion of fudden Diforders, they will
lay the Seeds of a bad Conflitution, and render a Horfe un-
ferviceable for the future.

CHAP. XL.

Of Tain in the Bowels caufed by fiidden
Accidents,

"tlT'E have already taken Notice, that moft of theDifeafei
•'^ '^ of the Guts will caufe Cholick Pains, when they come
to an Extremity ; but Horfes, who are oftentimes under the^
Diredion and Management of bad Tutors, and are them-
felves only guided by Inftindl, muft therefore be rendered'
liable to many Inconveniencies, and to none more than
thofe which fhew themfelves immediately in the Bowels ;
Tains caufed hy f"^^ ^^^ drinking cold Water when a Horfei

hot ^c. the Water, or if he be fuffer'd to cool of i

fudden when he has been at hard Excrcife^
any fuch Mifmanagement very frequently brings on th(
moil intolerable Diforders, as we daily obferve.

And this is eafy to be accounted for, becaufe when th<
Body is hot, and the Pores open, any fudden Cold caufe
them to be immediately fliui up, fo that all the common)
and neceiiary Difcharges are in a great Meafure hinder'd^
by which Means the Vefibls of the Colon ^ and fometimc
of the Stomach and other Bowels, are aifo cramm'd an
diftended ; ?nd this is the true Caufe of the Pain, an
likewife of the Wind and Flatulency that is obfervable ii
fuch Cafes ; for although Wind may often proceed fro
other Caufes, as from the Vilcidity and Sliminefs of th
Matter that is fometimes harboured in the Bowels j yet in

this

C H A p. XL; Of Tain in the Bowels. 1 47

this Cafe it is chiefly occafion'd by their over-great Relaxa-
tion, whereby they lofe their Tone and Perillakick Mo-
tion, which is abfolutely nece/Iary to the Expulfion of the
Wind as well as the Excrements.

As for the Signs of thefe fudden Diforders, they are fuffi-
ciently known to every one ; we fhall therefore proceed to
the Cure.

And firfl of all, if the Horfe be hot and The Cure of
Feverifh, as it fometimes happens, a mode- thofe fudden
rate Quantity of Blood may be taken from ^forders.
'the Neck-vein, after which a Clylter ought to be injeded
and fuch a one as will ftimulate the Guts, and promote
their Perillaltick Motion, for by that Means the Excre-
ments and Wind will not only be ejeded, but the ftao-nant
Blood mult alfo be forwarded ; for which Purpofe nolhinz
pan be more ferviceable than a Quart of Emetick Wme
■^iven lukewarm : But becaufe this is not to be had with-
out Expence, it would therefore be worth any Gentleman's
While to make it, and keep it by him, and that is eafily
done, only by infufing Four Ounces of the Crocm Metal-
brum^ or Liver of Antimony, in a Gallon of White-
»vine or Ale, for feveral days, which will give it an eme-
tick Quality.

; But inftead of the Emetick Wine, the following Clyfter
nay be u fed. o /

'' Take oftheDecoftion of Mallows and Marfh-mal-
' lows, or of Broth that is not too Fat, two Quarts, dif-
* folve four Ounces of Syrup of Buckthorn, and two
' handfuls of common Salt.'' Or this :

" Take two Qi^iartsof warm Water, and diifolve in it
' half a Pound of Epfom Salts, and two handfuls of com-
' mon Salt." Or the following :

Take of the Decoction above-mention'd two Quarts,
' Aloes in Powder two Ounces, Gambuge an Ounce. Let
1' thefe be ftirr'd into the Decodion w^hen it is about blood-
} warm, adding at the fame Time a handful of Bay Salt
r or common Salt. "*

I Let either of thefe be given, taking care too keep the
iorfe moving until the Operation is quite over ; and this
Method will be the more neceilary, if the Horfe has been
UllFed; but if it be otherwife, that he was empty when
Ills Accident happen'd to him, a Clyfter of Broth, or of
le emollient Herbs and Brown Sugar, or MoMus, will
I nice.

'^ ^ After

148 The Varkier's New Guide. Ch.XLL'

After the purging Clyfter has finifhed its Operation,
Sweat ought, as foon as poflible, to be promoted, and that
very plentifully ; wherefore,

" Take of old Femce-Tre^cle^ or of Mithridate, three
*' Ounces, Matthew's Pill two Drams, Camphire fix
*' Grains: Mix them well together, and then diflblve them
*' in a Quart ot warm Beer, and give it through a Horn,
*' cloathing him very warm.

And to comfort his Bowels, the Clyfter prefcribed in a
preceeding Chapter to eafe violent Pains in the Guts, may
be given ; or the following, which is of like Efficacy, and
will alfo help to promote the Sweat.

" Take Red-rofe Leaves two handfuls, dry'd Mint and
*' Sage, of each one handful, Galangal bruis'd one Ounce,
*' Bay-berries fix Drams. Boil them half an Hour in three
*' Pints of Water, and to the ftrained Decodion add Spirit
*^ of Wine or Brandy one Pint, and alfo diflTolve in it four
*' Ounces of Diafcordium." Let this be given milk- warm,
keeping his Tail clofe to his Fundament, until he has no
Motion of throwing it out.

But a Horfe is fometimes fo reftlefs with the Violence of
thofe Pains, that there is no keeping him on his Legs, but he
throws himfelf down every Minute ; and fome Horfes kill
themfelves, by ftr iking their Heads againft the Walls, who
otherwife might eafily be recovered, if they could be mana-
ged. Thefe ought to be buried in a Dunghill, all but the
Head, there being no Cafe that requires that kind of Sweat-
ing more than this ; for it is very much to be fufpeded, that
the giving of cold Water to a Horle when he is hot, and
"wafhing him about his Breaft and Belly, may often caufe
an immediate Foundering in the Cheft, and this feems reafo-
nable enough from the extraordinary working and heaving
of the Flanks, which is obfervable all on a fudden in feme
Horfes after fuch Accidents. But the Reader may have Re-
courfe to what has been already faid under that Head.

CHAP. XLL

Of the Tellows or Jaundice, \

The Nature of 'TP H E R E is no Diftemper that happenji
iheTtlloivs.and A j^^j.^ frequently to Horfes, than the!
Its different Jaundice or Yellows, and proceeds from the|i
Laujcr, Obftrudlions either in the Gall-pipe, caufec

b>

Chap, XLI. Of the Yellows or Jaundice. 149

' by Slime or gritty Matter, or when the Roots of thofe little
Dudls that open into that Pipe are ftopt by the like Matter,
or comprefs'd by a Plenitude and Fulnefs of the Blood- vef-
fels that lie near them^

Sometimes that Diflemper proceeds from or accompanies
hard and fchirrous Obftrudions in the Liver, and fometimes
the Blood will be tindur'd in malignant and peftilential
Sicknelles, as the Difeafe mentioned by SolleyfelU which
he terms the Spanijh Evil, and which he obferved to be
predominant among the Horfes in his Time, for feveral
Years together, and to many proved mortal ; fometimes the
fame Symptoms will alfo happen upon the Bitp of an Ad-
der, or any other venomous Beaft.

In thefe laft Cafes of Poyfon and Infeftion, the Liver, no
doubt, is inflam'd and fwell'd, and by that means bears its
proportion, from which the Yellownefs no doubt happens ;
but as this is only a Symptom, which may be remov'd by
all thofe things that are proper to carry off the Fever ; and
as we have already laid down fuch Methods as are proper
in Cafes oi A4alignity, we fhall only here confider it as any
other Secretion that is obllruded, and provide fuch Mean^
as are proper to open the faid Obllrudions,

When the Gall-pipe, or rather when the Roots of its
common Duds are any ways ftopt up, the Matter which
fhould be converted and turned into Gall, is taken up by
the V^eins, and carried back again into the Mafs of Blood,
giving it a yellow Tinduie ; fo that all the Parts of a Horfe
that have a Capacity of (hewing the Colcur, as the Eyes,
the Infide of the Lips, and even the Slaver from the Mouth,
will appear yellow. But as this Difeafe is contrary to that
(ort of Scouring where there is a Profufion of the G2ii\, and
there being little or none of it tranfmitted into the Guts, the
Excrements will therefore look of a light pale green, as if
the Aliment was only wafhed in the Guts.

It is alfo to be obierv'd, when a Horfe has the Yellows,
he turns dull, heavy and fluggifh, low in his Spirits, and
faint, efpecially when he is put to the leaft Exercife ; and
when the Diftemper has continued fome Time upon him,
he lofes his Appetite, and becomes poor, lean and jaded.

While the Obftrudlions are only in the Gall- pallages, it
is ealy enough to be cured ; but when the Liver is indured
and harden'd near thofe Pallages, as it fometimes falls out ;
or if there happen Impoftumations or Ulcers, the Cure will
then be very doubtful 3 for in this Jail Cafe it will have all

S 3 - thQ

1 50 The ParrierV New Guide. Ch. XLI.

the fame EfFe6ls as any other internal wafting Ulcer : And
in the other cafe, where the Liver is fchirrous and hard,
thefe Obftrudions muft alfo be difficult, becaufe they lie
out of the Reach of manual Operation, and alfo of exter-
rri; Applications.

a-i ^ But in the Cure, we fliall begin with its firfl

Stage,when we only fuppofe theGall-pafliiges
obftrufled, as above-mentioned ; and to remove thole, Pur-
ging muft in the firft place be neceflary, with thofe Things
that are moderately opening ; for unlefs there be Pain and
Inflammation in the Liver, Bleeding will do but little Ser-
vice ; however it is much in Vogue in fuch Cafes.
Therefore let the following Infufion be made, viz.
" Take of 5'^;/5 one Ounce, Madder-roots and Turmc-
*' rick of each half an Ounce, the Leaves of Strawberries,
'' Mallows and Marfh-mallov/s, of each an handful, Salt
*^ of Tartar three Drams.'* Let them be infufed in three
Pints of boiling Water all Night, and in the Morning let it
be given with the ufual Precautions. This Lifufion will
juft keep the Horfe's Body open, and may therefore be re-
peated four or five days fucceffively.

Or inftead of this, the Horfe may bepurg'd three or four
times with an Ounce or ten Drams of the beft Aloes, and
half an Ounce of Turmerick made into a Ball, which to a
Horfe of fmall Value may be done with lefs Trouble. After
Purging in the Manner we have prefcrib'd, the Horfe may
have now and then a little fcalded Bran, and fometimes boil'd
Barley to eat, and his Water may haveconftantly Barley and
Liquorice boil'd in it ; and a Dofe of the following Powder
may be every Day given for a Fortnight or three Weeks
together, unlefs the Purging alone remove the Diftemper,
as it fometimes happens in the Beginning.

"• Take of the Roots of Madder and Turmerick of each
" half a Pound, Earth-worms dry'd in the Sun, or in an O-
" ven that is m.oderately heated, and Myrrh, of each four
*' Ounces, Shavmgsof Hartfnorn or Ivory, and crude Tar-
" tar, of each two Ounces, crude Antimony lix Ounce^sthe
" beft Saffron and Cmnamon, of each two Drams. Let all
thefe be made into a fine Powder, and give your Horfe every
Morning two Ounces in a fuificient quantity oi Veriice-trea'
ck to make it into a ftifl" Pafte, letting him at the fame time
drink a little W^hite- water or Barley-water to wafh it down.
I have been told, that the following Receipt feldom or
jiever niiiles to carry oil' the Yellovv'S before it be of an old

i>and-

Chap. XLI. Of the Tellows or Jmmdice. 1 5 1

(landing ; and if it fucceeds, ?,s I have Reafon to credit my
Informant, it is a very eafy Way of making a Cure.

" Take of Caftile Soap an Ounce, cul it into Slices,
*' and diilblve it in two or three Spoonfuls of Whey, or
*' any other Liquid, after that mix vi-ith it two Ounces of
*' live Honey, and Powder of Turmerick as much as will
*' make it into two Balls; after you have dipt them infweet
*' Oil, give them to your Horfe, letting him f'aft two
•* Hours before, and two Hours theieafter.

This muft be repeated every other Day for a Week at
leaft. But in this cafe the Ufe of Chewing Balls, or the
champing on green Juniper-wood, Horfe-radifh, or any
fuch thing that will be of Efficacy to rouze his Spirits, muft
needs be of great Service to him, and he ought alfo to have
every day Exercife given him in Proportion to his Strength
and Ability ; for nothing can conduce more to affift the
Medicines in their Operation,

But when the Yellows proceed from ftony ^« in'veterate
and hard Obfrrudions m the Liver, v/hich, Jaundice.
if they be large, may eaiily be difcover'd, becaufe they will
render him liable to Pain and Inflammations, efpecially up-
on the ieaft Exercife •, and you may obferve him under
great Oppreffion, and he will often turn his Head towards
his right Side. In that cafe he muft be Bled, and mode*
rately purg'd with the Infufion above defcribed i after which
the following Fomentation may be ufed.

" Take of the Leaves of Mallows and Marfh- mallows,
" of each four Handfuls, Wormwood and Camomile, of
" each two handfuls, Leaves of Bawm and Flowers of
" Melilot, or fuch of thefe as can be had, of each one large
" handful : Boil them in a Gallon of W^ater, and add to
" it a Pint of Spirit of Wine.

The propereit Way to ufe this, is by dipping Woollen
Cloths into it, applying it pretty warm anci often to the
Part affeaed.

If this Symptom does not wear off in a little Time, it
will foon caufe the Horfe's Death ; but if that is removed,
and the Horfe ftill continues yellow, or if the Diftemper
has continued obftinate and immoveable, notwithftanding
all the proper Means have been ufed, Recourfe muft then
be had to Medicines of a more powerful Efficacy ; for
which Purpofe we recommend the following Purge.

'' Take of Aloes one Ounce, Myrrh and Turmerick, of
*' each half an Ounce, Mercurius dukis three Drams, or

S 4 '' half

152 TkeTAKKim'sNew Guide, Ch. XLII.

*' half an Ounce of iEthiops mineral : Make them into
*' Pills with a fufficient Quantity of Flour and Butter.

Thefe may be given twice a Week/or according as you
find he has Strength to bear them, until he has been fcoured
four or five Times ; after which Cinnabar Pills, or thofe for
the Farcin, may be given, and their Ufe continued for
fome confiderable Time ("if your Horfe be worth the Ex-
pence) but efpecially if you obferve him rather to mend
than grow worfe. And this Method, when it is rightly
follow'd, will be found the mod rational to remove all ob-
Hinate Difeafes of the Liver.

CHAP. XLIL

Of the difeafes of the Reins or Kidneys, &c.

■fl/'E find in the Books of Farriers, an Account of all the
^^ Difeafes of the Reins and Bladder, tho' there are but
few who have delivered them in any regular Order ; and
indeed, fome of them, as the Stone in the Bladder, ^c. are
but feldom met with ; we fhall therefore make it our Bufi-
refs to fpend as little of the Reader's Time as poflible, in
Things that are common and unprofitable. However, we
make no doubt but fome rare and unufual Inftances of Stones
and Slime happen to thofe Creatures, yet the mod common
are only thofe that proceed from Coltivenefs, from an In-
flammation or Ulceration in the Kidneys, or fome Defedl in
the Bladder, or in the Urine itfelf ; w^hat relates to the Pain
or Stoppage of Water caufed by Coflivenels, has already
been difcufs'd under that Head j and as it is not to be accoun-
ted a Difeafein thofe Parts, but only a Symptom of another
Difeafe, and is removed as foon as that ceafes ; we Ihali
therefore, in the eniuing Chapter, only conlider a Stoppage
or Painpifs in the latter Senfe, when the Difeafe is confin'd
to the Reins and Pailages of the Urine.

CHAP. XLIII.
Of the Tain-pfs or Strangury,

^HO' this Difeafe happens moft frequently wlien there
-■- is an Obftrudion of the Dung harden'd and indurated
in the flreight Gut, as we have objerv'd ; yet when it pro-
ceeds from another Caufe, it is molt likely to be occafion'd
t'iijier by an Inflammation of the Bladder, or an Ulcer in the

Kidneys 5

Ch. XLIII. Of the Tain-pi fsy Sec." 155

Kidneys; for when there happens to be an Ulcer in thofe
Parts, the Sharpnefs of the Matter proceeding from thence,
m;iy, no doubt, caufe Pain when it pafles into the Urethra,
or Pifs'pipe, by abrading and carrying off the Mucus that
fhould defend that fenlible Part, fo that a Horfe in this Cafe
muflpifs in Pain ; and as this will alfo caufe an Iniiamma-
lion there, inllead of piffing freely, he will often dribble.

An Inflammation in thofe Parts, arifmg from any other
Caufe, as hard Riding, too long Detention of his Urine, has
generally the fame Effedt, but an Inflammation of this Kind
happens the more readily, if there be a Lentor of the Dung.

'X'o remove all fuch Diforders, it will be ne- a-i r re
ceilary to give emollient foftning Clyfters made
ofaDecodtion ofPv4allov/s,Mari]i-mallows, Mercury, Ca-
momile, and the like, with a Mixture of Oils,and other ilippe-
ry things, or Clyfters made of fat Broths ; and to make them
a little purgative, commonTreacleorManna may bediilblv'd
in them, to the Qiiantity of fix Ounces or half a Pound.

Half an Ounce of Sal Prunella^ or purify'd Nitre, may
be diilblv'd in his Water for two or three Days together, or
two Ounces of crude Tartar may be boil'd in it, and among
his Provender may be mixed the Leaves of Strawberries,
Radifhes, and Turnip-tops.

But if after hard Riding you have Reafon to fufpecl: an
Inflammation in the Kidneys, the Bladder, or urinary Paf-
fage, which muft at the fame Time be accompanied with
feverifh Symptoms, it will then be very proper to take Blood
from the Neck- vein, and the Ufe of the Clyfters may be re-
peated as often as you (hall fee Occafion 5 but if you have
iHeafon to fear an Ulcer in the Kidneys, in that Cafe, all
cleanfmg balfamick Medicines are to be comply'd with, lor
which Purpofe we chiefly recommend the following Balls.

" Take Gum Be?ijamin half a Pound, clean Antimony in
*' fine Powder four Ounces, Flour of Brimftone fix Ounces,
** Seeds of P'enugreek and crude Opium ^ of each an Ounce,
*' Salt of Tartar two Ounces ; pound thefe in a Mortar, ad-
*' ding as much Spirit of Turpentiiie as is fufficient to make
*' them into a Mafs, form them into Balls weighing two
^' Ounces each, one of which may be given every Morning
*' an Hour before Watering- time." Or the following :

*' Take Turpentine one Pound, boil it in Water till it be
*' brought to the Confiftency of Shoemaker's- wax." Give
your Horfe the Qi^iantity of a large Walnut dipt in Oil, or
inoiftened with Butter^ and continue ils Ufe for fome time.

CHAP.

1 64 ThelARRnK's New Guide. Ch. XLIV.
CHAP. XLIV.

Of a Fhtx of Urine, andjialing of Blood.

A N immoderate Flux of Urine happens when the Serum
•^ of the Blood is too much attenuated and thin, or when
the Pores of the Skin are too much conflringed and ftiutup,
or when the Renal Du6ls, viz. the fmall Canals that open
into the hollow Part or Bafon of the Kidnies, are too much
extended and dilated, whereby the Seru?n is feparated in an
over -great Quantity from the Kidnies.

The firll, to wit, when the ferous Parts of the Blood are
too much attenuated, is for the moft part caufed by tra-
velling in hot Weather, or eating hot and fpirituous Herbs,
in the Beginning of the Grafs Seafon ; and we have already
obferv'd, that the Pores of the Skin are moll ordinarily
obftruded and ihut up by riding in the Night Fogs, or ex-
pofing a Horfe to the Cold when he has been over-much
heated : And the Renal Dudls may be dilated and extended
by eating Snow with the Grafs in Winter, which is faid
to abound very much with Nitre ; or it may be caufed by
drinking over-much Water of any Kind, efpecially when a
Horfe is put to hard Exercife, for by that means it fuddenly
precipitates and falls downwards in an over-great Quantity
into the Reins, fo that the above-mentioned Duds become
widened beyond their ufual Dimenfions.

7he Caitfe of (la- ^'^^^'^ ^^^'^ ^^ ^^^^ ^'^^ ^^ difficult to under-
Img of Blood, ^^""^ how a Horfe comes to Hale Blood, for

albeit Blood may fometimes proceed from
an Ulceration of the Kidnies, when they are wore and
nbraded by Sand or gritty Matter, or by the Acrimony and
Sharpnefs of the Corruption that proceeds from the Ulcer ;
yet the moll ufual Caufe of pilling Blood happens when
the Renal Dudls have been over- much diftended by any of
the Caufes above-mention'd, and Blood, for the mofl^art,
follows a too great Pro fufion of the Urine, though this is
very feldom attended unto by Farriers.
'7ke Cure. ^^ ^° ^^^ Cure, whether there be only a

too great Profufion of Urine, or a Flux of
Blood, it is to be performed chiefly by Medicines that
ilrengthen and agglutinate, and likewife by fuch Things as
will divert the Humours another Way by opening the Pores.
Only in cafe of Blood, a Vein fhould by all Means be
opened in the Neck or Bread, to make as fpeedy a Revul-

fion

Chap.XLIV. Of a Flux of Ur me. Sec. 155

fion as poffible, bec^ufe this Kind of Hemorrhage proves
Ibmetimes fatal to Horfes, and that very fuddenly.

After Bleeding, a cooling Clyfter vv^herein Sal Polychre'
jlum or Sal Prunella has been dillolv*d, will be very con-
venient. As the following :

" Take of the Decodion of Mallows and Marfh-mallows
" two quarts, dillblve in it three Ounces of Sal PoUchre-
*''' ftum^ or SalPriLiielloe^ or Salt-petre, four Ounces of Oil
" or frefh Butter.'* Let it be inje(^1ed lukewarm.

The following Drench may aifo be given, and repeated
for two or three Days.

*' Take Plantain- water one Pint, Treacle-v^^ater half a
^' Pint, Japan Earth and Bole, of each two Ounces, Sugar
" of Lead ten Grains, Diafcordium or Mithridate, three
" Ounces." Or the following Balls may be given.

" Take Gum Tragacanth and Gum Arabick, of each
" four Ounces, dry*d Liquorice, Seeds of Melons and white
** Poppies, of each an Ounce, Gourds and Cucumber-feeds
" of each half an Ounce, Starch two Ounces : Make them
" into a fine Powder, and with a Mucilage of Roots of
" Marfh-mallow^s and Fenugreek- feeds, let them be form-
*' ed into Balls weighing two Ounces each.

Let your Horfe have one of thefe Balls Morning and Af-
ternoon an Hour before his Water, until his Urine ceafes to
be' Bloody.

But if the Flux of Blood be violent, take two Ounces of
Salt or Sugar of Lead, and dillblve it in a (^lart of Vinegar
or Verjuice, and apply it cold to his Breaft, and it will flop
it immediately, unlets it proceeds from Ibme pretty large
Branch of an Artery ; and in that cafe, unlefs the Rupture
be in the Urinary Paliage, Vv'here it may be reached b\' a
ftyptick Injedtion, it will readily prove mortal.

If your Horfe has got a Fever, his Feeding mull be but
very moderate ; if he has no other Accident befides a Flux
of Urine, he may be indulg'd to feed fomewhat more liberal-
ly, and among his Oats maybe Itrew'd the Seeds of Melons,
Gourd, or white Poppies; three or four of the Heads of the
faid Poppies, with the Seeds, may be cut to pieces and boird
in his Water, which will give it no difagreeable Tafte. You
may alfo give him now and then half a Pintoffweet Oil ;
for all thofe Things are very proper, and they will help to
blunt the Afperity and Sharpnefs of the Urine ; but Care
mull be taken not to let him dnnk too much Vv^ater, but
rather give it him the oftner, unlefs it bg Ibften'd in the
Manner we have direded, C H A P»

156 The Farrier'j New Guide. Ch. XLV.

CHAP. XLV.

Of the Colt-Evil, Shedding of the Seedy and
Mattering of the Tard.

^beCohE'vil 'T' H E Colt-Evil is a continued StifFnefs
* ■*- in a Horfe's Yard, and is fo called, be-
caufe it is a Difeafe incident to Colts, and- is brought upon
them by having full Liberty w\\h Mares, while they are
not able to cover them ; but the Difeafe vi'hich generally
goes under that Denomination in this Kingdom, is no
other than a Swelling of the Sheath.

It may be eafily cur'd in the Beginning, only by Bathing
the Sheath with fome warm Fomentation made of emol-
lient Herbs, b'^. as Mallows, Marfh-mallows, Wormwood,
Camomile, and the like, with the Mixture of Spirit of
Wine ; but if you find the Swelling pretty hard, and that
there are the Signs of Heat and Inflammation, he ought to
be both Bled andPurg'd, and his Yard ty'd up to his Belly,
making a Hole in the Bandage for the Paflage of his Water.
Sh dd' of '^^^ fhedding of the Seed, if a Horfe hap-

^ud ^^^ P^^^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^y ^^^^ Difeafe, may be cafily

known by a Weaknefsand Debility ; but that
which the Farriers bring under this Denomination, is but
fome Weaknefs of the Reins, occafion'd by a Strain or vio-
lent Exercife, or the Solution of a Cold, which is fome-
tinies followed by a Running at the Yard.

But the Cure is the fame, whether it be Seed, or only
Matter from the Reins, and may be perform'd by once or
twice purging, and the Ufe of Turpentine Balls, as diredled
in the 43^ Chapter ; or the Ufe of thofe ilrengthening Me-
dicines we haveinferted in the preceeding Cliapter.
7,7,, . c Thematterinofof the Yard proceeds fome-?

the Yard, ^^^^^ from the iharp frolly Air caufing an

Ulceration, but chiefly when a Horfe has
hurt himfelf by being too eager in covering a Marc; for
as the Yard is of a loofe and fpongy Subftance, if it
therefore happens to be bruifed, it eafily becomes fore and
ulcerated; and when the Skin is only fretted off from any
Part of it, from thence does ifllie a conliderable Difcharge
of Fetid Stinking Matter, and may be of ill Confequence,
if due Care be not taken, tho* at firlt it may be cured by
Skeding only, and bathing the Part wiUi warm Spirit of

Wine %

Chap. XLVI. of the "Drop fey. 1 5 7

Wine : But the beft Way in ufing the Spirits, is to take
him out of the Stable, for when thefe are apply'd to fo
ienfible a Part as the Yard, the fmarting Pain will be apt
to make him lame himfelf, unlefs he has Room j but that
does not laft above a Minute.

If the Ulcer or Excoriation be inwards, which can only
be diftinguifti'd by the Matter proceeding from the Urinary
Paflage, and not from the Pain in piffing, as the Farriers fup-
pofe, from the leaft Sore upwards, as it is more or lefs accom-
panied with Inflamation, will exhibit the fame Signs as the
Urine palles through the inflam'd Part. In that Cafe the
following Mixture may be injedted three or four Times a
day, and it will foon cure him of that Symptom.

^' Take a Pint of Plantain or Rofe- water, Fi?;2/V^ Tlir-
*' pentine two Ounces, the Yolk of one Eg^, Honey one
*' Ounce ; mix thefe together in a Mortar, then pour the
** Water on them by degrees untill they are incorporated."
After which add four Ounces of Spirit of Wine, or Bran-
dy, wherein half a dram of Camphire has been diflblv'd.
Put the whole Mixture into a Vial, fhaking it as often as
you have Occafion to ufe it.

CHAP. XLVI,

Of the T>ropfey.

A LL our Englijh Authors, and fome Italiam^ have enu-
^^ merated the Dropfey among the Difeafes of Horfcs, and
fome affirm pofitively, that they have cured it in all its diffe-
rent Kinds ; but that which chiefly happens to Horfes, is
what the Farriers call the Vinverjal Dropfey^ and (hews it-
felf more or lefs, in all the external Parts of the Body, but
efpecially the Legs and Thighs, as they are the moft de-
pendent ; and I have my felf obferv'd in Cafes of the Greafe,
when that happens both before and behind, it generally
proceeds from a dropfical Difpoiition.

The Caufe is from all Kinds of ill Ufage, ^^^ Caufe of a.
but efpecially from Bleeding and Purging Dropfey,
Horfes beyond their Strength ; for thefe unfeafonable Eva-
cuations render the Blood languid and flow in its Motion,
and for Want of Spirits, it has not Force enough to reach
the PalTages of the Skin, fo as to make the ufual Difcharge,
but its ferous Parts burft through the fmall Vellels, and are
depofited under the Skin or the fiefhy Pannicle.

The

i5S The Tarrur's New Guide. Ch.XLVL

The Signs are, a LafTitude and Wearinefs, Faintnefs and
Difficulty of Breathing, Lofs of Appetite, and a Change of
a Horfe's natural Colour from Bay to Dun, or from Black
to a Duskifhnefs, and from White to an Afliy Complexion,
and the like; his Hair will fhed with theleaft rubbing, and
the Pits of your Fingers will remain where-ever there is a
Swelling. It is moreover to be obferv'd, when a dropfical
Horfe lies down, he does not gather his Limbs round toge-
ther as a Horfe that is free from that Indifpofition, but be-
caufe of their StifFnefs fpreads them out at their full Length.
T/je Cure Altho' Purging to Excefs is fometimes the

Caufe of this Difi:emper, by reafon it diveits
the Blood of its fpirituous and balfamick Parts ; yet to at-
tenuate the Vifcidities of its Serum, and to make a Difcharge
of what is fuperiiuous, Purging mufl again be made ufe of;
and when that is performed with proper Medicines, it is
of no fmall Moment in the Cure ; but thefe mull be fuch
as belides their purging Quality, are endued fo as to com-
municate Warmth and Vigour to the Blood, ^c. for which
Purpofe the following is chiefly to be preferred.

" Take of Jalap one Ounce and a half. Gamboge two
*' Drams, Seeds of Dwarf-elder two Ounces, Ginger and
*' Nutmegs of each half an Ounce. Make all thefeinto a
*' fine Powder, and form them into two Balls,with as much
*' Turpentine as is fuihcient for that Purpofe." Let thefe
be dipt in Oil and given with the ufual Precautions. They
mufl be repeated every other day for a Fortnight or longer ;
and on thofe days he does not purge, an Ounce, or fix
Drams of Antimony may be given him.

And becaufe Sweating is alfoof the greateil Service, when
it can be promoted, the following Dofe may be given, and
repeated as often as there is Occafion.

" Take old Femie 'Freacle four Ounces, Matiheiv^
*' Pill two Drams, Camphire and Salt of Hartfhorn, of
" each fifteen Grains." Mix them well together, and give
them in a Quart of hot Ale.

But if this proves infufricient to raife a Sv/eat, he may be
cover'd in a Dunghil).

Some particular Regard is alfo to be had to a Horfe's
Diet in this Cafe ; for although it would be inconvenient to
feed him high, yet while he undergoes fo much cJeanfing,
by Purging, Svv'eat, and otlier Evacuations, his Aliment
fhould be fomewhat proportion'd to it ; and therefore he
may be aiiowed a large Meafure of clean Oats every Day

after

Chap. XLVII. Of Hide-bound Horfes. 1 5 9

after the Operation of his Phyfick, with an Ounce of the ,
Seeds of Dwarf Elder, and two Ounces of Caraway- feeds
Itrewed among them.

CHAP. XLVIL
Of a Horfe that is Hide-bound.

XX^HEN a Horfe, after Travel, or after Various Ways
^^ any Accident, grows fo lean, and his '^hereby aHorje
Flelh fo much funk, that his Skin adheres ^''°'"" ^''^'-
clofe to his Bones, he is then faid to be °
Hide-bound ; but this is not properly to be term'd a Difeafe,
while it may be made up by Feeding ; but when a Horfe,
^fter good Keeping, continues in the fame Condition, we
may then very reafonably fuppofe him to lie under fome
inward Indifpofition ; and in this refpecl it may proceed
from divers Caufes, as when the Excrements by Dung and
Urine are over-much enlarg'd, and the Pores of the Skin
obflruded ; or when the Entrance into the ladeal or milky
VelTels are (luffed by adhefive gluey Matter, or from any
Other augmented Secretion, or any large Difcharge, where-
by fuch a Derivation is made as hinders the Blood from
reaching the extreme and outward Parts, for by that means
the VelTels and mufcular Fibres become contracted, and
(lirink to the Bones for Want of their due Nourifhment ;
and as the Juices in thofe Parts become aifo vifcid, the Skin
is thereby as it were glued to the fubjacentFlefh.

And therefore, to form a right Judgment What Blftinc-
of this Diftemper, the Farrier ought to exa- ^'^'^"^ ^^\ '^ ^^
mine carefully both into the Quantity and ^^^^^ ""^''.'j' ^"^"
Quality of what a Horfe voids from him, f/fj'^^'^t",
foi I have known a hide-bound Horfe, Ihit °^^ '

often, and his Excrement foft like that of a Cow, and yet
not come diredlly to a Lax or Loofnefs \ and I knew ano-
ther very coftive, but then he had a beginning Glanders,
which was the Caufe of his Diftemper ; tho' in the Procefs
of the Difeafe that the Matter came more plentifully, his
Skin grew very loofe and thin, which is eafily to be ac-
counted for ; and a Horfe may, no doubt, alfo become
hide-bound from the other Caufes above-mentioned.

And fince this is properly an Effect of fome other Difeafe,
therefore whatever cures that, when it is once found out,will

foon

\6o The "^A^Kmj^^s New Guide. Ch. XLVII;

foon loofen a Hone's Hide ; as for Inftance, when a Horfe
voids too much Dung, a Stop is put thereunto with proper
Remedies, which aftiinge and dry up the Belly ; or when
a Horfe Hales too much, or if the Pafiages of the Chyle are
obilrufted, whatever carries off the Obftru6lions, or puts
a Stop to the fuperfluous Evacuation, will caufe the Blood
to flow in greater quantity into its proper Vell'els, by which
means the fhrunk and deprefs'd Fibres Will by Degrees be
extended to their ufual Dimenlions. But if the Farrier be
at a Lofs tojudge rightly in thofe Cafes, he can hardly do
amifs, if he adminifter the fame Remedies we have laid
down for the Cure of the Yellows, for there are but few
hide-bound Horfes which they will not recover, unlefs there
be an inward Decay and Wafte.

But while proper Means are us'd inwardly, befides good
Drefling, Fomentations may be us'd outwardly, fuch as are
recommended by SollcyfcU^ made of Succory, Harts- tongue.
Agrimony, St. John's Wort, Bay- berries, Bawm, Mint,
Pennyroyal, Rue, Sage, Rofemary, Thyme, the Roots of
Grafs Madder, Eringo, or fuch of them as can eafily be
had : Let twelve handfuls be boil'd in two Gallons of Wa-
ter, or Lees of Wine, and taking as many of the Ligredi-
ents in your Hand as you can grafp, rub all his Body with
it as hot as he is able to bear ; after w^hich take Ointment
of Mai'fh-mallows, and Oil of Rue, of each equal Parts ;
with thefe chafe his Belly, and all about his Throat and
Jaws, or where-ever the Hide is much fhrunk, then cover
. him with an old Sheet dipt in the Liquor, being firft wrung
out, binding over all a w-arm Quilt or Rug.

This may be repeated for the Space of three or four
Days ; and, as that Author rightly obferves, it will help to
draw the Spirits and Nourifliment to the dry Skin, tho' it
will do but little Service, unlefs the inward Obftru(ftions be
alfo removed.

T7,„. ^ J But as for a tired lean Horfe, who has no

Han-v a lean . , t -• i • t u j r

Horfe is to he "^ward Inailpohtion, I would never advife
managed. ^"7 o"^ ^^ tamper with him, otherwile

than by obferving a due Care in his Feeding,
Drefling, and Exercife ; and in this Cafe, while we only
fuppofe a Horfe 's Body fhrunk and deprefs'd by the con-
tinual Difcharges from the Pores of the Skin, and the o-
ther Excretions, during his daily and continued Labour,
and the Want of fufhcient Food to make up thofe Lofles,
it is very certain thefe may be repair'd by Food and Eafe.

Chap.XLVII. Of Hide-bound Horfes: i6i

But as in this Cafe the Veflels are contraded and IciTen'd in
their Bore and Capacity, his Food ought at firfl to be but
moderate, otherwife a larger Quantity of Blood will be
tranfmitted into thofe Veflels, than they arc capable at once
to receive, which muft needs be the Occafion of many Dif-
orders, as it will caufe an Over-plenitude in the extreme
Parts, and fo, by its Redundancy, over burden and load the
principal Bowels.

And this is truly the Reafon why lean and tired Horfes,
who have been fuddenly fattened by Jockeys, become fuch
Jades, turn broken- winded, or lame, or loie their Eye-fight
upon the leaft Service ; for while the main Study of thofe
Perfons is (as every one fufficiently knows) only to make
them look fat and plump, they foften all their Food, that it
may digeft foon, and turn the fooner to Blood, and allow
them no Manner of Exercife, being fenlible that any fuch
Method would foon turn to their own Detriment.

But to apply this more particularly to our prefent Purpofe ;
a lean Horfe fhould have his Exercife and Food increas'd by
degrees, and juftly proportion'd to the Augmentation of his
Strength ; and becaufe of the Contradion and Want of Ca-
pacity, which we have obferv'd to be in the Blood- veflels of
llich Horfes, his Exercife fhould always be given him fo as
he may reft fome time before he has his Feeding of Oats ;
becaufe Exercife, by thinning the Blood, and making it take
up more Space in the Canals, may therefore, befides other
Injuries to which it expofes a lean hide-bound Horfe, caufe
a more than ordinary Senfe of FuUnefs, by diftending the
Blood- veflels of the Stomach, which are in that Part very
fmall, and therefore hurt Digefl:ion ; whereas if he be fufler'd
to Hand fome time before an empty Rack, or only to eat a
little frefh Hay until the additional Motion of the Blood be
decreas'd, and the Veflels become fubfided by a gradual run-
ning off of the Blood, a Horfe will then become lightfome,
and able to digeft his Food, fo as it may be converted to
true and folid Nourifliment.

And for the fame Reafons a Horfe in this Condition ought
never to be taken out foon after Feeding, but upon Necef-
fity, and then he fhould only be walk'd gently, as every Meal
makes a frefh Augmentation of the Blood ; and indeed, at
all times his Exercife fhould be gentle and eafy, until
his Veflels are render'd capacious, and ftrong enough to
bear the fudden Sallies of the Blood, and that the Of-
fice of Secretion have alfo acquired a fuSicient Aptitude to
T make

162 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch.XLVIII.

make their Difcharges as regular, and as nearly proportion-
able as may be to the Quantity of his Food.

And this muil certainly be the true Reafon of fattening
and hardening a lean Hide- bound Horfe, or in other Words,
of bringing a lean Horfe into good Cafe, and at the fame
time rendering him robuft and ftrong, and able to bear the
hardeft Labour and Toil, efpecially if to this be added good
Rubbing and Drefling, to promote the Difcharges of the
Skin.

But notwithftanding thefe Rules are what we can war-
rant to be fufficiently agreeable to the Laws of Mechanifin
in all Bodies whatfoever, yet becaufe the animal Syftem is
fo much complicated, whereby one Horfe alfo differs vaftly
from another, every Man's own Difcretion mull therefore,
in the main, guide him as to Particulars. What we have
here obferved in general, has been chiefly calculated with an
Eye to thofe Horfes that are of a tender and delicate Frame,
and not to fuch as are naturally hardy, though thefe may
alfo, in fome Circumftances, require fuch a Care to be had:
of them. But the Reader may confult the Fourth Chapter,,
where he will meet with fome things that bear a near Affi-
nity to the prefent Subject.

CHAP. XLVIIL

Of the Farcin.

THERE is no Diflemper which has try'd the Skill and
Invention of Farriers more than the Farcin. The Wri-
ters of the lower Rank, as Markham and De Grey^ andl
thofe who have borrow'd all their Knowledge from them^
have no otherwife accounted for it, than that it proceeds
from naughty and corrupt Blood, and that it is the mofl
loathfome and infectious of all Diflempers, brought upon
Horfe by Infedtion, or by eating corrupt and naughty Food,
or by lying in Swines Litter, and from fuch like Caufes.
Neither have thofe of better Account mended the Matter
very much, having only amus'd their Readers with a falfe
and unintelligible Philofophy.

The Sieur de Solleyfell defines it to be an Ulcer caufed
by the Corruption of the Blood, and that by a certain
Poifon which is more or lefs malignant, and confequently
makes the Horfe's Condition either hopeful, or altogether
defperate j and after a (hort Theory built upon the Wri-

ings

i

Chap.XLVIII. Of the Farcin. \6i

ings of fome Phyficians, but no ways applicable to the Far-
cin ; he has thefe Words.

" For a brief Explanation of the Nature SolIeyfellV

" of that Poyfon, 'twill be fufiicientto tell Account of the
*' you, that it is a venomous Steam, or cer- ^^fcinm -Mays
" tain corrupt Spirits, which penetrate the ^^^^«^^^ Jf f^
" Parts of a Horfe's Body, as the Light of j^l//A '^
*' the Sun pafles through a Glafs. Thefe
*' Spirits are a fort of Ferment that breed Corruption in
*' whatever Part they attack.

But this Explanation is not only imperfeifl, but altogether
unintelligible, his Comparifon being no ways agreeable to
his own Ideas and Notions of that Poyfon ; nor mdeed de-
ducible from thofe Caufes which himfelf has enumerated as
the chief Occafion of the Farcin ; for he obferves that the
Farcin is fometimes communicated by Contagion from an
infeded Horfe, the eating too great a quantity of new Oats,
or new Hay, violent Exercile in hot Weather, and even
once hard Riding ; Hurts and Wounds made by a foul can-
cerous Inftrument, fuch as Spurs, Bits, ^c. the too great
Abundance of Blood, and a prepofterous and too hafty Dili-
gence in fattening tir'd, lean, and over-heated Horfes.

But it is very certain none of thefe Caufes will produce fuch
a Poifon as can penetrate the Parts of a Horfe's Body in the
Manner he has defcrib'd \ and indeed, thofe Poifons that
are of the mofl volatile g.nd corrolive Nature, tho' their Ef-
feds are fudden, yet their Operations are not fortuitous, or
at Random, but perfedly mechanical, as may be feen by any
one who is able to perufe Dr. Mead's Eliays on Poifon,
where all thofe Things are clearly and intelligibly explained.

We fhall therefore endeavour to account for the Farcin
in a Way that we hope will be thought more rational than
what any of our Authors have hitherto advanced, and what-
ever Regard be had to the Procatariicky or remote Caufes of
that Dittemper, we may venture to afSrm, that its imme-
diate Caufe is a languid and heavy Motion of the Blood, and
other Juices contained in the fmall Veflels of the extreme
and outward Parts of a Horfe's Body, and that it has its
chief Seat in the Skin and flefhy Pannicle. But before we
proceed further, we fhall take Notice, that moft Authors
have divided the Farcin into divers Kinds, viz. the wet, the
dry, the inward and the living Farcin, the corded Farcin,
the Farcin that puts forth red or yellowifli FleOi, and that
which is of a livid and black Colour, and refembles a Hen's
Fundament. T z The

1^4 The Farrier^j" New Guide. Ch. XLVIIL

The wet and the dry only differ as there is more or lefs
Moifture in the Ulcers and Parts where it is feated^ the flying
Farcin, which makes its Appearance fometimes in one place,
fometimes in another ; and the inward Farcin, which is faid
only to be felt on the Bread, but does not elevate the Skin,
and is obferved often to difappearof a fudden, and become
the immediate Caufe of Sicknefs, though either ofthefe may
degenerate to a true Farcin, yet while they are not fixed,
but indu'd with Properties altogether foreign to the Farcin,
they cannot rightly be brought under that Denomination,
but ought rather to be looked upon as refembling thofe E-
ruptions on the human Body, which happens in violent
Colds, or malignant Diforders, and are curable as fuch. All
the other Kinds are only different Effeds of that which
makes its firll Appearance like a knotted Cord ; and it is
this Sort alone, which, properly fpeaking, conftitutes a true
Farcin. In what Manner fuch a Difordcr can happen to
a Horfe, and produce thofe Effeds we daily obferve from it,
fhall be fhewn anon.

We have already taken Notice, that the Farcin has its chief
Seat in the Skin and thin mufcular Pannicle, which lies
under it, and is caufed when the Juices in thofe Parts are
become vifcid, and confequently flow and languid in their
Motion. If it be confider'd that there is an infinite Number
of Veilels in thofe Parts that are fmaller than Hairs j and
that thofe Vellels, however fmall, have a Capacity, and
contain a Fluid within them, ^ny one may eafily imagine,
that in the beft Eftate a Horfe can be in, that Fluid can
move but very flowly ; but when it happens to be too thick,
or vifcid, it may be then eafily reduc'd to a State of Stagna-
tion ; and when it is deny'd a free Paflage thro' thofe fmall
Canals, as it is conllantly prefs'd upon it by the fucceeding
Fluid, thofe fmall Veflels, where there is a Stagnation, will
be llretched out beyond their ufual Dimenfions, and the Part
will be elevated and raifed into a Tumour.

As often as any Part is thus elevated, and the Liquor flopt
that it cannot move forwards, becaufe of the Obftrudions
and the Compieflions there is on all Sides, the Veflels being
thereby fiU'd beyond their Capacity, it burfts forth ; and be-
ing now got without the Laws of Circulation, putrifies, and
acquiring a corrofive malignant quality, it gnaws and fefters^
until it has form'd a convenient Lodgment for itfelf.

If the Stagnation be fudden and violent, and accompanied
with great Pain and Heat, it will caufe fo great a Deriva-
tion of Blood towards the inflam'd Part, that the fubjacent

Mufcles

Chap.XLVIIL Of the Farcin. 165

Mufcles will alfo be affected, and by that Means the Part
will be rais'd into a large Boil and Impolthumation : But
when the Pain and Heat is moderate, it will probably pierce
•no deeper than the Pannicle, and as the fubjacent Mufcles are
but little, if at all affeded, the Tumors will be but fmall,
and proportionable to the Vellels of the fame Pannicle. And
becaufe the Irritation made by thofe Knots or little Tumors
is not of Violence to afFe6l and attract the Blood in the lar-
ger Vellels ; yet as there is a near Sympathy and ftrid: Com-
munication, at leaft, between all the adjacent Parts of the
Pannicle, any the leaft Irritation will eafily afFed thofe that
are neareft, and the Malady will be communicated by degrees
from one part to another, until it fpread over the whole Bo-
dy. Becaufe of the Clofenefs of the Skin to the Pannicle,
and the Communication there is between them, the Hide
muft alfo be aifeded ; yet that Intimacy and Clofenefs is the
Caufe, in fo gentle an Inflammation, that thefe Knots do
not rife equally in all Parts, but chiefly follow the Tra6l of
the Veins; the Humour therefore has a greater Tendency to-
wards the Veins, as it finds a Lodgment under them while
they are full, and elevate the Skin ; and moreover, as the
Veins (being only fill'd with a Liquid) are therefore foft
and yielding, and may be much eafier prefs'd upon than the
fuperior Skin, which is more hard and compadl ; and it is
from hence that a Cord is always form'd by the Humours
along the Tradt of the Vein ; and as the Swelling increafes,
it gathers Strength, and fometimes furrjiounts the Vein itfelf,
fo that the Vein feems to lie under it.

Wehavefhewn how the Humours thus obftrufled turn
to Matter : But the Matter of the Farcin is generally fmall
in Quantity, as the Knots are form'd in Parts that are dry
and aduft, and where there is but little Moifture ; and as
the Vellels which nourifh it are alfo but fmall ; and for this
Caufe, when the Cure happens to be ill manag'd, the Ul-
cers degenerate into a Caries^ and put forth a Sort of Flefh
which is red, white, or yellowifli, according to the Predo-
minancy of the Humours, or elfe turn hard and fchirrous,
and of liquid Colour ; and when the Lips of the Ulcers be-
come inverted, which happens frequently from the Acrimo-
ny and Sharpnefs of the Matter, or the frequent Applica-
tion of hot or undluous Things, they are then faid to re-
femble a Hen's Fundament.

But all this is reconcileable to what we have laid down as

the immediate Caufe of the Farcin, to wit, a Lentor in the

T 3 Bl.oq4

1 66 Tke FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XLVIII.

Blood and Juices, whereby they move heavily ; but efpe-
cially in the extreme or outv/ard Parts, where the Vellels
are the fmalleft ; and it is very certain, that any, or moll
of thofe Caufes, to which SoUeyfell^ and the belt Farriers
have afcrib'd the Farcin, will produce fuch a Lentor and
Slownels ; or if there be a previous Lentor in the Blood,
mull increafe that Lentor^ either in whole or in part, by ex-
citing Pain. And this is plain from the Inllance of the
Farcin being caufed by the Wound of a rully Spur, which
can aft no otherwife as a Poyfon, than that Ibme of the
harfli and pointed Parts of the Rull fret and irritate the
tender wounded Pannicle ; and even then it mult a6t me-
chanically, and in the Way we have above delcribcd, by
retarding the Motion of the Juices in thofe Parts ; and if
previous to fuch a Wound, there be a very great Vifcidity
and Thicknefs of the Juices, the Farcin may be caufed by
the Wound of a Spur, or any other Inltrument, tho' it be
altogether free from Rult.

If the Farcin be caufed by Infedion from another Horfe,
it muftad in the fame Manner, for then we mult fuppofe
that fom.e Effluvia, or poyfonable Steams, fly off from the
difeafed Horfe, which, by infinuating themfelves into the
Pores of a found Horfe, mult occafion a Stagnation of the
Juices in thofe outward Parts; but thefe Effluvia are not
of fo volatile a Nature as to have often fuch EfFeds : But
when Horfes Hand together in a Stable, it is rather to be at-
tributed to their eating the fam.e kind of Food, and their be-
ing under the fame Direction and Mifmanagement. What
kind of Poifon may be in Swines Litter, or how far it may
be noxious to Horfes, is not worth while here to determine,
fmce it is very feldom made ufe of to Horfes ; and if it was,
it would rather produce the. Mange than the Farcin.

The eating of corrupt and unwholfome Hay or Oats,
may ealily caufe the Farcin, as fuch Feedingbegets Cruditie?,
which mufi render the Blood vifcid ; for when the Blood
has once acquired that Quality, a Stagnation may be ealily
induc'd in the extreme and outward Parts, where the Juices
are naturally vifcid, and the Veflels extremely fmall.

Too much Feeding, without fuitable Exercife, may alfo
be the Caufe of a Farcin, as it may induce a gradual P/W/^i?-
;-^, or Fulnels of the Vellels ; but if that be ludden, by
a fudden Aditridion of the Pores, it will be more apt
to caute a Fever or Surfeit, or a Foundering in the Body,
wiiich in many Cafes is not to be difiinguilh'd from a

Surteif

Chap.XLVIII. Of the Farcin. 167

Surfeit : And the fame Effects may alfo be produc'd from
Travel, or from once hard Riding, and from many other
Errors in the Keeping and Management of Horfes.

It now remains that we take Notice of the Signs; but be-
caufe thefe are manifeft and known to all, we fhall only di-
,ltingui{h between ihofe that are faid to be good Signs, and
thofe which are of ill Prognoflication.

Firft of all then. That kind of Farcin is faid to be eafily
cur'd, which takes its Rife upon the Head and upper Parts 5
the Reafon is, becaufe it can have no deep Root j but if it
once come to affed the Emundories or Kernels about the
Jaws, and towards the Ears, it is then to be feared, and if
negleded, will be apt to breed the Glanders.

That kind of Farcin which is fuperficial, and where the
Hide is only affeded, cannot be of dangerous Confequence,
even though it be univerfal, and has overfpread the whole
Body ; but when it has been originally feated in the Pannicle,
or if it be obferved to grow deeper, and afFedl the Pannicle,
it may be then look'd upon as more dificult and obftinate,
tho' even then it will not be very hard to remove it, unlels
it either afFe6t the glandulous and kernelly Parts, or that
the Knots break, and degenerate into a Caries or Schirrous,
But the moft fuperficial and leaft rooted Farcin, if it con-
tinue long without Abatement, may infenfibly, and by De-
grees, become of ill Confequence, as it difturbs the Offices
of Secretion, for while the Humours have a continual Ten-
dency towards the Knots and Sores, the Pores of the Skin be-
come obftruded, and for Want of a due and regular Dif-
charge there, the lead Error in Feeding and Exercife will
caufe inward Diforders, wherefore we may often obferve
Horfes that have the Farcin turn alfo broken-winded and
confumptive, and fometimes become liable to the Yellows,
and to many other Infirmities, which either render them al-
together incurable, or at leaft make the Cure very difficult.
When the Farcin begins on the extreme and moft depen-
dent Parts ; or if in the Procefs of the Difeafe, the Humours
fall downwards upon the Limbs, it is in that Cafe very diffi-
cult to be remov'J, as it is generally attended with the Greafe,
but the Reafon will be (hewn in the Theory of that Diftemper ;
and a competent Knowledge of the Sirudure and Mechanifm
of a Horfe, will eafily enable any one to diftinguifh in other
Circumftances. We (hall therefore haften to the Cure.

And herein the Farrier ought, in the firft Place, to look un-
to the State and Condition of the Horle, for if he be fat and
T 4 lufty

168 The ^ARKi^Rs New Guide. Ch. XLVIIL

^ufty when the Didemper feizes him, in that Cafe his Diet
fhould be fomewhat abated ; but if it be otherwile, that the
Horfe is lean and out of Heart, end that he has not had fuffi-
cient Nourifhrneni, or that his Labour has been beyond his
Strength and Feeding, his Diet ought then to be fomewhat
augmented ; for as too great a Plenitude and Fulnefs of the
Veilels is oftentimes the Occafion of that Lentor and Slow-
nefs of the Juices which bring on a Farcin, the fame EfFeds
are oftentimes produced by Poornefs j becaufe in that Cafe,
the Blood being divefted of its Spirits, becomes languid and
fluggifh, and confequently is render'd the more apt to Ob-
Itrudion in the extreme Parts, where the Vefiels are the
fmalleft, as we have taken Notice in another Place.

And therefore it will appear to be founded alfo upon Rea-
fon, what SoUeyJell fays he has experienced from frequent
Trials and Obfervation, that Purging is of no great Service,
but oftentimes a Detriment to Horfes in the Farcin. This
is fo plain in Cafe of a Horfe that is low in Flefh, that it
needs no Manner of Proof, and can only be admitted of in
fuch Circumliances as make it unavoidable, when there
happens to be an extreme Coftivenefs, and then laxative
Clyflers are the moll: eligible 5 but on the other Hand, when
a Horfe is fat and fuU-body'd, though Purging mull in that
Cafe do him Icfs hurt, and may be comply'd with in Mo-
deration, yet it is no ways fuited to make a perfect Cure of
the Farcin, but has been the Ruin of many Horfes, in the
Hands of ignorant Smiths, who know no other way of car-
rying off Difeafes but by repeated Purgations, the Difchar-
ges made that Way being the moft apparent to the outward
i^enfes, and the moll agreeable to thofe who are able to
frame no other Ideas of a dilcafed Horfe, than by imagining
his Blood to be full of Corruption, and that the Medicines
they ufe have fome eledive Property to drain that off with
the Dung.

But a more warrantable Experience has fufficiently taught
ns, that in all Purgations the good mufl be drain'd away with
the bad, and are therefore feldom profitable, but rather hurt-
ful in Foulncfies of the Skin and outward Parts ; but thofe
things can only be fuccefsful which work more immediately
upon the Blood and Humours, by changing the Contexture,
and rendering them thin enough, fo as their excrementiti-
cus Parts may go off by the nearell and properefl Outlets.
And it is plainly evident, the Medicines hitherto found the
moll eiTcdual for th.e Cure of the Fcucin, hayc been endu'd
With fuch Propcnics, ^ut

Chap. XLVIII. Of the Farcin^ 1 69

But that we may proceed methodically, 7he Cure of
if a Horle be plethorick and full- body 'd, fuch the Farcin.
a Habit may doubtlefs be an Incumberance
to Nature, in which Cafe there will be Pain and Inflam-
mation in the Knots and Tumours, and yet the Matter may
not be rightly difpofed to come to a laudable Digeftion ;
when ihefe Symptoms are obfervable, the Cure may be be-
gun by taking a fmall Qiiantity of Blood from the Neck,
but that ought not to be repeated, unlefs fome urgent Cir-
cumilance Ihould require it.

After Bleeding, moderate Purging may be once or twice
complied with, efpecially when one or other of the follow-
ing Prefcriptions, v.'hich we have in a more particular Man-
ner fuited to the Nature of the Farcin.

*' Take Aloes in Powder, and Myrrh, of each an Ounce,
*' Diaphoretick Antimony half an Ounce, Jamaica Pep-
*' per two Drams. Make them into Balls with a fufficient
'' Qiiantity of Flour and Honey.

This is fo mildj that it may be given almofl to any
Horfe ; the following is fomewhat ftronger.

^' Take Aloes two Ourxes, Salt of Tartar two Drams,
*' Gum Guaiacum, and iEthiops Mineral, of each half an
*^ Ounce ; make them into Balls as the former.

No purging Medicine can be better fuited' to the Nature
of the Farcin : But if it fhould be required ftronger, as it
may be to fome very robuft Horfes, then the following
may be given.

" Take the Pulvis Cornachim, otherwife called the
*' Countefs of IVarwick's Powder, an Ounce and a half,
*' or two Ounces, i^thiops Mineral one Ounce : Make
*' them up as the former into one or two Balls.

Either of thefe may be given, according to the Strength
and Ability o^ the Horfe, obferving always that he drink
nothing but White- water warm'd, until the Phyfick is quite
gone out of his Body ; which, if he be purg'd three times,
will be about a Week or ten Days after the firft Dofe.

If upon this you obferve the Knots and little Tumours
ripen well, you need only give the Horfe half an Ounce of
Vefiice Treacle, or Mithridate, or an Ounce of London
Treacle, twice a Day, in a Pint of Ale or White- wine ;
and this may be repeated every Day until the Matter is
all difcharg'd ; or if they terminate in dry horny Excre-
fcences, like Warts, which fometimes happens, it may be
fepeated after the worlt Symptoms are over, viz. the

Swel'

1 70 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. XLVIII.

Swelling and Inflammation about the Roots, every other
Day only ; and when the Skin becomes fo well fortified,
and the Excrefcences fo much difengag'd from it, that they
begin to fall ofF in the DrefTing, or that you can bring them
off with your Nails without hurting him, you may then
leave off the Ufe of Medicines, and put a Period to the
Cure, by giving your Horfe due Exercife.

But if the Obftrudions be of long ftanding, and that
there is a very ill Difpofition in all thofe Parts where the
Diftemper is feated, and that the Sores and Ulcers begin
to have a bad Tendency, then Recourfe mull be had to thofe
Medicines which are endu'd with the Qualities we have
above-mentioned ; and firft of all we fhall begin with fuch
as are the moil fimple and eafy to be had.

And here it will be proper to obferve, that Antimony
given to a Horfe among his Corn, will fometimes cure the
Farcin s and I have known feveral Inftances of it, tho' I
have known it alfo prove feveral times unfuccefsful ; but
that may not be the Fault of the Medicines, but the Keeper,
who ought, while the Horfe is under a Courfe of Antimony,
to give him daily, but moderate Exercife, and likewife mo-
derate Feeding.

Therefore when you give your Horfe Antimony for the
Farcin, let the Djfe be two Ounces, which may be mingled
■with his Oats ; and about an Hour thereafter let him be
walked abroad for the Space of an Hour more, or an Hour
and a half; let him be very well rubb'd when he is brought
into the Stable ; but the Comb mud be fparingly ufed to
a Horfe that has the Farcin upon him, becaufe of rankling
the Sores j after his Drefling, cloathe him moderately warm.

\i the Antimony opens his Belly, it will then lofe much
of its Virtue, and the Horfe will become weak ; in that
Cafe you may give it in Balls made of ^r///V^- Treacle, or
i.o;^i<j;; -Treacle, v/ith a fmall Qiiantity of Flour, to bring
the Mixture into a fit Confiftency ; continue to give it in
this Manner till the Loofenefs abates.

If it be frofty Weather, his Water Ihould be fometimes
warm'd and ftrcw'd with Oatmeal ; or at leaft, it ought to
be fet fome time before the Fire, becaufe exccfiive cold Wa-
ter v»nll be apt to chill the Body of a Horfe, which is kept
in a more than ordinary Heat during the Operation of the
Antimony. But Antimony may be given more properly
in the following Manner :

*' Take

Chap. XLVIir. Of the Farcin. 171

" Take crude Antimony half a Pound, Quickfilver four
" Ounces, Flour of Brimllone two Ounces : Rub thefe
"" two or three Hours in an Iron Mortar, until they are re-
" duc'd into an impalpable black Powder; then take of
" the Rafpings of Guaiacum Wood fix Ounces, Zedoary
'^ and Galangal, of each two Ounces, Bay-berries, Juni-
*' per-berries, Coriander- feeds, and Caraway-feeds, of each
*' an Ounce." Make all thcfe into a fine Powder, and
mix them in a Mortar with the Black Powder.

Two Ounces of this Powder made up into a Ball or
Pafte, with a fufEcient Qiiantity of Honey, and given eve-
ry Day to your Horfe, will foon cure him of the moft in-
veterate Farcin, unlefs any uncommon Accident fhould hap-
pen, or that the Horfe be broken-winded, or labours under
fome other inward Imperfedion.

The following Drink may alfo be given againft the Far-
cin with very good Succefs, but then it is not once or twice
will do the Bufinefs, but it muft be continued a confidera-
ble Time.

'' Take o^Gualacum-woaA one Found, Sajfafras and Box-
" wood, of each half a Pound, the Bark of Walnut-tree,
*' and the Roots of fharp-pointedDock, of each four Oun-
" ces. Hog-lice tied in a Imnen Bag, as many as will fill a
" Pint Porringer, Liquorice flic'd four Ounces." Let all
thefe be put into fix Gallons of new Wort, the Woods and
Bark being firft rafp'd, and when it has done working, give
your Horfe a Quart of the Liquor every Morning, and the
fame quantity towards the Evening, or oftener.

I have feen a great many Receipts which have been fome-
what of the fame Nature for the Cure of the Farcin, but
the Owners of them, for the moft part, boil'd the Ligre-
dients in Ale or Beer, and gave it once or twice ; and if the
Drink did not anfwer their End, they were then greatly dif-
appointed ; but as all thofe Things have their Operation
chiefly in the Glands and fmall Vellels, a confiderable Time
mull be allowed before their Efficacy be much felt, and if
they anfwer their End in two or three Months, it is as much
as can be expected from them.

SoUeyfell recommends the Ufe of Guaiacum, Saflafras,
and Sarfaparilla, two Ounces of each, made into a grofs
Powder for three Dofes, which, he fays, is a Specifick,
which, by a continued Ufe, infallibly cures the Farcin.
The Roots of *S<?/i?;/2i?«'s-feal, white Mulein, and Qtieen of
the Meadows, Hand alfo recommended by him for the fame

Purpofe ;

171 The Farrier*^ New Guide. Ch.XLVIII.

Purpofe; but any of all thefe mud come far fhort of our
Jirft Prefcription, and likewife of the following, which we
areafliired will root out the Caufe of any Farcin that is not
complicated in the Manner we have above mentioned.

" Take Native Cinnabar one Pound, Gum Guaiacum
*' half a' Pound ; or inftead of that, to a Horfe of fmall
*' Value, the fame Quantity of Guaiacum Wood rafp'd,
*' Zedoary and Galangal of each two Ounces, Diaphoretick
" Antimony four Ounces.'* Make all thefe into a fine
Powder, and put it up in a cover'd Gallipot.

Tw^o Ounces of this Powder may be fometimes given in
Honey, and fometimes in /^<?/7/V^- Treacle, or Mithridate,
made into a ftiiFPafte, and thrown down like a Ball, re-
peating the Dofe every Day; neither will there beOccafion
ofkeeping the Horfe Bridled, and reflraining him three or
four Hours from Feeding, for this mull digeft with his
Food, and might be given him among his Oats if he would
gather it up clean.

>T^,- ^ r- The Cinnabar, which is the Bafis of this

Bar its Virtue. Medicme, is a natural Compound of Quick-
filver, and fome very fine Sulphurs, which
render its Operation as mild and eafy as it is truly efficaci-
ous ; and there is no Horfe, let him be of never fo delicate
and w^afhy a Conftitution, but may take it with all the Safety
imaginable, and it will be fo far from hurting him, that he
will mend and grow ftrong upon it.

The Cinnabar of Antimony is alfo a very good Medicine,
and wnli have near the fame EfFed as the other, but it is
dearer; the Fi^itious Cinnabar is likewife ufeful in the
Farcin, but the Native is much the bed, and may be di-
ilinguifn'd from the Fictitious by its beautiful red Colour,
being more fplendid and fhining than that which is made by
the Ciiymills.

There are infinite Remedies to be met with in the Books
of Farriers, many of which are affirm'd to cure the P'arcin
infallibly: But as there are but few of them which are not
over-loaded with a Number of ufelefs Ingredients; and as
thofe of them which are the molt adapted to that Diftem-
per, are but trifling and infignificant, wc have thought fit
not to j^Jve the Reader any Trouble with them, looking
upon the Cures we have already laid down, to be fufficient
to anfwer all that can be propos'd, fo far as inward Me-
dicines may be ferviceable ; and \^ thefe be comply'd with
111 due Time, the Farcin will never have that Tendency to

inflame

Chap. XLVIII. Of the Farcin, 175

inflame the glandulous Parts, and to fall into Boils and
Swellings about the Sheath and Belly, neither will it ever
degenerate to the Greafe, as it often happens when impro-
per Methods are taken.

As to thofe Cures which are faid to be performed by put-
ting the Juice of Rue, Beets, and other Pot-herbs, Bay-falt,
Hemlock, Henbane, and the like, and thofe which are con-
ftantly boafted of, by tying infignificant Things to a Horfe's
Mane or Tail, I believe no judicious Perfon will give much
more Credit to them than I am willing to do, there being
very little to be faid in Behalf of the firfl, and the laft be-
ing monftroufly ridiculous.

But any of thefe may fucceed, if to them <r^ ^
be added daily Exercife ; and I have my felf fimeLes^'cur^d
been Witnefs to fuch like Cures, in a very ^, Exerdfe.
moderate and beginning Farcin ; but then it
was not the Application, but the Exercife ; and nothing '\s
more common among fome Country People, than to bleed
a Horfe for the Farcin, and to fend him immediately to
Plough ; and while the Exercife is truly the Caufe of the
Cure, they generally attribute it to the Smell of the Earth ;
and agreeable to this is what we find in Tie Greyy in his
Second Book, Chap. IX. towards the latter End of the
firft Sedtion, where, after a great Number of infignificant
Recipe's^ he has thefe Words :

" But now I will give you, for a Clofe, the bell and
*' moft certain Cure for this Difeafe that I ever yet knew,
" and with which I have perfeded more rare Cures of this
" Nature, than of all the Refidue before inculcated. And
*' thus it is :

" Take of Rue the tender Tops and Leaves only, with-
" out any of the leaft Stalks, a good handful, firft chop them
" fmall, and then Itamp them in a Mortar to a very Oint-
*' ment; when they are fo well pounded, put thereunto of
*' the pureft white tried Hogs-greafea fpoonful, andfo v/ork
" them together to a perfect Salve or Ointment ; that done,
" flop into either. Ear this whole Qtiantity by equal Por-
" tions, and put a little Wooll upon the Medicine, to make
" it keep in the better, and fo ftitch up his Ears, and let him
" remain in the Stable four and twenty Hours at the leaft,
•' and then unftitch his Ears, and take forth the Wooll,
" and either put him forth to Grafs, or elfe if he be to be
" wrought, work him, for the more his Labour is, and the
" more fparing his Diet, the turner he i? cur'd.

" This

174 27?^ Farrier' j- New Guide. Ch.XLVIII,

*' This I recommend to you for the belt and moft certain
*' Cure that I could ever meet with ; for with this Receipt on-
*' )y, I afllire you on my Credit, I have cured more than an
*' hundred Horfes, many of which were by other Farriers hol-
*' den for incurable, and fentenced to be Food for Hounds.
J nir r ^^t it IS very plain, all that Rue can do,

on the recited ^hen uled m this Manner, is but little, efpe-
PaJTage out of cially in the fpaceof twenty four Hours ; for
Dc Grey, it is demonftrable from the Nature of the

Farcin, as it is a Difeafe brought on by
Length of Time, fo it mud of Confequence require Time
to its Removal, and in all chronical Difeales and ill Habits
it is the fiime ; and therefore what this Author has applied
to the R-ue, was only owing to the Exercife, though I
cannot approve of his Method of keeping a Horfe to hard
Labour and a very fpare Diet too, that being diredly con-
trary to the Nature of all animal Bodies whatfoever, which
muft be enabled to do their Work by Food ; and 1 am tru-
ly of Opinion, no Horfe was ever yet cured where this
Rule was ftridly put in Pra6lice ; but how far a Horfe may
be indulged in Feeding while the Farcin is upon him, any
one, with a little Care and Obfei va.tion, may in fome Mea-
fure be a Judge. What relates to putting Rue, and other
pungent and ftimulating Medicines within the Ears of a
Horfe, for fudden Difordcrs of the Head, has been al-
ready fpoke to, where we treated of the Staggers^ to which
we refer the Reader. We fliall therefore go on to the re-
maining Part of the Cure, which chiefly concerns the Ap-
plications made externally.

If due and proper Care was taken in the Beginning of
the Farcin, there would be little Need of outward Means,
otherwife than by wafhing the Sores with Jqua Vitcs^
Brandy, or Wine, or with Urine, and fuch like things. But
the frequent Mifmanagement which Horfes have been expo-
fed to in this Diltemper, has render'd both the Difeafe and
the Cure the moft complicated and perplexed of any that is
to be met with in the whole Syftem of Difeafes, infomuch,
that there is fcarcely an Herb or Plant, but what has been
internally ufed and outwardly : There is no Poifon, natural
or artificial, that has not had fome Share, either in killing,
or curing Horfes who have lain under this Malady. But,
out of thofe we fhall endeavour to make the beft Choice j
neither fhall we ufe them promifcuoufly, and at a Venture,
as has been hitherto done by moft Praditioners, but by

making

Chai*. XLVIII. Of the Farcin. 17 s

making the proper Diftinftions fuit them, as near as ca^
be, to the Variety and Difference which is moft obfervable
in the Knots and Ulcers.

In fome Kinds of the Farcin the Skin is External Ap-
but little, if at all, elevated, but only a vif- plications, nvhen
cous Matter tranfudes, and pafles thro* the ^ecejary, and
Pores, and hardens like Corns; and this fort \°^J p^^^"
we have obferv'd not to be very difficult, but ^ ^^^^ '
may be cured chiefly by Internals, as they are but fmall, and
accompanied with little or no Inflammation. Yet becaufe
when they continue long, there will be Matter gathered be-
neath them, the bell: Way is to anoint them with Oil of
Bays, with a moderate Quantity of Quickfilver, and they
will foon fall off.

When the Farcin makes its Appearance in Tumours that
elevate the Skin, if they continue fmall, they will proba-
bly end as the other : And therefore the Farrier ought not
to be too bufy to ripen them, but leave them as much as
can be to Nature ; for in that Kind, the Matter very often
finds a Paflage for itfelf through the Pores of the Skin, and
what is not turned to Matter, is wafia'd back again with the
refluent Blood.

But the Knots and Tumours are fometimes fo difpofed,
that without coming to a laudable Digeftion, they grow
fungous and open like a Sponge, and tranfmit a greal deal
of thin vifcid Matter through an infinite Number of little
Holes and Interftices in that loofe Subftance. This is a
bad Kind of Farcin, and is apt to degenerate into very un-
towardly Sores. But the belt Way to manage in this Cafe,
and prevent its having any ill Tendency, is to drefs them
with the following Ointment.

" Take common Turpentine, or /^^wV^ Turpentine, four
*' Ounces, Quickfilver two Ounces ; incorporate them in
" a Mortar until the Quickfilver is kill'd, and the Ointment
" turns to the Colour of Lead. Spread this upon Pledgits
" of Hurds, and apply them upon the Sores.

The Turpentine will fuck out the fuperfluous Moifture,
and the Quickfilver will keep the Excrcfcences under.
This is a moft excellent Remedy, and will feldom or never
fail making a perfect Cure, if it be made ufe of in Time ;
and the Sores be drefs'd with it once a Day, or once every
other Day.

But the moft common and ordinary Cafe is, where the
Knots rife pretty high, and are painful to the Touch, but at

the

176 Tke Farrier V New Guide. Ch. XLVIIL

the fame time give no Signs of their coming to Digeftion
while they continue To : Let the Horfe have daily the Jnti-
monial or Cin?iabar Balls exhibited to him, that, if poffible,
the Matter which forms the Cords and Knots may be there-
by attenuated, fo as it may be carry'd along with the Current,
or may find a Pallage thro' the Pores j for it is every one's
Bufinefs, as much as may be, to avoid their breaking, and
turning to Ulcers. For the endeavouring unskilfully to digeft
and break thofe blind and dry Knots, which, of themfelves,
have no Tendency to ripen and turn to Matter, is the Rea-
fon why they fo often degenerate into thofe indurated and
hard Excrefcences, which we daily obferve are fo difficult
to be removed. And therefore while the proper Means are
ufed inwardly, which muft never be negleded till the Dif-
eafe is quite conquer'd and overcome, outwardly may be
made ufe of the camphorated Spirits, viz.

" Take redlify'd Spirits of Wine one Pint, diflblve in it
*' an Ounce and a half of Camphire : and with a Sponge dipt
*' in it, rub all the Knots and Cords five or fix times a Day.

But if the Knots grow foft, and yield to the Impreflion
of your Finger, in this Cafe they ought to be opened as foon
as they come to Maturity, efpecially thofe that are the lar-
geft, to prevent the Matter returning into the Blood. For
although a fmall Quantity of Matter taken up, and wafh'd
back into the Veins with the refluent Blood, may be of no
very ill Confequence ; yet when there happens to be much
of it, and that its Dilcharge is prevented by the Thicknefs
of the Skin, as is pretty ufual to Horfes, it is not unlikely
that the Matter, when it returns in this Manner, may by its
Acrimony and Sharpnefs, abrade the fmall Vefiels, and
thereby caufe frefh Eruptions on other Parts of the Skin ;
or if that does not happen, its Stay and Continuance may
caufe a very ill Difpofition of the Part, efpecially in thofe
Tumours and Knots that are feated near the Glands and
Kernels. Now there are various ways of opening thofe
little Tumours ; fome Farriers prick them with an Awl, or
■with a large Needle, or other (harp Inflrument. Some
pierce them with a fmall Iron red lT£>t, and fomewhat round-
ed at the End. But many of our common Farriers pull
out the Knots with Pincers ; and there are fome who ufe
no other Method of killing the Farcin, as they often term
it, but by giving the Fire.

No doubt, all thefe Methods may be pradis'd in the Far-
cin in fome particular Circumltances j but the Way of treat-
ing

Chap. XLVIII. Of the Farcin. 1 77

Irig thofe Tumors ought to be fuited to their various Difpo-
fnions ; but while they are nothing but fmall Puftules, full
of Matter, neither the Fire, nor a hot Iron, is necellkry, but
a fharp Inftrument with a keen Edge, particularly a Lancet,
or Incifion- knife ; neither fhould they be pierc'd or bor'd,
and then have Tents thruft into them, but the Orifice made
large enough to difcharge the Matter. For the molt fimple
Sore may eafily be chang'd to an ill-difpofed Ulcer, by the
Ufe of Tents, as fhall be fhewn in another Place.

If the Sores have no bad Tendency, they need but be dref-
fed with warm Turpentine, or common Tar, keeping your
Horfe covered with a Sheet 5 and if they be fometimes wafh'd
with warm Brandy, or Spirit of Wine, it will be very proper.
This Method will be fufficient to cure all thofe Knots that
are of a moderate Size, and eafily ripen. But when there
happens to be fome that are pretty large, and can neither be
difcufs'd, nor brought to Matter, in that Cafe, if they were
to be cut with a fharp cold Inftrument, there would pro-
bably nothing ifl'ue out but Blood, and the Wound would
foon clofe again ; therefore, to them, a hot Knife, or a hot
Iron, \s the moft proper; but then the Farrier (hould know
very well upon what Grounds he meddles with them.

We fhall now confider the Farcin in its more advanc'dState,
viz, when it becomes attended with ill Accidents; to under-
Hand which aright, befides many other Pracogniia^ the Far-
rier ought to be pretty well inftrudled in the Art of Chirur-
gery. For, as we have already obferv'd, the moft fimple
Knots and Tumors may, when they are ill manag'd, dege-
nerate into Ulcers, fo we find this to be true by daily Expe-
rience ; for there is fcarcely any Ulcer, or preternatural Ex-
crefcence of any Kind, which can grow out upon an Animal
Body, but what is often the Effe<5t of this Diftemper, and
proceeds chieliy, as we have alfo taken notice, from the want
of proper Medicines internally, or even when the Medicines,
tho' well adapted, have not been continued long enough to
do their Bufinefs. The compelling Nature in bringing thofe
things to Suppuration and Matter, which in themfelves have
no Tendency to it. The inducing a badDifpofition into the
Sores and Ulcers, by the Application of fat greafy Medicines ;
and the inclofing of foreign Bodies within them, as Tents
made of the Pith of Elder, and other fpongy things, and even
thofe of Flax. The injudicious Application of hot, cauftick,
and corrofive Medicines, and of the Fire itfelf : The expofing
the Sores to the fharp Air j and a great many other fuch-like
Errors. U But

178 The Parrier'j New Guide. Ch. XLVIIL

-., . . , But that all thefe things may be made as

jjfl?i!!^,n,>;iu ^^^y ^^^ intelligible as poHlble, we (hall re-

Intentions ivito . ■' , i i « » , i r >-. • x r ^

rxftiea to exter- ^"^^ ^"^ Whole Method of Cure in thole ob-
nal Applications, ftinate Cafes to three principal Intentions :
The firfl is, the cleanfing the Ulcers from
Foulnefs ; the fecond^ to fupprefs a Luxuriancy and falfe
Growth of Flclh; and the thirds to deftroy any fuch Ex-
crcfcences when grown ; and in this lall there are alfo feve-
ral Intentions, as we fhall fee anon.

As to the/r/?, if the Farcin Knots have been openM, and
degenerated into foul Ulcers, if thefe are not deep, and their
Lips grown callous and hard, the Unguentum /Egyptiacum^
made chiefly of Honey and Verdegreafe, which is fufficient-
ly in the Acquaintance of all Farriers, will, for the moft
Fart, anfwer that End j or the Ointment made of Quick-
filver and Turpentine, as above prefcrib*d ; or Safilkum
mix'd with red Precipitate, in the following Manner.

" Take red Precipitate half anOurvre, rub it in a fmooth
*' Mortar until all its fliining Particles are deftroy*d, then
*' mix it very well with two Ounces of Bafilicum to dref%
*' the Sore withal.

The Precipitate is a moft excellent Medicine when it is
thus prepared ; but in the Way the Farriers ufe it, it fel-
dom fucceeds, becaufe they apply it in a rough grofs Pow-
der, as it comes from the Laboratory of the Chymifts, and
that alfo in a very large Quantity ; which, inftead of bring-
ing an Ulcer into a good Difpolition, makes the Sore ran-
kle, and become ten times worfe. I know this is alfo prac-
tis'd by fome Surgeons, and one of confiderable Name and
Pradicc approved of it in my liearing; tho' I muft needs fay
it is contrary to my frequent Experience ; and it is likewife
contrary to the true Intention of that Medicine, which is
only to caufe a purer Digeftion, by iniinuating its finer and.
more fubtle Parts into the little Canals and Pipes, thereby
forcing thro' their Obftructions ; whereas, when it is appli-
ed in a grofs Powder, as it is indued with many fharp
Points, it only increafes the Influx of Matter, by wounding
thofe tender Fibres, and thereby caufes a greater Derivation
of Humours to them, which ought to be avoided by every
good Surgeon and Farrier. But thofe who love to fee a
great Quantity of Matter follow their Dreflings, may have
their Expedtations very near anfwered by the Application
of Glafs Powder, the Sand of an Hour-glafs, or any thing
eife that is fiiarp-poiiited and cutting.

But

I

Chap. XLVIII. Of the Farcin: if 9

But in fome Ulcers, a milder Medicine than Precipitate may
even be us'd, as the dulci^M or fweet Mercury, made into
Powder in the fame manner as the former, and it will anfwer
the End with equal Succels. As foon as they become clean
and fmooth at Bottom, and that they begin to fill up, they
need only be drefs'd with Honey mix'd with Spirit of Wine,
which will both cleanfe and heal them ; or to make the
Dreffingfit on the better, it may have Turpentine added to it.

Thtfecond Intention^ Or the fupprefling and keeping down
proud and fungous Flefh,may be done by the ufeof all gentle
cauftick Medicines,as wafhing the Sores with blue, green, or
"white Vitriol- water, but the blue is the ftrongeft, and may
be made by putting an Ounce oi Roman Vitriol to a Pint of
fairWater,and letting it (land till it is all diflolved. The Way
of applying this is by dipping Flax into theSolution,and when
you have fqueez'd out the Moifture, apply it as dry as may be
to the Ulcers j and if Bandage can conveniently be apply*d o^
ver them, it will reftrain the growth of proud flelh, unlefs the
Horfe be inwardly diforder'd, which muft be carefully look'd
into, that your Application may be fuited accordingly*

If the proud Flefhrifes very faft, you may apply the Pow^
der of blue Vitriol alone ; and if the Part will not admit of
Bandage, you are to fupply the Want of it as much as you
can, by applying dry Lint over the Powder to a pretty good
Thicknefs, and above that a Plaifter of Surgundy Pitch, or
fome other Plaifter that will ftick very faft ; and if you can
inclofe a thin Plate of Lead wrapt up in the Flax, it will be
Very convenient, becaufe the Weight and PrefTure upon the
Part, will contribute very much to this Intention.*

There are many other Medicines of this kind that may be
nfed with good Succefs, as the Vitriol Water prefcrib'd for
Rheums in the Eyes; and likewife the blue Water, and the
Solution of the Lapis mirabilis out o^ Solleyjell^ or the Pow-
der of the faid Stone, all which may be feen in their proper
Places ; and many other things may likewife be met with in
the Books of the beft Farriers, which may be ufed in the like
cafe, which we have not room here to infert ; we (hall there-
fore proceed to the laft Intention which we mentioned in the
Cure of the Farcin, viz, by laying down a proper Method
whereby to deftroy all manner of Excrefcences, which have
either been occalion'd by ill Management, or have baffled
the common and ordinary means us'd to prevent them; and
herein we have undertaken a very hard and difficult Task.

And fuch are thofe pieces of imperfect Flefh, which we

have obferved to (hoot forth from the little Ulcers in v^-

U 2 riQus

^8o The lARRit.R'sNe'-j^ Guide. Ch.XLVM,

rious Afpeds, fome refembling a Hen*s Fundament, ancf
fome (as is not uncommon to Excrefcencts of that Kind)-
having no diftin6l Refemblance to any Thing in Nature ;
but as they all agree in their Compadlnefs and Solidity,
Avhereby they have feldom any great Tendency to vi^afte,
after they have once acquir'd fuch a Difpofition ; the Me^
thod propos'd in this Intention may therefore be put in
Pradice, fo as they may be altogether rooted out ; and th\s
is to be done either by cutting or burning, or both, according
as different Circumftances may require.

The Knife is the moft expeditious in all cafes where they
are loofe, and not firmly feated with a large Adhefion to the
Flefli, and when they lie off from the larger VeiTels, applying
afterwards Ibme cicatrizing Medicine ; but this Method can-
not be oblerv'd with refped: to the whole, but only to thofe
which by Accident put forth in fuch a manner ; and therefore
burning Medicines, or the Fire itfelf, mult alfo be us'd.
ir/je Method of ^^^ ^^ ought carefully to be taken Notice
making caujlick of, that in all Cafes where Medicines are
Applications in to be apply'd, whofe immediate Operation
the iarcin. confills in con fuming the Parts to which they
are laid ; if the Difeafe be univerfal, and fpread over divers
Parts of the Body at once, as that under our prefent Con-
iideraiion, thofe of the mildeft Operation are firft to be
comply'd with ; and that they may the more ealily take
Effed, the Parts ought either to be rubb'd till they become
fomewhat raw, or be gently fcarrify'd with a Fleam.
■^ zdly. If Recourfe muft be had to more powerful Medi-
cines, or to the ufe of Fire, as is neceflary in obltinate Cafes;
and if there be a vaft Number of Excrefcences to bedeflroy'd,
and thefe feated in divers parts of the Body, you ought not to
attack thefe all at once, but by degrees bring fome to Digef-
tion and Matter before you begin with others ; for the com-
municating too great a Heat to divers parts of the Body at
once, as mull happen from Itrong cauftick Medicines, or
adual Fire, will either deltroy your Horfe,by throwing him
into violent and fudden Diforders, or at leaft create a bad
pifpofiiion, which, inftead of making a Cure, will render
him much worfe, as might be eafily demonftrated.

3c'//v. The Situation of the Parts is alfo very much to
be regarded in this Intention, and all fuch harfli Applica-
tions ought to be gently and fparingly us'd to the Limbs
and dependent Parts, and likcwife to the Sheath and other
foft Parts, to tlie Region of the Heart and Kidneys, ^c,
and when they have been apply'd to thofe Parts, the Fire

ought

Chap. XLVIIL Of the Farcin: i % i

Ought to be fetch'd out of them with all poflible Expedition,
hy fcarrifying the burnt Flefh, and ufing fuch Dreflings as
are able to keep down an over-great Inflammation, and
bring them fuddenly to Matter.

Lajlly^ While the Operations are perform'd, a more thaa
ordinary Care ought to be taken in a Horfe's Feeding j and
if he be perceiv'd to lofe his Appetite, as that is a Sign they
have been carry'd to the height of his Strength, a feafonable
Stop ought therefore to be put to them, and he fliould be
continued to a Mediocrity in Diet, gentle, but daily Exer-
^\it ; and fometimes opening and laxative Clyfters may be
exhibited, during the whole Courfe of fuch Applications.

We fhall put a Period to this Cure, by inferring fomefew
Medicines which may be fuited to the fev^ral Intentions of
cauterizing, and deftroying fuperfluous Flefli, whereof the
two firll are very mild and fafe in their Operation, and
may be us*d without any great Caution, excepting that the
Horfe ought to be kept from Cold, and have his Water
Gonftantly warm'd.

*' Take of Quickiilver four OunceSjF^^w Turpentine two
*' Ounces, rub them in a Mortar until they are incorporated,
*' and the Quickfilver wholly difappears,aiter which add two
•' Ounces of Honey, an Ounce of Verdigreafe, black Soap,
*' and Euphorbium in Powder, of each an Ounce and a half.

" Take oi Quickliiver two Ounces, Venice Turpentine
" three Ounces, black Soap an Ounce and a half, incor-
^' porate them as the former ; then add Euphorbium and
*' Spanijh Flies in Powder, of each an Ounce.

With either of thefe anoint all the Excrefcences once a day,
holding a hot Bar of Iron to help the Medicine the better to
penetrate; but iirft of all, if they be dry and without Moif-
ture, they ought to be rubb'd thoroughly with a Hair-cloth ;
or they may be gently fcarrify*d, as has been hinted ; but if
they continue fo obftinate as not to wafte upon the Ufe of
thefe things, then Recourfe muft be had to the following ;

*' Take Oil of Bays and Quickfilver, ox Neapolitamim^iTfO
" Ounces, Turpentine an Ounce, corrofive Sublimate in
^' Powder, and Euphorbium^ of each an Ounce and a half:
*' Mix them together with as much black Soap as is fuffici-
^' ent to make them into the Confiilency of a thick Oint^
"' ment, and with a wooden Slice anoint all Excrefcences,
*' taking Care not to fpread it upon the found Parts.

This will foon deftroy the Tumors, and in a ihort Space

educe them to an Efcar, which may be anointed with

U ^ warm

jS2 The FARRiERVi\r^ie; Guide, Ch.XLVIII.

warm Tar once a Day, until the Scab falls ofF ; after which
^ fmall quantity of Verdcgreafe may be mixed with Tar,
or any other Digeflive, to cicanfe the Ulcers, to prevent a
frefli Growth of proud Flefli, which will be very apt to
arife after thofe fiery Applications, unlefs the Horfe be other-
wife in good Order, What is further neceflary, after
cauftick Applications, may be feen in that Chapter where
we have treated of Burns and Gun-Jhot Wounds,

Markham fays, the Farriers, his old Mailers, were wont to
take white Mercury, and after opening the Knots, they put
a fmall Quantity into each, which in a fhort Time made
them fall off ; but it ought to be very warily us*d, otherwife
it will caufe dangerous Swellings in the Limbs and Kernels
about the Throat, as in an Inftancel faw not long ago ; but
this Caution is hardly neceflary to the Country Farriers, who
feldom call for it by the Name of Corrofive Sublimate^ as \
have taken notice feveral times, fo that the Jpothecaries give
them Mercurius duUis inftead of it, which altho' it does not
form any thing like an Efcar, yet as they pepper them very
foundly with it, it is not always unattended with Succefs.

The following is from Solleyfell-, he calls it the Oifitment
f^f Naples y having had it communicated to him by a Neapo»
litan Groom, after he had feen many furprifing Cures per-
formed by it ; but altho* it has been us'd with Succefs in eve-
ry State of the Farcin, according to that Author, yet it is
more peculiarly adapted to deflroy Excrefcences, as it is
made up of Ingredients that are altogether cauftick, and
fomewhat ftronger than that which we have laft inferted.

*' Take Realgar and Sublimate, of each two Ounces,
*' Arfenick and Euphorbium, of each an Ounce ; beat
«* them to fine Powder, and incorporate them without
f^ Heat with half a Pound of Oil of Bays.

JCeep the Ointment in a glaz'd Pot, and when you have
Occafion to uie it^ open the Knots or Swellings with a Lan-
cet, and put into the Hole a little Cotton dipt in this Oint-
ment, without heating it in the leaft. The next day, if
you perceive that it is fallen av^^ay, you muft put in a little
Cotton with fome frefli Ointment 5 but if it fHck, one
Application will fuffice.

Thefe may be made ftronger or weaker, or according as
you riiix them with a greater or lefler Quantity of Oint-
ment, and may be diverfify'd by changing one Ingredient
for another, provided you keep a fufficient Quantity of
Shoff that are caufticL The Realgar is a Compofitioa

made

Chap. XLIX. Of the Mange. 1 8 5

made of Brimftone, Orpiment, and unflakM Lime ; the
Ointment is no other than the yellow Arfenick, but obtains
the Name oi Orpiment from the Painters. Corrofive Subli-
mate is a Preparation of Mercury, which borrows its cau-
ftick and burning Quality from the Jqua fortis which en-
ters into its Compolition. Any of thefe us'd dry will yet be
of more fudden Efficacy ; unilack' Lime, or the capital Soap
Lees evaporated to a Drynefs, will have the fame EfFe<5t ; or
the Lunar Cauftick, fo much in the Acquaintance of Sur-
geons ; and, in fine, all things that are plentifully faturated
with Fire But in the Farcin they ought to be guarded
and made more moderate, as in the Manner above pre-
fcribed. Neither is the atftual Cautery or Fire to be apply'd
otherwife than as an Auxiliary, and to affift in other Inten-
tions, viz. to keep down a luxuriant and frefh Growth of
proud Flefti, after the Knife, or the more gentle Caufticks,
But the Reader may turn to the latter End of this Treatife,
where the Nature and Ufe of that Operation is (hev^^n^

CHAP. XLIX.

Of the Mange,

AS the Diflemper we have treated of in the preceeding
Chapter has its chief Seat in the Skin and flefhy Pannicle,
thatwhich comes under our prefentConfideration is yet more
fuperficial, being principally feated on the Surface of the Skin
only arid Scarfskin ; and therefore as the Mange is thus cir-
cumfta^nc'd, it is feldom attended with Pain and Inflamma-
tion, but only with an Itching, that thin membranous Tegu-
ment not being indued with any tender Sen fation, as has beea
iobfervM in the Beginning of the Anatomical Part; but yet if
a Horfe has been ill manag'd, or that the Diftemper has been
of a long ftanding, it is then apt to degenerate from what
jt was at firft, and taking deeper Root, it caufes Boils and
Sores, which often have a very ill Tendency.

The Caufe is from an over-great Quantity 'The Caitfe.
of vifcid Serum bred in the Bodies of Horfes
by corrupt and foul Feeding, ns the eating of Grains, a too
frequent ufe of hot Maflies, Want of due Exercife, and the
Want of good Currying, efpecially to a Horfe that has been
ufed to it ; for by that Means the Pores become obftrudted,
and the Serofities of the Blood are thereby accumulated in
the fmall Veflels of the Skin, Sometimes it proceeds
from Want of Food and due Nourifliment, whereby the
Blood being depauperated, is render 'd unable to reach
U 4 th«

1 $4 The Farrier'^- New Guitk, Chap. XLIX.

the Paflages of the Skin to make a Secretion there ; fo that
its ferous Parts being detained in the Imall Veflels, turn cor-
rofive, and break thro' the Skin ; and fometimes it is caufed
by Infedion from other Horfes.

The Signs are, the falling off of the Hair, efpecially about
the Loins and Hams, and from moft or all the Joints, ac-
cording as the Diftemper is more or lefs prevalent ; fome-
times froni the Head and Neck, but very frequently from
the Rump. The Skin in thofe Parts, by reafon of the Heat
and Corrolivenefs of the Matter, turns thick and hard, and
fometimes crulled like that of an Elephant, from whence
feveral Farriers have term'd it the Elephantick Malady,
err r As to the Cure, moft Farriers lay a great

§trefs on Bleeding, infomuch that they drain
away the Blood from feveral Barts of the Body at once, viz.
from the Neck, the Plate- veins, from the Tail, and fome-
times from the Flanks ; and all this from a firm, but igno-
rant Conceit, that in the Mange the Blood is full of Cor-
ruption, which, upon examining what has been already faid,
will be found a ridiculous Pradice, and very pernicious, ef-
pecially to thofe Horfes that are low and out of Heart, as
Nothing fo often makes the Difeafe degenerate into aij ill
Habit, which may eafily be follow'd with Boils and Ulcers,
as it weakens the whole Body, and thereby adds to that
which is the Caufe of the Diftemper.

Therefore all that can be proposed by Bleeding, is tp
leflen the Quantity thereof, when it happens to be reduri-
dant in a Horfe, in order to give a freer Paflage and Circ4-
lation to the Juices in the extreme Parts, that the Secretions
of the Skin may be duly performed, and this we judge very
neceilary, after once Bleeding, thp following purging
Drench may be given.

" Take Sena an Ounce, Jalap in grofs Povyder fix Drams,
** Roots of fharp-pointed Dock a handful ; flice the Root?,
" and boil all together in three Pints of Water to a Quart,
*' pafs the Decodion thro' a Sieve, and add to it two Our^-
*' ces of Syrup of Buckthorn." Or this :

" Take Jalap in Powder one Ounce, Diagridium two
•* Drams, Cream of Tartar and Diaphoretick Antimony,
*' of each half an Ounce. Mix them all together, and give
*' them in a Pint of Ale.

Either of thefe may be given with the ufual Precaution?,
but they need not be often repeated ; for Purging is no
ptherwife neceilary for the Cure of the Itch than Blee4ii)£>

an;^

Ch Ai». XLIX. Of the Mangel 185

and only gives it gentle Help when rightly ufed, as it cools
and refrefhes a plethorick and full-bodied Horfe.

After thefe things, Recourfe muft be had to outward Ap-
plications, for it is thefe alone that muft give the finilhing
-Stroke to it, as the Diftemper is feated outwardly, and not
deep rooted ; and for that Purpofe Nothing has ever been
found more efredtual than Sulphur, for which it bears the
Teft of all Ages ; and if it fometimes proves otherwife, it is
altogether owing to the ill Management of it, or the other
prepofterous Methods that are made ufe of along with it.

The following will kill any Itch in the Beginning.

" Take common Sulphur and frefli Butter, of each haU
" a Pound, Turpentine two Ounces. Mix them together,
" and anoint all the Parts with it once a Day"*. Or this :

" Take the Roots of (harp-pointed Dock, half a Pounti,
" boil them in a Pint of Vinegar till they be foft, then pulp
*' them thra' a Hair Sieve, after which take of Bees- wax
*' two Ounces, Hogs-lard four Ounces ; melt them over a
" gentle Heat, and mix them with the Pulp, then add hall
*' a Pound of Flour of Brimftone." Or the following :

" Take Elecampane-roots in fine Powder, two Ounces,
*' the Roots of v/hite Hellebore an Ounce, Flour of Brim-
" ftone four Ounces, Mix them in a fufficient Quantity of
*' Ointment of Tobacco, to make a ftifF Ointment.

Either of thefe being rubb'd upon the Parts, with the Af-
fiftance of a hot Bar of Iron, once in twenty four Hours,
will kill the Mange in a {^\n Days ; neither will it be ne-
ceflary to fret the Skin to a Rawnefs, for, inftead of doing
gqod, that Method proves more frequently prejudicial, as
it excites too great Pain, whereby a too great Derivation
of the Humours is caufed towards the infedted Parts ; which
is the Reafon why even the beft Farriers are obliged t9
have Recourfe to cauftick Medicines, the Difeafe being
grown too powerful to be deftroy'd by thofe of a milder
Operation. The Ufe of Copperas Water and Allum Wa-
ter is likewife prejudicial in moft Cafes, as I have often
obferved ; for all that thefe can contribute towards the
Cure of the Mange, is only by allaying the Heat and Itch-
ing, in which albeit they may fometimes lucceed, yet as
they obftrud the Pores very much, by hardening the Skin,
they make it liable to crack, often rendring thofe Parts
fubje6l to frefh Heat and Inflammation, by which it de-
generates to Ulcers and Boils. The beft Way therefore is
only to rub the raangv Places gently with a wollen Cloth,
i ' to

iS6 ThelARRUK^s NewGuide^ Chap. L.

to fetch a moderate Heat into the Part, for by that Means
the Sulphurs will penetrate through the Pores into the fmall
Canals and VelTels, with greater Certainty than when they
aredaub'd upon Places that are raw or incrufted.

This is the true Method of curing the Mange ; or it may
be done by the Ufe of Mercurials apply*d in the fame Man-
ner, whereof we fhall alfo fubjoin two or three Forms.

" Take of Quickfilver four Ounces, kill it in two Oun-
•' ces of Turpentine, then by Degrees add Hog's-lard or
*' Butter to the Quantity of half a Pound." Or this :

*' Take Quickfilver two Ounces, kill it in the fame quan«-
^ tity of Turpentine, adding an Ounce of red Precipitate
*' in fine Powder, with four Ounces of Lard or Butter.

Some make a Mixture of Quickfilver and Brimftone, to-
gether with an Addition of Soot and Black Soap, which, in
iome moift and watery Cafes, may be of more particular
Service. Some ufe Arfenick, Quickfilver, and other burning
and cauftick Remedies : But thefe ought never to be med-
dled with, excepting in fome extraordinary degenerate Cir-
cumftances, and when there happens to be Excrefcences that
are dead and without Senfe, which can by no Means be
brought to yield to milder Methods ; but in an inveterate
Mange, it will be of the greateft Service to give your Horfe
the Antimonial or Cinnabar Balls ^ prefcrib'd in the preceed-
ing Chapter againfl the Farcin.

CHAP. L.
Of Tumor Sy ImpofthumeSy and Abfcejfes,

A Tum&r de- 'T'HERE can fcarcely be any one fo much
fi^^^' "■■ unacquainted with the common Terms,

as not to underfland, that by a Tumor is meant the Eleva-
tion and rifing of fome Part of the animal Body into a pre-
ternatural Swelling ; in what Manner that comes to pafs,
has been in fome meafure fhewn in the 48th Chapter, where
we have taken Notice, that as often as the Blood, or their
Juices, happen to be very much obftru6led in the fmall
Veflels of any Part, that will be ftretched out beyond its
ufual Dimenfions, efpecially as there is a perpetual Influx
and Succeflion of the fame Fluid from behind ; to which
we (hall add, that thefe Obftrudions are caufed either by
the Quantity or Quality of the fame Fluid, whereby it
prefles and ftretches one Part more than another; or

when

Chap. L. Of Tumors^ Iwpollhutnes,^c. isr

when any part happens to be hurt or weakened by external
Accidents, whence being unable to make an equal Refin-
ance with the relt of the Body, it will at length receive
fuch a Quantity of Fluid as will raife it into a Tumor.

The Writers of Surgery, in all Ages, carefully following
one anothers Steps, have reduc'd all Tumors to four gene-
ral Kinds, viz, into the Natural Encyjled^ Critical^ and
Malignant ; and under thefe they have rank'd all the other
Species. But this Divifion is neither in iifelf very accurate,
nor rightly fuited to our Purpofe, as our Bufinefs is with
Horfes, we fliall therefore reduce them to the j^ Tumors re-
Natural and Encyfled only. Of the firll ducible to thg
Kind are all Boils and inflam'd Swellings; Natural and
and, in (hort, whatever Tumors are form'd Encyfled.
originally by the Fluids diftending their pro-
per Veilels, whether they be critical or malignant, for thefe
differ only in Degree from other natural Tumors. And of
the fecond are all thofe that are form'd within membranous
Cyjis or Bags, as TVenSy Jnburies, and fome Sort of Figi^
and other Excrefcences that grow on the external Parts of
the Bodies of Horfes : And this agrees the beft with what
thefe Authors here obferved with refpedt to the Formation
of all Tumors by Fluxion and Congejlion,

Thofe Tumors that are large, and come Abfcejfes cni
to Suppuration, and have Matter gather'd Impoflhumes.
within them, whether they be Natural or Encyfled^ are
termM Impojlhumes ; and when the Matter is lodg'd within
the common, but chiefly the larger Interftices of the Body,
as thofe Furrows or vacant Spaces between the Mufcles, or
between the Mufcles and Bones, they are then called Ab-
fcejfes ; but all Abfcelles, and moft kinds of Impofthumes,
are form'd of natural Tumors.

But we fhali confider all Tumors, whether TuTnors conji-
Natural or Ency/ied, in the following Order, ^^'"'^ '^^^^ '**-
1//Z. P/r/?, With regard to their Magnitude f .'^ ^^/^^'^
and Situation, there being little to be learn'd J^jMatZ""'
from their Figure and Colour, efpecially in
Horfes. Secondly^ With refpeft to the Matter whereof
they are form'd. And Lajily,, We fhall lay down fome ge-
neral Rules to be obferved in the Cure.

Fir/i^ When a Tumor happens to be fituated upon any

Parts where there is no depth of Flefh, as on the Nofe and

upper part of the Face, it will not be apt to grow large ; or

If It be featcd upon the Skin or fiefhy Panniclc, and fiee from

^ the

1 8 s The FarrierV New Guide. Chap. L;

the fubjacent Mufcles, it cannot be ordinarily expedted to
grow to a Bignefs, there being no fufficient Source for its
Subftance and Increafe, as we have obfervM in a proceeding
Chapter 5 and as thofe little Tumors very often fpread them-
felves over divers parts of the Body at once, being thruit out
in that manner, becaufe of their Contiguity with the Skin,
which in ferae delicate Animals, is able to give little or no
JLefiilance, they are therefore the more unlikely to alter their
Size, lince it is very reafonable to fuppofe they make a Re-
vullion from each other, whereby the Matter, which might
have otherwife been difcharg'd by the common and ordinary
Secretions, or call off in one large critical Tumor, is eva-
cuated by a vaft Number of Tubercles and little Hurdles.
But albeit Tumors thus lituated do not ordinarily grow to
any great Size, yet as all animal Bodies are made up of Vef-
fels which are capable of Extention and Dilatation, when
there is a continual Addition of fre(h Matter, therefore fome
Tumors that are very fuperficially fituated, and have but a
fmall Beginning, will increafe to a very large Bulk.

And it is from hence we may account for Wens^ Anburies^
and all fuch other Excrefcences, viz. when fome Duplica-
tureofa Membrane or fmall Vellel is, by an Accumulati-
on of Matter, protruded and thruft forth beyond the comr
mon Limits of a Horfe*s Body, yet in fuch a Manner a^
gives no great Difturbance to the Circulation of the Fluids
that are within ; therefore, as they are not apt to caufe
Pain, they will therefore grow in proportion to the quantity
of Matter which is empty'd into them ; and Nature fo far
encourages their Growth, as to enlarge thofe VelTels which
nourifh the Skin, and other Integuments v/herein that M[at-
ter is contained.

But it is quite otherwife with thofe Boils and Tumors
that are feated in the flefliy and mufcular Parts ; for as they
occafion violent Pain by ftretching out the VeiTels and Fi-
bres, and as the Pain caufes a conliderable Afflux of Mat-
ter, therefore any Swelling form'd that Way, mull have a
fpeedy Ifliie and Determination, by the burfting of the faid
Veflels ; and it likewife cuts off the Communication of the
Blood in thofe Parts, and therefore it will become a run-
ning Sore, until there is a Re- union of the Parts that were
tore and disjoined.

Now all fuch Swellings are ufually larger or fmaller, ac-
cording as their Situation is more or lefs in the thick Flefli,
and according to the Multiplicity and Size of the Veflels

which

Chap.L. OfTutnorSyimpoJlhtmesy^^: i%i

which go to their Noarifhment, and likewife as the Mat- *
ter finds more or lefs Room for itfelf, as happens in Ab-
fcefTcs. The Dependency and Softnefs of the Part contri-
butes alfo to the Augmentation of the Swelling and Increafe
of the Matter, becaufe the Return of the Blood is but flow
from the inferior and dependent Parts, and becaufe the foft
Parts are eafily ftretch'd out when once the Blood has taken
a Tendency towards them, which is plainly evident from
thofe fudden and exceffive Swellings which fometimes arife
in the Fundament and Sheath.

But the Bones and Sinews are alfo liable to ^^^^^ ^^^ ^;,
the like Infirmities, yet the Swellings, which „^^,, ^^^^ ^^
happen to them and other compact Parts, Swoellings.
fcldom rife to any confiderable Bignels, be-
caufe of their Solidity and Hardnefs, which hmders their
being extended ; but for the fame Reafon makes them very
tedious and difficult to be remov'd ; and if a Horfe is put to
much Exercife while the Sinews are relaxed, the Pain and
Anguifh will caufe a Swelling in the neighbouring Flefh ;
and this we may frequently obferve in Strains of the Shoul-
der, Back, and Limbs. As for Tumors in the Bones, Hor-
fes are indeed not very much fubjed to them, excepting
when they are caus'd by old Ulcers that corrode and pene-
trate to the Bones ; and this is plain enough in thofe Horfes
that have been founder'd and batter'd in their Feet for fome
confiderable time, where the difeafed Foot may be obferv'd
to grow much larger than the other, the Coffin-bone being
often in that Cafe afFeded. Neither is it improbable that
fome of thofe Horfes that are very large jointed, raiQiapen
in their Limbs, and narrow chefted, have had their Bones
difeafed while they were young and pliable, not unlike thofe
of ricketty Children.
The Swelling of the glandulous and kernelly S'welhngs of
Parts is alfo very troublefome, as cannot be ^^^ i^emeis.
unknown to any Farrier of Pradice, though fometimes they
will come to as quick and ready a Difcharge as thofe of the
mufcular Flelh. And when this happens, Nature is m her
full Vigour, and the Horfe is otherwife found and able to
feed : But when a Horfe is weaken'd and brought much un-
der by any lingring and wafting Difeafe, a Swelling m the
Glands will often continue hard and immoveable, and
without much Pain, Increafe, or Diminution ; and this is
very much owing to the Strudure and Make of the Kernel
itfelf, whijch altho' i; be but a foft Part, yet it is fo com-

pactj

i po Tl>e Farr iHR J NemGuiJe^ ChAp. L-

pac*, andks Veilels fo fmall and clofely laid together, as can-
not but render them ealily obftmcted. But yet in the Cafe
we have nientioned, when a Horfe has a lingring Difeafe'
upon him, the Swelling does not readily increafe, becaufe
the Matter is but llowly derived towards it ; and likewife a«
the PafTages of the Gland are more than ordinarily inlarg'd^
therefore a Quantity of Matter is difcharg'd proportionablof
to the Supplies it receives ; and tha Smallnefs and Gom-
padnefs of the Vefiels, and their Difpofition into an infinite'
Number of Circumvolutions and Turnings, is alfo the Caufs
why the Swelling does not eafily decreafe.

Thofe Swellings of the glandulous Parts that turn to Im-
poflumation and Matter, are many of them of the encyfied
Kind ; and that is alfa owing to the Stru<fture and Make of
the Kernels, moft, if not all of them, having little Qy/x, or
Receptacles for their proper Juices, which may be eafily
lill'd and enlarg'd, when their excretory Du<5ts are wholly
or in a great meafure ihut up, as muft undoubtedly happen
in all fuch Cafes.

^e Matter ex^ ^"^ ^^ comt in the fecond place, to take a
amind. " V^^W" of thofe Swellings, with rfegard to the

Matter whereof they are form'd \ and here
it will b^ necelTary to confider, that the Matter becomes va-
rious, according to the various Difpofition of Horfes, or ac-
cording as the Tumours are varioully difpofed and feated j
for when they happen to be fuperficial and outward, the
Matter is then, for the moft part, dry, which depends, irt
a great meafure upon their Proximity and Nearnefs to the-
Skin, whereby the thinner Parts are the more eafily evapo-
rated, and caft off thro* the Pores; tho' in other moift Con-
ftitutions, the Matter will fometimes be humid and moift^
The Matter deriv'd from Membranes and Sinews is general-
ly thin and vifcid, and that which comes from Bones is oily
and ftinking; but the Matter which is more immediately de-
rived from Blood, if a Horfe be in good Cafe, is of a middle
Nature, neither too thick nor too thin, neither is it too wate-
ry nor too vifcid. And thus it feems to be very plain and
evident, as all Matter is form'd of Blood, or the Juices pro-
duced of Blood, the Matter, in all Tumours, will therefore
participate chiefly of thofe Juices from whence it is immedi-
ately derived.

The next thing to be regarded in the Matter, is its Co-
lour, and this alfo depends upon the Difpofition of the
Biood. If the Blood abounds with Choler or Gall, the
Matter will be yellow s and it will be more or lefs fo, ac-

cording

/'

Chap.L. OfTttmourSy hnpofihumeSy Sec. igi

cording as that is more or lefs predominant. If there is a
too great Secretion of the Gall, then the Matter will be
more than ordinary white ; and in fome Obftru6tions,
when the Blood abounds with earthy Parts, or when thefa
are eafily feparated, the Matter will look foul and duskifli,
and fometimes be ftreak'd with black Blood, and the Tu-
mour will alfo look livid and of a Lead Colour. And fome-
times from a various Combination of Humours, the Matter
becomes of different Colours.

But LaJIIy, what we are further to obferve 'T^^ Cure of .
concerning Tumours, is to lay down fome humours.
general Rules for their Cure ; and here it will be neceflary
chiefly to have an Eye to iheir feveral Caufes ; and lirft, a
Tumour that comes by any outward Accident, can only be
cjangerous according as the Accident is more or lefs violent ;
but the leaft Accident, where there is a Redundancy of
Blood, may be troublefome, as well as when a Horfe is-
poor and low. When there happens to be a Redundancy
that mull be remov'd by Bleeding, and other Evacuations,
as far as is confiftent with the Horfe's Safety ; but on the
pther hand, when a Horfe is low, and has got fome wafte-
ing Diftemper upon him, befides the outward Intentions,
Care mull be taken to adminifter fuch things as are proper
to remove that Indifpofition. And in all critical Swellings,
by which we chiefly underftand thofe which tend to the
Solution of Colds, malignant, peftilential, and other Fevers,
the Management muft be according as the Difeafe is per-
ceived to be more or lefs malignant, taking Care always to
afTift, but never to rellrain Nature ; but the Reader may-
confult the third Chapter, and thofe other Places where we
have treated of malignant Diforders, of the Strangles, of
the Vives, ^c. which are fometimes critical.

The next thing to be regarded in the Cure of Tumours, is
their Situation ; what relates to internal Tumours and Im-
pofthumations, has already been fpoke to, where we have
treated of Foundering and Chejl-foundering^ in which we
have recommended the fpeedieft Methods of Revulfion by
Bleeding and Purging; but efpecially by thofe Things
that promote Sweat, and keep down Pain and Inflamma-
tion. But as to external Swellings, the principal Intention
is either to ripen or difcufs them, according as may be moft
beneficial. Thofe which are durated and hard, without
Heat and Inflammation, ought chiefly to be treated with
Internals, and fuch as are very powerful to open Obftruc-
tions, with the AlTiftance of thofe Things outwardly

which

192 7Zd^ FarrIerV New Guide. Chap. L.

-which aVe proper to difcufs and diflblve. But thofe Swel-
lings which are hot and inflamed, ought to be ripen'd, un-
lefs when they are feated where they may caufe too great a
Derivation of the Humours, as on the Sheath, Fundament,
Limbs and Throat, ^c. but yet if thefe be mahgnant or-
peflilential, it is better to run any other Hazard than not
bring them to Maturity ; wherefore the Medicines in this'
Intention ought to be fuch as ripen, but at the fame time-
are not over-powerful in drawing; and for thisPurpofe the-
Reader may alfo confult thofe Places where we have treat-
ed of the Bajiard Strangles and Fives, &c.

When the Tumor is feated near the Interftices of fome
large Mufcles, it ought to be opened fo foon as there is^
Matter form'd within it, otherwife, if the Matter be de-
tained, it may feparate the Mufcles, and thereby form a
Lodgment for itfelf ; and the longer before it is opened, the
larger will be the Abfcefs.

In the opening of Abfcefles, if they be fmall, a large
Orifice made in the dependent and lowermoft Part, withf
the Afliftance of good Bandage to keep thofe Parts clofe
together, will be fufficient to make a perfect Cure ; but if
they happen to be large and deep, they ought then to be
laid open the whole Length, unlefs the Skin can be kept de-
prefs'd by the Application of Flax into the hollow Part j
for fo long as there is any Lodgment for the Matter, the
Abfcefs will be conftantly fill'd. The fame Method is to
he obferv'd, as near as poflible, with refpeft to thofe Tu-
mors that are large, and have a pretty large Cavity formed
within them.

The propereft Dreflings in all fuch Cafes are Turpentine,
or Turpentine mixt with Honey, or the Yolks of Eggs,
with a fmall Quantity of Brandy, or Spirit of Wine ; and
in molt Cafes where there is not an ill Habit of Body, thefe
will be fufficient to make a perfed Cure.

But Wens, Anburies, and other encylled Tumors, require
a peculiar Treatment, and for the molt Part, ought to be
quite extirpated. The Anburies, which we obferve fre-
quently to hang at the Legs, and fometimes at divers
other Parts of a Horfe's Body, and conlift only of a thick
Jelly, or fpongy foft Flefh ; as thefe have generally a fmall
Neck next to their Infertion, they may be taken off with-
out much to do, only by tying a waxed Thread round
them, ftraitening it by Degrees ; and if after they are falling
off, there be the Appearance of a frefh Excrefcence, that

may

Chap. LI. Of Wounds, 193

may be kept down by the Help of fome gentle Corrofive^
together with the Ufe of Bandage ; and for this Purpofe
Flax or fine Hurds dipt in Vitriol or Allum water will
fuffice.

But to a Wen, or any other Tumour of that kind that
grows to a Bignefs, a hot Knife muft be us'd, when it hap-
pens to have a narrow Root ; but if you have reafon to fuf-
ped: the Veflels which lead to it are become very large, where-
by a too plentiful EfFufion of Blood may happen, or if it be
broad at bottom, the bell way is then to open it, cutting
the Skin both ways a-crofs, if there be Matter within it
that muft be evacuated, and then the Bag and other fuper-
fluous Parts deftroy'd by Degrees, which may be done ei-
ther by cutting or burning, or by the Ufe of cauftick Me-
dicines ; but the Knife is the moft expeditious; and if it be
of Subftance to keep the Heat, it may be made to anfwer
in moft Cafes.

The Swellings of the Joints and Relaxation of the Sinews,
are no other wile to be treated, than by applying fuch things
as are proper to difcufs and ftrengthen them ; but the Acci-
dents to which thefe Parts are chiefly expos'd, will be parti-
cularly handled in fome of the enfuing Chapters,

CHAP. LI.

Of Wounds.

^Here is no one but knows, when any Part of a Horfe's
-■- Body is cut, torn, or otherwife divided, he is then faid
to be wounded, fo that Wounds are various, and differ one
from another, according to the Diverfity of Accidents by
which they are caufed ; fome are fuperficial, 77 n- />
others deep. Wounds happen fometimes to of Wounds
be ftreight, according to the Tenure and Di- '
redion of the Fibres ; fometimes they are oblique or tranf-
verfe, that is, flanting or athwart. If the Inftrument be
(harp, the Parts will, generally fpeaking, be equally divided ;
but if otherwife, the Wound will be ragged and tore, which
is ufually the Cafe of Horfes that have been ftak'd.

Wealfodiftinguifli between the Wounds that are fimple,
Tind Wounds that are complicated ; thofe are faid to be fim-
ple, where the foft Parts are divided, without the Concomi-
uncy of other Accidents ; and thofe Wounds are termed
complicated, where, befides a Divifion of the foft Parts,
there is alfo a ContuHon of the Flefh, a Fra<fture or Diilo-
X cation

194 The pARRiER*^ New Guide. Chap. LI.

cation of the Bones, all which Circumftances make the
Cure of Wounds more or iefs difficult.

But the chief thing to be regarded in Wounds is their Si-
tuation ; for albeit Wounds in the external flefhy Parts are
not very dangerous, confider'd as fuch, yet thofe of the ner-
vous Parts are often of ill Confequence when there happens
to be an ill Difpofition of Body, as they are apt to caufe
exquifite Pain, and fometimes when the fmall Threads and
Fibres of the Sinews are ruffled and tore, they will bring
on a Gangrene and Mortification of the Part ; whereas
when they are equally cut, they are not apt to be attended
with fuch Accidents. But inward Wounds generally prove
mortal if they pierce the large Vellels, the Stomach, the
fmall Guts, the Bladder, the Spleen, the Liver, the Heart,
the Lungs or Midriff, and thefe are deadly upon a double
or treble Account, as moft of them are not only endow'd
with a tender Senfation, but alfo a mufcular Adtion, where-
by their Re-union is hinder'd, and likewife as many of
them are ftored with a Multiplicity of Blood-veflels, which
are large ; but internal Wounds which mifs thofe prin-
cipal Vifcerdy may be cur'd, and fome of thefe, if they be
but flightly touch'd, are alfo fometimes curable, though not,
readily in brute Creatures, who cannot be brought to a
Compliance with all the Requifites that are necefTary in
fuch Cafes. Wounds penetrating the Subftance of the
Brain are alfo incurable, becaufe of its Softnefs, the Multipli-
city of its Veilels, and the tender Senfe of its Membranes.

As for the Signs of Wounds, they are manifefl to the
Eye, and when they are deep or inward, are further difco-
verable by the Help of a Probe, and by divers other Cir-
cumftances ; as for Inftance, if the Lungs be wounded, the
Air will penetrate through the Wound with a frothy Blood of
a Vermilion Colour. When the Stomach is wounded, there
will be a violent Sicknefs, with a fudden Lofs of Appetite,
and the Chyle ufually ill'ues forth from a Wound in the fmall
Guts, and the Urine from a Wound in the Bladder ; and
when the Kidneys are wounded, the Horfe will (tale Blood.
By thefe and many other fuch Signs, internal Wounds may
be known , but we (I'lall proceed to the Cure, wherein we
fliall begin with fome general Diredions.
Vj Cur "^""^ -^'C/^j Care mult be taken to ftop

tlie Blood, when there is too plentiful an
Hemorrhage. Secondly^ The Wound muft be cleansed of
Dirt, Sand, Splints of Wood, or any other foreign Matter.
"Thirdly^ All the Applications made to a Wound, ought to

b?

Chap. LI. Of Wounds, 195

be warm, efp'ecially in the Beginning. Fourthly^ It ought
not to be expofed to the Air. Fifthly^ When the Wound
penetrates downwards, and the Orilice happens to be too
narrow, it ought to be widen'd either by Incifion, or dila-
ted with a Bit of Sponge, or fome other porous Matter that
will fwell ; but this is only to be done where Bandage can-
not be apply'd. Sixthly^ The Probe is to be ufed as feldom
as poffible, neither ought there to be long Tents thruft into
any Wound ; for by thefe. Wounds that have no bad
Tendency naturally, often degenerate into Ulcers of the
worft Kind. Lafily, Greafy Ointments are for the moft
part to be rejeded, as they are apt to caufe the Flefh to
grow too fait ; and when that happens, it mull be kept
down with good Bandage, or the Application of cauftick
Medicines ; but Bandage is of the greateft Importance in
the Cure of all Wounds, where there are not Circumftances
to forbid its Application.

To ftop the Hemorrhage or Bleeding, the To flop Bleed-
belt way is, before the Horfe is over- much ^^S-
fpent, to make Revullion, by opening a Vein on the Fore-
parts, if the Wound be backwards ; but if the Wound be
forwards, a Vein may be opened towards the Hind -parts :
But in external Wounds, where the Hemorrhage is large,
that is generally owing to the Seat and Difpolition of the
Wound, whereby fome large Branch of an Artery happens
to be cut ; but if the Artery, from whence the Blood
chiefly flows, be not very large, it mult then be fuperficial,
as about the Nofe, Temples, or the skinny Part of the
Legs, ^V. where the Veflels are unguarded with Flefh ;
for albeit the Arteries in a deep Wound may pour forth
Plenty of Blood while the Wound is recent and new, and
that there is a free Paflage j yet this occafions (o great a
Derivation towards the Wound, that even the Coats of all
the wounded Veflels becom.e diftended and fwoUen, fo that
by their Preflure upon one another, their Orifices are fliut
up and fqueez'd clofely together ; and in this Cafe there is
•feldom need of any ftiptick Application to (top the Bleeding,

But when the wounded Artery happens to be very large,
or much expos'd,as has been taken notice ofsfo that the Blood
flows too plentifully, it mufl: be fl:opt either by applying a
hot Iron, or fome cauterizing Medicine, otherwife it muft
be tied by pafling a Needle under it, and then binding it
with a wax'd Thread ; but neither Ligature nor adtual Cau-
tery is fo certain as cauilick Medicines, becaufe an Efcar
made by the adual Cautery is apt to fall ofF to foon j and

X 2 an

196 The 7 ARRiEK*s New GuUe. Cuh'p. LI.

an Artery, when it is ty'd, is apt again to fall a bleeding as
foon as the Threads rot off, efpecially one that lies fuperScial
and unguarded, and has not the Advantage of being com-
preft by the Fulnefs and Weight of the furrounding Veffels.
Therefore in this Cafe, make a fmall Pledgit of Flax or
line Hurds, moilten it with the White of an Egg, then lay
as much Powder of Roman Vitriol uopn it as wiH fully
cover the Mouth of the Artery, and^pply it over the
fame ; but Care mull be had not to apply Vitriol, or any
other caullick Medicine, where the Sinews are exposed and
laid bare, unlefs you can fall upon fome Method to defend
them from being touched by it, otherwife it will be apt to
caufe Convulfions ; but in Places where thefe are moft ex-
pos'd, as the Legs, &c. the Arteries are not very often feated
dofe to them ; and if it were fo, milder Medicines might be
made to anfwer ; becaufc what is wanting in the Medicine,
may, for the moft part, be fupply'd by Bandage ; there-
fore, when the Wound happens to be on the Legs, you
need only apply the aftringent Crocus of Iron, fine Bole, or
Powder of dry'd Muflirooms, mixt with the White of an
Egg, and fpread upon a Pledgit, as above direcfled, and over
that two or three thick Comprefles dipt in the fame Aftrin-
gent, making a firm Bandage over all.

The Dreffing ought not to be removed for the Space of
three Days, that the Wound may be digefted, and there
may be no further Trouble with a frefh Flux of Blood. If
a Swelling happens in the Leg, by realbn of the Bandage,
bathe it with warm Lees of Wine, or fome good Fomen-
tation, fuch as that hereafter prefcribed for a Gangrene ;
afterwards drefs the Wound every Day with the common
Digeftion. The fame Method is to be followed in thofe
Wounds where cauftick Medicines are apply'd, left by taking
off the Dreflings too loon, you fet them a bleeding afrefh^ by
removing the Efcar before it is thoroughly form'd.

But becaufe the right ordering of all fuch Wounds as are
attended with an Eftufion of Blood is of the greateft Im-
portance, there being but few Farriers who have Skill to ma-
nage them according to the Rules of Pradice, efpecially
when any uncommon Accident happens in the Cure ; wc
Ihall therefore lay down a Method of making the Sympa-
thetick Powder, which being apply 'd to the Wound as a
Styptick, will not only put a Stop to the Blood, but procure
a ipeedy Re- union ; and this, as Solleyfell rightly obfervps,
may be very neceHary in the Camp, where Flies and other
In feci? arc hurtful. SolleyfeWs Way of preparing the Sym-

pa the tick

Chap.LL Of Wounds. 197

pathetick Powder, is by calcining Roman Vitriol in the

Sun ; but the following Method is much more preferable

and only requires a little more Pains.

" Take any Quantity of £;7^//y7^ Vitriol, ^.
'' fuch as goes under the Name of Bow f/jl pl"^^^J^''
" Copperasy diflblve it in Water, and filter
" it thro' brown Paper, fet it into a cool place to fhoot
*' into Cryltals, diflblve the Cryftals in the fame Manner,
^' and let it pafs thro' the Paper as directed, repeating the
'' Operation until the Cryftals are tranfparent and pure.
*' Set thofe Cryftals in a clean Pan in the Sun, either in
'' June^ Jtdy,ox' Jugufty fo long till they are calcin'd to
" Whitenefs ; when one fide is calcin'd, turn the other, and
'' in a few Days the Cryftals will crumble into Powder ;
*' if they do not, they may be again beat and expos'd to the
" Sun, and ftirr'd three or four times every day ; at laft
" beat them into a very fine Powder, and again fet them in
" the Sun, ftirring as before tor two or three Days more,
" in which time they will be very white, then take in the
" Matter while the Sun fhines hot upon it, and keep it
'* from the Air in Glafles well ftopt, and in a dry Place.
- This is the Method of preparing the Sympathetick Pow-
der ^ as it is inferted in Dr. ^linc/s Difpenlatory ; to which
I fliall fubjoin another out ot the fame, that bears the Title of
a Reftringent Preparation of Iron, fold by the Name of
Colehatch\ Styptick Powder^ and is as follows.

" Take any quantity of Filings of Iron, Another Styp-
" andpourupon them Spirit of Salt, to the tickPo^ixder.
'' Height of three or four Fingers above them. Let them
'* Hand in a gentle Digeftion till the Fermentation is over,
*' and the Spirit of Salt is become fwect, then pour off what
*' is liquid, and evaporate it in an Iron or glafs Veilel until
" half is confum'd, at which Time put to it an equal Quau-
" tity oi Sacchanan Saturni^ and evaporate to a dry Pow-
" der ; if upon iisfirft coming dry the Operation be ftopt,
*' it has exadly the Appearance of Colebatch's Powder ;
*■ but if it be continued longer, and the Heat raifed, it will
*' turn red. It muft be kept clofe ftopt from Air.

This Styptick may not only be eafily made, but is the more
for our Purpofe, as the Doftor has made an Experiment of its
Efficacy upon a Horfe ; his Words are thefe concerning it.
" If this is not kept clofe ftopt, it will imbibe the Air,
*' and flow fo as to lofe its Efficacy. I have been inform/d
" by very good Hands, that this is the Styptick with which
" there was fo much Noife made fame time ago by the
X 3 '' Author

i 9 8 The FarrierV New Guide. Chap. LI.

*' Author of the Novum Lumen Chirurgicmn^ and for the
^' Sale of which a Patent was procured, only in that was
*< u fed Oil of Vitriol, inftead of the Spirit of Salt in this ;
«' but that Difference is inrigniiicant. Of this I kept fome
*' by rne for a Time, to wait a proper Opportunity to try
*' it; when an extraordinary one happened by a blunde-
*' ring Farrier cutting the Jugular Artery of a very fine
*' young Horfe,ashe was pretending to take offfomeadven-
" titious Kernels that grew under his Throat. The Flux
*« of Blood was fo prodigious, that the Creature mult have
*^ forthwith died, had not the Fellow held faft the wound-
•' ed VeJlel, by griping the Part with his Hands, which
*« prevented the Fffufion, until I diilblved fome of the
*' Powder, or rather Salt, in fome warm Water, and with
*' the Currier's Shavings of Leather dipt in it, apply'd it
*' upon the Part, where tying it as faft as the Part would ad-
*' mit of, and haltering the Horfe's Head up to the Rack for
*' about fixteen Hours. When it was taken of, not one
*' Drop of Blood afterwards followed, and the Part was ea^
** fily incarnated and healed up. This is a Preparation of
*' Maetis^ once Profellbr at Ley den ^ and is in the CoHec-
*' ianea Chymica Leydenfw^ how much foever fome have
*' pretended to make a Secret of it fince.

The fame Author further takes Notice, that this Styptick
has been recommended inwardly to ftop Fluxes, efpecially
thofe of Blood ; but we are very iure it may anfwer that
End in all Wounds, when apply'd as in the Inftance before
recited. And in this refped it may be made ufe of by thofe
who are but little skill'd in the Pradice of a Surgeon or Far-
rier: As may alfo the Powder of Sympathy^ tho* we cannot
advife any one to depend upon its fympathetick Virtues.

Having faid thus much concerning the firft Intention, to
wit, the putting a Stop to the Blood in Cafes where the
cut or ruptur'd Veilels are large or expos'd ; we fnall now
proceed to the other Requifites in the Cure of Wounds ; but
we fhall in the firft place take notice, that in all good Con-
ftitutions a frefh Wound will be eafilycur'd, if it is not over-
much expos'd to the Air, as we fee in many Inftances, both
m Brutes and human Bodies ; and a Wound made accord-
ing to the Direction of a Mufcle, or only fomewhat flant-
ing, will heal wirh little or no Application, if the Horfe is
.not put to hard Exercife ; for in that Cafe, as often as the
MuJcle iscontraded, the Wound will be more or Ms open-
ed, according to the Force whereby the wounded Member
f; moved. But all Wcuncis ll at art large ought to beftitch'd,

and

Chap. LI. Of Wounds. 199

and when that is rightly performed, nothing contributes 10
much to their Re-union, as it in fome Meafure prevents the
Inconveniencies of Motion, and likewife as it puts a Stop to
the Swelling ; which, without a plentiful and fpeedy Dif-r
charge, will often caufe Ulceration, together with a preter-
natural Hardnefs in the Lips.

Stitching and Bandage are nearly ally'd to each other, and
fometimesthe one fupplies the room of the other ; but moft
Wounds may be eafily cured, when Hitching and Bandage
can come in to one another's Aid. Wounds Large Wounds
which are large and deep, and which may ought to he
be prefs'd together with your Fingers are ptch'dy unlefs
the moft fit to be ftitch'd ; but Wounds that *^''y. P^^^rate
penetrate to the Bone,ought not to be (litch'd ^° ^^' ^'jf; '/
^vhen theFlefh is much divided from the >^^ ^« '^^A^^^-
Bone, otherwifean Abfcefs may be form'd which will caufe
the Bone to putrify ; the fame Caution is alfo to be obferv'd,
when by your Probe, or by a Swelling diilant from the
Wound, you have Reafon to fufpe<ft fome of the Mufcles
are divided, as it happens in very large Contufions. In this
Cafe Bandage is only to be made ufe of, v/ith the proper
Applications to the Wound ; but if the Swelling continues,
which for the moft part happens, if at all, underneath the
Wound, and therefore becomes unable to bear a firm Ban-
dage, it muft be treated as an Impofthume, by the Applica-
tion of ripening Cataplafms ; and when it comes to Matu-
rity, it muft be opened as low as polfible, that the Matter
may have a free Pallage and Vent j after which the Bandage
will become of infinite Service.

Wounds that are of a round and circular Wounds of a
Figure can't be ftitch'd, but Nature muft circular Figure.
fill up that Space by Degrees ; neither can thofe be ftitch'd
which are very much ragged and torn ; but in a Wound that
Jias fevcral Points and Angles, Stitches may fometimes be
made to do Service, but for this Purpofe no general Rule can
be laid down. Solkyfellzdviks to cut all circular Wounds
into a large Figure, but that needs feldom be done where Ban-
dage can be apply 'd -, for the only thing that makes a circular
Wound hard to cure, is, when the Bottom of the Wound
happens to be large and loofe, or bruifed, or when the Wound
penetrates perpendicularly downwards; in this cafe, a mode-
rate Incifion downward may be made ; but when a circular
Wound is not very deep, or if it is not in fome refped like
a Well, or Pit, the Application of Bolfters and Bandage^, to
Jceep it firm at the Bottom, will, for the moft part, futftce.
X 4 la/Jiy^

200 The Vh^m^n's New Guide. Chap. LI

Wounds among Laflly, The Needle is to be Cparingly us'd

al ho there are aivers Circumftances which may require
ftitchmg even where the Tendons are wounded, and Xho'
It may. be more particularly gone about where there is a
very round Conftaution, yet as there is an Ichor and vilc.d
Matter perpetually flowing from the Tendons, even in the
beft Habits, wh,chcauft untowardly Accident; the efore!
as there are oftentimes heighten'd by flitching, the Praaitio-
rer ftould be very well vers'd in Praflice to° endeavou he
Cure offuch Wounds, otherwife than by proper and plata
Dreffing, for ,f this Operation has not always tirdeS
th^M M '^"'"^'"Bodies, whocan be managed foastoiieep
rer Stft!on° '"'^"t' !^°'' ^^n^ons belong" from all man-
Tr ^' ^"; "^"Chiefs can be cxpeded from Brutes, but
efpecaiy Horfe who keep more in* a ftanding Pofturethan
any other and therefore are not only ob!:g'd,°and mX a
Keceffity fometimes to move thofe Parts, but even at moft
Times to lay a great Weight upon them!
The Manner of . To perform this Operation ariaht,the Far-
Mhing. rier ought to be provided with leveral Nee-

r.( tr,„r <■ \ '"'""'; '^'""'S'''' ^'i*^ '""^'S crooked, and

of thefe fome ought to be more arcired than others and
accornmodated to Wounds that are deep ; and for this End
alfo they ought to be of diJTerent Sizes. Both ths ft eth^
and crooked fiiou d be edged, and not round, that thev
may the more ealriy penetrate, and caufe the lefs Pain; and
hofe that are appointed for deep Wounds fhould be ftron.;
that they may not break, and caufe Trouble in the Onera
.on But mall thefe Things the Farriers may take Ft-
tern from the Surgeons.

The ftitching of lupeJficial Wounds ouglit to beDerforni
ed wrth a ftreight Needle, and is chieily ne'-ceflary up'on Pam
ben/n'rr'f"' '"'^ «P°''edtoView, wh;r-e the Skm
being only burft gives way and opens wide, tho'it be not
niuch feparated from the rab,acent Fiefh ; atrd if it is no
drawn together, ,t will leave a Baldnets ; or the Har tha
grow-s upon the Part will be whrte, and iofter than tha
which covers ihererlot the Body, either of which becom
a Defonmty upon the Cheek, the Tops of the Loins, o
upon any Joint as w-e fometimes oblerve when thefe i'ar,s

Operation.^ ' '"' ^'''" '^''' '" ^'^ ^"""^ '°' ^^^^ ^"
But in all deep Wounds a crooked Needle muft be u^'d
and offuch a torm as wtll ealriy m.ke a Compafrunde?

Chap. LI. Of JFoundsy 201

the Wound ; for the Farriers Method of tacking the Lips
together with a common fowing Needle, or Pack-needle, as
I have fometimes obferv'd, is quite fliort, nay, contrary to
the Intention of ftitching, and often does a deal of Mif-
chief, and would do much more if the Stitches did not
foon break, as it leaves Room for the Matter to gather in
the Bottom of the Wound. Therefore when the Farrier
goes about the ftitching of a deep Wound, he ought firft,
if there be congeal'd Blood within it, to clean that out,
and having prefs'd the two fides together, he muft make
his firft Stitch at the middle of the Wound, palling his
Needle fo as to defcribe a half Circle under it, and with a
ftrong waxt Thread, or Shoemaker's End, tie the Wound
clofe together ; the reft of the Stitches ought to be made at
equal Diftances, and fo near each other, as to keep all Parts
equally clofe. They ought alfo to be ty'd in a Bow-knot,
that they may be opened in cafe of Inflammation or Mat-
ter gathering in the Wound, which will fometimes happen,
if the Wound is not fowed up foon after it is received.

The Cure may be finifhed by drefling the Wound every
Day with a Pledgit of Hurds fpread with "BafiUciim^ or any
other Digeftive, wafhing it often with warm Wine, Spirit of
Wine, or Brandy.

But in Wounds that are ragged and uneven, Wounds that
any loofe bits of Flefh or Skin, that cannot ^^^ ragged and
again be united, ought to be clipp'd off" with ^ne^^n.
a Pair of Sciflars, and the Drefling always made fo large
as to cover the Wound, and not fink too much into it,
■for that not only retards the Cure, as it hinders the Re-
union, but often caufes a bad Difpofition in the Wound it-
felf, which is followed with proud Flefh, hard Edges, <^V,
If the Wound penetrates to the Bone, no kind of Ointment
ought to be applied to it, for all greafy things putrify the
Bones ; therefore let your Applications to the Bones be only
Pledgitsof Lint dipt in warm Honey of Rofes mixed with
Tincture of Myrrh, or the Tindure of Myrrh and Aloes,
until the Bone is covered ; but if the Bone fliould by any
Accident grow foul, the Flefh ought for the moft Part to
be laid open as far as it is difcolour'd, otherwife it will be
apt to caufe troublefome Symptoms ; and if the Blacknefs
>does not come off with the Drelfings, it ought to be fcrap'd
gently, or have a Pledgit of Lint dipt in the Tindure of
Euphorbium apply'd to it, which will caufe it to exfoliate
and call off the Foulnefs; and after it is become clean, ap-.
ply Honey of Rofes, ^c. as above directed,

.But

202 neVARRUR's New Guide. Chap. LI.

J dexterous and But a very material Thing in the mana-
Jeafonahle Jp- gjng of all large Wounds, is a dexterous and
plication of the feafonable Application of the Drellings. A
m7£llun?he ^o^"^ ^hat is much infiamM, can bear no .
^urelflVounds ^''^ Bandage until the Inflammation abates,

which generally happens as foon as it comes
to matter plentifully ; after that. Bandage will be of the
greateft Service, and may be made tighter, as the wounded
Fart becomes able to endure it ^ but one Thing ought to be
carefully obferved, that all Wounds muft have Time to
digeft after the firft Dreffing two or three Days, according
to the Size thereof ; and when a Wound, or other Swel- .
ling happens near any Cavity, any fuch Cavity ought al-
ways to be filled with Hurds, or Bolfters of flaxen Cloth,
and kept there with Bandage. In this Refped the follow-
ing Inftance will be of Service.

A ohr ^ Horfe was wounded with the Point of

tim. '^^' a Fork on the outfide of the Hough, a little

above the Joint, which being a tender fenfl-
ble Part, occafion'd violent Pain, accompany'd v/ith Lame-
nefs, and brought fuch a fudden Flux of Humours towards
the Joints, that all the Cavity on each Side and beneath
the Malter-finew v/as fwell'd to a prodigious Degree, and
in a fhort time fill'd with Matter ; and as foon as the Mat-
ter was prefs out of it, it always fiU'd again, which would
foon have corroded the Sinew. I advis'd the Farrier, after i
prefling out the Matter, to fill up the empty Space on each i
iide under the Sinews, with Hurds dipt in Spirit of Wine,
to keep the divided Skin togetlier, and prevent the Matter
from falling into it, which, with the Application of a
ilrengthening Charge round the Joint, and an eafy Ban-
dage, made a perfedt Cure in a few Days.
InternalWounds ^^ ^^^^ Continue with fome Obfervations
ho'vj to be ma- concerning inward Wounds, which in a great
Tiaged. meafiire depends on the right Regulation of

a Horfe's Feeding j for when a Horfe is in-
wardly wounded, he ought to be rellrained from all fuch
Food as is any ways hard and binding, having nothing ^1-
lov/d him but fcalded Bran, and fometimes a little boil'd
Barley. His conllant Drink ought to be Barley-water, and
a: full a little 8al PrunelU^ or purify'd Nitre, diflolv'd in
it, as has been prefcrib'd in a fimple Fever. The following
Ballsmayalfo be given for three or four Days, \.o fecure
}iim from bleeding inv/ardly.

" Taks

Ch. lit. Of Gunjhot IVounds^ 5:c. 203

*' Take Sperma Cet'i two Ounces, Japan Earth, or Bole,
" four Ounces, Gum Tragacanth in Powder one Ounce,
" Sugar of Lead half a Dram." Let thefe be form*d into
Balls, being firll made into a fliff Palte with Conferve of
red Rofes, and a fmall Quantity of Wheat-flour ; one half
to be taken in the Morning, and the other in the After-
noon, before his Barley-water^ keeping him bridled for the
Space of two Hours thereafter.

If the Horfe becomes bound in his Body, emollient Cly-
Iters may be given him of Mallows, Marfh-maliows, the
Herb Mercury^ the Roots of Marfli-mallows, and fuchlike
things, adding no ftrong Purgative, but rather four or five
Ounces of Treacle or Honey, with a fufficient Quantity
of Oil or Butter ; and if the Guts be wounded, the Ufe of
Clyfters mull be even laid afide alfo ; and if his Diet prove
not enough laxative, he may be provok'd to dung by the
following mild Suppofitory.

" Take a Pound of Honey, boil it in a Pan or Skillet,
'' until it turns to a dark brown Colour, ftirring it always,
*' then take it off the Fire, and when it begins to be cold,
'' make it into a Roll four or five Inches long, and intro-
" duce it into the Horfe's Fundament immediately, other-
*' wife it will foon diflblve and turn liquid." Cailile Soap
may alfo be us'd in Form of a Suppofitory, when it is ne-
ceilary to provoke your Horfe to dung.

Into the Wound may be poured, or gently injeded, red
Wine, with Honey of Rofes made blood-warm, and out-
wardly it may be cover-ed with a Pledgit fpread with :Bafili~
(um^ or any other proper Digeltive, and above that a Com-
prefs of flaxen Cloth made into feveral Folds, bound on
with a Bandage,and over all a Cloth w^ith Buckles and Straps
to keep his Body firm. The fame Method may alfo be
obferv'd in all Wounds that are accompanied Vv^ith a Fever,
only the Balls above prefcribed need not be given but where
there is a great Expence of Blood ; and if the Clyfters re-
quire to be quickened, that may be done by diflblving in
|hem a Handful of common Salt.

CHAP. LII.

Of Gim^oot Wounds and Burns.

/^Unihot Wounds are dillinguiflied by their Situation,
^-^ Size, and Figure ; fome are very dangerous, fome alto-
gether incurable, when they happen to penetrate the Brain,
pr Other noble Parts j and thofe which fnatter the Limbs

of

204 The Tarriek's New Guide. Chap.LII.

of a Horfe may alfo be look'd on as incurable, fmce a Horfe
in that Condition is able to yield no further Service. Their
Size and Figure depend upon the Inftrument wherewith
they are inflicted, and alfo renders the Cure more or lefs
certain ; for a fmall Wound is more eafily cur'd than one
that is large ; and a Wound that is circular and round,
made with a Bullet, than one which is ragged and torn,
fuch as happen fometimes by Splints, Pieces of Iron, Stones,
l3'c. but however they differ in thefe Refpeds, they are all
of them accompanied with Lofs of Subiiance, Contufion,
and bruifing of the Part ; and for this Reafon no Wounds
made by Fire-arms are liable to fuch great Hemorrhages of
Blood, asthofe made by a fharpand cutting Inftrument.
T/je Cure of The firft Intention in the Cure of Gun-

Gunjhot fhot Wounds, is to fetch out the Bullet, or

Wounds. other foreign Matter whereby they are made,

but that is not always pradicable ; for Bullets are often-
times lodg'd within the Cavity of the Body, and in the
thick flefliy Parts, where the bringing of them out is by no
means to be attempted ; and fometimes after feveral Years
Habitation, they fall more outwards, and upon Parts of more
flender Subfbance, and are caft out by Impofthumation, or
brought a\vay 6y Incifion. However, the Praditioner
ought at firft to make Trial, yet not fo as to tear the Flefh
too much i but if his Endeavours are to no purpofe, he ought
to make a Counter-opening on the Outlide, towards the
Bottom of the Wound, where he (hall perceive any Hard-
refs, neverthelefs without touching the large Veflels ; and by
this Means he may draw out the Bullet with his Fingers, or
any convenient Inftrument ; but this Method of Counter-
opening is the more necellary, and the more immediately to
be gone about, v/hen Pieces of Timber, Stone, or Iron, or
other extraneous Bodies, lie in the Fiefli, as all fuch things
are apt of a fadden to caufe very bad Symptoms, becaufe
of their Unevennefs.

The next Thing to be done in the Cure of Gun-fhot
Wounds, is to bring. them to good and laudable Digeftion,
that they may call off the mortify'd Flefh ; to eftecluate
v.hich, nothing can be better than the common Digeftive,
iviih a fmall Mixture of Oil of Rofes pour'd into it every
Day ; let the Wound be alfo often cleans'd with Spirit of
Wine, and all the hoc and inflam'd Parts about it bathed
v/ith the fame. When the Inflammation is very great, and
like to be attended with a Fever, a moderate Qiiantity of
Blood may be takenj and laxative Clyfters adminifter'd,

and

Chap. LII. Of Gunfhot fFounds, Sec, 205

and a Poultice apply'd of Barley Flour, Fenugreek Meal
and Linfeed Meal, boilM in Milk till it be thick, and a fuf-
ficient quantity of Ointment of Marfli- mallows to make it
moift, adding alfo an Ounce of Camphire powder'd to eve-
ry Porringer full of Poultice. This may be apply'd hot
twice a Day over the Inflammation, putting only a very
fhort and foft Tent into the Orifice. But if the large Vef-
fels be wounded, and fend forth an immoderate Flux of
Blood ; in that Cafe, the firft Drefling may be made with
a foft Tent dipt in a Solution of the Styptick Powder, de-
fcrib'd in the preceeding Chapter ; and if the Wound pene-
trate thro* any Member, both Orifices mull be drefs'd alike.
If the Wound be among the Sinews, or other nervous Parts,
Oil of Turpentine mixt with the common Digeftive, may
be applied to it, bathing it now and then with campho-
rated Spirit of Wine. The Cautions laid down in the pre-
ceeding Chapter are to be obferv'd with refpect to Bandages
and Dreflings, with this further Notice, that no Gun-fhot
Wound can bear any Bandage, further than to keep on
the Dreflings, until the Efcar and mortify'd Parts are dif-
charged.

As to Burns, whether they be made with B r s

Gunpowder, or any other Way, they ought
in the firft place, to be bath'd with Spirits of Wine campho-
rated, and afterwards anointed with Oil of Rofes, St. John's
Wort, or Linfeed Oil, or Butter. If the Burn be new, the
Heat and Inflammation may be taken oil by applying im-
mediately to the Part pounded Onions ; fome ufe the Juice
of Onions and Verjuice mix'd together ; black Soap and
common Salt has the fame Effed: ; there are others who
ufe Quick lime beat into an Ointment with frefh Butter ;
but nothing is better, or fo fafe, as the camphorated Spirits,
applying afterwards the following Cataplafm.

" Take Mallows and Marfh-mallowsof each four large
" handfuls, Linfeed one Pound. Boil them in four Quarts
*' of Water until moft of the Moitlure be dried up, pulp
" them thro' a Sieve, and add a Pound of frefh Butter, and
*' three Ounces of Camphire in Powder, mix them all toge-
" ther in a Mortar, and fmear the Part with it, or apply it
" fpread pretty thick on a piece of limber Canvas.

But if the Burn be deep, it muft be fcarrify'd with a
Fleam, and the fame Poultice apply'd over it tohaften the
Efcar or burnt Parts to a Suppuration : Bleeding and Cly-
ilers may be alfo coniply'd with, when there is exceflive
Heat and Inflammation, ^c.

CHAP.

2o6 The FarrierV Kew Guide. Chap. LIII.

CHAP. Llir.

Of a Gangrene and Mortification.

A Gangrene is a fudden, violent, and exceflive Inflam-
-^ mation, with intolerable Pain, and is no other than a
beginning Mortification.

tTL r >- The Caufe is fometimes from an ill Hablf

■^ ' of Body ; but, for the moil Part, from a
Punflure or Wound in the tender fenfible Parts ; or when
Splints of Bones, or other fharp and pointed Matter, Hick
into the FleQi or Sinews ; and moreover the ill Manage-
ment of any large Wound whatfoever, may and often brings
on a Gangrene and Mortification.

tTL c' As to the Signs, befidesthe fudden, violent,

'^" ' and excefiive Pain, the Part looks of a deep

red, inclinable to Purple ; whereas in a Mortification, there
being an abfolute Stop put to the Blood, the Part becomes
black, foft, perifh'd, and without Senfe.
^, ^ The Cure, while it is yet a Gangrene,

confiils chiefly in the Application of fpiritu-
ous things, as Spirit of Wine camphorated, ("^/^r. an Ounce
of Camphire to every Pint of the Spirits^ ufed alone, or
mixed with Spirit of Scurvy-grafs, or Spirit of Turpen-
tine ; a Fomentation made as follows, will alfo conduce
very much to the Removal of a Gangrene.

" Take St. John's Wort and common W^ormwood, of
*' each two handfuls, Centaury and Camomile Flowers, of
*' each one handful, Biy-berries fix Ounce?, common
*' Alhes one Pound: Boil thefein fix Quarts of Water un-
*' til one half be confam'd ; and to the Itrained Decoftion
*' add Spirit of Wine camphorated one Quart." Bathe
the Wound or the gangreen'd Part with flannel or woollen
Cloths dipt in this Fomentation ; and after they are wrung
out, apply the Cloths almoft fcalding hot to the Part ; it
may be likewife wafh'd with the Fomentation, adding a
iixth part of the Spirit of Sal Armoniack at the Time of
ufing it.

All Things that are proper to promote Sweat, are to be
taken inwardly, fuch as have been prefcrib'd to remove
Cheft- foundering, &c. But if, notwithftanding all thefe
Means the Gangrene does not yield, the Praditioner muft
with a Fleam or Lancet, fcarrify to the Quick, that the Part
may be brought to Suppuration, having in Readinels Horfe-
dung boiled in Ale or Wine, to be applied hot as a Poul-
tice ^

Chap.LIV. Of the Biting, 5cc. 207

tice ; and as foon as the Wounds come to Matter, they
may be deans'd with /Egyptiacum made hot ; and if there be
ftill a very great Foulnefsand Tendency to a Mortification,
the Ointment may be mix'd with Butter oi Antimojiy^ which
is a very powerful Remedy, or with every Ounce oi JEgyp-
tiacum may be mix'd fixty Drops oiJqua fortis, SoUeyJell
advifes Lime-water, and when that proves not efficacious
enough, he recommends the following, viz»

" Take crude Allum one Pound, German Copperas
*^ groily beaten half a Pound, Verdegreafe in line Powder
*' three Ounces : Boil all together in a Gallon of Vinegar
*' to the Confumption of one half j then, without ftraining
*' the Liquor, referve it forUfe in a glafs Vial ; and if this
*^ be too weak, he advifes two Ounces of Aqua forth to bo
*' added to each Quart, fhaking them well together.

The Liquor is to be hot, and the Part to be drefs'd vi^ith
Pledgits of Flax or Kurds dipt into it.

In all large Mortifications, the Farrier muft, with a (harp
Inftrument, cut and extirpate the dead Flefli, taking care
not to hurt any of the Nerves or Sinews that are found or
recoverable, either with his Inllrument or Applications ;
but let his Application to them confift chiefly of fuch things
as are fpiritous, dreffing with Honey of Rofes beat up v/ith
the Yolk of an Egg, with a fourth part of camphorated Spi-
rit of Wine ; and afterwards all fuch Things as are cleaning,
and proper to promote a laudable Growth of new Fiefh.

C H A P. LIV.
Of the Biting of 'venomous Beafis,

lirOunds made by the Biting of venomous Bealls are
^^ frequently mortal ; for the Poifon communicated to
the Blood caufes in it fo fpeedy a Rarefaction, that the whole
animal Frame is put into an immediate Diforder ; the woun-
ded Part becomes fwell'd, inflam'd, and of a livid Colour,
and its Progrefs much more fudden than any Gangrene
proceeding from whatfoever other Caufe.

The biting of a mad enrag'd Dog, is not fo poifonable as
Is generally fuppos'd, but only as thofe Creatures are apt to
ftrike their Jaws with great Force, whereby they fometimes
wound and bruife the Sinews and nervous Parts ; but the
Bite of an Adder is plainly venomous and deadly, from ma-
nv Inftances both among Men and Brutes j and the Bites

of

208 The Farrier*^ New Guide. Chap. LIV.

of thofe Animals are conftantly followed with a Drop or
two of greenifh Matter, which by its corrofive Quality,
poifons the Wound, and infeds the Body.

Th Cure There are infinite Ways of curing thofe

Bites ; fome give the Fire immediately, and
fome cut out the Bit that is wounded ; but thefe Operations
cannot be allowed of in all Parts, but chiefly when the
Wound is made in the Flefh, and free from the Nerves and
Sinews ; others only apply Garlick, Onions, Bay- fait, and
Bacon, ftampt together into an Ointment. Others ufe
ftampt Rue, Muftard-feed, pickl'd Herrings, and black Soap,
with a fufficient Quantity of Deers-fuet, or Bears-greafe ;
and there are fome who only lay over the Wound Venice-
Treacle or Mithridate, which are very good, efpecially if
the fpirituous Embrocations direded in the preceeding Chap-
ter, be alfo complied with and ufed often. The Viper-
catchers, who are often bit with Adders, cure themfelves
by anointing the Wound immediately with Adders Fat,
which they always keep in Readinefs in a Gallipot. The
Certainty of which Cure has been alfo evinc'd by the Expe-
riments of a great and eminent Phyfician made upon Dogs,
who very reafonably afcribes the healing Virtues of that
Fat to its clammy and vifcid Parts, but efpecially as it is
more penetrating and active than any other oily Subftances,
whereby he fuppofes it to involve, and, as it were, fheathe
the volatile Salts of the Venom, which are the Inftruments
of thofe deadly Mifchiefs which attend the biting of fuch
Animals. And for the fame Reafons, the Vipers Fat or
Greafe may, no doubt, be of Service in all other Bites of
invenomed Wounds.

But when the Poifon Is once got into the Mafs of Blood,
the chief Part of the Cure muft be owing to inward Means,
which ought conftantly to be ufed at the fame time proper
Applications are made outwardly. «S'^//^j/?// recommends
the Tindure and Eilence of Vipers, which indeed is not
improper, only that their Scarcity makes thofe Preparations
very dear in our Country. However, to a Horfe of great
Value, a Dofe of two or three Ounces of the Powder of
dry'd Adders might be given in a Pint of Canary, and re-
peated feveral Times ; but the Method laid down for the
Cure of Peftilential Fevers, as it confills chiefly in the Ufe
of Counter -poifons, maybe followed in all fuch Cafes ; and
as loon as the Malignity and Venom is deftroy'd, the Sores
may be treated as other Wounds or Ulcers.

CHAP.

Cmap.lv. Of Ulcers. 20$

C H A P. LV.

Of Ulcers.

ALL Sores that have any evil Quality ingendered in
"^ them, fo as to hinder the Re-union of the Parts, are
termed tJIcers j and thefe are dillinguifhed according to
their Size, Situation, or Degree of Malignity ; fome are fu-
perficial, and only appear on the outward Parts ; others are
deep, and are therefore termed cavernous or fiilulous, which
Names are borrowed from their Figure. The fuperficial
Ulcers are divers, and attended with divers Qualities, fome
being foft and crufly, fending forth a vifcid Matter of a
cadaverous and Carrion-like Srrjeli, from whence they are
alfo call'd putrid ; others are fungous, and have Excrefcences
appearing in divers Afpeds ; and fome have hard and fchir-
rous Edges, which in Horfes, are very thick, having their
Bottom of a livid or duskifli Colour, full of little Papilla
and UnevennelTes. The cavernous and fi- j ^ i t-M
Itulous are alfo ftiflinguilh'd from each other, ^^^ Ukers are
the cavernous being deep and broad at bot- dijiinguijh'd,
torn, full of little Hoks, with a fmall and
narrow Orifice, from whence there continually ifllieth a
virulent corrolive Matter ; whereas the liftulous Ulcers
have long, ftrait, and deep Holes, which fometimes com-
municate with one another like a Coney-burrow, their Sides
callous and hard, and the Matter fometimes corrolive, and
fometimes not. There are other Sorts of Ulcers taken
Notice of by the Writers of Surgery, as the cancerous,
corrolive, ^V. but the lirft is feldom or never to be feen in
Brutes, ar>d the lait feems not to be a proper Name of Di-
ftindion tor any particular Kind of Ulcer, that being an
evil Quality, which is more or lefs to be met with in molt
Ulcers, and by which they may be look'd upon to be more
or lefs malignant.

Ulcers are alio diftinguifti'd, with refpedl to their Caufes,
%yhence fome are called primitive^ and others degenerate ;
but it is fufficient for the underftanding this Matter, to know,
that all Ulcers take their Origin immediately from Wounds,
Bruifes, Tumors, ox other Eruptions and Breakings out of
the Skin, fome of which turn Ulcers by ill Management,
aad others from a vicious Difpofition in the Blood.

As to the Signs, they are manifeft from what has been al-
ready faid of their feveral Kinds; we (hall therefore make
fome lew Obfcrvauoris concerning their Prognofticks.

y An-i

^lo The VhKTiitK's New Guide. Chap. LV.

-^, - -. , And Fir ft ^ An Ulcer that is fuperficial, vs
cW Cure. ^^^^ dangerous than one that is deep, as it

may, for the moft part, be cured by manual
Operation only, with the Afliftance of proper Applications:
Keither need I acquaint any one, that a fmall Ulcer is
more eafily manag'd than one that is large. But, Secondly^
An Ulcer proceeding from a Malignity in the Blood, ^e.
whether it be large or fmall, fuperlicial or deep, is more
dangerous than one which is only degenerate, and not at-
tended with fuch bad Circumftanccs. And Thirdly^ As
a degenerate Ulcer may, by long Continuance, create an
evil Difpolnion in the Blood, by hurting the common and
ordinary Secretions, and inducing an ill Habit, it may
therefore be as dangerous and bad to cure as any ; and a
fuddcn and unjudicious Cure of fuch an Ulcer, is oftentimes
the Caufe of fome other Difeafe, Fourthly^ Ulcers that
are form'd of Abfceiles in the Hips, Loins, in the thick part
of the Shoulders under the Blade- bone, and in the Joints,
and have Communication with the Bones, as thefe lie out
of Reach, ihey are therefore very difficult and hard to be
cur*d ; and if the Cavities of futh abftrufe Ulcers be large,
they, will foon bring the Body of a Horfe into a Wafte.
Fifthly^ Ulcers in the dependent Parts, as thofe of the
Legs, are very obftinate, as they becom.e the Sink and Ehain
of all the Humours, but efpecially as the Matter proceeding
from the Tendons, ^c. creates a very ill Difpofition in
them. Laftly, All Ulcers in the Lungs, Kidneys, Liver,
and other mward Parts, generally prove mortal fooner or
later, according as they are fituated nearer, or at a Diitance
from the larger Veilels, and according to the other Circum-
Itances that may attend them. But we have already taken
fufticient Notice of thofe kind of Ulcers, where we have
treated of broken- winded and confumptive Cafes, and of
Hedick Fevers, ^c. having recommended for their Cure,
the ufe of cleanfing, healing, and balfamick Medicines in-
wardly, with a proper Regulation in the Feeding and Ex-
ercife. As to outward and fuperficial Ulcers, with their
different Accidents, they have been alfo fufficiently handled
in the Forty-eighth Chapter, bo^th as to Externals and Li-
ternals. The Ulcers of fome particular Parts have likewife
been taken notice of, as the Glanders, ^c. Thofe of the
Legs and Feet, and other dependent Parts, (hall be treated
of when we come to the Difeafes of thofe Parts. It remains
therefore that we put a Period to this Subjed, by laying
down fome Directions concerning the Cure of thofe Ulcers

that

Chap.lv. Of Ulcers. iti

that are terniM cavernous and fiflulous, and likewife fuch
of them as are abftrufe, and form themfelves into feveral
Meanders and hidden Abfcelles among the Bones and flefliy
Interftices, tho* in the latter Circumftances we can give the
Praditioner but httle Hopes of Succefs, for the Reafons
already alledg'd ; yet fo long as i Horfe continues fcrvice-
able, the proper Means ought to be ufed.

And therefore, wherher fuch an Ulcer proceed from an
old deep Woundj or any other Caufe, the chief thing to
be done, is now and then to inject proper Liquors into it,
forbearing the ufe of thofe things that are very corrolive ;
for albeit corrolive Applications are fometimes proper in
Ulcers that are fuperficial, and where the Efcar can be
brought off by the proper Dreffings, or the Help of an In-
ftrument, and where a frefh Growth of fuperfluous Matter
can be fupprefs'd by Bandage ; yet in the Cafe now before
us they are often hurtful, as all fuch Applications caufe
Accidents that ought to be remedied by Art, and ought
iherefofe to be within the Reach of the Artift ; for which
Caufe, the propereft Liquors to be injedled into all fuch
Ulcers, are Decodlions made of the Roots of Briony, Birth-
wort, Flower-de-luce, i^c. with a third Part of Spirit of
Wine ; or revflify'd Oil of Turpentine, common Honey, or
Honey of Rofes, may be alfo made ufe of in the fame In-
tention ; and when there is a Foulnefs in the Bones, which
may be known by theThinnefs, Oilinefs, and Stench of the
Matter ; in that Cafe, a Tindure drawn with Wine from
Myrrh, Aloes, Frankincenfe, Olibanum, Saffron, Cinn^^
mon, and fuch like things, will make a very proper Injec-
tion to be ufed fometimes. To the Wound may be applied
Pledgits of Flax dipt in the fame Liquor, or fome good Di-
geftive, and over the Dreffmg a good flicking Plaiiter.
The Injedions fhould be always made warm ; and when
the Part can admit of firm Bandage, it will never fail tp
be of Service.

But thofe Ulcers, which, upon Trial with the Probe, ^t".
are found to be within the Reach of an Operation, ought to
be laid open, avoiding, as much as pofTible, an Effufion of
Blood, by dividing the large Veffels, and the Inconvenien-
cies that may happen by cutting the nervous and fenfible
Parts : After Incilion, any fuch Ulcer is to be treated as a
frefh Wound, only that inllead of a Re-union, by clofing
the Sides again, they mufl be kept open with Doflils of
Flax dipt in Stiptick- water the firft Dreffing, and after-
warUs in fome good Digeftive, that Nature may fiil up
Y a ti-.e

iT2 The ^ARRnK s Ne-uu Guide. Chap. LVI.

the whole Space with the Growth of new Flefh. If there
be ftill a bad ulcerous Difpofition in the Part, cleanfing Oint-
ments, as Bafilicum mixt with red Precipitate, or Mgypd-
acum ; or, it neceflary, ftrong Corrofives may be made
Ufe of ; Copperas- water, Lime-water, or a Solution of
Blue Vitriol, or any of thofe diredled in thofe Parts of this
Treatife in the like Intentions, may be alfo comply'd with
to wafh the Sore ; if the Bone be foul, the Method laid
down in the 51ft Chapter ought alfo to be followed. In a
Fiftula, the hard callous Sides mull be fcarrify'd, or touched
with a Cauftick, to bring them even and fmooth. The
Iferfe may be alfo purg'd once or twice, and afterwards go
undera Gourfe of the Antimonial or Cinnabar-Balls, ^(»
but the Reader may confult the 48th Chapter.

C H A R LVI.

Of Cauterizing^ and giving the Fire.

/^Auterizing is perform'd by an Inftrument made hot, or
^^ by corrofive and burning Medicines ; and thefe are
either natural, or artificial, which may be made ftronger or
weaker, according to the feveral Intentions in which they
are ufed. The firll is called the a^ual Cautery^ and the
laft the Potential.

We make ufe of corrofive and burning Medicines to
cleanfe and deftroy all Foulnefs which obllruds and hin-
ders the Cure of iany Ulcer, to keep down a preternatural
Growth of fungous Flefli, to eat away Excrefcences, to
open Abfcefles and Impofthumes, and moreover to ftop up
the Mouths of Blood- vellels, thereby to prevent an Hemor-
rhage of Blood, llie adual Cautery is alfo made ufe of to
moft of the farrie Purpofes ; but as we have taken Notice of
thefe things already, and reduc'd them to Pradice, with
the necellary Cautions in their Applications ; we fliall not
therefore fpend the. Reader's time. in repeating them over
again, but proceed to the other Intentions of Cauterizing,
which in a more efpecial Manner go under the Denomi-
nation of Giving the Fire,

The Fire is fo ancient in the Pradice of Surgery, that it
feems to have been one of the firft Methods ufed to remove
Pains of the Joints, ^V. proceeeing from cold glutinous
Humours impaded in them, as may be learn'd from Hippo^
crates and others j and tho' it be now greatly in difufe among
ij? in thefe Intentions, yet it is to this Day very much prac-
ticed by the Egypt i^ins and Arabs ^ and it is reported of
' the

Chap.LVI. Of Cauterizing, i^c^ 21?

the Moors^zx\^ other Sarbarians^ that they fear their Arm^
and Shoulders, only to ftrengthen them to draw the Bow.
The ancient Method was by burning Flax or Cotton under
the difeafed Member made into a Pyramidal Form, that the
Part might be inured to it by degrees, and fo enabled to bear a
neceflary Augmentation of the Flame ; and Sir IVm. Temple
had feen fuch good EfFedts from it, that encouraged him to
write his Eilay concerning the Cure of the Gout by MoxJy
which is only a \im<io^ Cotton fet on Fire in this Manner.

But whatever Approbation may be given to ^^-^^ ^j^ ^j,
this Method of curing Difeafes in the human ^^^ p /^^^ •
Body, it is certain the EfFefts of Fire are very
extraordinary with Regard to Horfes in old Griefs in the
Joints, Smews, and nervous Parts, after they have bid a De-
fiance to all artificial Compofitions whatever ; neither will
this be thought flrange, if it be confider'd, that thofe Parts
are very compad and folid, being compofed of an infinite
Number of Fibres and nervous Threads laid fo clofe toge-
ther, that there is not a Cavity or Interftice to be difcern*d
in them when cut afunder ; and therefore when thefe are
obftruded, nothing can be fuppofed to relieve them, but
what is of the molt powerful Efficacy.

Now it is very plain, that adual Fire may be of the great-
elllmportance in the removing fuch Obftrudions, and that
in a twofold Refped ; FirJ}, As by cauterizing and burning
theOutfide, there is a Difcharge made, and of Confequence
a Derivation of Matter from the obftruded Part, which
muft give more Liberty to the inclofed Fluid ; and Second^
ly. As the Heat communicated in this. Manner by the adive
Particles of Fire, muft needs give a fort of new Life and
Motion to the vifcid. Juices, which are thus compacted,
whereby they become more fitted to make their Way thro'
their proper Vents and Paflages, and likewife as it forces
the relaxed Fibres to contract themfelves.

This is fo certain an EfFed of Fire, that it is even plain
in thofe Inftances, where many of the poorer fort amonig
the Country People cure themfelves of the Kibes, &e. by
holding their Heels over burning Coals, or a hot pair of
Tongs, tho' they do not fear the Skin, andmany of the good
EfFedts which proceed from the Application of Ointments to
hard obftinate Swellings and aching Pains in Horfes, are more
owing to the hot Bar of Iron made ufe of in the rubbing in
of the Ointments, than any medicinal Efficacy in the Oint-
ments themfelves, feveral of thefe being no better than com-

inon Hogs- lard.

y 3 An4

214 TheTAKKnR*s NewGuide. Chap. LVL

And as the Fire becomes more ufeful in all fuch Intentions,
by removing fettled Obftructions, fo it is of no lefs Impor-
tance in Ring-bcnes, Quitter- bones, Scratches ^ and, in fine,
to loofen all grilly and horny Excrefcences that grow out
upon the Legs and Feet, or any other Part of the Body,
where, by fearing their Subitance, and piercing the Skin
near the Root or Infertion, a Stop is put to the Humours
that nouriih them, fo that they are made to rot and fall off.
The Manner of Sclleyfell lays down three important Di-
fi'ving the Fire, re^^'^ions in giving the Fire. The firjl is, not
to prefs too hard upon the Part. T he fecond^
to let the Knife be red-hot, but not flaming. And the
Thirdy to heat the Knife or Inftrument in a Charcoal
Fire. The two firft of thefe Diredions are abfolutely ne-
Cefiary, and the laft may be comply'd with according to
the Artift's Conveniency.

In all Griefs of the Sinews and nervous Parts, the Fire is
tobevery fparingly given, and a drawing Knife is certainly
the propereft Inftrument, tho* there are fomc who make
ufe of a large Gold Coin, from a Conceit of its having
greater medicinal Virtues than really belong to it. Some
content themfelves with Silver, and there are others who
prefer Copper, from an Opinion of its being a Metal that
refifts Putrefaction j and among thefe is our laft mentioned
Author. But moft of our Englijh Farriers make ufe of
Iron Inftruments in all their cauterizing Operations, which,
if they be fmooth and well polifh'd, are as good as any,
and in this it is fufficient that they have the Example of moft
Surgeons for their Authority.

The Knife ftiould be rounded on the Edge, and pretty
thick, that it may keep the Heat as long as poflible ; it
ought alfo to be heated in a very clear Fire (if a Charcoal
Fire cannot be had) and afterward rubb'd upon a woollen
Cloth, that no Dirt or Afhes may ftick to it, and until the
flaming Rednefs is wore quite off ; then the Farrier muft,
with a fteady, dexterous, and light Hand, draw his Lines
orRafesoneachfide the Joint or Sinew, always following
theCourfe of the Hair, without making crofs Lines, for,
befides that they are of no Importance in the Cure, they
caufe a very great Deformity. A due Care muft alfo be
had, never to pierce the Skin, but rather repeat the Strokes
the oftner, until it becomes the Colour of a pale Cherry ;
for if the Fire happens to touch the Sinews, it will be apt to
caufe Convulfions ; and if the Horfe furvive thefe Diforders,
ije may hereafter become irrecoverably lame.

But

Chap.LVL Of Cauterizing, &c. 215

But when the Grievance happens to be on the Hips,
Shoulders, or other flefhy Parts, or when the Fire is given
10 difperfe any obftinate flegmatick Humour, that cannot
be brought to Suppuration, the Artift may go on wuh
fome Boldnefs ; and befides, that the Lines may be made
of any Figure, either in Shape oU Palm, Arrow, or Shield^
or what the Farrier pleafes-, the Skin ought alfo to be pierc'd
more or lefs, according to the Situation and Urgency of the
Grievance, that a powerful Revulficn may be made, by
drawing away a plentiful deal of Matter. There are many
Inllances of Cures of this kind to be met with among Hor-
iGS, and even fome m the human Body, v/here, by burning
the Hip with a hot Iron, the Ifihiatick Pains, and other
nervous Obftruaions, have been altogether removed. But
in Cafes where the Skin is to be pierced, it ought to be done
from below upwards, that the Matter may flow downwards,
the better to prevent an ulcerous Difpofition in the Sores j
and into the Orifices or Holes may be introduced little foft
Tents of Flax dipt in warm BafiUcum^ox any other fup-
purative Ointment ; for if this be cramm'd with hard
Tents, the Anguifli that muft neceflarily happen after giv-
ing the Fire, will be apt to create a Fever.

All the fear'd and burnt Parts ought immediately to be
bath'd with Spirit of Wine, and afterwards anointed with
a Mixture of Bees-wax and Oil melted together, or with
common Tar, until the Efcars fall off ; but if there be a
very great Heat and AnguiOi, and a Tendency to a Swel-
ling, which is apt enough to fall upon the Legs, efpeciaily
of thofe Horfes that are tender and wafhy, in that Cafe,
camphorated Spirits may be ufed two or three times a Day,
and, if need require, the Cataplalm direfted for the Cure
of Burns. But thefe Accidents may in a gre^ Meafure be
prevented, and the whole Intention more effedually an-
fwered, if, before the Operation, Recourfe be had to fo-
mentation and Baths, or attenuating Oils, fuch as ttw
Oil of Earth-worms, or the Soldiers Ointment ; for by
thefe Means the Grievance will more eafily yield to the
Irapreffions of the Fire, and the burnt farts come fooner tQ

a Suppuration. , tt r /i u r

I need not acquaint any one, that the Horfe muft be fe-
cur'd with Collars, or fuch other Engines as can be made
effeftual to prevent his licking, biting, or rubbing the bcabs,
which is very common when they begin to heal, otherwile
it will caufe a great Deformity, and fuch an one as cannot
fce eafily remedied. What relates to the Fif^g of J^^ng-^

2 1 6 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. LVIL

bones, fitter-hones, and Scratches, &c. fhall be treated of
In their proper Places.

CHAP. LVII.
Of Rowelling.

^ 15 Owelling is an artificial Vent made to difcharge noxious
Humours ; but the EfFeds of Rowelhng arc not the
draining away of ill Humours, as moft People believe : for
the Matter that proceeds from the Rowel is form'd of the
ne Ufe of ?^^o^ y ^o f J^at by it both the good and bad
. Ktmdhng, JS evacuated ; And therefore all that can be

' yc T^. propofed by Rowelling, is to make a Re-

vuHion or Diyerfion from any Part that is weakened or re-
lax d by old obllinate Obftrudions ; and in this Senfe it is
ufeful m many of the fame Intentions as the Fire, and is
^very profitable in all Aches, cold phlegmatick Swellings,
'and even fometimes in Lamenefs and Infirmities of the
I.egs. It IS alfo fometimes a Relief, where there is a Ful-
nefs and Redundancy of Humours; and in moft Difeafes
of the Eyes : But Rowelling is abfolutely hurtful to Horfes
that are poor, lean, and hide-bound, or to thofe that are
heaick and confumptive, i^c.

There are two fes of Rowels, viz. A Hair Rowel, and
French Rowel The one is what Surgeons call 2i Seaton,
and the other a /V;///r/^ or Fontanel -, but the Fonticle or
French Rowel is by many preferred, as it is not fo apt to
caufe an Abfcefs, and is therefore more eafily dryM ud •
But m Cafes that require a confiderable Difcharge of Mat^
ter, a fmall Abfcefs is not to be altogether feared, becaufe
fuch an one as happens upon Rowelling, may be eafilv e-
nough cured by the Application of Bollters and tight Ban-
cage. c *

I need not lay down any particular Direaions concernine
this Operation, fince it is lb common, that even every
Country Smith can perform it ; I ftall only take Notice
that the Fun.h Rowel ought always to be put in the Inter-
fticesor Furrows that go between the Mufcles, either to-
wards their Origu, orlnfertlon, orany other Part throuc^h-
out he whole Iradof any Interftice; but to prevent a wo' -
great Abfcefs, the Hair-Rowel may be better plac'd towards

deep, and where the Matter will eafily run off; but Care
ought to be taken not to put in the Rowel too near the
7 endow, but where there is fome Eubllance of Flefh.

CIIAP.

Ch . LVI ! I. Of Gelding and Curtailing. 2 1 7
CHAP. LVilL

Of Gelding and Curtailing of Horfes.

'T^HE Gelding of a Foal is an eafy Operation, and feldom
'*■ attended with any ill Accident. But if a Horfe*s Stones
fhould be bruis'd, or otherwife hurt, and fo become irreco-
verable, the extirpating of thefe will require the Skill of a
good Artift.

The Horfe being firft caft on a Dunghill, or other foft
Place, the Scrotinn^ or outward Cafe, is to be cut open on
each fide, where both Stones are to be taken away ; and
where there is but one, that Side where the difeafed Stone
lies ; afterwards tie a waxt Thread round the Strings, to flop
the Blood, and with a pair of fharp Sciflars or Knife, cut
the Strings between .the Ligature and the Stone, applying
to the Wound Pledgits dipt in the common Digeilive mix*J
"with Spirit of Wine, laying over all Compreiles and a Ban-
dage, fuch as has been direded to fufpend the Sheath. If
an Inflammation happens, it is to be treated with warm Fo-
mentations and fpirituous things, and the Horfe kept to an
opening Diet, with Barle)'- water for his Drink.

This is a more fafe Method than what is generally prac-
tis'd, zz/z. by applying the adual Cautery, and then filling
the Place with Salt 5 for albeit it may fucceed with a Colt
or P'oal, while the fpermatick Veflels are very fmall, yet it
muft needs expofe a Horfe to many Accidents when he is
come to his Maturity. .

As to the Curtailing or Docking of Hor- ^ ...
fes, all that I intend upon the Subjed, is on- ^^ **' ^"^'

Jy to advertife the Farrier, that his fearing Iron fhould be
fmoother and better polifh'd than what is generally made
ufe of, and that it fhould be rubb'd very clean on a woollen
Cloth, and the Metal hardened, for when it is otherwife, the
Scoria^ or Sparks that fiy off from the Iron, are apt to caufe
an intolerable Anguifh, which falls down into the Funda-
ment and Sheath : Neither fhould the Iron be at any time
apply'd fiaming hot, or elfe it will bring the burnt Part
along with it ; for want of this laft Caution, I have feen
the Iron apply'd two or three times before an Efcar could
be form'd, which is always of bad Confequence, as it muft
\ip a conliderable Time before the Bone is covered.

CHAP.

2 1 8 The FarrierV New Guide, Chap. LXU.
CHAP. LIX,

Of the LampaSy
•T* H E Lampas is an Excrefcence in the Roof of the
-"- Mouth, which hinders a Horfe from Feeding, and hap-
pens ufually to young Horfes. It is cured by applying a
hot Iron made for that Purpofe, and it is fucceffively per-
formed in all Parts of the Kingdom ; fo that there is no need
of any Caution, but only that the Farrier do not penetrate
too deep, fo as to fcale the thin Bone that lies under the up-
per Bars, for that would be attended with very troubleforae
and dangerous Symptoms.

CHAP. LX.
Of the Barbs.

^HESE are fmall Excrefcences under the Tongue, which
•*' may be feen by drawing the Tongue afidej and ar
conftandy cured by cutting them off as clofe as may be with
z pair of ScilTars, and rubbing the Place with Salt.

CHAP, LXI.

Of the TicL fl

^HO* we find this among the Difeafes of Horfes, yet it
-*■ is, by the bell Judges, lookM upon to be an ill Habir,
rather than a Difeafe, which may probably at firft proceed
from the Pain and Itching that happens in the breeding of
Teeth. There are divers Methods us*d to break a Horfe of
this Habit, but the moll approved is, to make him eat in a
Place where there is no Manger, tying him with a Buckle
to the Wall, and giving him his Oats in a Haverfack.

CHAP. LXIL

Of fVolves Teeth.
HIS is a Diftemper which happens to Horfes in the
Decline of their Age, when the Gums are worn down,
the Grinders don't meet one upon another, but grow either
outwards or inwards, fo that their Points prick the Gums
or Tongue, and hinder a Horfe*s Feeding. The ufual Me-
thod of Cure is to open the Horfe's Mouth with the Upfet,
and with a Gouge and Mallet llrike off thofe (harp Edges,
and afterwards file them down fmooth 5 but it is much fa-

fer

T

Chap. LXIV. Of the Toll-Evil 2 1 9

fer to make Ufe of a well temper'd File only, though it will
take a little more Time.

C H A Pe LXIII.

Of Gigs i B ladder Sy and other T)ifeafes of the
Month.

'npHE Mouths of Horfes are fubjedl to feveral Infirmities,
-*■ which, by reafon of the Softnefs and Sponginefs of the
Farts, are often troublefome, and cannot be eafily remov'd
without the Fire, or fome corrofive Medicine. The Gigs
and Bladders, for the moll Part, grow out on the Iniide of
the Lips, and fometimes towards the Palate ; but thofe of
the Lips are the largeft. The ufual Method of Cure is by
flitting them open, and difcharging the Matter, afterwards
waftiing them with Salt and Vinegar. Sometimes a Horfe's
Mouth is wounded by a mifhapen or rufty Bit, and by fe-
veral other Accidents ; all which, either from Neglcd:,
or an ill Difpofition in the Blood, will create thofe Soit of
Ulcers the Farriers call Cankers, In fuch Cafes, the beft
Way is to make ufe of a fmall round Searing- Iron, mode-
rately heated, which may be introduced through a BraiS
Pipe, to defend it from touching any other Part ; and when
the Efcar falls off, it may be touched now and then with a
Sponge dipt in Copperas-water, until it is cured. The fal-
ling down of the Palate, or, more properly, the Relaxation
and Swelling of the XJvula^ is alfo a Difeafe to which Horfes
are fubjed upon catching cold, tho' I do not find it much
taken Notice of by Farriers ; yet Mr. Snape, in his AnatOr-
jny, fays, he has met with it feveral times. The Cure is by
blowing Pepper upon it, or touching it with a Feather dipt
jn the blue Eye-water, or Spirit of Sal Armoniacky &c.

CHAR LXIV.
Of the TolUEvil.

^ H E Poll Evil is an Impofthume which ariies on tte
-*■ Poll, and, for the moll Part, is caufed by the fretting
of a new Halter or Collar, l^c. At firft it requires no other
Method of Cure than what is common to other Boils and
inflam'd Tumors, l^c. by ripening and bringing it to Mat-
ter ; but fometimes it degenerates to a finuous Ulcer, tho*
that be generally owing to Want of Skill.

There

2 20 The Farrier J New Guide. Ch. LXV.

There is a fmall Sinus under the Noll bone, where the
Matter is apt to lodge, unlefs Care be taken to keep the
Part firm with Bandage ; but inftead of that, the Farriers
generally ufe to thruft in a long Tent, which raifes the
Flefh, and opens a Way into the Sinus ; and by this means
an Ulcer is created where there needs be none j all there-
fore that is further neceflary on this Head, is to caution the
Pradlitioner againft fuch ill Methods ; and if the Tumor
has a very large Cavity within it, it is much better to lay it
fomewhat open, than to thruft foreign Subftances into it ;
and if it acquires an ulcerous Difpofition, it muft be treated
as fuch. But the Reader may have Recourfe to the 55 th
Ch'apter, as alfo to thofe Places where we have treated of
the Strangles, ^c,

CHAR LXV,

Of Hurts andBruifes in the Withers y &c.

TjOrfes are very often hurt, or wrung in the Withers,
^^ by the Biting of other Horfes, or unfit Saddles, efpe-
cially when the Bows are too wide, for by that Means they
bruife the Flefh againft the Spines of the fecond and third
Fertebra oHhQ B^ck, which form that Prominence which
rifes above their Shoulders. When the Swelling is mode-
rate, the ufual Method is to wafh the Part with Salt and
Water, or to apply Horfe-dung, or Salt and black Soap
mix'd together, which very often fucceeds ; any reftringent
Charge, as Bole and Vinegar, with Whites of Eggs, has
the fame EfFedl, tho' in a different Manner ; as alfo the
Whites of Eggs beat up into a Foam with a piece of Allum.
This is very-much commended.

Sometimes the Hair is rubb'd off, and the Part becomes
gaird, in which Cafe nothing is preferable to the redify'd
Spirit of Wine, or Brandy, which ought to be ufed often, co-
vering the Part with a flaxen Cloth dipt in Bees- wax, and a
little Oil melted together to keep the Dirt from it, and defend

T/ie Cure '^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^' ^^^ when the Bruife hap-

pens to be violent, an Impofthumation may
"certainly be expedted, which muft be manag'd according to
the Dire6tions laid down in the Cure of the Strangles. And
asfoort as the Matter is difcharg'd, and the Swelling fallen,
fo that the Part can bear to be bound, a Strap may be fixed
to the Breaft-cloth, which may pafs between his Fore-legs,
and be faften'd to his Surfingle, which, in a great Meafure,
will anfwer the End of Bandage, by keeping the Parts firm-

SolUyJell

Chap. LXVI. Of a Navel-gall, &:c. 221

SoUeyfell com^XdAm of the ill Accidents attending the DiA
orders in the Withers, and it is no Wonder,^ for that Author
was always too bufy with Tents, and but little acquainted
with the true Ufe of Bandage. A Tent in the Withers is
very dangerous, and in all Parts of the Back and Loins ;
for by them the Flefh is raifed, as was obferved in the pre-
ceeding Chapter, and the Matter becomes colleded among
the Spines, whereby fmuous and fiftulous Ulcers are form'd,
which for the moll part prove incurable.

As to thofe Ailments that proceed from Bite on the
the Bite of another Horfe, whether they be Sabers.
on the Withers, the Neck, or any other Part
of the Body, they mull be often bath'd with Spirit of
Wine, and drefs'd with Turpentine and the Yolks of Eggs,
as all other Wounds and Impofthumes ; and if the Bruife
caufe a fmall Mortification and Deadnefs in the Part,
which fometimes happens, it may be drefs*d with Mgyptia-
cum ; and if it prove obftinate, the adlual Cautery may be
made ufe of to bring it to Digeftion ; after which it may
be manag'd as a fimple Wound or Ulcer.

CHAP. LXVL

Of a Navel-gall, &c.

A Navel-gall is feated on the Top of the Spine, oppofite
"^ to the Navel, from whence it has its Name, and is ge-
nerally caufed by a bad Saddle pinching a Horfe behind,
which being negledcd, turns to a foul fungous Excrefcence ;
and fometimes, after long Continuance, to a fmuous and
fillulous Ulcer j iometlmes it looks like a hardened browi\
Jelly, and fometimes black and mortify *d. While there is
Moifture and Senfibility in the Part, an Ointment may be
apply'd of Quickfilver and Turpentine, vi%, an Ounce of
Quickfilver to every two Ounces of Turpentine, rubb'd in
a Mortar till they be well incorporated, and then fpread up*
on Hurds or Flax : On each Side of the Spine, over the
Swelling, may be laid fmooth dry Pledgits of Hurds, or Bol-
Iters of flaxen Cloth, which may be girt round with a Sur-
fmgle. But if the Sore be dead and lifelefs, a good {harp
Razor or Knife may be made ufe of to cut it to the Quick,'
and then let it be drefs'd according to the Direv^lions laid
dowa in the Cure of Wounds, ^^c,

A

^^2. TheYKRV.\\^s NewGttide, Ch. LXVIL

J Si/faJ. ^ Sitfaji proceeds alfo from a Saddle-

gall, and is another of the Accidents thaC
Ijappens to the Spine ; it is dry and horny, and may be
cur*d by anointing it firft with Oi[ of Bays, until it turn^
foft, and then by drefHng it with Quick filvef and Turpen-
tine, as above direded,whieh alone will make a Cure, ef-
pecially if the hard horny Subftance be gently fcarrify*d in
feme Places.

CHAP. LXVIL

Of a Shoulder-wrench y Shoulder -pight^ and
Shoulder-fplait.

'yO underftand the Nature of thefe Infirmities, it will be
"■■ neceflary to remember, that the Blade- bone of the
Shoulder is fixed to the Body, not by Articulation or Joint-
ing, but by Appofition, being laid to the Ribs, and faften'd
by the Mufcles which lie under and above it ; fo when a
Horfe happens to receive a Blow or Strain in the Shoul-
der, the Tendons of thofe Mufcles are ftretched and relax-
ed ; and when that is violent, it is called a Shoulder-fplait^
and becomes more or lefs dangerous, as the Horfe is more
or lefs hardy.

Every one fufHciently knows, that a Slip, falfe Step, or
any undue Polition of a Horfe*s Legs, will ftrain and weaken
the Shoulder, by ftretching thofe Ligaments ; and fome-
times the Shoulder is affefted by a Hurt or Bruife on the
Withers, the Reafon of which may be eafily enough con-
ceived, by any one who will examine into the Strudlure of
thefe Parts ; but when the Accident proves not fo violent
as to fhew a Loofenefs and Swelling, it is not cafily dif-
ccrned whether the Lamencfs be in the Shoulder, in the
Foot, or any other Joint. The beft Judges have therefore
in all fuch Cafes, thought it proper to examine all Parts
from the Shoulder downwards, and even to unfhoe the
Horfe, that they may know certainly where to apply their
Remedies. But the Infirmities of the Shoulders may be
diftinguifhed from thofe of the Feet, by having a Horfe
put to Exercife ; for if the Lamenefs be in the Feet, he
will halt moft when he is ridden ; but if it be in the Shoul-
der, the warmer he grows the lefs he will halt ; and, if
the Wrench be violent, he will be apt to call his Legs out-
wards, forming a Circle as he goes. But if none of thefe
Signs are perceivable in his Gait, the furelt Way is to turn

him

i

Ch. LXVII. Of a ShouUer-wrenchy &c. zi%

him (hort on the lame fide, for that tries the Mufcles the
moft of any thing ; fo that if the Grief be in the Shoulder,
he will fet his Foot on the Ground hardily, and endeavour
to favour his Shoulder.

But in Order to the Cure, a Diftindion ^^^ ^^^^

ought to be made between an old Grief, and
a Hurt that is newly received ; for in a frefti Strain, the
firft Intention is to apply fuch things as are proper to allay
the Heat and Inflammation, and prevent a too great Flux
of Matter to the Part ; whereas in an old Grief, thofe
Things are chiefly made ufe of that attenuate and render
the fuperfluous Humours fit to pafs through the Pores ; and
therefore as foon as you perceive your Horfe lamed in the
Shoulder by a Fall, or any other Accident, after he has
been bled on the oppofite Side, a cold reftringent Charge
may be apply'd, of Vinegar, Bole, and the Whites of Eggs.
Verjuice may be ufed inftead of Vinegar upon the Road,
which may be had at any Farm-Houfe ; for the fooner a
cold Application is made, the better. The Part ought, in
the Beginning, to be refrefhed three or four Times a Day,
with a Sponge dipt in Vinegar and Bole ; and after that, the
following Plaifter may be apply'd.

" Take common Pitch half a Pound, De Minio Plaifter
•' or a Diachylon fix Ounces, common Turpentine four
•' Ounces, Oil Olive two Ounces : Melt them together
*' in a Pipkin over hot Embers, continually ftirring j and
*' when thefe are diflblved, add Bole in fine Powder four
•' Ounces, Myrrh and Aloes of each an Ounce. Spread
*' this upon the Horfe's Shoulder before it grows cold, and
•' put fome Flokes of the Colour of the Horfe all over it.

But when the Lamenefs happens to be of an old ftanding,
the following Ointment will be of great Service.

■ " Take of the Soldiers Ointment, or Nerve- ointment,
" half a Pound, Ointment of Marfh- mallows fix Ounces,
" redlify'd Oil of Amber four Ounces. Mix them all to-
*' gether, and with a hot Bar of Iron held as near as pof-
** fible, chafe the Part twice a Day 5 and at fome Inter-
vals with camphorated Spirits.

The Soldiers Ointment is made as follows,
*' Take frefh Bay- leaves three Pounds, ^-z. c tj-
Rue two Pounds and a half. Marjoram Qmtment,
two Pounds, Mint one Pound, Sage,
Wormwood, Coftmary, Bafil, of each half a Pound,
Oil Olive twenty Pounds, yeliow Wax four Pounds, Ma-

** laga

iii4 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. LXVII.

*' iaga Wine two Pounds." Bruife all the Leaves, and
boil 10 the Gonfiftence of an Ointment, and keep it tor
Uie. This may be made in a fmaller Quantity by thofe
who keep but few Horfes.

^^Z/O*/^// recommends the Ointment o( Mmtpelier zs an
excellent Remedy in all Strains of the Shoulders, C5?f. It is
compofed of the Ointment of Rofes, Marlh- mallows, Po-
pUleon, and Honey, of each equal Quantities. The Oils
of Turpentine, Earth-worms, Oil oiPetre^ St. Job?j*s-
wort, Nerve-oil, Bears-greafe, Horfe-greafe, Mules-greafe,
Deers-fuet, Badgers-greafe, and many fuch things, are alfo
ufed in the fame Intention. But if the Lamenefs does not
yield to thefe Things, Recourfe may be had to Rowelling,
or to the Fire ; but the laft is preferable and kfs painful than
the ufual Method of Rowelling, by bruiling and blowing up
the Shoulder.

And therefore, with a hot Iron, make a Circle the
Breadth of a Trencher round the Joint, and within the
whole Circle pierce the Skin, leavmg about an Inch be-
tween the Holes, and to each apply yellow Wax and Rofm
melted together until theEfcars fall off, and then drefs them
every Day with Turpentine and Honey, applying Piaiiters
as direded, until the Sores are dried up.

Some advife fwimming a Horfe for a Shoulder-fplait, from
an Opinion of the Joint being out ; but if it was really fo,
he muft fwim with three Legs, which is almoft as impoflible
as for a Door to move without Hinges. But yet Swimming
is not always unfuccefsful ; and in all old Griefs, it becomes
ferviceable in the fame Manner as a cold Bath, by helping
Perfpiration, and giving a more lively Motion to the ob-
truded Matter ; and therefore the Morning is the propereft
Time, becaufe the Water is then the coldeft, and it fhould
be a continual Cuftom for fome Time to do effedlual Ser-
vice.

But in all other Reipefls, the Horfe fhould be put to no
kind of Labour, neither ought any one to ride him ; for a
Weight upon his Back mull needs add to ihe Infirmity, as
the greatell Strels lies upon the Shoulders ; but it will be
verv proper for him to be walk'd out every Day, when the
Weather is favourable ; and his Exercife may be increafed
as his ohoulder recovers Strength : A Patten Shoe may alfo
be let upon the oppofile Fooij if he leans too much upon

CHAP,

Chap. LXVIII. Of a /way d Back. Iif
CHAP. LXVIII.

Of a fwayd Back, and Strains of the Hips.

A Swaying of the Back, is a Pain and Weaknefs in the
'^ Reins, caufed by a Fall, the carrying of fome heavy
Burden, or fome other violent Accident, and fometimes the
Horfe is alfo hurt inwardly, which brings him into the great-
eft Diforders imaginable; yet I am of Mr. Snctpe's Mind,
that there is no fuch thing as a broken Back, in the Senfe
the Farriers generally mean, otherwife the Horfe could not
furvive it many Minutes : Neither is it very probable that
the Spines or Procefl'es of the Rack- bones fliould be often
broke, unlefs the Horfe be very poor and lean, thefe being,
for the moft Part, very well guarded by the thick Mufcles
of the Back ; and therefore, by a Swaying of the Back, is
properly to be underftood a ilretching and Relaxation of
the Mufcles and Ligaments of thofe Parts ; and when the
Hurt is more inward, the Malady muft then conlifl in the
Ilretching of the large Blood-veflels, ^'c. But in all fuch
Cafes, the Farrier ought, in his Cure, to treat a Horfe as
if he was hurt both inwardly and outwardly, as there is a
conflant Simpathy between both.

The firft thing therefore to be done, is to take a plentiful
deal of Blood from the Neck ; after which, the cold Charge,
and the other Remedies prefcrib'd in the preceeding Chap-
ter, ought to be apply'd inwardly ; thofe things that are pro-
per to promote Sweat ; and, as Mr. Snape advifes, he may
be fweated m a Dunghill, if the common Remedies fail ;
his Diet muft be opening, and all imaginable Care taken to
keep down a Fever. He ought to be girt pretty firm over
his Reins, yet not ^o as to hinder the Motion of his Flanks ;
he ought alfo to be hung up, or kept in a fteady Pofture :
But if the Weaknefs continues, you may proceed to the
Fire, which muft be done by piercing the Skin on the Muf-
cles that lie on each fide of the Spine, avoiding, as much as
poffible, to burn him near the Flanks, otherwife it will be
apt to create a violent Swelling in the Sheath, which would
very readily bring on a Fever.

The Strains in the Hips are to be accounted for in the
fame Manner as thofe of the Back and Shoulders, only
they are not fo apt to create a Fever, as a Swaying of the
Back. Sometimes the round Head of the Thigh bone is,
by the Violence of the Accident, thruft out of its Socket,
Z and

^%s The^AvciKizvCs New Guide. Ch.LXIX.

and then a Horfe is faid to be Hipjhot ; but if it is not re-
duc'd immediately, he will be irrecoverably lame. The
Cure confifts in the fame Applications that are proper for a
Shoulder- fplait.

C H A P. LXIX.

Of Bones broken and out of Joint.

'TpHE replacing of Bones that are disjointed, is a very un-

- fuccefsful Operation, infomuch that we have few or no
Inftances of Florfes ever becoming ferviceable after their
;pones have been difplac'd ; but broicen Bones have often
been recovered ; and SoUeyjell gives an Inftance of a Horfe
that had a Fradture of the Bone, with a large Wound in the
J'lefli J and of a A^Iule that had a Fradure in the Leg ; both
which were cur'd by one who was neither Surgeon nor Far-
rier ; and Ruint^ and other Italian Authors, have laid down
a Method of Cure for all fuch Accidents, tho' the Succefs
mull be very much owing to the Goodnefs of a Horfe's Con-
jititution and Sagacity, there being fome who will favour
any Infirmities or Lamenefs more than others.

When the Bone is fradur'd, the Horfe ought to be rais'd
in a Sling ; and while one holds the Member with both
glands three or four Inches above the fradtur'd Part, ano-
ther muil extend it, and draw it quite flreight ; after which
it is to be bath'd v*^ith Vinegar and Bole, and a thick flaxen
Cloth dipt in the laid Liquor, and laid fmxooth round it ;
then with a Roller about tv/o Inches broad, make feveral
Rounds upon the frac'lur'd Part, afcending alfo above and
below it, making your Turnings even, that the Splints may
lie on clofe ; after which, apply two or three thin Splints of
Wood, wrapt up in Linnen Cloth or Hurds, always taking
care not to let any of their Ends prefs upon the Sinews ; and
above them, make feveral Turns with a long Roller upwards
and downv\^ards, until the Splints are firm and immoveable.

- The Leg muft be often bath'd above and below the Dref-
fing with Vinegar, or warm Lees of Wine, efpecially for
the fiift Fortnight, and the Horfe kept to a laxative Diet ;
and the Drefling kept on for the Space of forty Days, ma-
king it tight as often as it begins to turn flack. If the Horfe
is inclinable to favour his Infirmity, he will recover without
muchTrouDle; but if it be other wife, it will be proper to
keep him conftantly in a Sling, fuffering the fraclur'd Mem-
ber juft to touch tliC Ground.

Thi?

C HAP. LXX. Of Hurts in the Stifle. 227

This is the propereft Method for all Fra6tures in the
Legs and Pafterns ; but in Cafes where other Bones are
broke, the greateft Part mult be left to Nature, who will
make a Re-union in her own Way, tho' it may not be
without fome Deformity ; but we can expedl no great Af-
liflance either from Art or Nature, when a Frafture hap-
pens on any large Joint, or very near it ; or when a Bone
is much fhiver'd and fplinterM.

The ufual Method to reduce Bones that The Method of
are difplac'd, is by calling the Horfe on a reducing Boms
foft Place, and putting four llrong Pafterns ^-^t of Joint.
on his Feet, drawing him from the Ground, fo as his whol^
Weight may, in a great Meafure, reft upon the disjointed
Member. I have feen two Horfes ferv'd in this Manner
for a Diflocation in the Shoulder, but neither of them fuc-
ceeded. Some ufe a Method that is much more cruel ;
they tie one End of a leathern Thong about the Horfe's
Pattern, and the other to a yielding Shrub ; and then by
whippirig him, make him ftrain with all his Force, till the
Bone returns to its proper Place ; but this Method is not
only dangerous, but feldom fuccefsful.

CHAP. LXX.
Of Hurts in the Stifle.

^■pHESE, as moll other Accidents of this Kind, come
■*■ by a Strain or Blow on the Stifle-bone, which is the
Knee-pan of a Horfe ; fometimes the Ligaments which co-
ver that Bone are fo much relaxed, that it becomes loofe,
moving upwards, and downwards, and Sideways, by the
Touch of your Hand ; and the Horfe going downright
lame, is faid to be fiifled ; but it is a general Miltake in
Authors, to fancy the Bone is mifplaced, that being merely
impollible, unlefs the broad Ligaments were cut, and then,
indeed, it might burft out of its Place.

The Cure conlifts in the Application of The Cure.
thofe things that are proper to ftrengthen
the relaxed Ligaments. If the Strain be new. Vinegar and
Bole, ^c. ought to be made ufe of; and after that a Plaifter
made of Pitch, Myrrh, Olibanum, Dragon's Blood, ^V.
The Pitch muft be melted with a little Oil, or Hogs-lard,
and the other Ingredients made into Powder, and llirred
into it while it is warm ; after v/hich it may be poured up-
on the ftiliing Place, covering it with Flokes, or the Stuf-
fings of an old Saddle. The Horfe ouditnot to be put

Z 2 ' ^ to

2 2 ^ The F ARR ier'j New Guide. Ch'. LXXr„

to any hard Exercife, but may go to Grafs, or be led
abroad for the Space of an Hour every Day, until he is able
10 bear greater Fatigue.

CHAP. LXXI.

Of the Bone-fpavin.

**T^ H I S is a hard bony Excrefcence growing on the Infidff
-*' of the Hough, not far from the Elbow, and is genera-
ted 6f the Matter which nourifhes the Bones and Ligaments,
Some Horfes are foal'd with this Imperfection ; but it pro-
ceeds, for the moft part, from (training, while a Horfe is too
young to bear violent Fatigue, which, in Procefs of Time,
caufes Lamenefs.

^, ^ The main Intention in the Cure, is to re-

«r^. move the Excrefcence, but this is hardly prac-
ticable when it adheres to the Bone as a Part of its Sub-
ftance, but only when it lies as an Appendage, in which
Cafe it may be removed by a dexterous Application of the
Fire, or by the Ufe of caultick Ointments ; for thefe, by
bringing a Flux of Matter, and a conftant Moifture into
the Part, will, by Degrees, loofen that hard Subltance from
its Adhefion, fo that it may be eafily taken off^ and for
this Purpofe we recommend the following.

*' Take Quickfilver and Brimftone, of each two Oun-
*' ces ; rub them in a Mortar until they turn to a black
"Powder ; then take Spani/Jj Flies and Euphorbium in
*' Powder, of each fix Drams, Corrofive Sublimate two
*' Drams, the Apoftles Ointment four Ounces. Mix them
" cold in a Mortar, or on a Marble.

The Method of applying this Ointment, is firft to rub
the Part with a piece of any round fmooth Stick, and then
lay over a (ticking Plailter to guard the reft of the Hough ;
this muft be made of Roiin, common Pitch, or Burgimdy
Pitch, fpread on a thick Piece of Leather, having a Hole
cut in the Middle, that the Tumor may come thro' it, up-
on which the Ointment is to be apply'd, the Hair being
alfo fhav'd away, over which mult be laid a Pledgit of
clean Hurds faltened with an eafy Bandage round the
Hough, and another Iticking Plailter over all. This Oint-
ment will at firft draw out a thin Water ; but after two or
three Days Application, it will form an Efcar, which may
be fcarrify'd with a Fleam or Lancet, continuing the Ap-
plication every other Day until the Bone becomes loofe, or
its Subltance diflblves j and after it is removed, the Ulcer

muft

Chap. LXXII. Of the String-halt, 229

muft be drefs'd with Honey of Rofes, and Tin^flure of
Myrrh warm, and then healed with Bafilicon mix'd with
Turpentine, ^c.

In giving the Fire, Solkyfeil advifes to ^n Olfernjati-
iear the large Vein above and below the °^ concerning
Thigh, from an Opinion that the Tumour t^'^ t^^'^n «?
is fed by it ; but it is plainly otherwife, the ^ "*
Office of that Vein being only to take up and carry back
that Portion of the Blood which is more than necellary for
the Nourifhment of thofe Parts through which it palles 1
and when that Conduit is once ftopt, there mult be a greater
quantity of Blood and Nourifhment retain'd in thofe Parts,
at leaft for fome time, than before j wherefore fuch an Ef-
fect muft be owing, not to an Abatement of Humours, but
to a greater quantity of Moifture derived from a greater
quantity of Blood, whereby the Bone may be more eafily
feparated, as we have already obferv'd ; but if it chance to
have this good E.ffed in removing a Bone-fpavin, the Lois
of fo large a Vellel may eafily be of worfe Confequence ill
pther Reipeds, as fhall be fhevyn hereafter.

CHAP. LXXIL

Of the String-halt.

*T^HE String-halt is an involuntary and convulfive Mo»
^ tion of the Mufcles, which extend or bend the Hough ;
when it feizes the outfide Mufcles, the Horfe ftraddjes and
throws his Legs outwards, but when the Infide Mufcles are
affected, his Legs are twitched up to his Belly ; fometimes it
is only in one Leg, fometimes in boih ; but thefe things are
fo well known, that we need not infill on them. It gene-
rally proceeds from forne Strain or Blow ; for whatever cre-
ates a more than ordinary Pain in any particular Mufcle
belonging to the Hough, may caufe a too great Derivation
of Blood and Spirits, whereby fuch an habitual Contraction
niay be produc'd.

The Cur-e is difficult, and rarely attended with Succefs ;
though, in the Beginning, a String-halt may be removed
with good Rubbing, and the Ufe of Fomentations, with
daily but moderate Exercife ; for by this Means the Blood
and Spirits may be equally derived into the difeafed Mulcle
and its Antagoniit The laft Refuge is ufually the Fire,
which has been known to anfvver, at leall fo far as to pre-
Ji'ent abfolute Lamenefs.

Z 3 CHAP.

530 The Farrier'^ NewGttide. Ch. LXXIV.
CHAP. LXXIII.
Of the Blood-fpavin.

The Blood-fpa- *^ HIS Diftemper is a Dilatation and
'vincompardto ^ Swelling of the Mafter- vein, on the In-
a Varix in f^^g Qf <^\^^ Hough, and is juftly compared
^'''' by Volley fell to a Varix in Men. Its Cure

is performed by taking up that Part of the Vein which forms
the Tumor, and healing the Wound with proper Digeftives
and good Bandage ; fome think it fufficient to tie a Liga-
ture about the Swelling, and then make an Aperture in the
Vein, letting it Blood until the Swelling falls ; after which
they unbind the Ligature, applying a rellringent Charge of
the Whites of Eggs, Bole, and Vinegar, with a firm Ban-
dage: But this is not fo certain, efpecialjy when the Spavin
is formed under the great Joint of the Hough, and where
the Vein takes a winding turn round it, in which Cafe it
will be apt to grow again as foon as the Bandage is remo-
ved. But a cold Charge is very neceflary all round the
Joint, when the Vein is taken up, to prevent the Swelling
that mult follow upon the Operation.

CHAP, LXXIV.

Of Malenders and Se lenders.

^ H E Malenders are Chops or Chinks on the Bending
^ of the Knee, which difcharge a fliarp indigefted Mat-
ter, caufing Pain, and making the Horfe go lame before, as
the Sele/jders, which appear on the bending of the Hough,
make him go lame beh.nd. They both proceed from the
fame Caufe, and are foraetimes accompanied with a Scab,
and with a conftant llaring and briflling of the Hairs.
77? Cfj The propereil Method for the Cure of thofe

Infirmiities, is, in the firit place, to wafh them
with a Lather of black Soap warm, or with old Chamber-
lye; after which apply a Poultice of the Roots of Marfn-
mallows and Lin feed foftened with Linfeed Oil ; and as
cften as it is apply'd, you may mix haU an Ounce of Cam-
phire in Powder, tying it on with a Roller ; this may be
continued till the Scabs fall ofF, and the Sores grow clean.
Then take Turpentine and Qiiickfilver equal Pails, llirring
them in a Mortar till they be well incorporated; fpread a
Pledgit with this Ointment, and apply u to the Sore, tying

it

Chap. LXXVI. Of the Curb. 2 3 1

it on as above direded, and renew the Drefling every Day
until the Cure is perform'd, obferving alfo conftanlly to
wafli all the Chinks with Brandy or Spirit of Wine.

CHAP. LXXV.

Of the Hough'bony .

'T^ HIS is a hard Tumor that grows on the Elbow of
the Hough, and is finewy, like the Matter which
covers that Bone. It proceeds from a Strain or Blow, and
when it happens to be of long Continuance, it becomes dif-
ficult and hard to be cur'd, the Subflance of the Swelling
being like harden'd Glue.

In the Beginning take the Soldiers Ointment, Ointment
of Marfh- mallows, and Oil of Amber, as directed in a
preceeding Chapter againft Strains in the Shoulder, and rub
it into the Part with a hot Bar of Iron, holding it very
clofe, and taking care to fetter the Horfe fc as he may not
llrike ; if it does not yield to this Remedy, take a fufficicnt
Quantity of the Diachylon with the Gums, which may be
had at any Apothecary's ; melt it in a Pipkin, and pour it
warm upon the Top of the Hough, renewing it as often as
it begins to wafte. If the Swelling increafe, and turn to an
Impofthume, it may be ripen'd with Cataplafms, and open-
ed with a hot Iron, piercing from below upwaids, and dref-
ied with the common Digeilive of Turpentine and Honey,
or the Yolks of Eggs, with a Mixture of Spirit of Wine,
making a firm Bandage over the Part ; and by thefe Means
it will be cur'd. But in Cafe of a continued and obflinate
Hardnefs, you muft proceed to the Fire, firft penetrating a
little Way into the Body of the Tumor with a round Iron,
and drawing from thence feveral fuperficial Lines, which
may be dref^'d according to the Method already laid down
for performing that Operation.

CHAP. LXXVI.
Of the Curb.

'TpHE Curb is a Swelling on the finewy Parts of the Leg,
-*■ a little below the Elbow of the Plough, but fomewhat
higher than the Spavin, on the Infide, and is generated of the
f^ime Matter that nouriflies the Tendons and Ligaments :
It is broader and higher at its upper Fart than belovv^, and
fometimes caufes the Horfe to halt, by hindering ihe Action
Z 4 of

23 2 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch.LXXVIL

of the Joint It happens chiefly to draught Horfes, and
IS hardly curable by any other Means than Fire ; however
the Medicines direded in the preceeding Chapters ma- firft
be compiy'd with, or the Plaifter of Frogs, with four'times
the ufual quantity of Qiiickfilver, may be laid to the Curb
firft /having away the Hair, and renewing it once a Fort-
nigbi. This Plailler is fomewhat troublefome to make but
It may be had of any Apothecary when befpoke ; ;^nd I'daie
anfwer it will be of the greateft Service to remove all hard
bwellings on the Bones or Sinews, by difcufTino- them •
fometimes it has the EfFed of a fuppurative PlaiSer, and
\n\\ caufe an Impollhumation, which equally anfwers the
iLnd, as thefe Sort of Tumors often terminate that Way
with good Succefs. But they who will give themfelves the
Trouble to rriake it, may obferve the following Method,
which 1 have borrowed from one of the bell Judges in

<rhe Mercurial ^^ " ^^^^ Frogs N^ 3. Earth-worms four

flaijier. ^^ Ounces, Hogs lard one Pound, White-

'* ^^^ne one Pint : -Boil till the watrv Parts

- are evaporated ; ftrain the Lard, and put to it'^half a
Pound of Litharge, boiling it again with frePa Wine till
the whole be incorporated. I^hen put in Wax and Oil

cc ^^,^.7^' ^f f .^h tu^ Ounces, Adders Fat an Ounce and
P I' ^,'^"'^^"^?P^^ ^^^ Ounce, Euphorbium in fine
Powder half an Ounce, with Qiiickiilver half a Pound,
firft mcorporated in a Mortar with two Ounces of I'ur!
pentine two Ounces of 0.1 of Spike, and half an Ounce

- of hquid Storax : Make it into a Plailler, and keep it for

C H A E. LXXVIL

Of a Jar don.
^HIS is a hard callous Tumor a little below the Bend'ng:

cern.M K ^'"^T?" '^' ^^^^'^ ^ '' '' '' ^^^^ fcarcely dif
cernahle, but m Time caufes the Horf, to halt, and grows

mu 1^. ^^^^^,5^ ^^'' ^''^M^^ too muc^on thei
lt\i • T n,' n"^'' ^">' ^" ^'^^ attempted by applvin-
SS^ri'lT^;;''^"'/^ aoovedireded; but /it'^iv^
P4tinaie, u mullDs trca-d as a Bone-Jpavin, ^jfc.

C H A P.

Ch. LXXVIII. Of Silent s and Ofkts. 233

C H A F. LXXVIIL

Of Splents and Oflets, &c.

A ^phnt is a callous hard Subilance which adheres to the
"*^ Infide of the Shank-bone ; when there is but one, it is
called a fingle Splent ; but when there is another oppofitc to
it, on the Outfide of the Shank-bone, it is then called a
peg'd or pinn'd Splent.

The Reafon of ail fuch Excrefcences may ^he Matter and
be eafily enough apprehended by thofe who Tor mat ion of
Will take the Fains to examine the Shank- Spletits.
bone of any Horfe after the Flefh is fcraped off, where they
may obferve two Appendages growing to the Shank- bone,
which are to be met with in all Horfes that are young, tho'
the Seam by which thefe Bones are joined to the Shank, is,
in fome old Horfes, quite obliterate and worn out, except
in the Middle. Each of thefe Appendages refembie a Bod-
j<in, being broad at Top, and narrow at Bottom, and are
joined to the Shank by Appofition, and faitened by a gum-
iiiy Matter not unlike Glue.

Now if a young Horfe be prefs'd with any extraordinary
Weight towards his Shoulders, before thofe Bones are firmly
cemented and put together, but efpecially when he goes
down Hill with a Burden or a heavy Man upon his Back,
it bears io hard upon his Fore- legs, that it caufes thefe bony
Appendages to give Way, and fuffer a Diftortion ; and al-
tho' the Horfe dofs not always grow lame upon it imme-
diately, yet it brings a Redundancy of this glutinous Matter,
which ouzes from between the Bones on the Infide of the
Shank, where there is a little HoUownefs and Hardnefs un-
der the Pericjhum^ like the Gum which iimes from a
wounded Tree, and is thus form'd into a Splent. But when
the Diflortion is violent, or if the Horfe be of a tender, de-
licate. Make, the Aiilux of Matter will be the greater, fo that
it ouzes through the oppofite Side alfo, and forms a pegg'd
or thorough Splent, which looks as if a Wedge was flruck
quite thro' the Bone ; fom^etimes a double Splent is form'd,
which is call'd by the French a Fuzee ; and this happens
when there is a frefh Afflux of Matter upon a Splent that is
already begun, like the Lays upon an Ificle, by the running
down of frefli Water upon it. This laft Sort caufes a very
great Deformity, and is therefore eafily perceivable.

Moft of thefe Swellings make their firft Appearance a
pretty Way below the Knee^ where the Cleft bet'Acen the

BoiiCi

2 3 4 The Farrier i- New Guide. Ch. LXXVIIT.

Bones is the wideft, which is very natural ; and in fome Ca»
fes, but efpecially when they are of long Continuance, they
not only alcend to the Knee, but go a good Way down the
Shank, and fometimes backwards towards the Mafter-finew.
^^ OJlets are little hard Subftances that arife

•^^ ^' among the fmall Bones of the Knee, on the

Infide ; they grow out of the gummy Subftance which faf-
tens thofe Bones together, and derive their Origin from a
Matter like that which produces Splent?, and like them
proceed from the fame Caufe, viz. the ftraining of a Horfe
while he is young, and before his Joints be well knit ; and
from hence alio we may underlland the Nature of all thofe
hard Tumors already treated of, which grow near the
Joints, whether they be Spavins., Jardons^ Curbs^ or of any
other Kind, their chief Difference coniifting in their Situa-
tion, being all of them form'd of a Matter, which, in time,
grows hard, yea, even as the Bone itfelf; and this is the
Reafon why they cannot be mov'd, but by things that are
of the greateft Efficacy. Notwithftanding, if they bs dif-
cover'd before they acquire fuch a "Degree of Hardnefsj they
may be made to yield to lefs powerful Remedies than what
we are fometimes conftrain'd to make ufe of.
cTf p f But as to Splents., which are our prefent

c*/ J^^\\. Bufmefs, it is very plain from what has been
faid concerning their Origin and Growth, if
the Infirmity could be difcove^ed at firft, they might be
kept down, and wholly prevented by the Application of
firm Bandage upon the Shank ; for by it not only the Bones
would be conftantly kept clofe together, but the Periofleuju
and Flefli united to the Bones, io that there would be no
Room for any vagrant Matter to lodge between them ;
but fince it is otherwife, that thefe are feldom taken Notice
of until they bring a DeformJty along with them, or a
Halting, they mull therefore be treated as other hard Sub-
ftances of the like Nature.

And Firft., If the Horfe be young, and the Splent not of
a very old Handing, an Attempt is to be made to dillblve
it ; and for that Purpofe nothing is preferable to the Mer-
curial Plaifter, inferted in the 75th Chapter, which muft be
apply'd fpread on Leather, and continued a conliderable
Time, fiiaving away the Hair as often as it is renew'd ;
but if it is not to be remov'd without Suppuration, then
rub it foundly with the Handle of a Hammer ; and after
its Subftance has been thus bruifed, it may be brought to
an Impofthunie, by applying a Mucilage Plaifter, or fome

Q:ood

Chap. LXXVIII. Of Splents andOJlets. 235

good Poultice made of the Roots of Marfh-mallows, Bean-
flour, Fenugreek and Lin feed Powder, and fuch-like, with
a fufficient Quantity of Ointment of Marfh-mallows ; and
then the Matter may be difcharged as from a common
Boil or Impofthume, by making a ftreight Incifion upon it
from below upvv'ard. But if a more expeditious Method be
requir'd, the Cauilick Ointment, inferted in the 71ft Chap-
ter, may be apply'd, with the necefi'ary Precautions, obfer-
ving further, not to continue it longer than an Efcar is form-
ed by it ; or the following Method out o^ Solhyfell may be
comply'd with, which is very eafy.

" Shave the Hair, knock, rub, and foften the Splent ;
" then take a piece of the Rind of Bacon, not very fat,
*' and lay it on the Part with the fat Side outwards -, after-
*' wards apply a flat Cautery, or red-hot Iron, of the
*' Bignefs of a Shilling, holding it upon the Skin, and in
*' the mean Time order another Iron to be heated, which
" mud be apply'd on another Part of the Skin, but ftill
" over the Splent, continue after the fame Manner till the
" Swelling be diilblved ; then lay a Plaifter over it, and
•' Shavings of Cloth over that, taking Care that the Horfe
*' do not bite it off.

But one thing is very material after the Removal of a
Splent, and that is, to keep a firm Bandage over the Part
for fome time, to prevent its Return ; for unlefs the Parts
be kept very clofe, the fame Matter which breeds it at firil,
will be apt to ingender it again. When the Bone happens
to be laid bare, it muft be treated according to the Method
laid down in the Cute of Wounds.

The Cure of a Splent is hardly to be attempted, if the
Horfe be grown old, for the Matter becomes then fo hard,
that there is no Way to make it yield, without running a
very great Hazard ; neither is it curable when the Difeafe
is in the Bone j for albeit this is fometimes miilaken for a
Splent, yet it is, for the moft Part, no other than what pro-
ceeds from a Caries , or an Ulcer in the Bone, which in time
has been healed, and grows into a flinty hard Subftance :
This may be known by its bunching out and Unevennefs,
and by its Hardnefs.

The OJIets are more diflicult and hard to be cur'd than
Splents, becaufe of their Situation among the fmall Bones
which are in the Joint, and are therefore only to be attempt-
ed by giving the Fire, though even that is not always atten-
ded with Succefs. But ihofe are rarely to be met with.

CHAP.

23 6 The Farrier V New Guide. Ch. LXXIX.

CHAP. LXXIX.

Of a Ring-bone.

•THIS is a hard callous Subftance, which grxjws in the
hollow Circle of the little Paftern, immediately above
Xh^ Cronct ; it is fometimes hereditary, but more frequently
occafioned by a Strain, and is bred of the like Matter with
the otner hard Subftances we have treated of in the preceed-
ing Chapters ; fometimes it goes quite round like a Rino",
from whence it has obtained the Name of Ring-bone. ^
The Cure. ^^^ ^^""^1 Method of takingit off,* is by

r T- r-» . - ^^^^PP^^^^^'O'^ of itfongcauftick Medicines,
feh as QuKTk-lime, Arfenick, Realgar, and the like, the
Hair being hril fhav'd, and the hard Subltance fcanify'd.
borne ufe unJlack'd Lime in Powder, and apply it pretty
thick ov^r the Part, faftening it with a Cloth, and then
nde the Horte into Water, letting him ftand fome time in
Jt ; by which Meaiis the Subftance of the Ring-bone is de-
Itroyd and there is nothing further necellary than to heal
up the Ulcer. This is a very expeditious Way, but whoever
tr.es It had need be careful to guard the Cmiet, or elfe it wili
be apt to caufe a gathering of Matter under the Hoof, which
would readily corrode the Coffin-bone. There aie others
mo cut the Ring-ljone ftreight downwards to the Cronct,
in feveraJ Places, and put in Rowels; which, by forming
Uicerij, and bringing a Rottenneis and Corruption all about
o^!^' caufe the Excreicences to ioofen or melt away.
o^//07^// obferves, that fume Ring-bones cannot be re-
movea without giving the Fire, nor doe^j that always fuc-
ceed, but when the Soal is alfo taken out, and the Frufh
iaid open ; (or by this there is a very great Moiiture deriv'd
imo the Part, and at the fame Time Room is given for the
Matter to diicharge itfelf, which might otherwiie loofen the
^T'i\l ^^^^S "^"^^'^^^'^ '" ^^'^ ho'^^^v Circle of the Paftern.
I ^^ ""^'f^ '"^ '^'' •' " l^s^e out the Soal, and after the .
,, ^;cond brciiing, cut the Skin in feveral Places above the
- . 'T' /"" ^' ^? ^i/ ^^'^ Kmg-bone bare; then with a
^^ hot Knife cut the Ring-bone thro' the Incilions till you
^^ reach to the Bottom, -not all at once, but repeating the
^^ Strokes gently ; in the mean time make a Cleft intS the
•. r ', '' and keep it open by applying into it Pledgits
u ''^' ^" ' ^^^'-^^^/^ ""J '^^^> Honey, and Turpentine;

Chap. LXXX. Of Wind-galls. 237

Now it is very plain, a Ring-bone may be removed by
any of the preceeding Methods, v^^hen rightly manag'd, and
the only thing that makes them unfuccefsful, is, when a
Horfe happens to be old or dileafed, or when it chances to
be a natural Imperfedion ; but the molt common Impedi-
ment is the Want of Skill to heal up the Ulcers, and to pre-
vent the Matter getting under the Hough, and likewife to
keep down the Growth of new Excrefcences, which are
ever apt to arife on thofe Parts ; and therefore, as foon as
the Pain and Anguifh is over, the Sores fhould be drefs'd
with /Egypt'iacum ^ or fome other cleanfmg Ointment, and
all the hollow Parts round the Paftern filled with Flax dipt
in Vitriol-water, or rather Spirit of Wine, and over all a
Bandage as firm as the Horfe can bear, reaching from be-
neath the Cronet almoft to the Knee ; this being the true
Method to prevent the ill Confequences that may arife in
the Cure, ^c,

CHAP. LXXX.

Of Wmd-galU.

XX^Ind-galls are foft, yielding, flatulent Tumours, feated
^^ on either fide of the Foot-lock Joints, ^c. they are
caufed by violent {training, or by a Hork's ftanding on a
floping Floor, and by feveral other Accidents, as Blows,
Strokes from another Horfe, C5V.

The ufual Method of Cure, is by opening ct-', . r^^ .
^hem with a Fleam, to let out the gummy
Matter, and applying to the Orifice a little Plaifter of Rofin,
Pitch, Maftich, Oil of Bays, with the White of an Egg ; and
there are fome who mix with Plaifters of this kind, Verde-
greafe and Turpentine, which is not amifs ; but the Oint-
ment made of equal Parts of Turpentine and Quickfilver will
anfwer the End much better, efpecia.lly if with it be mixed
afmall Quantity of Verdegreafe, and the White of an Egg,
to make it Itick faft to the Part. The hollow Spaces on each
fide of the Sinew ought to be fiil'd with Hurds moiiten'd in
warm Spirit of Wme, and good Bandage apply'd over all
the Fetlock, to prevent their growing again.

But to Wind-galls that are large, emollient and foftening
Medicines are to be made ufe of, as Poultices made of
Mallows, Marfh- mallows, b'V. or the Mucilage Plaifter,
or Diachylon with the Gums fpread thick upon Leather :
Or the following Charge may be apply'd :

" Takq

23 8 TbeTARKi^R^s New Guide, Ch. LXXXI.

*' Take two Ounces of Galbanum pounded, boil it gent-
*' ly in a Pint of Vinegar over hot Embers, with half a
" Pound of common Turpentine ; and after half an Hour's
*' Boiling, take it off the Fire, and add to it Maltich,
" Myrrh, Dragons- blood, and Bole, of each three Ounces;
" mix, and make a Charge, which mult be apply'd hot.

If Recourfe mult be had to cauftick Medicines, an Oint-
ment may be made with Quickfilver and Turpentine, of
each an Ounce, Euphorbium and SpaniJJ) Flies in Powder,
of each one Dram ; this may be apply'd to the Wind-gall,
taking care to guard the great Sinew and the neighbouring
Parts, as directed in a preceeding Chapter. The Horfe muft
always be ty'd up, to hinder him from biting it off. But
if this caufe too great an Inflammation, as may happen to
fome delicate Morfes, the Ointment may be made weaker,
by mixing a greater Quantity of Turpentine with it.

CHAP. LXXXI.

Of a Sinew-fprain, &c.

"tlTHen the Mafter-finew above the Hough, or that above
^^ the Fooilock, or any of the other Sinews or Ligaments
in thofe Parts are ftrained or relaxed, they caufe intolerable
Pain and Lamenefs ; and when violent, will fometimes
bring on a Fever, and endanger a Mortification, unlefs there
be extraordinary Care taken, and tim.ely Applications made.
Therefore, as foon as you obferve your Horfe llrain'd in
any of thofe Parts, which, if it be in the Sinew, may be
known by its being unbent and relaxed, and by the Swel-
ling and Inflammation, you muft apply a cold Charge,
fuch as has been dire6ted for Strains in the Shoulder, bV.
and after that, a Plaiiler to ftrengthen the Part. But if it
be fo violent as to create fome untowardly Symptoms,
making the Horfe fick, and forfake his Food, you mufl,
in that Cafe, take a plentiful deal of Blood from the Neck,
and bathe all his Leg two or three Times a Day, with
woollen Cloths wrung out of a hot Fomentation, made of
Mint, Rue, Penny-royal, Marjoram, Baum, Rofemary,
"Wormwood, Lavender, and fuch like Things ; for thefe
ftrengthen and comfort the nervous Parts ; after which you
may ufe Spirit of Wine camphorated, keeping it alfo cover'd
with a Cloth dipt in the fame, and faften'd with an eafy
Bandage. Inwardly may be us*d all fuch things as are pro-
per to promote Sweat, and eafePain ; and as foon as the An-
guifn is over, It will be proper to apply a good ftrengthening

Charge,

Chap. LXXXII. Of the Greafe. 239

Charge, or Plaifter of Pitch, Diachylon, Dragons-blood, and
Bole, i^c. as has been directed in a preceeding Chapter.

Sometimes the Strains in the Sinews of . .
the Legs and Pafterns, are occafioned by an Q.^r-reZh
Attaint^ or Over-reach ; we need not there-
fore bellow any other Place in treating of fuch Accidents,
but only take Notice, that when they are accompanied with
a Wound, they ought to be drefs'd according to the Direc-
tions w^e have already laid down for the Cure of Wounds,
avoiding, as much as poflible, all oily and cauftick Medicines,
excepting when fome preternatural Excrefcences require the
Ufe of the latter.

The fame Manner of Treatment is alfo Ualter-cnjl.
requifite to a Horfe that is gall'd or wounded
by being ca>t in his Halter^ applying nothing but good clean
Digeftives of Tar, Turpentine^ and Honey ; and making ufe
of fpirituous Fomentations, with a good Quantity of Afties
boird in them, together with Bandage as foon as the Part is
able to bear it ; and by thefe the Horfe will be eafily cur'd,
if he be otherwife in good Cafe, without the Pain of corro-
five Applications, which only become necefTary after the Si-
news have been relaxed and rotted with greafy Ointments.

CHAP. LXXXII.

Of the Greafe falling into the Legs.

'T^HE Diflemper that goes under this Denomination, is a
-*■ Swelling and Gourdinefs of the Legs, which frequently
happening to Horfes after a Journey, mofl People have
therefore believ'd their Greafe to be melted by hard Riding,
and fallen into their Legs ; and that which may have proba-
bly given Encouragement to this Opinion, is the Colour of
the Matter ifluing from the Chinks and Sores in thofe Parts
when they come to break, fomewhat refembling Greafe ;
as the Subftance of the Legs is nervous and fmewy, where-
by the Matter which comes from thence is different from
what is difcharg'd from the mufcular and Hefhy Parts, where
the Rednefs and Texture of the Blood gives it a different
Colour and Conliftency.

It would be very little to our Purpofe to bellow any time
in confuting this ill-grounded Opinion, fmce the contrary
mull be manifell to thofe who have the leall Infight into
the Oeconomy and Structure of a Horfe ; we fhall there-
fore proceed to acquaint the Reader, that the Greafe has,

in

njifi r>&^ Farrier J Ne-ju Guide. Ch. LXXXII,

in common with all other Swellings, either a Vifcidity and
Thicknefs of the Juices, or a Relaxation of the Veilels in
which thefe Juices iiow, or both.

Hut if W€ examine more particularly into the Matter,
we fliall find, that befides thefe, there are other Circum-
ftances which conduce very much to the Swelling, and that
is, the Situation and Make of the Legs. As to their Make,
we have already oblerv'd, that they are very much com-
pos'd of Nerves and Sinews, whofe Veilels are fo fmall, and
laid fo clofe together, that the Fluids contained in them
may very eafily become obftrudfed ; ar.d by their Situation,
they are the moft dependent Members of the whole Bo-
dy ; whereby, according to the Dodlrine of Circulation,
all the Juices that are to be returned in the Mais of Blood
mull afcend upwards in the Veins, which, in thofe Parts,
have little or nothing to help their Progrefs but the Vibra-
tions and Shakings of the Arteries, together with the muf-
cular Motion. Whereas on the other Hand, the arterial
Fluid is conllantly forwarded into the Limbs, not only by
its Defcent, but by its continual Expulfion from the Heart ;
and therefore, when once the Blood is vitiated, and the Vef-
lels in the Limbs relaxed and weakened, a Swelling mult of
Confequence be expeded, becaufe a greater Quantity of
Fluid is carried downward by the Arteries, than in tliat
Cafe can be returned by the Veins.

And this is agreeable to all the common Accidents and
Caufes that ufually bring on the Diftemper, as Wounds,
Bruifes, hard and immoderate Riding, coming off a Jour-
ney, or from Grafs, to ftand in a Stable, full Feeding
without due Kxercije, Colds, and Surfeits, Debility and
"VVeaknels ; and in fine, whatever may any wife relax and
weaken the Tone of the Fibres ; and if we examine into
thefe more particularly, we fhall find, that according to the
foregoing I'heory, ail of them may very naturally bring on
the Greafe.

For, in the //r/? Place, albeit a Wound or Bruife, or other
outward Accident in the dependent Parts, is feldom attend-
ed with any uncommon Symptoms, if the Horfe be other-
wife found, and that due Care is taken m the Beginning ;
yet, if a Horfe in thefe Circumllances be neglected, or his
illcod be vitiated, it will be .;ipt to bring a Swelling into
the Legs, as all Pain is a Stimulus which draws a more
than ordinary Flux of Humours to the Part affedted ; and
if the Hurt be near any Joint, i^c. it caufes fuch a Stiff-
ncfs and aching, that the Horfe becomes exceeding lame,

and

Ghap. LXXXII. Of the Greafe, 241

and unable to lie down ; fo that by continual {landing the
Legs become fwell'd and gourded.

Secondly y By immoderate hard Riding, the Sinews and
Ligaments are aftuated and ftretch'd, which is fuddehly
followed with Stiffnefs and Pain in the Joints, whereby, as
in the preceeding Cafe, a Flux of Humours is drawn down
upon the Legs.

Thirdly^ When Horfes are come off a Journey, or from
Grafs, to ftand in a Stable, their Legs are apt to turn gour-
dy and fwell'd ; the firft of thefe Cafes differs not from the
preceeding in what relates to the Pain and Stiffnefs in the
Limbs ; but it has alfo, in common with the latter, the
abrupt breaking off a Habit from the Exercife to Reft and
full Feeding ; for while a Horfe is upon his Journey, or at
his Liberty in the Fields, he is every Day more or lefs in
Motion, whereby the Blood is kept in conftant Agitation ;
but when he comes to ftand ftill in the Stable, a Check is
put to the Motion of the Blood in the fmall Veffels of the
Limbs, while, by an habitual Aptitude, it ftill continues to
be equally detached into all Parts by the larger Arteries,
which may eafily bring on the Greafe, even while there is
yet no manifeft Diforder in the Blood itfelf. But in the
Cafe of Horfes newly taken up from Grafs, there is befides
this, oftentimes a Default in the Blood, efpecially when
they are fuffered to run abroad till late in the Year ; for
then the Grafs lofes its Strength, and begets Crudities ;
•which render the Blood and other Juices vifcid and thick ;
and when a Horfe is taken off his Exercife, and brought to
■more generous Feeding, a Plethora or Fulnefs will foon
happen, whereby it will be the more apt to ftagnate in the
Limbs, and caufe fuch Heat and Itching, as muft be foon
followed with a Gourdinefs and Swelling. The fame Effecft
is alfo produced by Colds, Surfeits, and fometimes by pam-
pering and full Feeding alone, without the Concurrence of
other Circumftances.

And Lajily^ When a Horfe has been brought low by Sick-
nefs or repeated Evacuations, or by any other Caufe, there
follows an univerfal Relaxation of Body, fo that the Blood
and other Juices become languid, and are apt to ftagnate
in thofe Parts that are the moft dependent and remote from
the Heart ; not only as the Veflels themfelves are relaxed,
and lofe their Spring, but alfo from the Heavinefs and In-
adlivity of the Spirits, whereby they become unable to give,
their Affiftance in its Return ; and thus the Greafe is often-
times complicated with fome other Diftemper,

A a From

2J^z The FarrierV New Gliide. Ch.LXXXII*

_,, ^ From ^vhathas been faid, it will be eafy

1 be Lure, ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^ underftand the Nature of the
Greafe, and the Manner of its Production ; we fliall there-
fore proceed to the Cure, wherein the firft thing to be re-
garded, is the State and Condition of the Horfe ; for if the
Greafe be an Attendant on fome other Sicknefs, the Cure
will be fo much the more difficult ; afld it will be in vain
to expe6l a Recovery until the Difeafe is removed which
has been the Origin and Caufe of it ; and therefore, if the
Horfe be hedtick, or has got the Yellows, or Farcin, ^c.
the Methods laid down for the Cure of thofe Diftempers mufi
be foUow'd, at the fame time proper Applications are made
outwardly : But if it be produced of the common and ordi-
nary Accidents, and that the Horfe is not otherwife difeafed,
a Method peculiar to that Diftemper only is to be obferved.

And in this Cafe, if the Horfe has been pampered and well
fed, the Cure ought to be begun by bleeding and Purging,
to leJlen the Redundancy of Humours ; neither fhould thefe
be too often repeated •, but what is wanting that Way, had
much better be effectuated by a more fpare Diet, with daily
Exercife. For in all the Circumftances of the Greafe, there
is a Tendernefs and Delicacy, either originally, or brought
on by Habit or illUfage, which is alfo manifeft from hence,
that young Horfes are molt iubject to the Greafe, as their
Bodies are loofe, foft, and liexibie, and their Juices naturally
vifcid and glutinous, which is necellary to the Accretion and
Growth of all young Animals. Wherefore, when Evacua-
tions are either too large, or often repeated, initead of being
ferviceable, they often become hurtful, and render the Di-
ftemper more obltinate, by adding to that Weaknefs and
Relaxation of Body which is natural to grcas'd Horfes.

After moderate Evacuations, a Rowel may be made on
the Infide of the Thigh, or on the Belly, which may be
continued for a Month, or longer, if there be Occafion, and
in the mean time, the Cinnabar or Antimonial Balls, ^c,
ought to be conflantly given, in the Manner we have alrea-
.dy laid down for the Cure of the Farcin ; and while thefe
things are complied with internally, the Legs fhould be
frequently rubb'd fbut not with fuch hard Inftruments as
fome People make ufe of, a good Whifp of Hay and a Brufti
being fufficient for that Purpofe. J Baths and Fomentations,
fuch as may draw off the Humours by Tranfpiration, or
render them lit to return back again with the common
Current, are alfo to be made ufe of » and for this Purpofe
we recommend tlie following,

« Take

Chap. LXXXII. Of the Greafe: 241

*' Take of common Wormwood eight handfuls, St.
*' John*s Wort, Centaury, Cammomile, or the Flowers
*' thereof, of each four handfuls, Elder- flowers two hand-
*' fuls, Bay-berries half a Pound. Boil them in two Gal-
*' Ions of Water till one third is confumed, and make a
" Fomentation.

The Horfe's Legs are to be bathed three or four times a
Day with Woollen Cloths wrung out of the Liquor, and
apply 'd as hot as he can bear them, adding always a third
Part of Spirit of Wine or Brandy ; and if they be pretty
much inflam'd, as happens fometimes when the Sinews are
afFe(fted, a good Quantity of the Aflies of green Twigs of
Vines, Walnut- tree,or Oak, may be boil'd in the Decoftion,
adding more Water. A good Bath or Fomentation may be
alfo made, by boiling thefe Aflies alone, or the Aflies of any
other green Wood in Water, when the other Ingredients are
not eafy to be had. The Lees of Wine, with a Mixture of
black Soap, are alfo very proper to be apply 'd warm, as alfo
Cow's-dung boil'd in Vinegar. The following Cataplafm
may likewife be made ufe of with good Succefs.

" Take of Honey one Pound, Turpentine fix Ounces, in-
*' corporate them with a Spoon ; then take Fenugreek and
" Linfeed-mcal, of each four Ounces, Bay-berries and Ju-
*' niper-berries dry'd and made into Powder, of each two
*' Ounces : Boil them in three Quarts of Red Wine Lees
*' to the Thicknefs of a Poultice, and when you take it off
•^ the Fire, add two Ounces of Camphire in Powder, fpread
*' it on Cloths, and apply it warm to the Legs, fallening
*' all with a ftrong Roller.'* This may be continued toe
a Week, renewing it once in two Days.

The camphorated Spirit of Wine alone is very good,
viz. an Ounce of Camphire to every Pint of the Spirits ;
and if it be frequently ufed, it will anfwer in moll Cafes
where the Swelling is recent and new, and even when it
has a Tendency to break ^ for by irs great Warmth it puts a
Check to that Heat and Itching, which is often the Fore-
runner of Chaps and Sores.

But fome young Horfes are fo tender and apt to be
greas'd, that even the ImpreOions of the cold Air in Win-
ter will bring a Swelling into their Legs, in the fame man-
ner as it becomes the Caufe of kib'd Heela in Children, by
conftringing and fliutting up the Pores in thofe Parts,
and all the Care imaginable can hardly prevent it: In
this Cafe the following Plaiiler will be of great Service, not
only to diiTipate ihe Humours, but alfo to defend the Legs
A a 2 and

244 The Iarrier'j New Guide. Ch.LXXXIIL

and Pafterns from the Air, and other external Injuries.

" Take common Pitch and Diachylon, or de Minio, of
*' each half a Pound, Rofin one Pound, Myrrh, Galbanum
*' and Frankinfence, of each four Ounces, Bole-armoniack
** and Dragons- blood, of each two Ounces, Oil Olive
" half a Pint." The Galbanum muft be ftrain'd and dif-
folv'd in the Oil, with Pitch and Diachylon, over a gentle
Fire ; after which the other Ingredients are to be added,
being firft made into Powder, keeping conftantly ftirring
until the whole is incorporated.

This Plaifter may be either fpread upon Leather, or ap-
ply'd hot upon the JLegs and Pafterns with a wooden Slice,
with feveral Turns of a Roller over it, letting it continue fo
long as it will ftick ; and if there be Occafion, it may be
renewed when it begins to crumble and fall off. Two of
thefe Plaifters will ferve a whole Winter ; and while they
are continued, there will be Need of little other Means be-
fides moderate and daily Exercife ; but in all obftinate Ca-
fes, a Horfe (hould be tura'd out to Grafs, where he may
have his full Liberty.

CHAP. LXXXIIL

Of the Mules or kib'd Heels.

^HESE are Chinks and Sores on the Infide of the hind
■■• Pafterns, and in the Heels ; fometimes they are cau-
fed by Gravel or Dirt wounding thofe Parts, or by travel-
ling in deep Roads j but for the moft part they proceed
from Gourdinefs, that being the firft Place where the Mat-
ter begins to difcharge itfelf. If they proceed only from Ri-
ding in deep gravelly Roads, they may be cur'd without any
further Trouble than keeping them clean, wafhing them oft-
en with Chamberlye or Brine ; but when they are the EfFe<5t
of the Greafe, they become fomewhat more difficult to be
removed, and fend forth abundance of ftinking Matter.

While the Swelling is large, they ought not to be drefs^d
with Medicines that dry too faft, but with fuch as are mo-
derately cleanfing ; for which Purpofe two Parts of Baft*
Ucu?n, with one P^LYt of ^ gyp tiacu??!, will be very proper,
bathing all the Chinks and Sores, as often as they are
drefs'd, with Spirit of Wine ; if there be a great Foulnefs
and Rottennefs, JEgyptiacum alone may be made ufe of ;
but if that is not fufficient, you may mix with every four
Ounces of Mgyptiaciim^ white Vitriol and Powder of
Galls, of each, half an Ounce, with a Dram of corrofive

Sub-

Ch. LXXXIV. Of Sores on the Legs. 24.5

Sublimate in fine Powder ; as foon as they are become
clean, Quickfilver and Turpentine will perfedt the Cure.
It will always be proper to keep a Cloth over your Dref-
fmg, ty'd on with a Roller, forming a Crofs on the Infide
of the Paftern, that you may make your Turns above and
below the Joint ; by which Means its Adtlon needs not in
the leaft be hinder'd.

Care (hould alfo be taken to difTipate the Swelling, ac-
cording to the Method laid down in the preceeding Chap-
ter ; neither ought Internals to be omitted, if his Conftitu-
tution be faulty, which may be eafily known by the Difpo-
iition of the Sores.

CHAP. LXXXIV.

Of the Tains and watery Sores on the Legs
and Tafterns.

^HESE are caufed by a ferous Matter ouzing thro* the
'*' Pores, which is indu'd with fuch a Sharpnefs, that it
makes the Hair fall off from feveral Parts of the Legs and
Pafterns ; fometimes it loofens the Coronet from the Hoof;
and fometimes the Fiefli appears as if it was disjoined from
the Bones and Sinews ; where the Matter runs, it fo hardens
the Skin, that it is apt to break out into Cracks and Refts,
which difcharge abundance of ftinking Matter, as in the
above-mentioned Cafe.

The Cure confifts chiefly in Internals, and in thofe things
that are proper to redtify the Blood, as Decodlions of Box-
wood, Guaiacum, and Sailafras, ^c. or the faid Woods may
be rafp'd and mix'd with his Oats, and fometimes among
dry Bran. All the Medicines prefcrib'd in the Farcin may
be made ufe of in this Cafe : But if the Horfe be inclinable
to a Dropfy, which may be known by the yielding of the
Swelling, and like wife as the Fore- legs will alfo be affedted,
and by the other Signs peculiar to that Diftemper, he muft
then be treated accordingly ; mean while the following
Applications may be made outwardly.

" Take Honey, Turpentine, and Hogs-greafe, of each a
*' like Quantity : Melt them over a gentle Fire in a glaz'd
^' Pipkin, and add a fufficient Quantity of Wheat-flour to
*' make it into a Poultice." Or this :

" Take Fenugreek Meal, Bean Flour, Linfeed Meal,

" and Muftard-feed pounded, of each a like Quantity. Boll

*' them over a gentle Fire, with a fufficient Quantity of

A a 3 . " Oint-

1 46 The Farriir'^ New Guide. Ch. LXXXV.

*' Ointment of Marfli- mallows, or for Want of that, with
** Butter or Hogs-lard, into the Confidence of a Poultice.

Thefe muft be apply 'd warm to the Legs and pafterns,
to draw out the Matter, and bring down the Swelling. If
there be Foulneis, you may take a Pound of Blacl; Soap,
half a Pound of Honey, four Ounces of burnt Allum, two
Ounces of Verdegreafe in Powder, a Pint of Brandy, or
Spirit of Wine, with a fufficient quantity of Wheat- flour.
Let this be fpread on Cloths, and apply'd as the former.

As foon as the Swelling is abated, and the Moifture dried
up, it will be very convenient to keep the Legs and Paf-
terns roU'd up with firm Bandage, whereby the Parts will
not only be kept clofe, but the Influx of frefh Matter pre-
vented ; for the Continuance, or frequent Returns of thofe
watty Eruptions, brings fuch a Loofenefs into the Legs,
that it caufes a Rottennefs in the Frufh, breeds Splents, and
fometimes by rotting the Tendons, becomes the Caufe of
Quitter-bones, Foundering, and other Diflempers in the Feet*

CHAP, LXXXV,

Of Warts-, Scratches, Rats-tailsy ayid other
Excrefcences of ike Legs and T aft ems,

^HESE are all of the fame Kind, and are more or
^ lefs dangerous, ss they are fituated nearer or at a Di-
flance from the large Sinews.

Warts may be waded by touching them now and then
with Aq:zafcrtU^ or may be cut oif when any are fuperfi-
cial. But the Scratches are, for the mod Part, bred of
feme tendinous Subliance, and have their Roots in or near
the Tendon?, like the Corns in Mens Feet ; fometimes they
grow fo br^rd, that by prelTmg upon the; fofler Parts, they
caufe violent Pain and Inflammaacn ; but when this hap-
pens, a good Poultice fhould be apply'd to ripen the In-
flammation, which ought to be fc^i^rrify'd as near the Ex-
crefcences as pcfiiblc, uiilefs the Matter fpring naturally
from the Roots of it, which will looien them fo as they
may be eafily removed by i\\q Ufe of Medicines that a,re
but moderately corrofive.

Therefore, to prcceed methodically, when-ever you ob-

ferve a Mcillure ard Rottennefs, you need only apply' a

■ Lump of Rye Leaven mixt with Vinegar and the Juice of

f'arlick, or Mudard-feed pounded ; and in two or th!;ee

Times Applicaizon v. will biing out the Rottennefs.

^ Stampt

Ch.LXXXV. Of I farts. Scratches, &c. 247

Stampt Onions, the Roots of Marfh-mallows and Houfe-
leek, made into Pafte with Barley or Rye-flour^ has tne
fame Effeft. The Mucilage Plaifter, or the Diachylon
with the Gums fpread on Leather, and applied to the
Part, will alfo be very ferviceable ; but if the Scratches be
hard and lie on the Sinews, and thereby occafion Pam and
Inflammation, indangering a Fever, in mat Cafe, U will
be proper to take Blood from the Thigh-vem, and o keep
the Horfe to an opening Diet. Then apply the following
Cataplafm, firft (having away the Hair. ,r,„„„

" Take of Hemlock four Handfuls, Groundfel two
« handfuls, flamp them with four Ounces of the Roots ot
«' Marlh-mallows, and boil thern m two Quarts of M U
» till the Ingredients turn foft, then pulp the who.e thro
" a Sieve, and make it into a Poultice, with a fufficient
«' Ounnt^ty of Soot and Flour of Brimftone.

This may be laid all over the Parts, and renewed every
Day until the Heat and Inflammation is over, and the hx-
crefcences grow foft and loofe; after which they may be
niana^'d as above direfted. .

Sometimes Scratches put forth from finuous Uk"'' ^hf ^
penetrate to the Bone -, in *= Cafe you mull introduce
your Probe into the Orifice, and try all the aifferent Ways
t reaches, making Incifion with a hot Knife where ever the
Partwm'admitont, then make your Cure according to the _
DiredWons laid down for the Cure of Wounds, y^.

Rats-tails are diftingui&ed from the o'^'^''' be= ufe they
generally creep from the Patterns to f Mdde°f the
Ihanks/alongthe Mafter-finew, or on 'he Side of it , and
are fo called from the Refemblance they bear to the Tad of
a Rat Some are moift, and fome dry, and aifter only
from cratches in the.r Figure and Situation, and therefore
admit of the fame Method of Cure. It they be h^rd, they
maybelocfenedorcut off with a hot Kn^e, and after-
wards drefs'd with Turpentine, Tar, and Honey ; and if
necel ary, the pLder of Verdegreafe and white Vitriol may

L mixed with it. The following Y^'ITk^J'I^
rally ufedlortheCureof Scratches, Rats-^^a^,, K.bes, and
all fhe other Sorances about the Legs and P^fterns.

" Take Hocrs-greafe, Soap, Biimlfone, and Honey .Boil
.' them into a Poultice' with a fufficient Qiiantity of SooU
" Ind toevery four Ounces add half an Ounce of the Pow-
<:•■ der of Verdegreafe.

A a 4 " Tafcs

248 The FarrierV New Guide. Ch. LXXXVI.

« n'^f f ^'''?' ^"^^'' ""^ ^^"^^ S^^P' ^wo Ounces of
Quick-Iime in Powder, and Vinegar what is fufficientto
*' make an Ointment.

Orpiment.Arfenick Realgar, and fuch like things, are
alfb made ufe of in the fame Intention, in the Form of
tw Tp' wuh Honey or Hogs-lard ; and fometimes \n
iv/r ?^??^^''^'' by^ Mixture of Flour, Barley and Rye
Meal, and fometimes Soot : Butthefe hot burnincr Ingredi-
ents are never properly made into the Form of a°Poultice
but are chiefly fit for Ointments which are defign'd only to
cover the Excrefcences, without touching the neighbouring

Solleyfell recommends a Remedy, which he calls a mite
Honey Charge, hxih^CMXtoUWiho^^ Excrefcences : It is
as follows :

.. 1 ''^".^'^ eighteen large white Lilly- roots, chop and boil

« hem in two Gallons of Whey, or Barley-waL; when

the Roots begin to grovyfoft, add of the Leaves of

Ma lows and Marfli-mallows, of each ten handfuls;

«« TXm'^c^ '° ''°'' *'"; "" "^^y ^^ ^" ^«duc'd to a per!
JettMaft, pouring in Liquor from time to time to fup-

« a hI 4?''i^'f '^'u*'" ^"'P *^ Ingredients thro'
« hnil t '■■ ^'•''f ""t^ P^"«^ "trough the Sieve, and

^^ boil them again With a Pound of Tallow, and the like
^ (Quantity of Butter ; then remove it from the Fire, and
^^ when It has done boiling, add Honey and common Tur.

«' r^n'rft' '? "J",™''' ^indmake the whole into the
' Confiftenceofa Poultice with Wheat-flour

Thisistobeapply'dcold, in the Manner of a Poult'ce.
once a Day, and it will very much help to foften thofe Ex.
crefcences and take out the Heat and Anguifli whe ewhh

tn'o^^^'T'^'^^'H "^^^ '■^"^ Authof prefcribe alfp
an Ointment made of crude Quickfilver and Brimftone

Z wo'S'k' "^'^^V °'^'''^^^ whichisalfo V y good.'

CHAP. LXXXVI.
^/^ ^i'ttter-bone.

Aff'fi'"-^?'" 's/nlmpollhumewhich breeds between
make it,fi!ft°A '"'^ Coffin-bone, on the upper Part, and

^psrs^ ^ '-^ -^^ sweiiing^ofTht t:;

Gh. LXXXVII. OfFomdring in the Feet. 249

If this Ulcer be not of a very old (landing, it may b^
curM by the Application of ^gyptiacum, mixM with Bafh
licu?n, or Turpentine ; but if it be of fome Continuance, and
that probably the Matter has, by lodging between the Hoof
and Coffin-bone, rotted the Coffin-bone, or the Tendons of
the Mufcles that pafs between that Bone and the Hoof; you
muft, in that cafe, open the Tumor with a Razor, or other
(liarp Inftrument, cutting away all that is corrupted and
rotten, either under the Hoof, or any other part of the Foot ;
and to make Way for your Operation, you ought to rafp
down fome Part of the Hoof, li any Bits remam that you
cannot eafily come at with your Inftrument, you muft bring
them off by applying Doffils or Flax dipt m Mgyptiacum
made warm, which, for the moft part, will fuffice, laymg
over all Pledgits foak'd in hot Tar. But if you find fome
Difficulty in feparating that griftly Subftance, you may mix
equal parts of Myrrh, Aloes and Sublimate, all m fine Pow-
dlr, making it into a Pafte with a fufficient Quantity of
Spirit of Wine, and apply it to the remaining Griftle, laying
over it Pledgits foak'd in hot Tar, as above direded; and a^
foon as it is freed from all the fuperfluous Subftances, and
looks clean, you may heal up the Ulcer with Tar, Turpen-
tine and Honey, waftiing it now and then with Copperas or
yitriol-waier.

CHAP. LXXXVII.
Of Foimdring in the Feet.

TH I S is an exceffive Pain in the Feet, whereby the
Hcrfe, being fcarcely able to touch the Ground, draws
himfelf in a Heap, upon which Account moft People have
conftantly been of Opinion, that a Horfe in this Condition
muft alfo be foundered in his Body, and his Greafe molten,
which immediately falling downwards, caufes that Lame-
nefs ; and therefore in their Cure, have made Application*
to the Back and Loins, as well as the Feet. But Mr. ^napey
in his Anatomy, has not only given the beft Account of this
Diftemper, but has alfo pointed forth the true Method of
Cure, which we (hall infert here for the Reader s Beneht
and Satisfaaion. In defcribing the Coffin-bone, he has the
following Words : , . .

" Its Subftance is fungous or fpongy, having innumera-

" ble little Holes piercing through its Sides, for the Paliage

" of the Veflels, as alfo very fmall Sinus's, whereinto are

*^ implanted the Ends of the Tendons of the Mufcles that

^ " move

^jor^^FARRiER'j- New G///V^.Ch.LXXXVIL

** ipove the lower Part of the Leg and Foot, whofe Fibres
*' being at any time affedled, either by Bruifcs, ill Shoe-
*' ing, or ftanding in the Water after hard Riding, while
*' the Horfe it hot ; or by ftanding ftill in the Stable for fe-
*' vera! Days, without having the Feet ftopt up, and the
'' like ; I fay, the tendinous Fibres being affedled by thefe
" or other Means, caufe the Horfe to have fuch great Pain
*' in his Feet, that he can fcarce endure to tread upon them,
*' which Lamenefs we call a Founder. Now this Diflem-
*' per is fo much the harder to cure, by reafon thefe Fibres
*' lie fo far out of Reach, moft of them running on the up-
*' per fide of the Bone, betwixt it and the Hoof, and not to
*' its Bottom ; fo that the Hoof growing upon the Irdes,
*' as the Soal doth at the Bottom, there is great Hazard :
*' But we (hall mifs effeding a Cure, if we only pull the
*' Soal out, and do not cut Part of the Hoof ofFalfo. This
*' is not my bare Opinion, but the Experience of thofe
** who have had good Succefs in curing founder'd Horfes,
*' who, by raifing the Hoof from the Cronet^ or Top of
*' it, to the very Bottom, in five or fix Places^ until they
*' have made the Blood come, and then applying thefe Re-
*' medics to thofe Places, have made thofe Horfes found,
" whom the drawing out of their Soals would not cure.

Now it is very plain, when the Infirmity lies in the ten-
dinous Fibres which are inferted into the upper Part of the
Coffin-bone, it cannot readily be removed by barely taking
out the Soal, as Mr. Snape has juftly obferved ; and there-
fore the Method he has laid down ought, in all obftinat?
Cafes, to be compIyM with as the moft certain -, and what,
if rightly manag'd, may, for the moft part, be attended with
good Succefs ; and nothing can be more properly applied
to the Wounds made in the Hoof, than Tar, Turpentine,
and Honey, melted together, with a fourth part of Spirit of
Wine, foaking Pledgits of clean Hurds in this Mixture, and
laying them pretty warm upon the Razures or Chinks, o-
mitting two Days after the firft Drefiing, continuing after-
wards to make your Applications every Day, until the va-
cant Spaces of the Hoof are filled up. The fame Applica-
tions ought alfo to be made to the Soal, covering the whole
Foot with flaxen Cloths dipt in Oil and Vinegar beat to-
gether, which n]ay be faftened with a Roller, or a pretty
long piece of Lift.

but the preceeding Method is only neceflary in obftinate
Cafes, for many times the Fondring is cur'd only by melt-
ing Pi;ch and Tar, with a fufficient Quantity of Hogs-
lard,

Chap. LXXXVllI. Of Surbat'mg. &c: 251

lard pouring the Mixture boiling hot upon the Soal, and
ftuffins: it up very carefully with Hurds, and above them a
piece of Leather' with Splents. This is very good but
would be much more efficacious, if theSoal waspai d fome-
vvhat thin, and half an Ounce of Camphire dilTolv d m the
Mixture juft as it comes off the Fire.

CHAP. LXXXVIII.

Of Surbatingy &c.

AHorfe is faid to be furbated, when the Soal is worn,
bruis'd, or fpoil'd by any Accident, as by bad Shoe-
in^ efpecially when they lie too flat on the Foot, or when
the Horfe e:oes too long barefoot; as alfo by travelling in
hard Ways, or among diy hot Sand in hot Weather, which
dries the Hoof, whereby the Soal becoming hard, prefles
upon the foft Parts beneath it. If a Horfe ^^Jurhajed by-
bad Shoeing, you may know the Part that is affefted by the
Thinnefs of the Shoe where it preiTes moft, and therefore it
oucrht to be par'd deepell in that Part befo/e another is fet on ;
but^if the Shoe is nor in the Fault, it may be known he is///r-
bated by his continual hitching and moving; but by feeling
his Hoofs you may obferve them both very hot and dry. ^

The Cure is very eafy before it becomes attended witli
other Accidents, and maybe performed only by Hopping
UP the Feet with Ox or Cows-dung and Vinegar; lome
break a Couple of new-laid Eggs, and apply them raw to
the Soals, and then ftop them up with Ox or Cows-dung ;
fome ufe only Hogs Greafe boiling hot, and thicken d with
Bran ; and there are others who make ufe of Vinegar and
Sootboil'd together; but nothing will be more efficacious,
in cafe it be troublefome, than firft foftning the Soal with
the Application of unauous things, and after that pouring
a Mixture of boiling Pitch and Tar, ^rV. upon the boal, as
directed in the prececding Chapter.

CHAP. LXXXIX.

Of Retraits and Tricks in the Foot.

NOthino- caufes more Pain and Trouble than the Accl-
dents'hat happen to the Feet by bad Shoeing, or when
fharp Splents or Stubs, ^c. are ftuck in the tender Parts
within the Soal; the Reafon of which cannot be very dit-
ficult to any one who is acquaintei with the Foot ol a Horle,

25 2 r>&^ FarrierV New Guide. Ch. LXXXIX

which confifts of a Bone that is very open and fpongv • and
wkcli, as has been obfery'd in a preceeding Chap°er i^ full

IL cT^l °^ ^'^^ ^^""^ons of the Mufcles. which

. /i'"u "'"■^f°'" "'^^n °n" thofe fenfible Parts are
wounded by the above- mention'd or other Accident^, hey

onler°,h ''^''' -^V '"y ''''5="" ^"d haxd to be cured!
unlefs they be t.mely prevented.' And that which alfo con-

I^ ho' ttr, ?,'? '^''' '' JeDifpofition of the Hoof.which
Trl inM rA °u^'"" '° *^ ^°°f' y" as all the- other Parts
a re mclofed wtthm ,t as in a Box, the Artift is thereby often

' ?nri^ . n P ."'* .""^ ""' '^^ P'^" ^"^^^ the Grievance lies,
tor in all Parts that are cover'd with Flefh, a Tumor will
anfe outwardly, even tho' its Caufe be in theBonerbutT
Hardnefs of the Hoof hinders its Elevation and SweSn-
and as Nature always makes her Efforts in Places that a°re
weak, and the leaft capable of Refiftance, fo it s no? un-
commoii to find a Swelling and Rottennefs about the Fruft.
wirh^.' 'fr ^°'TX' "^^''^ '^ ''°'""™«^ accompan ed
vXn ,h. r "r^ '"/ ^"".^'"^"^ °f '^' Legs and Pafterns.
when the Caufe is from a Cams in the Coffin-bone

,h„,T<-'V'i-ff-'Z''""°"'*'*^'' from what has been faid,
^a tall fuch Efteas may be produc'd by a Prick of a Nail

Partf'.hn'H *fl' •"'5^1 "*'''^' '" "'°'"« tender fenfibll
Parts, tho the firft is feldora attended with any bad Acci-

tf'JTf""^ "^^^ *' ^°'^''' 2'°°d is diftemper'd;
and all that is neceffary, is only to draw the Nail cafefuli;
out, and pour in a little Oil of Turpentine or Spirit of
Wine into the Orifice, or rather a little melted Wax! eav-

o^rir H^r^"' Si: fomeDays, and taking Care not
to ride the Horfe into Water.

,h^nl^^^'^ K^^y ^t"' °' P'^=^ °f Nail remaining in
the Quick, which may be known by examining the Nail

IZnr r'' '^ °'f \r ''y "^^ ^°"t'""^^ P^i"' with a con-
ftant Difcharge of Matter, you may introduce a Piece of
dry Sponge, made in Form of a Tent, with a Thread
drawn thro' the End of it ; this may be renew'd every Day

Zfl '"", ^°!' ''7 """ °''' '^-^Orifi^^' that ft mY;
N.iTm K ''"''" i ^°/ ^y *=>' '^^"^ "^« F'^ak or piece of
M, may become loofe, and have room to fall off with the

id h; M,n '^ ,'^''' '" ^.'" '^"'^ ' '^°""""«'' Lamenefs,
•ind he Matter that comes from the Sore thin and bloody
or yellow, vifcid and ftinking, you may then reafonabf;
conclude there ,s an Ulcer foim'd either in the Bone, or

among

Chap. XC Of the running Frufh. 25$

stmong the Sinews ; in that Cafe it will be proper to take
tip the Soal, and with a Razor or Fleam, make Incifions
until you have got a full View of the Bottom of the Sore^
taking care not to wound the large Sinews, if pofTible, unlefs
they be raortify'd and rotten ; you need only apply dry Lint
to the Part, or Lint dipt in Spirit of Turpentine for the firft
DrelTing, which needs not to be removed for two or three
Days, in which time the Wound will be digefted, and the
Blood turn'd to Matter ; and if the Coffin-bone befoul,
you may fcale it by the Application of fome cauftick Me-
dicine, as the Powder of Sublimate mix'd with Honey, and
fpread on a Pledgit, or with Spirit of Vitriol ; but the bell
way is to fear it with a hot Iron ; and when the Scales arc
fallen off, you need only drefs it with Pledgits dipt in Tinc-
ture of Myrrh and Aloes, until the Bone is covered, laying
Pledgits over thefe dipt in a warm Digeftive of Turpentine,
Honey, and Spirit of Wine. If any Accident happens, as
the putting forth of proud Flefh, ^V. it may be kept down
with ■ fuch Remedies as have been prefcrib'd in the Cure of
Ulcers. To allay the Heat and Inflammation which often
happens on fuch Occafions, you may charge the Hoof with
Vinegar, Bole, and the Whites of Eggs; and if the Anguifli
reaches higher, you may charge the Leg and Paftern with
a Mixture of Wine- Lees and Vinegar, keeping the Horfe
all the while to moderate Feeding.

But if after all this the Horfe continues lame, and that
you find fome Difficulty to make a Cure, you may readily
fufped the Anguilh of this has caufed an Ulceration in
fome other Part of the Foot ; the bell Way is to raze the
Hoof in feveral Places, according to the Method laid down
in the 47th Chapter ; and when you have found the grieved
Part, you are to treat it as an Ulcer, ^c,

CHAP. XC.

Of the running Frtijh.

'T^ HIS is a fcabby and ulcerous Difpofition in the Frufb,
'■' which fometimes caufes it to fall off by Degrees. It
may be known both by the Eye and Smell, refembling that
of old rotten Cheefe. It is not dangerous, but very trouble-
fome, as it caufes a continual Itching.

In order to the Cure, you muft pare the Foot with your
Buttrefs as near as you can, then wafh the Part with Lime-
water or Allum-water boiling hot ; then apply a Charge
made of Soot, Vinegar, and the Whites of Eggs, and wafh

tlic

2154 Tf^^ Farrier V New Guide. Ch. XCIL

the Parts fometimes with Vitriol- water, at leaft when you
perceive the Itching gone, pour melted Tar all over the
Frog, and keep the Foot clean from Dirt and Fitth.

CHAP. XGL

Of the Crown-fcab.

^ HIS proceeds from a malignant fharp Matter ouzing
-*• thro* the Skin above the Cronet or Coronety which
frets off the Hair, and hardens into a white mealy Scab.
In fome Horfes it is accompanied with a Moifture, and
fends forth a ftinking Matter, like the Pains and Watry
Sores defcrib'd in the 84th Chapter.

The Cure is, firll to fcrape off the Scabs gently, and af-
terwards wafh the Sores with Copperas or Vitriol- water ;
fome make ufe of Spirits of Wine, wherein Tobacco has
been infus'd, which often fucceeds ; others cure this Scab
by applying Soap and Salt ; but if it be of an old {landing,
and grown very obftinate, the following Plaifter will be of
great Ufe.

" TakeRofin half a Pound, Pitch fix Ounces, Turpen-
*' tine four Ounces, Verdegreafe and Brimftone in fine
*' Powder, of each three Ounces : Melt the Pitch, Rofin,
*' and Turpentine, over a gentle Fire, and then ftir in your
*' Powders ; if it be too hard, you may foften it by adding
*' a little more Turpentine ; and if you incorporate a fmali
*' quantity of Quickfilver with it, it will be fo much the
*' mere effectual. This mult be fpread on Leather, and
*' applied to the Part, firit (having away the Hair, letting
*' it lie fo long as it will ftick.

The fame may be applied to the Legs and Palterns, if the
Affedion fpreads above the Crofiet to thofe Parts, giving
your Horfe now and then a little Antimony among his
Oats until he be cured. But if by reafon of this Scab, the
Cronet become ulcerated, and fome Part of the Griftle be
infeded, as fometimes falls out, you are to extirpate all
that is ufelefs, and lieal up the Sore, as has been directed in
the Cure of Ulcers, ^c,

CHAP. XCIL
OfFtgs.

THESE are fpongy Excrefcences which moft common-
ly grow out on the Feet of fuch Horfes as are high and
hollow, with large flefliy Heels ; they are caufed by all the

com-

Chap.XCIII. Of Hoofs, &c: 25/

common Accidents that happen to the Feet, as Surbating^
Foundring^ ^c, and oftentimes they are the Confequence
of a long continued Gourdinefs in the Legs and Palterns.
Their Seat is, for the moll part, at the Top or Side of the
Frufh ; but when they are fufFer'd to grow old, or are dry'd
up with ftrong Ointments, they take another Courfe, and
fpread to the Corner of the Heel. They are, as moft other
Excrefcences of that Kind, bred and nourifhed of the fame
Matter which fuftains and nourilhes the finewy and ner-
vous Parts, and are only to be cur'd by Extirpation.

Therefore, if the Figs be on the Side of the Frufh, pare
away fo much of the Root as may give Room to reach the
Sore with a Fleam or Lancet, then cut the Soal about the
Figy and take them clean out, avoiding, as much as poP-
lible, to wound the large Blood- vellels. Let your firfl Dref-
fmg be made of dry Hurds to Hop the Bleeding ; and if it
requires a ftyptick Remedy, confult the sift Chapter; two
or three Days thereafter, remove your Drefling ; and if any
Part of the Excrefcence be left, you may deftroy it by ap-
plying Mgypiiacum fpread on Bolfters, or Pledgitsof Hurds,
mixing with every Ounce of the faid Ointment half a Dram
of Arfenick, or corrolive Sublimate, enlarging or diminifh-
ing the Quantity of the latter as you find your Horfe able
to bear it, or the Circumftances of the Sore may require ;
and then heal up the Sore with a good Digeftive, and fpiri-
tuous Applications, ^c.

But if the Fig has its Infertion into the finewy or griftly
5ubftances in thofe parts, you muft take up the Soal ; and if
any part of the Griftle be corrupted, you may cut it off with
a Razor, or other (harp Inftrument. If the Bone be ulcera-
ted and carious, you may touch it with a hot Iron, and
then drefs it with Pledgits dipt in a Tindure of Myrrh, A-
loes and Frankincenfe, as has been direded in other Cafes of
the like Nature, and alfo with warm Turpentine, and Ho-
ney of Rofes, until the Bone is covered ; afterwards heal up
the Sore with fome good Digeftive.

CHAP. XCIII.
Of Hoofs brittle, or too foft.

^HESE two Extreams are equally prejudicial, as they
^ are often the Caufe of a great many ill Accidents in
the Feet. The Softnefs of the Hoof may proceed from a
humid moift Conftitution, from going in wet and marfhy
Grounds, or ftanding conftanily on wet Litter, or from

any

25^ The Vatlki^k's New Guide, Cvi. XCIV.

any Infirmity that may bring a too great Moifture into the
Feet, as a Gourdinefs and Swelling in the Legs and Paf-
terns, ^c. And from hence the Reafon of dry Hoofs may
be ealily underftood, as it mud come from a contrary
Caufe, viz. from Handing too dry, a dry and hot Confti-
tution, or from any Infirmity depriving them of their due
Kourifhment.

If the Hoofs be too dry, moli greafy and uti6luous Re-
medies are proper to foften them, as Lard, Sheeps or Ox
Suet, Oil Olive, or rather a Mixture of thefe together.
But they will be much the better, if they be made into the
Coniiftence of a ftifF Ointment, by Rdd'mgGalhnum, Wax^
Olibanum, and fuch like things. But an equal Quantity of
Tar, Tallow, and common Honey incorporated together 5
will anfwer the End very efFedually ; efpecially while there
is no other Accident befides a bare Hardnefs of the Hoof.
But if the Horfe's Hoofs be too moift, they may be bathed
every Day with warm Vinegar, Verjuice, Copperas-water^
and fuch like ; or with thefe boil Powder of Galls, and let
the Horfe ftand dry, keeping him at the fame Time to mo-
derate Feeding, and his Hoofs will foon grow hard.

CHAP. XCIV.

Of narrow Heels^ &c.

A Horfe that is hoof- bound, and has narrow Heels, has
•"■ the Quarters of his Foot narrower towards the Shoe
than the Cronet ; fo that the foft Subllance between the
Coffin and the Hoof is prefled upon, which caufes the
Horfe to go lame. Sometimes the Hoof prefles on both
Quarters, but very often on the Infide only, being much
weaker, and more eafily bent than the other ; and in fome
Cafes, the whole Hoof is (hrunk on the upper Part, that it
makes a hollow Circle under the Cronet, prefling fo hard,
that it intercepts the Nourifhment that (hould go to the Foot.

This Imperfe6tion proceeds fometimes from a Drynefs of
the Hoof, but very often from llrait fhoeing, and by weak-
King the Quarters of the Hoof by paring them too deep ;
and fometimes it is caufed by Foundring, and other Acci-
dents to which a Horfe's Feet are expos'd.

The Cure is, firll of all, to fhoe him with Lunets, or
Half- moon Shoee, or with the Pantofle Shoes defcrib'd

by

Chap. XCV. Of a falfe ^lartef^ isy

by SoIIey/ell^ or any other that will fufficiently prefs out the
Quarters ; after which anoint his Hoofs with the foftening
Remedies prefcrib'd in the preceeding Chapter, and let hira
fland fome Days in his own Dung. But if the Binding and
Preflure of the Hoof cannot be relieved thereby, Recourfe muli
be had to an Operation : And if the Hoof be bound ail round
the Cronetj firft give the Fire, malcing fevcral Rafes from
theGriftle of the Cronct to the Shoe, piercing the Hoofa-
bout the Thicknefs of a Crown -piece, repeating the fame
Operation on the other fide of the Heel ; for the Fire fof-
tens the Hoof, and makes it ftretch ; after which, keep the
Foot conftantly mollify'd and foften'd, as already dire^fled.
But in the mod obftinate Cafes it will he neceilary to take
out the Soal, which our above-mention'd Author obferves
to be the belt and fpeedieft Remedy,^* and whofe Method is
likewife the moft reafonable ; vv'hich is, after the Soal is re-
moved, to cleave the Frufli with a Fleam, and fix a Splent
of Iron to the Part, placing it lb that it m.ay open the Heels,
and keep them an Inch or two wider than they were before.
This is plain to Senfe, becaufe the intermediate Subftance
that fills up the Cleft will keep them conftantly wide enough
for the time to come, if Care be taken in their Shoeing, b'r,

CHAP. XCV.

Of a Falfe ^larter. .

A Falfe Quarter is a Reft or Chink in the Quarter of the
"^ Hoof, from Top to Bottgm ; it happens generally on
the Inlide, that being the weakeit and the thinneft, and
proceeds from the Drynefs of the Hoof, but efpecially when
a Horfe is ridden in dry, fandy, or ftony Ground, in hot
Wather, or in froily Weather, when the Ways are flinty
and hard. It is likewife caufed by bad Shoeing, and all the
other Accidents whereby a Horfe becomes hoof-bound ; for
the Narrownefs of the' Heels, and Brittlenefs of the Qiiar-
ters, continually expofe a Horfe to all the faid Accidents.

This Accident is both dangerous and painful, foras oft-
en as a Horfe fets his Foot on the Ground, the Chink wi-
dens; and when he lifts it up, the (harp Edges of the di-
vided Hoof wound the tender Flefh that covers the Coffin-
Bone, which is, for the moll Part, follow'd with Blood,
and it muft of Courfe be apt to render a Horfe lame, as it is
very difficult to form a Re-ur/ion,

B b • The

^ 5 8 The IarrierV Kev) Guide. Ch. XCV.

The ufual Method taken to remedy this Imperfedion,
is by cuttirg off" that Part of the Shoe which lies upon the
Chink, that it may be wholly uncovered ; then with a draw-
ing Iron to open the Rift to the Quick, filling it up in all
Parts with a Rowel of Hurds dipt in Turpentine, Wax,
and Sheeps Suet, molten together, renewing it every Day
until the Seam is fiU'd up ; after it is clos'd in the Top, or
upper Part, it is ufual to draw the Place betwixt the Hoof
and Crofiet^ which by foftening the Hoof, and bringing a
Moillure into it, caufes it to grow the falter, and {hoot
downwards. But there are fome who fear the Cronet above
the Crack, without piercing the Skin juH where the Hoof
begins ; and with another Iron fear the Chink about the
Middle of the Hoof, which fucceeds very well, if Care be
taken to keep the Hoof moill with Applications of Tar,
Honey, and Greafe, Some pour Aqua fortis into the
Rift when the Pain is violent, to deaden the Part, ma-
king a Border of Wax on each fide, to hinder it from fpoil-
ing the reft of the Hoof; and there are others who pre-
pare a flat Piece of Wood, about an Inch in Breath, but
at the fame time fo llender, that it will bend like a Hoop,
and of a fufficient Length to go twice round the Hoof;
and having firft drawn the whole Length of the Cleft, they
apply Turpentine, Pitch, and Suet, molten together, to the
Sore, and faften the Hoof with Pieces of Lift or Filletting,
This is a Contrivance to anfwer inftead of Bandage, to
keep the Chink united, and to prevent it from jarring v.'hen
the Foot is mov'd ; which is indeed very reafonable ; for
the leaft Motion will be apt to difcompofe the tender Sub-
llance that grows up in the Cleft, and caufe Impofthuma-
tion, which will again open the Hoof. But I am of Opi-
nion, inftead of this troublefome Way, the following Me-
thod will be found more eafy and fuccefsful.

Firft draw the whole Length of the Cleft gently with
your drawing Lon, then anoint the Hoof with Tar, Ho-
ney, and Suet, molten together, as direded ; for nothing
can be more proper for the Hoof; and lay a thin Pledgit
dipt in the fame along the Cleft ; after this take of Rope-
yarn, fuch as the Sailors ufe, which is no other than Hem.p
moiften'd in melted Pitch or Tar, and fpun loofe; apply
the Yarn all down the Hoof, beginning at the Cronet^ and
defcend downwards, one Lay after another, as clofe as the
binding of the Hoop? of Wine-casks, laying a fmooth Pled-
git of Flax behind to keep it from fretting the Heel. This

fhould

%

Chap. XCVI. Of cajiing the Hoof. 259

(hould be opened once in three or four Days, that the Cleft
may be drefs'd ; and to prevent anylnconveniency that can
happen by the opening, a thin Staple may be alfo con-
triv'd with Points hke Horfe-fhoe Nails, caft off obliquely,
to take a ilender Hold, the Plate of it crofling the Cleft
where Part of the Shoe is cut off, and the Nails coming
out on each fide of the Cleft on the upper Part, to be rivet-
ted as the other Nails. By this Method, a Cleft m any
Part of the Hoof may eafily be cured, if the Horfe be not '
very old or difeafed.

CHAP. XCVI.

Of cajihig the Hoof

TH E Lofs of the Hoof is occafioned by Pricks, Stubs,
Foundering, Surbating, or whatever Accident may
bring anlmoofthumation into the Foot, whereby the whole
Coffin of the Hoof becomes loofencd, and falls oft from
the Bone ; and fometimes the Coffin-bone, which is Ipon-
cry and eafily broke, falls off in large Pieces along with the
Hoof; but this is a very defperate Cafe, fince a pertett
Foot can never be form'd after fo great a Lofs ; but a new
Hoof may be procur'd with Care and proper Applications,
if the Coffin-bone, b'f. be not injur'd. ^

The ufual Method to procure a new Hoof, is to appiy
to the Coffin, Tar, Turpentine, Wax, Oil, Pitch, and luch
thinp-s, melted together ; then they make a Boot of Lea-
ther: with a ffroni Soal, to be lac'd faff about the Paftern,
bolftering and ftoppmg the Foot with foft Flax, that the
Tread may be eafy, renewing theDreffing every Day un-
til the new Hoof grow. The Boot is certainly very pro-
per, but the Ointment will not always be fufficient to make
a found and fmooih Hoof, and therefore if the Part grow
fungous, which is very common, and, in a great Mealure,
the Caufe of all the ill Shape and Unevennels ot the new
Hoof, (harper Applications ought to be made ufe ot i tor
which Purpofe we recommend the following.

" Take of Rofm half a Pound, Oil Olive one Pound :
« Diffolve the Rofm in the Oil over a gentle Fire ; take it
^' off, and w^hen it begins to cool, add Myrrh, Aloes,
^' Maftich, and Olibanum in fine Powder, of each two
^^' Ounces, and make it into an Ointment, ^^

260 The YAKVinvCs New Guide. Ch.XCVL

" Take of this Ointment and Egyptiacum equal Parts -
*' Diflblve them over the Fire, and with Pledgits foak'd
*' therein drefs the whole Hoof; and having made an eafy
^' Bandage oyer it, return it into the Boot. If the Omt-
*' ment be requir'd more powerful, you may add thePov/-
*' der of white Vitriol or burnt Allum, vi'z.. two Ounces
*' of either to a Pound of the Ointment, with half an
*' Ounce of Orpiment, whereby the Hoof may be pre-
*' ferv'd fmooth, being drefs'd once a Day in the Manner
'' direded.

It is the Way of fome Farriers, wlien they obferve the
new Hoof a growing, before the old one falls off, to pull
away the old one ; but they ought never to be too halty,
unlefs fome Accident happen to require it^ Removal ; for
the old Hoof ferves as a Cover and Defence to the new one,
and makes it grow the more fmooth and even, as in a
Mould ; and Nature, for the moll part, will cafl it off
of her own Accord, as foon as it becomes ufelefs. I knew
a Horfe in this Condition that was turn'd out into a Field,
•where there was a Shade for him to lie under -, he lay mofb
Part of the Time his Hoof was a growing, and had Hay
given him five or fix l^imes a Day ; and by favouring his
lame Foot, the old Hoof came off, and the new one grew
with very little Afliftance ; and although he was not young
at that Time, he afterward i travelled and did very good
Service.

I' 1 N I S.

BOOKS printed for T. Longman, at tie
Ship in Pater- nofter-row.

'Tp H E Farrier's Difpenfatory : In Three Parts, contaln-
^ ing, I. A Defcription of the medicinal Simples, com-
monly made ufe of in the Difeafes of Horfes, wirh their
Virtues and Manner of Operation, dillributed into proper
Clalles, s^c. 2. The Preparations of Simples, Vegetables,
Animal and Mineral ; with an Explanation of the molt
ufeful Terms, both in the Chymical and Galenical Phar-
macy. 5. A Number of ufeful Compofitions and Receipts,
fuited to the Cure of all Difeafes, never before publifhed 5
as alfo thofe of greateft Account from SoUeyfell, Ruini^
Blundevill^ and other celebrated Authors, digefted under
their proper Heads of Powders, Balls, and Drinks, Oint-
ments, Charges, ifjc. The proper Method of compound-
ing and making tnem. V/ith many ufeful Obfervations and
Improvements, tending to their right Adminiftration. To
which is alfo added, A complete Index of all the Medicines
contain'd in the Book, whether Simple or Compound, with
a Table of Difeafes pointing to the Remedy proper in each
Malady, By IV, Gibfo?i^ Author of the Farrier's JSleiv
Guide,

The true Method of Dieting Horfes. Containing many
curious and ufeful Obfervations concerning their Marks,
Colour, and external Shape ; their Temper and Inftinds,
and how they are to be governed, fo as to prevent Acci-
dents and Difeafes. l^he proper Method of Feeding fuited
to their Age, Strength, and Conliitution ; wherein the
pernicious Cuftoms Vv'hich have obtain'd among many ig-
norant Grooms and other Pretenders to Horfemanfhip, are
expofed, and their Errors carefully amended. Under which
is iikewife contained the right and proper Exercife, necef-
fary not only in the abovementicned Refped:s, but apply'd
to the moil ufual Services required of Horfes, whether thofe
lor Travelling and Labour, thofe for the Manage, or thofe
for Pleafure. As alfo Obfervations concerning the right
Ordering of Troop-Horfes, with a Difcourfe of Breeding,
founded on the Duke of New ca file's fhort Method ; very
necellary for the improving our Breed, and railing a beau-
tiful and ufefui Race of Horfes, Bv the fame Athor.

The

BOOKS printed for T. Longman.

The Gentleman's Pocket-Farrier. Shewing how to
ufe your Horfe on a Journey : And what Remedies are
proper for common Misfortunes that may befal him on
the Road. By Capt. William BurdoJi,

The Practical Farrier : Or, full Inllrudllons for Country
Gentlemen, Farmers, Graziers, Farriers, Carriers, Sportf-
men, i^c. containing, Rules for Breeding and Training
up of Colts ; a very curious Colledion of w^ell-
experienced Obfervations, and upwards of Two Hundred
Practical Receipts, for the Cure of All common Dillempers
incident to Horfes^ Oxen^ Cows^ Calves^ Sheep^ Lambs^
Hogs^ and Dogs, Digefted under their proper Heads ;
many of which have been praftifed for many Years v^^ith
great Succefs, and the reft taken from, the lateft and moft
approved Authors, Noblemen, and Gentlemen, &c. viz.
C2LpX. Burd'm^ Dr. Brachn, Lord Orrery^ Gtncr2i\ Seymour^
Sir John Packing ton. Port man Seymour^ Efq; Mr. SoUeyfe!!^
Mr. Gibjon, Mr. Snape, Mr. Thornton, Mr. Nicholfon^
Mr. MafcalU Mr. Shiittleworth, Mr. Fitzherbert^ Mr.
Tyfon^ ^c. By a Society of Country Gej2tle?nen^ Farmers^
Graziers^ Sport /men, &c. The Fourth Edition. With
the Addition of feveral curious Receipts.

PharmacQpisia Officionalis ^ E:<temporanea : Or, a
Complete Englifh Difpenfatory, in Four Farts. Contain-
ing, I. The Theory of Ph;irmacy, and the feveral Proceiles
therein. 2. A Defcriprion of the Officinal Simples, with
their Virtues and Preparations, Galenical and ChymicaL
3. The Officinal Compolitions; being fuch of the London
and Bate's Difpenfatory, as are now in ufe ; together with
feme others of uncommon Efficacy, taken from the moft
celebrated Authors. 4. Extemporaneous Prefcriptions di-
ftributed into Clailes fuitable to their Intentions in' Cure,
By Jo/jn putney, M. D. The Sixth Edition, very much
Improved Svo.

.Medicina Statica ; being the Aphorifms of San^orius^
tranflated into Englifli ; with large Explanations. To
which is added, Dr. KieWs Medicina Statica Britannica^
with comparative Remarks and Explanations. As alfo
Medico Phyftcal Effays on Agues, Fevers, an ELiftick Fibre,
the Gout, the Leprofy, King's-Evil and Veneral Difeafes,
The Third Edition, by the fkrae Author in 8^'^.